Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
Fifth Edition
R. K. Kanodia
B.Tech.
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
MRP 400.00
Price 550.00
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
1.1
BASIC CONCEPTS
of 10 20
electrons by a charging scheme. The charge on (C) 3 A (D) 4 A
the sphere is
6. In the circuit of fig P1.1.6 a charge of 600 C is
(A) 160.2 C (B) 160.2 C
delivered to the 100 V source in a 1 minute. The value
(C) 16.02 C (D) 16.02 C
of v1 must be
v1
2. A lightning bolt carrying 15,000 A lasts for 100 s. If
the lightning strikes an airplane flying at 2 km, the
charge deposited on the plane is
20 60 V
(A) 13.33 C (B) 75 C
(C) 1500 C (D) 1.5 C
100 V
3. If 120 C of charge passes through an electric
Fig. P.1.1.6
conductor in 60 sec, the current in the conductor is
(A) 0.5 A (B) 2 A
(C) 3.33 mA (D) 0.3 mA (A) 240 V (B) 120 V
(C) 60 V (D) 30 V
4. The energy required to move 120 coulomb through
3 V is 7. In the circuit of the fig P1.1.7, the value of the
(A) 25 mJ (B) 360 J voltage source E is
1V
2V
5. i ?
+
E
1A 5V
i 4V
+
+
10 V
2A 5A
Fig. P.1.1.7
3A 4A
value of voltage v1 is 1 k
k
7V 2
+ 105 V 15 V + 10 V +
+ + +
8V 5V
65 V 55 V 35 V
6V
100 V + v1 k
3
4 k
30
V
30
V
+
Fig. P1.1.12
Fig. P.1.1.8
1A
vo 15 V
Fig. P1.1.11
10. R1 ?
60 Req
10 10 10 up to
+
R1
100 V 70 V
+ Fig. P1.1.14
R2 20 V
(A) 11.86 (B) 10
(C) 25 (D) 11.18
Fig. P.1.1.10
15. vs ?
(A) 25 (B) 50 180
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
4
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 1 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Networks
2
R
i 0.2i1
A i1
2
+ b
v N
8 0.3i1
A
2
6
Fig. P.1.1.24
40 V 2ix 200
12 V
A B C
Fig. P.1.1.29
5
1V 1 2i1 RL = 2
v1
20 V v1 5
5
Fig. P.1.1.26
32. A capacitor is charged by a constant current of 2 mA 36. The waveform for the current in a 200 F capacitor
and results in a voltage increase of 12 V in a 10 sec is shown in fig. P.1.1.36 The waveform for the capacitor
interval. The value of capacitance is voltage is
(A) 0.75 mF (B) 1.33 mF i(mA)
5
(C) 0.6 mF (D) 1.67 mF
t(ms) t(ms)
4 4
v v 37. Ceq ?
10 10
2.5 F
t(ms) t(ms)
2 4 2 4
t(ms) t(ms)
2 4 2 4
(C) (D)
Fig. P.1.1.37
35. The voltage across a 100 F capacitor is shown in
fig. P.1.1.35. The waveform for the current in the
(A) 3.5 F (B) 1.2 F
capacitor is
(C) 2.4 F (D) 2.6 F
v
6
38. In the circuit shown in fig. P.1.1.38
t(ms)
1 2 3 iin ( t) 300 sin 20 t mA, for t 0.
Fig. P.1.1.35 C2 C2 C2 C2
i(mA) i(mA) +
6 600
iin vin C1 C1 C1 C1 60 mF
t(ms) t(ms)
1 2 3 1 2 3
(A) (B)
Fig. P. 1.1.38
i(mA) i(mA)
6 600
v3 30 v2 v3 65 V
SOLUTIONS 105 v4 v3 65 0 v4 25 V
v4 15 55 v1 0 v1 15 V
1. (C) n 10 20 , Q ne e10 20 16.02 C
Charge on sphere will be positive. 9. (B) Voltage is constant because of 15 V source.
i
3A 4A 3
6A
1A
i
2A 3
i
Fig. S 1.1.5 6
1V
10 V 1 A source.
Fig. S 1.1.7
10 ( Req 5)
10 5 E 1 0 or E 16 V 14. (D) Req 5
10 5 Req
5 5
8. (D) 100 65 v2 v2 35 V
+ 105 V 15 V + 10 V +
+ +
+ Req
10 Req
65 V v4 55 V
100 V + v3 + v1
+
+
30
V
v2 Fig. S 1.1.14
30
V
+
Req2 15 Req 5 Req 75 10 Req 50
Fig. S 1.1.8
Req 125 1118
.
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
9
ForBasic
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Concepts Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 1.1
12 C 2m
10 C 1.67 mF
Q
41. (D) V 2 3 5 10, Q 1 C, C 0.1 F
1 V
33. (B) E Cv 2 5
10 6
100 2 0.05 J
2
di 200m
42. (A) vL L 100m L L 2 mH
2m 3 dt 4m
1 10
10
0 idt 100
10 6 (2
10 ) 0.2 V
3
34. (D) vc
c
di
This 0.2 V increases linearly from 0 to 0.2 V. Then 43. (B) vL L 0.01
2( 377 cos 377 t) V
dt
current is zero. So capacitor hold this voltage. 7.54 cos 377 t V
dv
35. (D) i C 1 1 12000
L 0.01
dt 44. (A) i vdt 120 cos 3t dt sin 377 t
377
dv 6 0 12000
120
For 0 t 1 , C 100
10 6
600 mA
dt 10 3 0 P vi sin 377 tcos 377 t
377
For 1 ms t 2 ms, 1910 sin 754 t W
dv 06
C 100
10 6
600 mA
dt ( 3 2)m diL dv
45. (D) vL L , iC C C
dt dt
36. (B) For 0 t 4, d 2 iL
vC 3vL iC 3 LC 9.6 sin 4 t A
1 1 5m dt
vC idt 4m tdt 3125 t
2
C 200
10 6
diL
At t 4 ms, vc 0.05 V 46. (B) vL L
dt
It will be parabolic path. at t 0 t-axis will be tangent.
100 0
For 2 t 4, vL (0.05) 2.5 V
2
37. (A) 2 F is in parallel with 1 F and this
100 100
combination is in series with 1.5 F. For 4 t 8, vL (0.05) 2.5 V
4
. (2 1)
15
C1 1F, C1 is in parallel with 2.5 F 0 100
. 21
15 For 8 t 10, vL (0.05) 2.5 V
2
Ceq 1 2.5 35
. F
Thus (B) is correct option.
30
60 30(20 40)
38. (A) Ca 20 mF, Cb 20 mF
30 60 30 20 0 47. (C) Algebraic sum of the current entering or leaving
a cutset is equal to 0.
Cd Cc Cb Ca
C2 C2 C2 C2 6 16
i2 i4 i3 0 i3 0
2 4
+
i3 7 A, v3 7
3 21 V
iin vin C1 C1 C1 C1 60 mF
*********
Fig. S 1.1.38
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
11
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
1.2
GRAPH THEORY
(3) (4)
a 2 f
(1) (2) 1 3
b d e g
4 h 5
Fig. P.1.2.5
(A) a d e h (B) a c f h
(3) (4) (C) a f h g (D) a e f g
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
12
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 1 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Networks
1 1 0 1 0 1 2 2
5 5
13. The incidence matrix of a graph is as given below
(C) (D)
1 1 1 0 0 0
0 0 1 1 1 0
A
0 1 0 1 0 1 15. The incidence matrix of a graph is as given below
1 0 0 0 1 1
1 1 1 0 0 0
The graph is 0 0 1 1 1 0
2 2 A
0 1 0 1 0 0
1 0 0 0 1 1
The graph is
4 4
2 2
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
(A) (B)
2 2
4 4
(A) (B)
4 4
2 2
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
(C) (D)
The graph is
2 2
1 4 3 1 4 3
Fig. P.1.1.16
(A) 8 (B) 12
5 5
(C) 16 (D) 20
(A) (B)
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
14
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 1 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Networks
1 2 1 2
3 2 4
3 3
4 5 4 5
6 6
Fig. P.1.2.24
(C) (D)
The oriented graph will be
23. A graph is shown in fig. P.1.2.23 in which twigs are
solid line and links are dotted line. For this chosen tree
fundamental set matrix is given below.
1 1 0 0 1 0
BF 0 1 1 1 0 0
0 0 0 1 1 1
(A) (B)
3
2 4
1 5 6
The oriented graph will be 25. Consider the graph shown in fig. P.1.2.25 in which
twigs are solid line and links are dotted line.
1 4 2
6 5
(A) (B) 3
Fig. P. 1.2.25
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
16
ForGraph
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Theory Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 1.2
(C) (D)
28. If the number of branch in a network is b, the
number of nodes is n and the number of dependent loop
26. In the graph shown in fig. P.1.2.26 solid lines are
is l, then the number of independent node equations
twigs and dotted line are link. The fundamental loop
will be
matrix is
i
(A) n
l 1 (B) b 1
(C) b n
1 (D) n 1
a c e
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
17
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 1 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Networks
30. The directed graph will be 33. The oriented graph for this network is
8 8
5 6 5 6 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
2 3 7 2 3 7 5 5
1 1
4 4
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
8 8
5 6 5 6
5 5
(C) (D)
2 3 7 2 3 7
1 1
4 4
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
18
ForGraph
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Theory Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 1.2
(A) (B)
(1) (2)
Fig. S1.2.1
(C) (D)
(1) (2) Fig. S .1.2.7
c c
1 3 1 3
3. (C) l b ( n 1) 4.
d e d e
4 4
t n 1 3, l bn
1 3
(1) (2)
5. (C) From fig. it can be seen that a f h g is a tree of 2 2
given graph
c a b a b
a f c c
1 3 1 3
b d e g d e d e
f f
4 4
h
Fig. S 1.2.5 (3) (4)
2
6. (B) From fig. it can be seen that a d f is a tree.
c a b
b e c
1 3
d e
a d f
f
(5)
Fig. S. 1.2.6 Fig. S. 1.2.8
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
19
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 1 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Networks
l1
a e 34. (D) We know that [ vb ] ArT [ Vn ]
c
l2 l4 So reduced incidence matrix is
h b d f 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
l3
0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0
Ar
0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1
g 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0
Fig. S 1.2.26
At node-1, three branch leaves so the only option is (D).
This in similar to matrix in (A). Only place of rows has
been changed.
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
22
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
1.3
METHODS OF ANALYSIS
+
vs
4. va ?
4vs 6R v1 10
12 V 4 10 V
Fig. P1.3.1
(A) 0.4vs (B) 1.5vs va
1 4A 2
(C) 0.67vs (D) 2.5vs
2. va ?
3A Fig. P1.3.4
(A) 4.33 V (B) 4.09 V
(C) 8.67 V (D) 8.18 V
2
va 5. v2 ?
20 60
3 1A
+ v2
30 0.5 A 10 V 30
Fig. P1.3.2
(A) 11 V (B) 11 V
(C) 3 V (D) 3 V Fig. P1.3.5
(A) 0.5 V (B) 1.0 V
3. v1 ? (C) 1.5 V (D) 2.0 V
10
6. ib ?
64 37
30 V 3A 30
20 ib
10 V 0.5 A
36 69
v1
60 9A 6A 60
+
Fig. P1.3.6
(A) 0.6 A (B) 0.5 A
Fig. P1.3.3 (C) 0.4 A (D) 0.3 A
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
23
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 1 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Networks
7. i1 ? (A) 20 mA (B) 15 mA
6A
(C) 10 mA (D) 5 mA
11. i1 ?
8 i1 2
50
10
75 V 4 3 5 100 0.1 A
i1
6.6 V
Fig. P1.3.7
40 0.06 A
(A) 3.3 A (B) 2.1 A
60
(C) 1.7 A (D) 1.1 A
8. i1 ?
0.1A
i2 Fig. P1.3.11
90 k 10 k
75 V
(A) 0.01 A (B) 0.01 A
7.5mA
(C) 0.03 A (D) 0.02 A
10 k i1 90 k
2A
3A 6
3V 5 2
4
Fig. P1.3.12
4A 3 2 2 5
(A) A (B) A
i1 3 3
5 2
(C) A (D) A
Fig. P1.3.9 6 9
(A) 4 A (B) 3 A
13. i1 ?
(C) 6 A (D) 5 A
200
10. i1 ?
2 k 40 mA 100 i1 50 10 mA
45 V i1 500 15 mA
Fig. 1.3.13
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
24
ForMethods
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
of Analysis Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 1.3
4 8 5
14. The values of node voltage are va 12 V, vb 9.88 V
and vc 5.29 V. The power supplied by the voltage
12 V i1 2 i2 2 i3 20 V
source is
8V
6
va 4 vb 3
vc Fig. 1.3.17
12 V
4 2 0 i1 12
1A 2
(A) 2 8 2
i2
8
0 2 5
i3
20
15. i1 , i2 , i3 ?
0 2 7
i3
20
2
4 2 0 i1 12
(D) 2 8 2
i2
8
3 i1 9
0 2 5
i3
20
16. vo ?
Fig. 1.3.18
4 mA 2 k 2 mA
6 k 12 k 12 k i1 6
1 k 1 k
(A) 6 k
6 k 18 k i2 0
+
1k 1k 0 k
i3
5
1 k 1 mA 2 k vo
6 k 12 k 12 k i1 6
(B) 6 k 6 k 18 k
i2
0
Fig. P1.3.16
1k 1k 0 k
i3
5
6 5 1k 1k 0 k
i3
5
(C) V (D) V
7 7
6 k 12 k 12 k i1 6
(D) 6 k 6 k 18 k
i2
0
1k 1k 0 k
i3
5
P1.3.17 are
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
25
ForMethods
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
of Analysis Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 1.3
29. va ?
i1 R4 i2
10
v1 v2
25i2 4A
50 va 40
Fig. P1.3.25
10 A 200 5A 100 20 20 A
The value of R4 is
(A) 40 (B) 15
Fig. P1.3.29
(C) 5 (D) 20
(A) 342 V (B) 171 V
26. va ?
(C) 198 V (D) 396 V
2.5 k
10 k 10 k
30. ia ?
va
50 150
20 V 10 k 5 k 4 mA
225 100 200
ia
Fig. P1.3.26 2V 4V 8V
(A) 26 V (B) 19 V 75 50
(C) 13 V (D) 18 V
Fig. P1.3.30
31. v2 ?
10 v 20
50
v2 +
4A
10 V 100 0.04v2
15 5
28. i1 ? 32. i1 ?
0.5i1
300 2 4
40 V i1 500 0.4i1 8V 4A 6V
i1
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
27
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 1 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Networks
16 A
33. vx ? va 2
+ 2.5 5 10 A
1.6 A 100 0.02vx 50 vx
Fig. P1.3.37
Fig. P1.3.33
(A) 25.91 V (B) 25.91 V
(A) 32 V (B) 32 V
(C) 51.82 V (D) 51.82 V
(C) 12 V (D) 12 V
38. For the circuit of Fig. P1.3.38 the value of vs , that
34. ib ?
will result in v1 0, is
1 k 3 k 3A 2A
va
ib
0.1v1
6V 2 k 4va
10 20
+
vs 40 v1 48 V
Fig. P1.3.34
(A) 4 mA (B) 4 mA
(C) 12 mA (D) 12 mA Fig. P1.3.38
15 V i1 6 i2 18 V
Fig. P1.3.35
50 40. v1 ?
iy 3
+
+
2A 100 25iy 50 vx 0.2vx 3
vy 2A
6
14 V
+
Fig. P1.3.36
v1 7A 2vy
2
(A) 3 V (B) 3 V
(C) 10 V (D) 10 V
Fig. P1.3.40
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
28
ForMethods
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
of Analysis Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 1.3
(B) 10 V
(A) 10 V
(C) 7 V (D) 7 V
SOLUTIONS
1. (B) Applying the nodal analysis
41. vx ?
4 vs v
vx + s
v1 6 R 3 R 15
. vs
500 1 1 1
0.5vx
6 R 3R 6 R
500
2. (C) va 2( 3 1) 3 (1) 11 V
0.6 A 600 900 0.3 A
v1 v
3. (D) 1 6 9 v1 90 V
60 60
Fig. P1.3.41
va 10 va
(A) 9 V (B) 9 V 4. (C) 4 va 8.67 V
4 2
(C) 10 V (D) 10 V
v2 v2 10
5. (D) 0.5 v2 2 V
42. The power being dissipated in the 2 resistor in the 20 30
circuit of Fig. P1.3.42 is
5 ia 6. (B) Using Thevenin equivalent and source transform
8 60 V
3 2 3 i1 2 va 10
2A
2.5 A 4 6ia 30 V 25 V 3 5
25 60
(A) 76.4 W (B) 305.6 W
8
2 15
(C) 52.5 W (D) 210.0 W va 3
15.23 V
3 1 1
14 3 15
43. i1 ?
25 15.23
500 i1 2.09 A
14
+ vx 3
100 0.6 A
10
+
7. (A) ib 0.5 0.6 A
180 V 64 36
400 vy 0.001vy
8. (B) 75 90 ki1 10 k( i1 7.5m)
100
150 100 ki1 i1 15
. mA
0.005vy 9. (B) 3 2 i1 3( i1 4) i1 3 A
Fig. P1.3.43
10. (B) 45 2 ki1 500 ( i1 15m)
(A) 0.12 A (B) 0.24 A i1 15 mA
(C) 0.36 A (D) 0.48 A
11. (D)
6.6 50 i1 100( i1 0.1) 40( i1 0.06) 60( i1 0.1)
***************** i1 0.02 A
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
29
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 1 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Networks
Fig. S1.3.38
************
39. (D) ix i1 i2
15 4 i1 2( i1 i2 ) 6( i1 i2 )
8 i1 4 i2 15 K(i)
18 2 i2 6( i2 i1 )
3i1 4 i2 9 K(ii)
i1 12
. A, i2 1.35 A
v y 3( i1 2)
14 3i1 9( i1 2) 6( i1 9) 2( i1 7)
14 20 i1 18 54 14 i1 5 A
v1 6(5 2 7) 2
3(5 2) 2(5 7) 10 V
3
+
vy 3 2A
6
14 V
+
v1 7A 2vy
i1
2
Fig. S1.3.40
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
32
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
1.4
NETWORKS THEOREM
vTH, RTH
6V 6 R
i v
Fig. P.1.4.1
(A) 2 V, 4 (B) 4 V, 4
Fig. P.1.4.4
(C) 4 V, 5 (D) 2 V, 5
2. i N , R N ? R
2 2 R
v
iN, RN
15 V 4
(A) (B)
Fig. P.1.4.2 R
R i
10
(A) 3 A, (B) 10 A, 4 i
3
(C) 1,5 A, 6 (D) 1.5 A, 4
(C) (D)
3. vTH , RTH ?
2
5. i N , R N ?
2
vTH, RTH
2A 3 1
iN RN
6A 4 3
Fig. P.1.4.3
6 5
(A) 2 V, (B) 2 V, Fig. P.1.4.5
5 6
(A) 4 A, 3 (B) 2 A, 6
5 6
(C) 1 V, (D) 1 V, (C) 2 A, 9 (D) 4 A, 2
6 5
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
33
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 1 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Networks
Fig. P.1.4.10
2A 6
RTH
(A) 6 V (B) 7 V
5V
(C) 8 V (D) 10 V
Fig. P.1.4.7
11. i1 ?
(A) 3 (B) 12 20 V
4 k i1 4 k 6 k
(C) 6 (D)
RTH
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
34
ForNetwork
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Theorems Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 1.4
(C) 5 V, 6 (D) 7 V, 6
iN, RN
3i1 4
14. A practical DC current source provide 20 kW to a
50 load and 20 kW to a 200 load. The maximum
power, that can drawn from it, is
Fig. P1.4.19
(A) 22.5 kW (B) 45 kW
(C) 30.3 kW (D) 40 kW
(A) 0 (B) 1.2
vTH RTH
E 4 R 2 4A 0.1v1 5 v1
iR
i1 i
i
iN, RN vs 4
20i1 30
Fig. P.1.4.22
Fig. P.1.4.18
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
35
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 1 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Networks
23. In the circuit of fig. P1.4.23 the value of RTH at 26. The value of RL will be
terminal ab is ix
0.75va
16 V 0.9 A 3 RL
2
8
a
Fig. P.1.4.2627
9V 4 va
+
b (A) 2 (B) 3
Fig. P.1.4.23 (C) 1 (D) None of the above
9
(A) 3 (B) 27. The maximum power is
8
(A) 0.75 W (B) 1.5 W
8
(C) (D) None of the above (C) 2.25 W (D) 1.125 W
3
28. RTH ?
24. RTH ?
-2ix
200
va RTH
va 100 50 +
100
+ 100
0.01vx
RTH
100 300 vx
Fig. P.1.4.28
(A) (B) 0
3 125 (A) 100 (B) 136.4
(C) (D)
125 3
(C) 200 (D) 272.8
25. In the circuit of fig. P.1.4.25, the RL will absorb
29. Consider the circuits shown in fig. P.1.4.29
maximum power if RL is equal to
ia 2
40 100
i 6 6
2 2
6V 200 3i RL
12 V
12 V 8V
Fig. P.1.4.25
6
400 2 ib 2
(A) (B) k
3 9
800 4 6 6
(C) (D) k
3 9 2 2
The relation between ia and ib is 33. If vs1 6 V and vs 2 6 V then the value of va is
(A) ib ia 6 (B) ib ia 2 (A) 4 V (B) 4 V
(C) ib 15
. ia (D) ib ia (C) 6 V (D) 6 V
12 4
P1.4.34. Let the power consumed by R be P. If an
identical network is added as shown in figure, the
6 2
power consumed by R will be
Req
18 6
9
N R N N
R
Fig. P.1.4.30
Fig. P.1.4.34
72
(A) 18 (B)
13
(A) equal to P (B) less than P
36
(C) (D) 9 (C) between P and 4P (D) more than 4P
13
RL
simultaneously, then the power consumed by R is
(A) P1 P2 P1 P2
5
(B)
9 (C) ( P1 P2 ) 2 (D) ( P1 P2 ) 2
Fig. P.1.4.31
1 3 3 1
37. The following results were obtained from
+
measurements taken between the two terminal of a
vs1 1 va vs2
resistive network
Terminal voltage 12 V 0V
Fig. P.1.4.3233
Terminal current 0A 1.5 A
***********
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
38
ForNetwork
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Theorems Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 1.4
7. (C) After killing the source, RTH 6 12. (B) We Thevenized the left side of xx and source
6 transformed right side of yy
8 x 16 y 8
6
RTH
4V 8V
Fig. S.1.4.7 x y
Fig. S1.4.12
14. (A)
+
4V 6 v1 12 V
i r RL
Fig. S1.4.10
Fig. S1.4.14
4 12
2 2
v1 1 1 1 2 6 V
ir
50 20 k,
ir
200 20 k
1 1 1
r 50 r 200
11 6 12
( r 200) 2 4( r 50) 2
11. (B) If we solve this circuit direct, we have to deal r 100
with three variable. But by simple manipulation ( 30) 2 100
i 30 A, Pmax 22.5 kW
4
variable can be reduced to one. By changing the LHS
and RHS in Thevenin equivalent
15. (C) Thevenized the circuit across R, RTH 2
20 V
2 k i1 4 k 2 k 4 2 2
6V 8V 4 2
Fig. S1.4.15
Fig. S1.4.11
16. (A) isc 10 A, RTH 2 ,
20 6 8
i1 0.75 mA 2
2k 4k 2k
10
Pmax 2 50 W
2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
39
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 1 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Networks
3 + 24 2
P 2 112.5 W
(1. 2 2) 2
2 va 6V
voc 12
37. (B) RTH 8
isc 15
.
Fig. S.1.4.32b
6 (2 3) 1 1
va 5 V 38. (A) Let 50 A
2 31 sensitivity 20 k
For 0 10 V scale Rm 10 20 k 200 k
33. (B) Since both source have opposite polarity, hence
For 0 50 V scale Rm 50 20 k 1 M
short circuit the all straight-through connection as 4
For 4 V reading i 50 20 A
shown in fig. S.1.4.33 10
6 vTH 20RTH 20 200 k 4 20RTH ...(i)
5
1 For 5 V reading i 50 5 A
50
3 +
vTH 5 RTH 5 1M 5 5RTH ...(ii)
2 va 6V Solving (i) and (ii)
16 200
vTH V, RTH k
3 3
Fig. S1.4.33
39. (D) v10 k 10 k 3.6m 6
6 ( 6 ||3)
va 4 V v30 k 30 k 4.8m 12 V
21
10
6 vTH 10 vTH 6 RTH 60
34. (C) Let Thevenin equivalent of both network 10 RTH
RTH RTH RTH 30 vTH
12 5 vTH 2 RTH 60
30 RTH
RTH 30 k
vTH R vTH R vTH
Fig. S1.4.34
At i 0, voc 3 V
v 3
VTH
2
RTH oc 100
P R isc 30m
RTH R
2
V
VTH
2
************
P TH
R 4 R
R RTH 2 R RTH
2
Thus P P 4 P
P1 P2
35. (C) i1 and i2
R R
P1 P2
using superposition i i1 i2
R R
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
42
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
1.6
THE RLC CIRCUITS
1. The natural response of an RLC circuit is described (A) iL ( t) + 1100 iL ( t) + 11 108 iL ( t) = 108 is ( t)
by the differential equation (B) iL ( t) + 1100 iL ( t) + 11 108 iL ( t) = 108 is ( t)
d 2v dv dv(0) iL ( t) 11
. iL ( t)
+2 + v = 0, v(0) = 10, = 0. (C) + + 11
. iL ( t) = is ( t)
dt 2 dt dt 108 10 4
iL ( t) 11iL ( t)
The v( t) is (D) + + 11iL ( t) = is ( t)
108 10 4
(A) 10(1 + t) e - t V (B) 10(1 - t) e - t V
(C) 10e - t V (D) 10te - t V 4. In the circuit of fig. P.1.6.4 vs = 0 for t > 0. The initial
condition are v(0) = 6 V and dv(0) dt = -3000 V s. The
2. The differential equation for the circuit shown in fig.
v( t) for t > 0 is
P1.6.2. is
2W 1 mH v
1H
vs 100 W 10 mF +
vs 80 W 25 mF vC
Fig. P1.6.2
(A) v( t) + 3000 v( t) + 102
. 108 v( t) = 108 vs ( t) Fig. P1.6.4
is 100 W 10 mF
Fig. P.1.6.5
iL -t -3t
(A) 5 e - 7 e V (B) 7 e - t - 5 e -3t V
Fig. P.1.6.3
(C) - e - t + 3e -3t V (D) 3e - t - e -3t V
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
54
ForThe
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
RLC Circuits Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 1.6
Statement for Q.67: 10. The switch of the circuit shown in fig. P1.6.10 is
Circuit is shown in fig. P.1.6. Initial conditions are opened at t = 0 after long time. The v( t) , for t > 0 is
t=0
i1 (0) = i2 (0) = 11 A 3W
i1 2H i2
1 +
1
6V 1W 2H 4F vC
1W 3H 2W
Fig. P1.6.10
(A) 4 e -2 t sin 2 t V (B) -4 e -2 t sin 2 t V
Fig. P1.6.67
6. i1 (1 s) = ? (C) 4 e -2 t cos 2 t V (D) -4 e -2 t cos 2 t V
8. vC ( t) = ? for t > 0 4W 7A
25 mH
Fig. P1.6.11
(A) e -2 t (2 cos t + 4 sin t) A (B) e -2 t ( 3 sin t - 4 cos t) A
+
30u(-t) mA 100 W 10 mF vC (C) e -2 t ( -4 sin t + 2 cos t) A (D)e -2 t (2 sin t - 4 cos t) A
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
55
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 1 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Networks
15. The forced response for the capacitor voltage v f ( t) is 19. In the circuit shown in fig. P 1.5.19 v( t) for t > 0 is
100 W 2u(-t) A
iL
vx +
avx 1H 0.04 F
50 W 20 mH
+ vC
Fig. P1.6.15 4W 2W
. 10 -3 V
(A) 0. 2 t + 117 . 10 -3 V
(B) 0. 2 t - 117
. 10 -3 t - 0. 2 V
(C) 117 . 10 -3 t + 0. 2 V
(D) 117 50u(t) V
Fig. P1.6.19
iL
+ vC
17. The circuit shown in fig. P1.6.17 is critically
1
damped. The value of R is 20 V 4H
5W t=0
Fig. P1.6.20
R 120 W
10 mF
(A) -10 sin 8 t A (B) 10 sin 8 t A
(C) -10 cos 8 t A (D) 10 cos 8 t A
4H
d 2 i( t) 2 di( t) di(0 + )
+ + 5 i( t) = 10, i(0 + ) = 2, = 4. Fig. P1.6.21
dt dt dt
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
56
ForThe
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
RLC Circuits Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 1.6
22. In the circuit of fig. P1.5.22 the voltage v( t) is 25. In the circuit shown in fig. P1.6.25 a steady state
has been established before switch closed. The i( t) for
5H 1W
t > 0 is
5W
+
3u(t) A 5W 0.2 F vC 20 W 1H
20 V i
2W t=0
1
100 V 5W 25
F
Fig. P1.6.22
23. In the circuit of fig. P1.6.23 the switch is opened at (D) 0.89 e -4 t sin 6.38 t A
2A
3
4H t=0
10 W 1W 1H
1
3F
6W
5W 10 W +
1 vC
4V
t=0 25 F
Fig. P1.6.23
0.02 F 2 kW
14 W
b
i
2 H t=0
12 V
2W 12u(t) V 5 mF 8 mH
a
iL
6W
Fig. P1.6.27
iL 2W 1 mH v
29. In the circuit of fig. P1.6.29 a steady state has been
established before switch closed. The vo( t) for t > 0 is
10 W
vs 100 W 10 mF
t=0
+
Fig. S1.6.2
3A 5W 10 mF 1H vo
diL
vs = 2 iL + 10 -3 +v
dt
Fig. P1.6.29
(A) 100 te -10 t V (B) 200 te -10 t V v dv 1 dv d2 v
= 2 + 10 -6 10 - t + 10 -3 + 10 10 -6 + v
100 dt 100 dt dt 2
(C) 400 te -50 t V (D) 800 te -50 t V
108 vs ( t) = v( t) + 3000 v( t) + 102
. v( t)
30. In the circuit of fig. P1.6.30 a steady state has been
vC dvC
established before switch closed. The i( t) for t > 0 is 3. (C) is = + iL + 10m
100 dt
i
di
1H vC = 10 iL + 10 -3 L
dt
1 di d di
1W 2W 4F is = 0.1iL + 10 -5 L + iL + 10 -5 (10 iL + 10 -3 L )
t=0 dt dt dt
diL di d 2 iL
6V = 0.1iL + 10 -5 + iL + 10 -4 L + 10 -8
dt dt dt 2
iL ( t) 11 .
Fig. P1.6.30 + iL ( t) + 11
. iL ( t) = is ( t)
-2 t -2 t 108 10 4
(A) 2 e sin 2 t A (B) -e sin 2 t A
-2 t
(C) -2(1 - t) e A (D) 2(1 - t) e -2 t A v dv
dt
4. (A) + 25m + ( v - vs ) dt = 0
80
31. In the circuit of fig. P1.6.31 a steady state has been d 2v dv
+ 500 + 40000 = 0
established. The i( t) for t > 0 is dt 2
dt
i
s 2 + 500 s + 40000 = 0
3A 10 W 6u(t) A 10 mF 40 W 4H
s = -100, - 400,
v( t) = Ae -100 t + Be -400 t
A 33
- - 2 B = - , A = 3, B = 8,
6 2 1
+
2W vC 8W
t 4F
-
-2 t
i1 = 3e 6
+ 8e ,
1
-
i1 (1 s) = 3e 6
+ 8 e -2 = 3.62 A Fig. S1.6.11
t diL (0 + ) diL (0 + )
-
-2 t 4 = 8 - ( -4) 8 = 10
7. (A) i2 = Ce 6
+ De dt dt
di2 (0) -143 C s 1
i2 (0) = 11 = C + D, = = - - 2D vC + vC + iL = 0, vC = 4 siL + 8 iL
dt 6 6 4 2
C = -1 and D = 12 s 2 iL + 4 siL + 5 = 0, s = -2 j
-
t
-
1 iL ( t) = e-2 t ( A1 cos t + A2 sin t)
-2 t -2
i2 = - e 6
+ 12 e A, i2 (1 s) = e 6
+ 12 e = 0.78 A
diL (0 + )
A1 = -4, = 10 = -2 ( A1 + 0) + A2 , A2 = 2
dt
8. (B) vC (0 + ) = 30m 100 = 3 V
dvC (0 - ) dvC (0 + ) v dv di
C = iL (0 - ) = 0 = iL (0 + ) = C 12. (A) is = + 10 -3 + iL , v = 10 10 -3 L
dt dt 100 65 dt dt
100 1 65 di d 2 iL
s2 + s+ is = (10 10 -3) L + 10 -3(10 10 -3) + iL = 0
25 10 -3 25 10 -3 10 10 -6 100 dt dt
s = -2000, -2000 d 2 iL di
+ 650 L + 10 5 iL = 10 5 is
dt dt
vC ( t) = ( A1 + A2 t) e -2000 t
dvC ( t) Trying iL ( t) = B
= A2 e -2000 t + ( A1 + A2 t) e -2000 t ( -2000)
dt 0 + 0 + 10 5 B = 10 5, B = 1, iL = 1 A
dvC (0)
vC (0 + ) = A1 = 3, = A2 - 2000 3 = 0
dt 13. (A) Trying iL ( t) = At + B,
A2 = 6000 0 + 650 A + ( At + B)10 5 = 10 5(0.5 t), A = 0.5
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
59
ForThe
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
RLC Circuits Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 1.6
i(0) = 6 = 6 + A, A = -6 On solving, A = 2, B = -8
di(0)
= -50 A + 5000 B = 0, B = -0.06
dt ************
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
61
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
1.7
SINUSOIDAL STEADY STATE ANALYSIS
1. i( t) ? 1 1
i 3W (A) cos (2 t - 45 ) V (B) cos (2 t + 45 ) V
2 2
1 1
(C) sin (2 t - 45 ) V (D) sin (2 t + 45 ) V
20cos 300t V ~ 25 mH 2 2
4. vC ( t) = ?
Fig. P1.7.1 3H
3. vC ( t) = ?
5W
Fig. P1.7.5
+
cos 2t V ~ 0.1 F vC
(A) 2 sin (2 t + 5.77 ) A (B) cos (2 t - 84. 23 ) A
(C) 2 sin (2 t - 5.77 ) A (D) cos (2 t + 84. 23 ) A
Fig. P1.7.3
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
62
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 1 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Networks
13. In the bridge shown in fig. P1.7.13, Z1 = 300 W, Statement for Q.17-18:
Z 2 = ( 300 - j 600) W, Z 3 = (200 + j 100)W. The Z 4 at The circuit is as shown in fig. P1.7.17-18
balance is 1H 1W 1W 1H
3
Z
Z
1W
5cos 4t V ~ i1 i2
~ o
10cos (4t-30 ) V
1F
2
4
Z
Z
Fig. P1.7.1718
17. i1 ( t) = ?
~
19. I x = ?
15. Vo = ?
0.5Ix
j20 40 W Vo 4W
Ix
~
120-15o V ~ -j30 50 W 630 A
o
1030 V
o
~ -j2 W j3 W
+
o
10sin (t+30 ) V ~ 1F vo
~ o
20cos (t-45 ) V
+
4Vx 30 A
o
~ 20 W Vx
Fig. P1.7.16
Fig. P1.7.20
. cos ( t + 112 ) V
(A) 315
(B) 43. 2 cos ( t + 23 ) V (A) 29.11166 V (B) 29.11 - 166 V
. cos ( t - 112 ) V
(C) 315 (C) 43. 24 124 V (D) 43. 24 - 124 V
(D) 43. 2 cos ( t - 23 ) V
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
64
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 1 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Networks
Statement for Q.2732: 35. In the circuit shown in fig. P1.7.35 power factor is
28. Q = 2000 VAR, pf = 0.9 (leading) (A) 56.31 (leading) (B) 56.31 (lagging)
(A) 4129.8 + j2000 VA (B) 2000 + j 4129.8 VA
(C) 0.555 (lagging) (D) 0.555 (leading)
(C) 2000 - j 4129
. .8 VA (D) 4129.8 - j2000 VA
36. The power factor seen by the voltage source is
29. S = 60 VA, Q = 45 VAR (inductive)
4W 1W
(A) 39.69 + j 45 VA (B) 39.69 - j 45 VA
+ v1
(C) 45 + j 39.69 VA (D) 45 - j 39.69 VA
3v 1
10cos 2t V ~ 4 1 3F
30. Vrms = 220 V, P = 1 kW, |Z |= 40 W (inductive)
(A) 1000 - j 68125
. VA (B) 1000 + j 68125
. VA
Fig. P1.7.36
. + j1000 VA
(C) 68125 . - j1000 VA
(D) 68125
(A) 0.8 (leading) (B) 0.8 (lagging)
31. Vrms = 2120 V, Vrms = 2120 V, I rms = 8.5 - 50 A
(C) 36.9 (leading) (D) 39.6 (lagging)
(A) 154.6 + j 89.3 VA (B) 154.6 - j 89.3 VA
(C) 61 + j167.7 VA (D) 61 - j167.7 VA 37. The average power supplied by the dependent
source is
32. Vrms = 120 30 V, Z = 40 + j 80 W Ix j1.92
33. Vo = ?
+ Fig. P1.7.37
Fig. P1.7.33 38. In the circuit of fig. P1.7.38 the maximum power
absorbed by Z L is
10 W j15
(A) 7.132. 29 kV (B) 42.59 32.29 kV
(C) 38.49 24.39 kV (D) 38.49 32. 29 kV
1200o V ~ -j10 ZL
39. The value of the load impedance, that would The line impedance connecting the source to load is
absorbs the maximum average power is 0.3 + j0.2 W. If the current in a phase of load 1 is
j100
I = 10 20 A rms , the current in source in ab branch is
(A) 15 - 122 A rms (B) 8.67 - 122 A rms
(C) 15 27.9 A rms (D) 8.67 - 57.9 A rms
320o A
~ 80 W -j40 ZL
-j
SOLUTIONS 7. (C) Z = ||( 6 + j(27m) w)
w(22m )
- j106 27 10 3 j 6 106
1. (D) Z = 3 + j(25m)( 300) = 3 + j7.5 W = 8.08 68. 2 ( 6 + j27 10 -3 w) -
20 0 = 22 w = 22 22 w
I= = 2.48 - 68. 2 A 10 6
106
8.08 68. 2 6 + j(27mw - ) 6 + jw 27m -
22 w 22 w2
i( t) = 2.48 cos ( 300 t - 68. 2 ) A
- j 36 106 j27 10 3 106
- w 27m - = 0
w22 22 22 w2
1
2. (A) Y = + j(1m)(10 3) = 0.5 + j = 112
. 63.43
2 w = 1278
(10) w 1278
VC = = 0.89 - 63.43 V f = Hz = = 203 Hz
. 63.43
112 2p 2p
vC ( t) = 0.89 cos (10 3 t - 63.43 ) V
8. (C) Vs = 7.68 47 V, V2 = 7.5135
-j V1 = Vs - V2 = 7.68 47 - 7.5135 = 159
. 125
3. (A) Z = 5 + = 5 - j5 = 5 5 - 45
(0.1)(2)
(10) (5 - 90 ) 1 9. (B) vin = 32 + (14 - 10) 2 = 5
VC = = - 45 V
5 2 - 45 2
1 10. (C) I1 = 744 - 118 mA,
vC ( t) = cos (2 t - 45 ) V
2
I 2 = 540 100 mA
I = I1 + I 2 = 744 - 118 + 540.5 100
-j
4. (D) Z = 9 + j( 3)(5) + = 9 + j11 = 460 - 164
(50m) (5)
i( t) = 460 cos ( 3t - 164 ) mA
Z = 14.2150.71 W
( 8 0)( 4 - 90 ) VC V - 20 0
VC = = 2. 25 140.71 V 11. (A) 2 45 = + C
14. 2150.71 - j4 j5 + 10
vC ( t) = 2. 25 cos (5 t - 140.71 ) V j50 10 W
10 0
+
1 10 0 200 V
o
5. (B) Va =
1 1 1
=
. + j0.4
105
V 245o A ~ -j4 VC ~
+ +
1 - j2 4 + j 8
Va 10 0
I= = = 1 - 84. 23 A Fig. S1.7.11
4 + j 8 1 + j10
1W 4W
Va (1 + j)( - j 4)(10 + j5) = VC (10 + j5 - j 4) + j 8
I
60 - j100 = VC (10 + j)
100 V
o
~ -j2 j8 VC = 11.6 - 64.7
12. (D) X = X L + X C = 0
Fig. S1.7.5 So reactive power drawn from the source is zero.
i( t) = cos (2 t - 84.23 ) A
13. (B) Z1 Z 4 = Z 3Z 2
6. (D) w = 2 p 10 10 3 = 2 p 10 4 300 Z 4 = ( 300 - j 600)(200 + j100)
-j 1
Y = j(1m )(2 p 10 4 ) + + Z 4 = 400 - j 300
(160m )(2 p 10 ) 36
4
Vo Vo - 3Vo
22. (A) + = 4 - 30
Fig. S.1.7.16 2 j4
Vo(0.5 + j0.5) = 3.46 - j2 Vo = 5.65 - 75
j j
17. (C) 5 0 = I1 j 4 + 1 + 1 - - I 2 1 -
4 4 23. (D) I 2 = 4 90 , I 3 = 2 0
j4 1W 1W j4
-j3 j4
1W +
50 V
o
~ I1 I2 ~ 10-30 V
o
120 V
o
~ I1 2W Vo I2 ~ 490 V
o
-j0.25 W
2W 2W
Fig. S.1.7.17
~
( 8 + j15) I1 - ( 4 - j) I 2 = 20 0 ...(i)
20o A
j j
-10 - 30 = I 2 (1 + j 4 + 1 - ) - I1 (1 - ) Fig. P1.7.23
4 4
( 4 - j) I1 - ( 8 + j15) I 2 = 40 - 30 ...(ii)
I1 [( 8 + j15) - ( 4 - j) ]
2 2
12 0 = I1 ( - j 3 + 2 + 2) + 8 90 -4 0
= (20 0)( 8 + j15) - ( 40 - 30 )( 4 - j) I1 = 352
. + j0.64
I1 ( -176 + j248) = 41.43 + j 414.64 Vo = 2( 352
. + j0.64 + j 4) = 11.65 52.82 V
I1 = 103
. - j0.9 = 1.37 - 4107
.
24. (D) I 2 = 30 A , I 4 - I 3 = 6 0 A
( 8 + j15)(103
. - j0.9) - 20 0 Io
18. (B) I 2 =
4-j
= -0.076 + j2.04 I 2 = 2.04 92.13 1590o V ~ 2W I2
~ 30o A
-j4 j2
( - j2) I x = ( I1 - I x ) j 3, I1 =
Ix 1W I3 ~ 60o A
I4
1W
3
4 10 30
10 30 = - 0.5 - j2 I x Ix = Fig. S.1.7.24
3 2.17 - 67.38
I 3(1) + ( I 3 - I o)( - j 4) + ( I 4 + I 2 )( j2) + I 4 = 0
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
69
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 1 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Networks
S = 39.69 + j 45 VA
4.8 W
|V |2 (220 2 ) 1.6Ix 8W
30. (B) S = rms = = 1210
|Z | 40
P 1000
(290o)4.8 V ~
cos q = = = 0.8264 or q = 34.26 ,
S 1210
Fig. S.1.7.37
Q = S sin q = 68125,
.
S = 1000 + j 68125
. VA I x = 5 0 , Va = 0.6 5 8 = 24 0 ,
1
31. (C) S = Vrms I rms
*
= (2120 )( 8.5 50 ) Pave = 24 1.6 5 = 96
2
= 61 + j167.7 VA
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
70
ForSinusoidal
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Steady State Analysis Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 1.7
( - j10)(10 + j15) I aA
38. (A) Z TH = 8 - j14 W 45. (D) I AB = ( q + 30 ) = 16.22 1.34 A rms
10 + j15 - j10 3
120( - j10) V AB = I AB Z D = (16. 22 1.340 )(10 + j 8)
VTH = = 107.3 - 116.6 V
10 + j5 = 207.8 40 Vrms
107.3 - 116.6
IL = = 6.7 - 116.6
16 3600
46. (B) |S |= 3VL I L IL = = 10 A rms
1 208 3
PLmax = ( 6.7) 2 8 = 180 W
2 208
ZY = 25 = 12 25 = 10.88 + j5.07 W
10 3
( - j 40)( 80 + j100)
39. (B) Z TH = = 12.8 - j 49.6 W
80 + j 60
********
400
40. (B) Va = - 30 = 231 - 30 V
3
Vb = 231 - 150 V, Vc = 231 - 270 V
I aA (10 + j 4)
44 (B) I = = 10 20
(10 + j 4) + ( 4 + j 4)
a IaA
Iac Iab
Ibc IbB
c
b
icC
Fig. S.1.7.44
I aA = 15 - 27.9 A rms
|I |
I ab = - aA ( q + 30 ) = 8.67 - 122.1 A rms
3
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
71
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
1.8
CIRCUIT ANALYSIS IN THE S-DOMAIN
1. Z ( s) ? s2 + 1 2( s 2 + 1)
(A) (B)
1F 2H s2 + 2 s + 1 ( s + 1) 2
2 s2 + 1 s2 + 1
(C) 2 (D)
s + 2s + 2 3s + 2
Z(s)
1 1
4. Z ( s) = ?
1
Fig. P1.8.1
s 2 + 15 . s+1 s 2 + 3s + 1 Z(s)
(A) (B) 1H 1
2
s( s + 1) s( s + 1)
2 s 2 + 3s + 2 2 s 2 + 3s + 1
(C) (D)
s( s + 1) 2 s( s + 1)
0.5 F
Fig. P1.8.4
2. Z ( s) = ? 3s 2 + 8 s + 7 s(5 s + 6)
(A) (B)
s(5 s + 6) 3s 2 + 8 s + 7
1F
3s 2 + 7 s + 6 s(5 s + 6)
Z(s) (C) (D)
1 1H s(5 s + 6) 3s 2 + 7 s + 6
1
s + s+1
2
2s + s + 1
2
(A) (B)
s( s + 1) s( s + 1) +
6V 3F vC
s( s + 1) s( s + 1)
(C) (D) 2
2 s2 + s + 1 s + s+1
Fig. P1.8.5
3. Z ( s) = ?
3 3
+
1
1H
Z(s) 3s +
2 1 2A
VC(s) 3s VC(s)
1F 6 V -
s
-
6. The sdomain equivalent of the circuit shown in Fig. 9. For the network shown in fig. P1.8.9 voltage ratio
P1.8.6 is transfer function G12 is
t=0
1H 1H
+ 1F 1F
2A 12 2H vL
+
v1 1F 1F 1F v2
-
Fig. P1.8.6
Fig. P1.8.9
(A) (B) ( s 2 + 2) s2 + 1
(A) (B)
+ + 5 s + 5 s2 + 1
4
5 s + 5 s2 + 1
4
2s ( s 2 + 2) 2 ( s 2 + 1) 2
12 VL 12 2s VL
2A (C) (D)
s 5 s4 + 5 s2 + 1 5 s4 + 5 s2 + 1
4V
- -
10. For the network shown in fig. P1.8.10, the
admittance transfer function is
(C) Both A and B (D) None of these
K ( s + 1)
Y12 =
( s + 2)( s + 4)
Statement for Q.7-8:
3
2
The circuit is as shown in fig. P1.8.78. Solve the
i1 1 i2
problem and choose correct option.
+
+
is 1 1H io v1 2F 1 v2
2F 6
3 -
+ -
vs 1F 1F 1 vo
Fig. P1.8.10
The value of K is
Fig. P1.8.78
(A) -3 (B) 3
V ( s) 1 1
7. H1 ( s) o ? (C) (D) -
Vs ( s) 3 3
(A) s( s3 + 2 s2 + 3s + 1) -1
11. In the circuit of fig. P1.8.11 the switch is in position
(B) ( s 3 + 3s 2 + 2 s + 1) -1
1 for a long time and thrown to position 2 at t = 0. The
(C) ( s 3 + 2 s 2 + 3s + 2) -1
equation for the loop currents I1 ( s) and I 2 ( s) are
(D) s( s 3 + 3s 2 + 2 s2 + 2) -1 1F
1
I o( s)
8. H 2 ( s) = =? 2 t=0
Vs ( s) 2
12 V i1 3H i2
-s
(A) (B) -( s 3 + 3s 2 + 2 s + 1) -1 1F
( s + 3s + 2 s + 1)
3 2
Fig. P1.8.11
-s
(C) (D) ( s 3 + 2 s 2 + 3s + 2) -1
( s + 2 s + 3s + 1)
3 2
1 12
2 + 3s + s - 3s I1 ( s) s
(A)
1 I ( s)
-3s 2+ 2
0
s
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
73
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 1 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Networks
1 12 3F 4F
2 + 3s + s - 3s I1 ( s) s
S1 S2
Va
(B)
1 I ( s) - + + -
-3s 2+ 2
0 5V 1V
s
+
10 V 2F 6V 5V
1 12 -
2 3s s 3s I1 ( s) s
(C)
1 I 2 ( s)
3s 2 3s 0 Fig. P1.8.14
s
(A) 9
V (B) 9e t V
1 12 t
b
16. In the circuit of Fig. P1.8.16 i(0) 1 A, vC (0) 8
Fig. P1.8.12 4
V and v1 2 e 2
10 t u( t). The i( t) is
50 1m H
8( s 2) (2 s 1) i
(A) VTH ( s) , Z TH ( s)
3s( s 1) 3s
+
8( s 2) (2 s 1) v1 2.5 F vC
(B) VTH ( s) , Z TH ( s)
3s( s 1) 3s
4( s 3) (2 s 1)
(C) VTH ( s) , Z TH ( s) Fig. P1.8.16
3s( s 1) 6s
4 4 4
4( s 3) (2 s 1) (A) 1
[10 e10 t
3e2
10 t
22 e4
10 t ]u( t) A
(D) VTH ( s) , Z TH ( s) 15
3s( s 1) 6s 4 4 4
(B) 1
15
[ 10 e 10 t
3e 2
10 t
22 e 4
10 t ]u( t) A
4 4 4
13. In the circuit of fig. P1.8.13 just before the closing of (C) 13 [10 e10 t
3e2
10 t
22 e4
10 t ]u( t) A
switch at t 0, the initial conditions are known to be 4 4 4
(D) 13 [ 10 e 10 t
3e 2
10 t
22 e 4
10 t ]u( t) A
vC1 (0 ) 1 V, vC2 (0 ) 0. The voltage vC1 ( t) is
17. In the circuit shown in Fig. P1.8.18 v(0 ) 8 V and
+
t=0 iin ( t) 4( t). The vC ( t) for t 0 is
+
vC1 1F 1F vC2
- -
+
iin 50 20 mF vC
Fig. P1.8.13
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like:
Page www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
74
ForCircuit
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Analysis in the s-Domain Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 1.8
18. The driving point impedance Z ( s) of a network has The steady state voltage across capacitor is
the pole zero location as shown in Fig. P1.8.18. If (A) 6 V (B) 0 V
Z(0) 3, the Z ( s) is (C) (D) 2 V
j
1
23. The transformed voltage across the 60 mF
capacitor is given by
-1
-3 20 s + 6
VC ( s) =
-1 (10 s + 3)( s + 4)
Fig. P1.8.1921
+ +
I o( s)
19. =? 2 v1 Amplifier v
I in ( s) gain=K 2
- -
( s + 1)
(A) (B) 2 s( s + 1) -1
2s
Fig.P1.8.25
(C) ( s + 1) s -1 (D) s( s + 1) -1
(A) K 3 (B) K 3
20. If iin ( t) = 4( t) then io( t) will be 1 1
(C) K (D) K
(A) 4( t) - e- t u( t) A 3 3
(B) 4 ( t) - 4 e- t u( t) A
26. The network shown in fig. P1.8.26 is stable if
(C) 4 e - t u( t) - 4 ( t) A
1 2F
(D) e - t u( t) - ( t) A
+
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
75
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 1 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Networks
a a s 2 3s 4 ( s 1)( s 3)
(A) H 1 - (B) H 1 + (C) (D)
4 4 s( s 4) s( s 4)
a a
(C) H 4 - (D) H 4 + 32. The response is
4 4
(A) Over damped (B) Under damped
28. A circuit has input vin ( t) cos 2 t u( t) V and output (C) Critically damped (D) cant be determined
(C) 4 e 2 t u( t) (D) 4 e 2 t u( t)
Fig. P1.8.31-33
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like:
Page www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
76
ForCircuit
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Analysis in the s-Domain Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 1.8
s( s + 4)
39. The network function represents
( s + 1)( s + 2)( s + 3) (A) (B)
an
(A) RC impedance (B) RL impedance
1F
1H
(C) LC impedance (D) None of these
1 1F 1 1H
3 8 3 8
3
s( 3s + 8) 3
40. The network function represents an
( s + 1)( s + 3)
( s + 1)( s + 4) ************
41. The network function is a
s( s + 2)( s + 5)
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
77
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 1 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Networks
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like:
Page www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
80
ForCircuit
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Analysis in the s-Domain Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 1.8
Io s+4 s( s + 4) 39. (D) Poles and zero does not interlace on negative
31. (B) =
Is s + 4 + 3 ( s + 1)( s + 3) real axis so it is not a immittance function.
s
40. (C) The singularity nearest to origin is a zero. So it
32. (A) The characteristic equation is ( s + 1) ( s + 3) = 0.
may be RL impedance or RC admittance function.
Being real and unequal root, it is overdamped response. Because of (D) option it is required to check that it is a
valid RC admittance function. The poles and zeros
2
33. (C) is = 2 u( t) I s ( s) interlace along the negative real axis. The residues of
s
YRC ( s)
2( s + 4) 3 1 are real and positive.
I o ( s) = - s
( s + 1)( s + 3) s+1 s+ 3
io = ( 3e- t - e-3t ) u( t) A 41. (B) The singularity nearest to origin is a pole. So it
may be RC impedance or RL admittance function.
V ( s) 2 1
34. (B) o = = 2
+ 2s + 2 s + s + 2
Vs ( s) 4 s 2 + 7 s + 6 ( s + 1)( s + 6)
s 42. (A) =
s+2 ( s + 2)
The roots are imaginary so network is underdamped.
The singularity nearest to origin is at zero. So it may be
RC admittance or RL impedance function.
35. (C) The characteristic equation is
s( s 2 + 8 s + 16) = 0, ( s + 4) 2 = 0, s = -4, - 4 43. (D)
Being real and repeated root, it is critically damped. (A) pole lie on positive real axis
(B) poles and zero does not interlace on axis.
1
36. (B) vo = e -2 t u( t) Vo( s) H ( s) Vs ( s) (C) poles and zero does not interlace on axis.
s+2
(D) is a valid immittance function.
2 dvs
v!s = vs + Vs!( s) = (1 + 2 s) Vs ( s)
dt
s 2 + 8 s + 15 ( s + 3) ( s + 5)
Vo!( s) H ( s) Vs!( s) = (1 + 2 s) Vs ( s) H ( s) 44. (A) =
s 2 + 6 s + 8 ( s + 2) ( s + 4)
1 + 2s 3
Vo!( s) =2 - v!o = 2 ( s) - 3e -2 t u( t) The singularity nearest to origin is a pole. So it may be
s+2 s+2
a RL admittance or RC impedance function.
37. (C) It is a second order circuit. In steady state
45. (A) The singularity nearest to origin is a pole. So
10
i =2 A , v 2
1 2 V this is RC impedance function.
4+1
8 1 8 13
10 5( s + 2) Z ( s) = 3 + + =3+ +
I ( s) = s s+3 s 1+ s
2s + 4 +
1 ( s + 2) 2 + 1
3
1
1+ s
2 **************
10
1
1+ s
2 10
V ( s) = =
(2 s + 4) +
1 ( s + 2) 2 + 1
1
1+ s
2
V ( s) 2
= , It has one pole at s = -2
I ( s) s + 2
s 2 + 10 s + 24 ( s + 4)( s + 6)
38. (D) =
s 2 + 8 s + 15 ( s + 3)( s + 5)
The singularity near to origin is pole. So it may be RC
impedance or RL admittance function.
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
81
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
1.9
MAGNETICALLY COUPLED CIRCUITS
i2 0. . e 2 t V
(C) 15 . e 2 t V
(D) 15
i1 i2
i1 i2
- - 2H
+ +
Fig. P1.9.1-2
v1 2H 3H v2
1. v1 = ?
- -
(A) 16 cos 2 t V (B) 16 cos 2 t V
(C) 4 cos 2 t V (D) 4 cos 2 t V Fig. P1.9.5-6
i1 i2 (D) v1 15
. sin 4 t V, v2 sin 4 t V
+ 3H +
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like:
Page www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
82
ForMagnetically
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Coupled Circuits Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 1.9
+ 1H + 1.4 H
v1 2H 2H v2
Fig. P1.9.12
-
(A) 4 H (B) 6 H
-
(C) 7 H (D) 0 H
Fig. P1.9.7-8
7. v1 = ? 13. Leq ?
(A) 6( 2 cos t 3 sin t) V (B) 6( 2 cos t 3 sin t) V
4H
(C) 6(2 cos t 3 sin t) V (D) 6(2 cos t 3 sin t) V Leq
2H
8. v2 = ? 2H
(A) 3( 8 cos 3t 3 sin t) V (B) 6(2 cos t 3 sin t) V
(C) 3( 8 cos 3t 3 sin 3t) V (D) 6(2 cos t 3 sin t) V Fig. P1.9.13
and i2 3 cos 3t A
i1 i2
14. Leq ?
4H
+ 3H +
Leq 4H 6H
v1 3H 4H v2
- -
Fig. P1.9.14
Fig. P1.9.9-10
9. v1 =? (A) 8 H (B) 6 H
(A) 9(5 cos 3t 3 sin 3t) V (B) 9(5 cos 3t 3 sin 3t) V (C) 4 H (D) 2 H
(C) 9( 4 cos 3t 5 sin 3t) V (D) 9(5 cos 3t 3 sin 3t) V
15. Leq ?
2H
10. v2 = ?
(A) 9( 4 sin 3t 5 cos 3t) V (B) 9( 4 sin 3t 5 cos 3t) V Leq
4H 2H
(C) 9( 4 sin 3t 5 cos 3t) V (D) 9( 4 sin 3t 5 cos 3t) V
Leq
5H 3H
Fig. P1.9.21
41 49
(A) H (B) H
5 5
Fig. P1.9.18
51 39
(A) 1 H (B) 2 H (C) H (D) H
5 5
(C) 3 H (D) 4 H
Statement for Q.22-24:
19. In the network of fig. P1.9.19 following terminal are
Consider the circuit shown in fig. P1.9.2224.
connected together A
(i) none (ii) A to B
B
(iii) B to C (iv) A to C 4H
3H 15t A 6H
2H 6t A
a A 20 H C
2H 5H
4H
3H B D
5H Fig. P1.9.2224
1H
b C
22. The voltage V AG of terminal AD is
Fig. P1.9.19
(A) 60 V (B) 60 V
(C) 180 V (D) 240 V
The correct match for equivalent induction seen at
terminal a b is 23. The voltage vBG of terminal BD is
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (A) 45 V (B) 33 V
(A) 1 H 0.875 H 0.6 H 0.75 H (C) 69 V (D) 105 V
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like:
Page www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
84
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 1 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Networks
33. In the circuit of fig. P1.9.33 the 2 rad s. The 37. In the circuit of fig. P1.9.37 the maximum power
resonance occurs when C is delivered to RL is
C 10
2H
1 : 4
5 : 1
0.12 H 0.27 H + + +
vin
~ 2F vout
-
50 Vrms
~ -0.04V2 V1 8 V2
C - -
35. In the circuit of fig. P1.9.35 at 333.33 rad s, the 39. In the circuit of fig. P1.9.39 the ideal source supplies
voltage gain vout vin is zero. The value of C is 1000 W, half of which is delivered to the 100 load. The
C value of a and b are
20 40 4 25
k=0.5 1 : a 1 : b
+
vin
~ 0.12 H 0.27 H 20 vout 100 Vrms
~ 100
20 20Ix
Ix Fig. P1.9.40
b
Fig. P1.9.36 (A) 1.65 A rms (B) 0.18 A rms
(A) 6 V, 10 (B) 6 V, 4
(C) 0.66 A rms (D) 5.90 A rms
(C) 0 V, 4 (D) 0 V, 10
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like:
Page www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
86
ForMagnetically
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Coupled Circuits Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 1.9
41. V2 ?
50 SOLUTIONS
40 di1 di di
1. (B) v1 2 1 2 2 1 16 cos 2 t V
5 : 2
dt dt dt
+
80 Vrms
~ 10 V2
2. (C) v2 (1)
di2 di di
(1) 1 1 8 cos 2 t V
- dt dt dt
di1 di di
6. (D) v1 2 2 2 2 2 24 cos 3t V
Fig. P1.9.42 dt dt dt
di di di
(A) 3 W (B) 6 W v2 3 2 2 1 3 2 36 cos 3t V
dt dt dt
(C) 9 W (D) 12 W
di1 di
7. (A) v1 2 1 2
43. I x ? dt dt
8 10
18 sin t 12 cos t 6 (2 cos t 3 sin t) V
2 : 1
di2 di
8. (A) v2 2 1 1
dt dt
100 0 V
o
~ -j4
j6
24 cos 3t 9 sin 3t 3 ( 8 cos 3t 3 sin 3t) V
Ix
di1 di
Fig. P1.9.43 9. (A) v1 3 3 2
dt dt
(A) 1921
. 57.4 A (B) 2.931 59.4 A 45 cos 3t 27 sin 3t 9 (5 cos 3t 3 sin 3t) V
(C) 1.68 43.6 A . 43.6 A
(D) 179
di2 di
10. (D) v2 4 3 1
44. Z in ? dt dt
36 sin 3t 45 cos 3t 9 ( 4 sin 3t 5 cos 3t) V
j16 6 24 6
1 : 5 4 : 1 1 1
11. (A) W L1 i12 L2 i22 Mi1 i2
Zin 2 2
-j10
At t 0, i1 4 cos ( 20 ) 4.7 mA
i2 20 cos ( 20 ) 18.8 mA ,
Fig. P1.9.44 M 0.6 2.5 0.4 0.6
1 1
W (2.5)( 4.7) 2 (0.4)(18.8) 2 0.6( 4.7)(18.8)
(A) 46.3 j 6.8 (B) 432.1 j0.96 2 2
(C) 10.8 j9.6 (D) 615.4 j0.38 151.3 J
L1 L2 M 2 8 4 d( 6 t)
15. (A) Leq 0.4 H 24. (C) vCG 6 36 V
L1 L2 2 M 6 4 dt
21. (B) Let I1 be the current through 4 H inductor and 29. (A)
-j 2 2
I 2 and I 3 be the current through 3 H, and 2 H inductor
- Vx +
respectively
I1 I 2 I 3 , V2 V3 3 -90 A
o
~ I1 j4 j4 I2 ~ 12 30 V
o
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like:
Page www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
88
ForMagnetically
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Coupled Circuits Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 1.9
20 40
30. (D)
0.03 H 0.18 H
j10 j8 j10 +
Vin
~ 0.09 H j30
2F Vout
-
j18 j20 j10
-j3
1000C
V1 ~ I1 j4 j4 I2 4 1V 20 20Ix
Ix
jI1
V1 j 4 I1 j2 2 I 2
2C 1
Vab 1 V, I x 0.05 A, V2 4 V ,
0 ( 4 4 j) I 2 j2 2 I1 20
4 60 I 2 20 0.05 I 2 0.05 A
j 2 I1
I2 I in I x I1 I x 4 I 2 0.25 A
2 (1 j)
1
V1 j 2 j j 8 C 2 C j2 C RTH 4 , VTH 0
j4 I in
I1 2 C 1 j 2C
j j8C 2C j 2C
Z in 37. (A) Impedance seen by RL 10 4 2 160
2C
For maximum power RL 160 , Z o 10
Im ( Z in ) 0 j j 8 C j2 C 0
2
1
100
C PLmax 10 250 W
6 10 10
3j V2 I V
34. (A) j 30 0, C 100 F 38. (B) I 2 , I1 2 2 , V1 5 V2
1000 C 8 5 40
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
89
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
1.10
TWO PORT NETWORK
1. [ z ] ? 4. [ T ] ?
1 3 1 3 17 17
8 8
2 2 (A) 3 (B) 3
(A) 2 (B) 2
17 1 17 1 2 3 2 3
6 2 6 2 17 17
8 8
(C) 3 (D) 3
17 1 17 1 2 3 2 3
2 2
(C) 6 (D) 6
1 3 1 3 5. [ z ] ?
I1 2
2
I2
6 2 6 2
+ +
V1 1
2
3
2. [ y ] ? V2
3 1 3 1
8 - -
(A) 8
(B) 8 8
Fig. P.1.10.5
1 17 1 17
8 24 8 24 21 1 7 1
16 8 9 6
(A) (B)
1 7 1 7
17 1 17 1 8 12 6 4
(C) 6 2
(D) 6 2 21 1 7 1
1 3 1 3 8 3
2 2 8 2 (C) 16 (D) 9
1 7 1 7
8 12 3 4
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
91
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 1 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Networks
6. [ y ] ? 11. [ y ] ?
I1 1
2
3
I2 I1 1
I2
+ + + +
V1 2
1
V2 V1 2
1
I1 V2
- - - -
I 2 2 I1 0.4 V2
V1 1
2
V2
7. [ z ] ? - -
11 5 11 5 Fig. P.1.10.12
(A) (B)
5 2.5
5 2.5 4 2 1 1
(A) 3 3
(B) 2 2
1 2 1 2
(C) (D) 2 2 1
1
5 0.4 2 0.4 3 3 2
2 2 1
8. [ y ] ? 3 1
(C) 3 (D) 2
11 5 1 2 4 2 1 1
(A) (B)
5 2.5 2 4.4 3 3 2 2
Fig. P.1.10.13
1 2 11 5
(C) (D) 7 1 7 1
2 0.4 5 2.5
(A) 4 4 (B) 4 4
1 5 3 5
10. [ T ] ? 2 4 4 4
2. 2 0.5 2. 2 0.5 10 2 6 14
(A) (B)
0. 2 0.5
0. 2 0.5 (C) 19 19
(D) 19 19
6 14 10 2
1 2 1 2 19 19 19 19
(C) (D)
2 0.4
2 0.4
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like:
Page www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
92
ForTwo
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Port Networks Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 1.10
14. [ z ] ? 17. [ z ] ?
4V3
I1
I1 2
2
I2
+ +
I1 I2
+ + V1 2
2
V2
2
1
2I2 +
V1 1
V3 - -
V2
-
Fig. P.1.10.17
- -
3 2 1
Fig. P.1.10.14 6
(A) 1 (B) 7
2 3 3 2 6
(A) (B)
3 3 3
7 2
3 3
7 1
3 3 3 3 1 3
(C) (D) 4 2
3 2 3 2 (C)
1
(D)
7
3 1
2 4
15. [ z ] ?
I1 2
2V1
I2
18. [ T ] ?
1V
+ + 5 1
I1 4
I2
3V 2
+ +
V1 2
2 2 3 V2
1V
- - V1 10 2 4
V2
Fig. P.1.1.15 - -
2 2 3 Fig. P.1.10.18
2
(A) 3 (B) 2
2 0.35 1 2 3.33
2 2 2 (A) (B)
1
2 3.33 0.35
3 2 2 2 3.33 0.35 1
2
(C) 2 (D) 3 (C)
1
(D)
3.33
2 0.35 2
2 2 2
19. [ h] ?
16. [ y ] ? V2
I1 2
I2
I1 2
1
I2
+ +
+ +
3
1 4
V1 2 I2 V2
V1 V2
- -
V2
- - Fig. P.1.10.19
3 1
2
Fig. P.1.10.16
4 2 2
(A) (B)
1 1 1 1 1 3
(A) (B) 2 4
1 2 1 2 2 2
2 1 2 1 3 1
3 3 3 4 2 2 2
(C) 3 (D) (C) (D)
1 3
1 1 1 1 2 4
3 3 3 3 2 2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
93
ForTwo
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Port Networks Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 1.10
Z Z ab Z ab Z Z ab Z ab The value of
Vo
is
(A) a (B) a
Z ab Z b Z ab Z ab Z b Z ab Vs
3 1
Z Z ab Z ab Z Z a Z ab (A) (B)
(C) a (D) ab 32 16
Z ab Z b Z ab Z ab Z ab Z b
2 1
(C) (D)
33 17
27. [ y ] ?
Yab 30. The T-parameters of a 2-port network are
2 1
[T ] .
1
Ya Yb
1
1
2
[ y] = 5 3
1 2
Fig. P.1.10.31
19 9 19 7
Fig. P.1.10.28 10 10
(A) 10 (B) 10
6 4 6 2 9 31 7 31
(A) S (B) S 10 10 10 10
2 3 0 3
19 9 19 7
5 4 4 4 10 10 10 10
(C) S (D) S
2 1
(C) (D)
2 2 9 31 7 31
10 10 10 10
2 0
29. For the 2-port of fig. P.1.10.29, [ ya ] mS
0 10 32. [ y ] ?
I1(s) 2F I2(s)
60
+ +
[ ya]
+ 1
2F 2V1(s) 1
V1(s) 3 4 2F V2(s)
Vs Vo 300
-
100
- -
Fig. P.1.10.32
Fig. P.1.10.29
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
95
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 1 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Networks
33. h21 ? V1 V2
I1 R R I2
aI1
+ + - -
V1 R V2 Fig. P.1.10.37
- - (A) 2 (B) 2
(C) 1 (D) 1
Fig. P.1.10.33
3 1
(A) (B) 38. Z in ?
2 2
Zin
1 3
(C) (D)
2 2 1 k
I1 I2
+ +
Vs [ y] = 4 -0.1 mS V2 1 k
(C) 153.8
(D) 94.3
Linear I
V1 Resistive
Network 39. V1 , V2 ?
25
Fig. P.1.10.34 + +
100 V V1 [ y] = 10 -5 mS V2 100
50 20
(A) 0.1 A (B) 1 A
- -
(C) 10 A (D) 100 A
Fig. P.1.10.39
35. For a 2-port symmetrical bilateral network, if
(A) 68.6 V, 114.3 V (B) 68.6 V, 114.3 V
transmission parameters A 3 and B 1
, the value of
(C) 114.3 V, 68.6 V (D) 114.3 V, 68.6 V
parameter C is
(A) 3 (B) 8 S 40. A 2-port network is driven by a source Vs 100 V in
(C) 8
(D) 9 series with 5
, and terminated in a 25
resistor. The
impedance parameters are
36. A 2-port resistive network satisfy the condition
20 2
3 4 [z ]
(C) (D)
3 2
(C) 100 V, 2.4
(D) 120 V, 6.4
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like:
Page www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
96
ForTwo
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Port Networks Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 1.10
7 Z R n2 4 36
1
[z ] 4 ZR
I1=0 I2
1
3 +
2 1 : 3
+ +
V1 4
V2 V1 9
V2
18. (D) Let I 3 be the clockwise loop current in center - -
loop -
V2
I1 I 3, V2 4( I 2 I 3) I 3 0.25 V2 I 2 Fig. S1.10.23b
10
V2
I1 0.35 V2 I 2 ...(i) V2 ( 36 || 9) I 2 7.2 I 2 z 22 7.2,
I2
V1 4 I1 0.2 V1 V2
z12 z 21 2.4
. V1 4(0.35 V2 I 2 ) V2 2.4 V2 4 I 2
12
V1 2 V2 3.33I 2 ...(ii) 24. (C) V1 3sI1 3sI1 3sI1 3sI1 2 sI 2
I 1 V1 6 sI1 2 sI 2 ...(i)
19. (A) V2 4 I 2 I1 2 I 2 2 I1 V2 ...(ii)
2 2 V2 3sI 2 2 sI1 V2 2 sI1 3sI 2 ...(ii)
I ( V V2 ) V2 V V
I1 2 1 I1 2 1 V2 V2
2 2 4 2 25. (C) V1 0( I 2 ), I1 (0) V2 5( I 2 )
5
3
V1 4 I1 V2 ...(i)
2
26. (A) V1 ( Z a Z ab ) I1 Z ab I 2 ...(i)
V1 V1 V2 3 3 V2 ( Z a Z ab ) I 2 Z ab I1 Z ab I1 ( Z a Z ab ) I 2 ....(ii)
20. (B) I1 V2 V1 V2 ...(i)
1 2 2 2
V V V1 3 3 27. (A) I1 ( V1 V2 ) Yab V1 Ya
I 2 2 V1 2 2 V1 V2 ...(ii)
1 2 2 2
I1 V1 ( Ya Yab ) V2 Yab ...(i)
I 2 ( V2 V1 ) Yab V2 Yb V1 Yab V2 ( Yb Yab ) ...(ii)
21. (D) I1 2 V1 jV1 j( V1 V2 )
I1 (2 j2) V1 jV2 ...(i) 28. (B) y-parameter of 1
resistor network are
V2
I2 V1 j( V2 V1 ) (1 j) V1 (1 j) V2 ...(ii) 1 1
1 1
1
I1 1 5 3 1 1 6 2
22. (B) V1 sI1 sI 2 s I1 sI 2 ...(i) New y-parameter .
s s 1 2 1 1 0 3
5 1 I 2
3V1 5 I1 I 2 V1 I1 I 2 ...(i) Interchanging the port 0.1, I 2 100 0.1 10
3 3 V1
1 2
V2 I1 I 2 ...(ii)
3 3 35. (B) For symmetrical network A D 3
For bilateral AD BC 1, 9 C 1, C8 S
31. (B)
2
1
2
A 4
36. (A) z11
1
C 3
1
1
2
3 2V1 4
100 25 I1 2 I 2 , V2 40 I1 10 I 2
800 5 V2 34 I 2 V2 160 6.8 I 2
Fig. S.1.10.32b VTH 160 V, RTH 6.8
3s 3 2s
[ y ] [ ya ] [ yb ] V2 z 21
2 s 2 4 s 4 41. (B) V1 z11 I1 , V2 z 21 I1 ,
V1 z11
I2 I1 R I 1
33. (C) h21 , I 2 , 2 42. (B) I 2 y21 V1 y22 V2 , I 2 V2 YL
I1 V2 0
R R I1 2
V2 y21
I1 R R I2 y21 V1 ( y22 YL ) V2 0 ,
V1 ( y22 yL )
+
V1 R 43. (A) V2 z 21 I1 z 22 I 2 , V2 Z L I 2
V
- V2 z 21 I1 z 22 2
ZL
Fig. S.1.10.33
V2 z Z
I2 1 V2 ( Z L z 22 ) z 21 Z L I1 , 21 L
34. (C) y21 0.1 I1 z 22 Z L
V1 V2 0
10
**********
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
100
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
1.11
FREQUENCY RESPONSE
A parallel resonant circuit has a resistance of 2 k mH. The quality factor at resonance is
and half power frequencies of 86 kHz and 90 kHz. (A) 100 (B) 90.86
(C) 70.7 (D) None of the above
1. The value of capacitor is
8. A series resonant circuit has an inductor L 10 mH.
(A) 6 F (B) 20 nF
(C) 2 nF (D) 60 F The resonant frequency 106 rad s and bandwidth is
BW 10 3 rad/s. The value of R and C will be
2. The value of inductor is (A) 100 F, 10 (B) 100 pF, 10
(A) 4.3 mH (B) 43 mH (C) 100 pF, 10 M (D) 100 F, 10 M
(C) 0.16 mH (D) 1.6 mH
9. A series resonant circuit has L 1 mH and C 10 F.
3. The quality factor is The required R for the BW 15.9 Hz is
(A) 22 (B) 100 (A) 0.1 (B) 0.2
(C) 48 (D) 200 (C) 15.9 m (D) 500
Statement for Q.4-5: 10. For the RLC parallel resonant circuit when
A parallel resonant circuit has a midband R 8 k, L 40 mH and C 0. 25 F, the quality factor
admittance of 25 10 3
S, quality factor of 80 and a Q is
resonant frequency of 200 krad s. (A) 40 (B) 20
(C) 30 (D) 10
4. The value of R is
(A) 40 (B) 56.57 11. The maximum voltage across capacitor would be
(C) 80 (D) 28. 28 0.105v1
5. The value of C is + v1
Zin
50 nF
v1 vs ~ 0.5 F 10 vO
2
Fig. P1.11.16
Fig. P1.11.12
(A) 346 kHz (B) 55 kHz (A) (5 j20 ) 1 (B) (5 j 4 ) 1
(C) 196 kHz (D) 286 kHz (C) (5 j 30 ) 1 (D) 5(1 j 6 ) 1
13. For the circuit shown in fig. P1.11.13 the resonant 17. The value of input frequency is required to cause a
frequency f is gain equal to 1.5. The value is
2 k
10 H
+
600 pF 22 k vs
~ 60 F vO
1.8
Fig. P1.11.17
Fig. P1.11.13
(A) 20 rad s (B) 20 Hz
(A) 12.9 kHz (B) 12.9 MHz (C) 10 rad s (D) No such value exists.
(C) 2.05 MHz (D) 2.05 kHz
18. In the circuit of fig. P1.11.18 phase shift equal to
14. The network function of circuit shown in
45
is required at frequency 20 rad s . The value of
fig.P1.11.14 is
R is
V 4 10
H ( ) o
V1 1 j0.01
2 k 15 k
+
+
Vs
~ 1 F vO
+
vi
~ C vC
AvC
vo
Fig. P1.11.18
+
vi
~ 4H 3ia 0.25 F vO vs
~ 30 vO
Fig. P1.11.15
Fig. P1.11.19
0.6 0.6
(A) (B)
j(1 j0. 2 ) j(5 j) (A) 20 rad s (B) 20 Hz
3 3
(C) (D) (C) 40 rad s (D) 40 Hz
j(1 j) j(20 j 4 )
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
102
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 1 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Networks
L C
B/d
.
ec
/d LC
d
dB
40
1
20
(B)
(A) 176
k
3. (A) Q 22
0 dB 5.56 16.7 0 dB 5.56 16.7 B 8
k
log log
.
ec
c.
d
/de
B/
1
4. (A) At mid-band frequency Z R , Y
0d
dB
-2
R
-40
1
R 40
25 10 3
(C) (D)
5. (C) Q RC
Q 80
C 10 F
R 200 10 3 40
*************** C 10 6
6. (B) Q R 200 10 3
L L
L 25 H
C 50 10 6
7. (C) Q R 10 3 70.7
L 10 10 3
1
8. (B)
LC
1
C 3
100 pF
10 10 (106 ) 2
R
BW R 10 10 3 10 3 10
L
R
9. (A) BW
L
R
15.9 2
0.1
1 10 3
C
10. (B) Q R
L
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
104
ForFrequency
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Response Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 1.11
0. 25 10 6 Vi 3I a
8 10 3 20 15. (A) I a , Vo
40 10 3 20 j 4 0. 25 j
Vo 3 0.6
11. (A) Thevenin equivalent seen by LC combination V1 j(5 j) j(1 j0.2 )
v 0.105 v1
3 v1 10 1 v1 100 10
125
j(0.51) 10
1100 16. (A) Z1
I sc 0.8 V
10 1 j 3
1
125
j0.5
Open Circuit : v1 0, voc 3 V
10
3 1 1 j5
RTH . ,
375 1000 Vo
Z1
0.8 LC Vi 40 Z1 10
40
L 1000 4 1 j5
Q 1066.67
R 375
. 10
(5 j20 ) 1
|vC|max Q vTH 1066.67 3 3200 V 50 j200
Vo 1
12. (B) Applying 1 A at input port V1 10 V 17. (D) H ( )
Vi 1 jRC
voltage across 1 A source
1
3 j gain
Vtest 10 j10 (5 1) (1 2 RC)
50 10 9
For any value of , R, C gain 1.
Z in Vtest
Thus (D) is correct option.
At resonance Im { Z in } = 0
6
10 3 346 kHz 18. (D) H ( )
Vo
1
50 10 9 Vs 1 jCR
fo 55 kHz phase shift tan 1 CR 450
1 1 CR 1,
13. (C) Y j600 10 12
2 10 3 1.8 j10 5 20 1 10 6 R 1 R 50 k.
1.8 j10 5
j6 10 10 45.45 Vo R
3. 24 2 10 50 19. (A) H ( )
Vs 1 jL
At resonance Im { Y } 0
R 30
gain
6 10 10 ( 324
. 2 10 10 ) 10 5 0 R L
2 2 2
900 4 2 0.6
2
10
3. 24 102
16.67 10 12.9 Mrad s
3
50 2 30 2
20 rad s
f 2.05 MHz 2
2
Vo 1 1
Vi 20. (A) H ( )
Vs 1 jCR 1 j
jC Vi
14. (C) VC
2 10 3
1 1 j2 10 3 C Phase shift tan 1 CR 45
jC 1 1
gain 0.707
(15 k) 2 AVc 2 AVi | j 1| 2
V AVc
16 k 30 k 3 3(1 j2 10 3 C)
2A 21. (B) BW 2 1 2
( 456 434) 44
Vo 3
2
f QBW 20 44
Vi 1 j2
10 3 C
f 440 Hz
2A
4 A 6, 2 10 3 C 0.01
3 1
22. (C) f
C 5 F 2
LC
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
105
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 1 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Networks
1 1
541 kHz R 106
. k
2
360 10 12
240 10 6 2
15 10 10 6
1
f 1.45 MHz 1
2
50 10 12
240 10 6 30. (B) 20 log H 20 log 40 log
2
1 1 R2 1 j
23. (B) f 2 2 1
2
LC L Vo j30 10 3 16 .67
31. (D)
R 400 10 7 Vs 6 1 j
1
L 240 10 6
6 j30 10 3 .
356
1
24. (B) , R and C should be as small as possible.
RC
(1.8)
R ( 3.3) 1165
. k ***********
3.3. 1.8
( 30)
C (10) 7.5 pF
(10 30)
1
114.5 106 rad s
.
1165 7.5 10 9
LC 4 20 10 3 10 6
26. (A) LC K 2f
K 2f 1 6
K f 2 10 4
L L 2 (1)(20 10 6 )
Km K m2
C C (2) ( 4 10 3)
K m 0.05
1
27. (D) c 2
fc
RC
1
R 15.9
2
20 10 3 0.5 10 6
1
29. (B) c 2
fc
RC
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
106
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
2.1
SEMICONDUCTOR PHYSICS
In the problems assume the parameter given in 3. Two semiconductor material have exactly the same
following table. Use the temperature T 300 K unless properties except that material A has a bandgap of 1.0
otherwise stated. eV and material B has a bandgap energy of 1.2 eV. The
ratio of intrinsic concentration of material A to that of
Property Si Ga As Ge material B is
In germanium semiconductor at T 300 K, the eV, mp* = 10 mn* and ni = 1 1015 cm -3. The position of
impurity concentration are Fermi level with respect to the center of the bandgap is
(A) +0.045 eV (B) - 0.046 eV
N d = 5 1015 cm -3 and N a = 0
(C) +0.039 eV (D) - 0.039 eV
8. The thermal equilibrium electron concentration n0 is
(A) 5 1015 cm -3 . 1011 cm -3
(B) 115 16. A silicon sample contains acceptor atoms at a
-3 -3
. 10 cm
(C) 115 9
(D) 5 10 cm6
concentration of N a = 5 1015 cm -3. Donor atoms are
added forming and n - type compensated semiconductor
9. The thermal equilibrium hole concentration p0 is such that the Fermi level is 0.215 eV below the
. 1013
(A) 396 . 1013 cm -3
(B) 195 conduction band edge. The concentration of donors
(C) 4.36 1012 cm -3 . 1013 cm -3
(D) 396 atoms added are
. 1016 cm -3
(A) 12 (B) 4.6 1016 cm -3
10. A sample of silicon at T = 300 K is doped with boron
. 1012 cm -3
(C) 39 (D) 2.4 1012 cm -3
at a concentration of 2.5 1013 cm -3 and with arsenic at
a concentration of 1 1013 cm -3. The material is
17. A silicon semiconductor sample at T = 300 K is
. 1013 cm -3
(A) p - type with p0 = 15
doped with phosphorus atoms at a concentrations of 1015
. 10 7 cm -3
(B) p - type with p0 = 15
cm -3. The position of the Fermi level with respect to the
-3
(C) n - type with n0 = 15
. 10 cm 13
intrinsic Fermi level is
. 10 7 cm -3
(D) n - type with n0 = 15 (A) 0.3 eV (B) 0.2 eV
14. A GaAs device is doped with a donor concentration doped n - type. The resistor is to have a value of 2 kW.
of 3 1015 cm -3. For the device to operate properly, the The resistor length is to be 200 mm and area is to be
intrinsic carrier concentration must remain less than 10 -6 cm 2 . The doping efficiency is known to be 90%. The
5% of the total concentration. The maximum mobility of electrons is 8000 cm 2 V - s. The doping
temperature on that the device may operate is needed is
(A) 763 K (B) 942 K (A) 8.7 1015 cm -3 (B) 8.7 10 21 cm -3
(C) 486 K (D) 243 K (C) 4.6 1015 cm -3 (D) 4.6 10 21 cm -3
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
110
ForSemiconductor
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Physics Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 2.1
21. A silicon sample doped n type at 1018 cm 3 have a 27. For a sample of GaAs scattering time is t sc = 10 -13 s
-6
resistance of 10 W . The sample has an area of 10 cm 2
and electrons effective mass is me* = 0.067 mo . If an
and a length of 10 mm . The doping efficiency of the electric field of 1 kV cm is applied, the drift velocity
sample is (m n = 800 cm V - s) 2
produced is
(A) 43.2% (B) 78.1% (A) 2.6 106 cm s (B) 263 cm s
(C) 96.3% (D) 54.3% (C) 14.8 106 cm s (D) 482
(A) 2.86 10 -14 cm -3 (B) 9.25 1014 cm -3 (C) 9.6 A cm 2 (D) 3.4 A cm 2
-x
32. A particular intrinsic semiconductor has a
15 L p
resistivity of 50 (W - cm) at T = 300 K and 5 (W - cm) at
Hole concentration p0 = 10 e cm -3,x 0
neglected, the bandgap energy of the semiconductor is Electron concentration n0 = 5 1014 e L n cm -3,x 0
51014
Statement for Q.38-39:
n(cm-3)
L
39. The majority carrier mobility is
where L = 10 mm. The hole diffusion coefficient is (A) 430 cm 2 V - s (B) 215 cm 2 V - s
10 cm s. The hole diffusion current density at x = 5 mm
2
(C) 390 cm 2 V - s (D) 195 cm 2 V - s
is
(A) 20 A cm 2 (B) 16 A cm 2 40. In a semiconductor n0 = 1015 cm -3 and ni = 1010 cm -3.
(C) 24 A cm 2 (D) 30 A cm 2 The excess-carrier life time is 10 -6 s. The excess hole
concentration is dp = 4 1013 cm -3. The electron-hole
36. For a particular semiconductor sample consider recombination rate is
following parameters:
(A) 4 1019 cm -3s -1 (B) 4 1014 cm -3s -1
(C) 4 10 24 cm -3s -1 (D) 4 1011 cm -3s -1
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
112
ForSemiconductor
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Physics Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 2.1
-10 -3 -1 E gA
(C) 8.9 10 cm s (D) 4 10 9 cm -3 s -1 -
- E - E gB
gA
n2 e kT kT niA
3. (B) iA
2
= E gB = e
= 2257.5 = 47.5
niB - niB
44. A n -type silicon sample contains a donor e kT
-3
concentration of N d = 10 16
cm . The minority carrier
hole lifetime is t p 0 = 20 m s. The lifetime of the majority . 1010 ) 2
ni2 (15
4. (A) p0 = = = 4.5 1015 cm -3
n0 5 10 4
. 1010 cm -3)
carrier is ( ni = 15
(A) 8.9 106 s (B) 8.9 10 -6 s ( EF - Ev ) -0 .22
-
(C) 4.5 10 -17 s . 10 -7 s
(D) 113 5. (A) p0 = N v e kT
. 1019 e 0 .0259 = 2 1015 cm -3
= 104
( EF - Ev )
45. In a silicon semiconductor material the doping - N
-3
6. (B) p0 = N v e kT
EF - Ev = kT ln v
concentration are N a = 10 16
cm and N a = 0. The p0
equilibrium recombination rate is Rp 0 = 1011 cm -3s -1 . A . 1019 cm -3
At 300 K, N v = 10
uniform generation rate produces an excess- carrier
. 1019
104
concentration of dn = dp = 10 cm . The factor, by which
14 -3 EF - Ev = 0.0259 ln = 0. 239 eV
1015
the total recombination rate increase is ( Ec - EF )
2
Na - Nd N
7. (C) p0 = + N a - d + ni2
2 2
For Ge ni = 2.4 10 3
2
1013 1013
p0 = + + (2.4 1013) 2 = 2.95 1013 cm -3
2 2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
113
ForSemiconductor
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Physics Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 2.1
0.1
11.36 kW 26. (A) J = evn = (1.6 10 -19)(10 7)(1016 ) = 1.6 10 4 A cm 2
19
(1.6 10 )(1100)(5 1016 )(100 10 8 )
et sc E (1.6 10 -19)(10 -13)(10 5)
27. (A) vd = =
L L me* (0.067)(9.1 10 -31 )
20. (A) R = , s e m n n0 , R=
sA em n n0 A
= 26.2 10 3 m s = 2.6 106 cm s
L
n0 =
em n AR 28. (A) N d >> ni n0 = N d
n0 = 0.9 N d J = em n n0 E = (1.6 10 -19
)(7500)(1016 )(10) = 120 A cm 2
-4
20 10
= = 8.7 1015 cm -3 -Eg
(0.9)(1.6 10 -19)( 8000)(10 -6 )(2 10 3) -
kT
29. (D) ni2 = N c N v e
1 .1
L L -
21. (B) s e m n n0 , R = , n0 = = (2 1019)(1 1019) e 0 .0259
= 7.18 1019
sA em n AR
10 10 -4 ni = 8.47 10 9 cm -3
= = 7.81 1017 cm -3
(1.6 10 -19)( 800)(10 -6 )(10) N d >> ni N d = n0
n0 7.8 1017 J = sE = em n n0 E
Efficiency = 100 = 100 = 78.1 %
Nd 1018 = (1.6 10 -19)(1000)(1014 )(100) = 1.6 A cm 2
V 6 ni2
22. (D) E = = = 3 V/cm, vd = m n E, 30. (A) s = em n n0 + em p p0 and n0 =
L 2 p0
vd 10 4 ni2
mn = = = 3333 cm 2 V - s s = em n + em p p0 ,
E 3 p0
ds ( -1) em n ni2
=0 = + em p
23. (D) s1 = eni (m n + m p ) dp0 p02
10 -6 = (1.6 10 -19)(1000 + 600)ni 1 1
m 2
= 3.6 1012 7500
2
At T = 300 K, ni = 391
. 10 cm 9 -3 p0 = ni n
m 300
Eg p
-
kT N N
ni2 = N c N v e E g = kT ln c 2 v = 7. 2 1011 cm -3
ni
1019 2 s i m pm n
E g = 2(0.0259) ln = 1122
9
. eV 31. (B) smin = = 2 en i m pm n
.
391 10 mp + mn
500 = 2 1.6 10 -19( 3.6 1012 ) (7500)( 300)
At T = 500 K , kT = 0.0259 = 0.0432 eV,
300
. 10 -3(W - cm) -1
= 17
1 .122
-
ni2 = (1019) 2 e 0 .0432
cm -3,
1
32. (B) s = = emni ,
ni = 2.29 1013 cm -3 r
= (1.6 10 -19)(2.29 1013)(1000 + 600) 1 Eg
-
= 5.86 10 -3(W - cm) -1 r1 ni1 e 2 kT1
= = Eg
1 ni 2 -
2 kT2
1 1 r2 e
24. (B) r = =
s em n N d -
Eg 1
-
1
2 k T1 T2
1 1 0.1 = e
Nd = = = 9.25 1014 cm -3
rem n 5(1.6 10 -19)(1350) E g 330 - 300
= ln 10
2 k 330 300
dn
25. (B) J n = eDn E g = 22( k300) ln 10 = 1.31 eV
dx
1018 - 1016 1 1 1 1
= (1.6 10 -19)( 35) -4
= 2.8 10 4 A cm 2 33. (D) = + +
2 10 m m1 m 2 m 3
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
115
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
2.2
THE PN JUNCTION
In this chapter, N d and N a denotes the net donor 5. The Fermi level on p - side is
and acceptor concentration in the individual n and (A) 0.2 eV (B) 0.1 eV
p-region. (C) 0.4 eV (D) 0.3 eV
A silicon abrupt junction has dopant concentration cm -3. The magnitude of the reverse bias voltage is
10. The maximum electric field | Emax | in depletion region is 17. An abrupt silicon pn junction has an applied
(A) 15 10 V cm
4
(B) 7 10 V cm
4 reverse bias voltage of VR = 10 V. it has dopant
. 10 4 V cm
(C) 35 (D) 5 10 4 V cm concentration of N a = 1018 cm -3 and N d = 1015 cm -3. The
pn junction area is 6 10 -4 cm 2 . An inductance of 2.2
11. The space charge region is mH is placed in parallel with the pn junction. The
(A) 2.5 mm (B) 25 mm resonant frequency is
(C) 50 mm (D) 100 mm (A) 1.7 MHz (B) 2.6 MHz
(C) 3.6 MHz (D) 4.3 MHz
12. A uniformly doped silicon pn junction has
N a = 5 1017 cm -3 and N d = 10 17 cm -3. The junction has 18. A uniformly doped silicon p+ n junction is to be
a cross-sectional area of 10 -4 cm -3 and has an applied designed such that at a reverse bais voltage of V R = 10
reverse-bias voltage of VR = 5 V. The total junction V the maximum electric field is limited to Emax = 106
capacitance is V cm. The maximum doping concentration in the
(A) 10 pF (B) 5 pF n-region is
(C) 7 pF (D) 3.5 pF . 1019 cm -3
(A) 32 . 1017 cm -3
(B) 32
(C) 6.4 1017 cm -3 (D) 6.4 1019 cm -3
Statement for Q.1314:
An ideal one-sided silicon n+ p junction has 19. A diode has reverse saturation current I s = 10 -10 A
uniform doping on both sides of the abrupt junction. and non ideality factor h = 2. If diode voltage is 0.9 V,
The doping relation is N d = 50 N a . The built-in potential then diode current is
barrier is Vbi = 0.75 V. The applied reverse bias voltage (A) 11 mA (B) 35 mA
is V R = 10. (C) 83 mA (D) 143 mA
13. The space charge width is 20. A diode has reverse saturation current I s = 10 -18 A
(A) 1.8 mm (B) 1.8 mm and nonideality factor h = 105
. . If diode has current of 70
(C) 1.8 cm (D) 1.8 m mA, then diode voltage is
(A) 0.63 V (B) 0.87 V
14. The junction capacitance is (C) 0.54 V (D) 0.93 V
(A) 3.8 10 -9 F cm 2 (B) 9.8 10 -9 F cm 2
(C) 2.4 10 -9 F cm 2 (D) 5.7 10 -9 F cm 2 21. An ideal pn junction diode is operating in the
forward bais region. The change in diode voltage, that
+
15. Two p n silicon junction is reverse biased at VR = 5 will cause a factor of 9 increase in current, is
V. The impurity doping concentration in junction A are (A) 83 mV (B) 59 mV
-3 -15 -3
N a = 10 cm
18
and N d = 10 cm , and those in junction (C) 43 mV (D) 31 mV
B are N a = 1018 cm -3 and N d = 1016 cm -3. The ratio of the
space charge width is 22. An pn junction diode is operating in reverse bias
(A) 4.36 (B) 9.8 region. The applied reverse voltage, at which the ideal
(C) 19 (D) 3.13 reverse current reaches 90% of its reverse saturation
current, is
16. The maximum electric field in reverse-biased silicon (A) 59.6 mV (B) 2.7 mV
pn junction is | Emax | = 3 10 5
V cm. The doping (C) 4.8 mV (D) 42.3 mV
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
118
ForThe
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
pn Junction Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 2.2
23. For a silicon p n junction diode the doping cross-sectional area is 10 -3 cm 2 . The minority carrier
3 3
concentrations are N a 10 18
cm and N d 10 16
cm . lifetimes are t n 0 = 1 ms and t p 0 = 0.1 m s. The minority
The minority carrier hole diffusion coefficient is Dp 12 carrier diffusion coefficients are Dn = 35 cm 2 s and
cm 2 s and the minority carrier hole life time is t p 0 = 10 -7 Dp = 10 cm 2 s. The total number of excess electron in
s. The cross sectional area is A = 10 -4 cm 2 . The reverse the p - region, if applied forward bias is Va = 0.5 V, is
saturation current is (A) 4 10 7 cm -3 (B) 6 1010 cm -3
-12 -15
(A) 4 10 A (B) 4 10 A (C) 4 1010 cm -3 (D) 6 10 7 cm -3
(C) 4 10 -11 A (D) 4 10 -7 A
28. Two ideal pn junction have exactly the same
24. For an ideal silicon pn junction diode electrical and physical parameters except for the band
t no = t po = 10 -7 s , gap of the semiconductor materials. The first has a
bandgap energy of 0.525 eV and a forward-bias current
Dn = 25 cm 2 s ,
of 10 mA with Va = 0.255 V. The second pn junction
Dp = 10 cm 2 s diode is to be designed such that the diode current
The ratio of N a N d , so that 95% of the current in I = 10 mA at a forward-bias voltage of Va = 0.32 V. The
the depletion region is carried by electrons, is bandgap energy of second diode would be
(A) 0.34 (B) 0.034 (A) 0.77 eV (B) 0.67 eV
(C) 0.83 (D) 0.083 (C) 0.57 eV (D) 0.47 eV
33. A gallium arsenide pn junction is operating in 39. A GaAs laser has a threshold density of 500 A cm 2 .
reverse-bias voltage VR 5 V. The doping profile are The laser has dimensions of 10 mm 200 mm. The active
3
N a N d 10 16
cm . The minority carrier life- time are region is dLas = 100 A . The electron-hole recombination
-8
t p 0 = t n 0 = t 0 = 10 s. The reverse-biased generation time at threshold is 1.5 ns. The current density of 5J th
current density is (e r = 131
. , ni = 1.8 10 ) 6
is injected into the laser. The optical power emitted, if
-8 -9
. 10
(A) 19 A cm 2
. 10
(B) 19 A cm 2
emitted photons have an energy of 1.43 eV, is
(C) 1.4 10 -8
A cm 2
(D) 1.4 10 -9
A cm 2 (A) 143 mW (B) 71.5 mW
(C) 62.3 mW (D) 124.6 mW
34. For silicon the critical electric field at breakdown is
approximately Ecrit = 4 10 5 V cm. For the breakdown
voltage of 25 V, the maximum n - type doping ***************
+
concentration in an abrupt p n-junction is
(A) 2 1016 cm -3 (B) 4 10 16 cm -3
(C) 2 1018 cm -3 (D) 4 10 18 cm -3
Dn = 25 cm 2 s, Dp = 12 cm 2 s
t n 0 = 10 ns , t p 0 = 10 ns
. 10 -5 cm,
= 301 4 1016 4 10 17
= 0.0259 ln = 0.826 V
eA 117
. 8.85 10 10 -14 -4
2. 25 10 20
CT = = . 10 -12 F
= 35
W . 10 -5
301 1
2 e( Vbi + VR ) Na Nd 2
| Emax | =
N N e ( N a + N d )
13. (A) Vbi = Vt ln a 2 d
ni eEmax
2
1 1
Vbi + VR = +
2e Na Nd
50 N a2
0.751 = 0.0259 ln
2.25 10
20
. 8.85 10 -14 )( 3 10 5) 2
(117 1 1
= + 17
V
2 1.6 10 -19 4 1016
4 10
N a = 4. 2 1015 cm -3, N d = 2.1 1017 cm -3
1
= 8.008 V
2 e ( V + VR ) 1 1 2 VR = 8.008 - 0.826 = 7.18 V
W = s bi + ,
e Na Na
N N
17. (B) Vbi = Vt ln a 2 d
1
2 e( Vbi + VR ) 1 2
Nd > > Na W ni
e N a
1018 1015
= 0.0259 ln = 0.754 V
2.25 10
20
1
. 8.85 10 -4 )(10.752)
2 (117 -4
2
= = 1.8 10 cm
1.6 10 -19 4.2 1015
1
eeN a N d 2
C =
= 1.8 mm 2 ( Vi + VR )( N a + N d )
1
1
eeN d 2
ee N a N d 2 For N a >> N d , C =
14. (D) C = 2 ( Vbi + VR )
2( Vbi + VR )( N a + N d )
1
1
1.6 10 -19 117. 8.85 10 -4 1015 2
ee N a 2 =
For N d >> N a , C = 2 (10 + 0.754)
2( Vbi + VR )
1 = 2.77 10 -9 F cm 2
-19 -4
1.6 10 117
. 8.85 10 4.2 10 15 2
C = AC = 6 10 -4 2.77 10 -9 = 1.66 10 -12 F
=
2 (10 + 0.754) 1 1
fo = = = 2.6 MHz.
= 5.7 10 -9 F cm 2 2p LC 2 p 2. 2 10 -3 1.66 10 -12
1
2 e ( V + VR ) 1 1 2 eN a xn
15. (D) W = s bi + 18. (B) | Emax | =
e N e
a Na
2e( Vbi + VR )
1
For a p+ n junction, xn
W A ( Vbia + V R ) ( N aA + N dA ) N aB N dB 2 eN d
=
WB ( Vbib + R ) ( N aB + N dB ) N aA N dB 1
2 eN d 2
N N So that | Emax | = ( Vbi + VR )
Vbi = Vt ln a 2 d es
ni
Assuming Vbi << VR ,
1018 1015
VbiA = 0.0259 ln = 0.754 V eEmax
2
. 8.85 10 -14 )(10 6 ) 2
(117
2.25 10
20
Nd = =
2 eVR 2(1.6 10 -14 )(10)
1018 1016
VbiB = 0.0259 ln = 0.814 V = 3. 24 1017 cm -3
2.25 10
20
1
VD 0 .9
N N VD I
16. (C) Vbi = Vt ln a 2 d 20. (B) I D = I s e hVt - 1 VD = hVt ln 1 + D
Is
ni
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
122
ForThe
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
pn Junction Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 2.2
70 10 -6 eVa
. )(0.0259) ln 1
(105 = 0.87 V 27. (A) N p = ALn np 0 e kT -1
10 -18
V1 . 1010 ) 2
ni2 (15
V
-
-
Vt ( V1 - V2 ) np 0 = = = 2.8 10 4 cm -3
V
t
I d1 e -
Na 8 1015
21. (B) I d I s e , = V2 = e Vt
I d2 -
e Vt Ln = Dn t no = 35 10 -6 = 5.9 10 -3 Cm
I
V1 - V2 = Vt ln d 2 = 0.0259 ln 10 = 59.6 mV 0 .5
I d1 N p = 10 -3 5.9 10 -3 2.8 10 4 e 0 .0259 - 1
VV I = 4 10 7 cm -3
22. (A) I = I s e t - 1 V = Vt ln + 1
I
s
-Eg Va
Va
V V
I 28. (A) I ni2 e Vt e t
e t
= -0.90 (ive due to reverse current)
Is V -Eg
a
V
V = 0.0259 ln (1 - 0.9) = -59.6 mV I e t
V a - E g1
V 1
23. (B) I s = Aen
1 2 D I1 e t ( Va1 - Va2 - E g1 + E g2 )
i = V - E = e Vt
Nd t po I2
a2 g2
Vt
e
10 10 -6
E g2 - 0 .59
Jn
24. (D) = 0.95, 0 .0259
Jn + Jp 10 = e
3
I dQ 10 -3
eVa
- Lx
30. (D) g d = = = 3.86 10 -2 S
Vt 0.0259
25. (C) dpn = pn - pn 0 = pn 0 e kt - 1 e p
I dQt p 0 10 -3 10 -7
Cd = = . 10 -9 F
= 193
2 Vt 2 (0.0259)
. 1010 ) 2
ni2 (15
pn 0 = = = 2. 25 10 4 cm -3
Nd 1016 1 1
Z= = = 235
. - j7.5 W
Y g d + jwCd
Lp = Dp t p 0 = ( 8)(1 10 -8 ) = 2.83 10 -4 cm
0 .61 - x 31. (A) For a p+ n diode I p 0 >> I n 0
dpn = 2.25 10 4 e 0 .0259 - 1 e 2 .8310 -4
1 tp 0
-3534 x -3
Cd = ( I pot po), = 2.5 10 -6
= 3.8 10 e 14
cm 2 Vt 2 Vt
0.2
= = 26 W
= 0.6 A cm 2 (10 -2 )(1.6 10 -19)( 480)(10 16 )
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
123
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 2 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Electronics Devices
-n L L 5 1019
Rn = 2(0.0259) ln = 114
. V
A Ae( n N d ) . 1010
15
0.10 1
= 46.3 W 2 e ( V + VR ) 1 1 2
(10 )(1.6 10 -19)(1350)(1015)
-3
W = s bi N +
e a Na
R = Rp + Rn = 72.3 W
1
. 8.85 10 -14 )(114
2 (117 . - 0.4) 2 2
N N = -14 19
33. (B) Vbi = Vt ln a 2 d 1.6 10 5 10
ni = 6.19 10 -7 cm = 62 A
10 16
= 2(0.0259) ln =1.16 V
1.8 10
6
38. (B) Ln = Dn t n 0 , Lp = Dp t p 0
1
Dn np 0 Dn
2 e ( V + VR ) 1 1 2 np 0
W = s bi N + N Ln tn 0
e a a hinj = =
Dn np 0 Dp pn 0 Dn Dp
1 + np 0 + pn 0
. 8.85 10 -14 )( 6.16) 2
2 (131 2 Ln Lp tn 0 tp 0
-4
= -19 16 = 1.34 10 cm
1 .6 10 10 ni2 (1.8 106 ) 2
np 0 = = . 10 -4 cm -3
= 324
eniW Na 1016
J gen =
2t o ni2 (1.8 106 ) 2
pn 0 = = = 6.48 106 cm -3
1.6 10 -19 1.8 106 1.34 10 -4 Nd 5 1017
= . 10 -9 A cm 2
= 193
2 10 -8 Dn 25
= = 5 10 4 ,
tn 0 10 10 -9
eEcrit
2
34. (A) VB = Dp 12
2 eN B = = 35
. 10 4
tp 0 10 10 -9
. 8.85 10 -4 )( 4 10 5) 2
(117
25 = (5 10 4 )( 3. 24 10 -4 )
2 1.6 10 -19 N B hinj =
(5 10 )( 3. 24 10 -4 ) + ( 35
4
. 10 4 )( 6.48 10 -6 )
N B = N d = 2 1016 cm -3
= 0.986
eN d xn eEmax
35. (D) Emax = xn = 39. (B) The areal density at threshold is
e eN d
J th t r (500)(15. 10 -9)
. 8.85 10 -14 )( 4 10 5)
(117 n2 D = = = 4.69 1012 cm -3
= = 5.18 10 -5 cm e 1.6 10 -19
(1.6 10 -19)(5 1016 )
The carrier density is
N N 5 106
Vbi = Vt ln a 2 d = 2(0.0259) ln = 0.778 V n2 D 4.69 1012
. 1010 nth = = = 4.69 1018 cm -3
ni 15 dLas 10 -6
1
2 e V N Once the threshold is reached, the carrier density does
1 2
xn = s bi a
not change. When J > J th the electron hole
e N d N a + N d
recombination is
-5 2 . 8.85 10 -4 )( Vbi + VR )
2(117 . 10 -9
(5.18 10 ) = -19
J th
tr ( J ) = t r ( J th ) =
15
= 3 10 -10 s
(1.6 10 )(2 5 10 )
6
J 5
Vbi + VR = 20.7, VR = 19.9 V, VR = VB The optical power produced is p =
JA
hw
e
36. (A) For a p+ n diode, Neglecting Vi compared to VB , (5 500)(2 10 -5)(1.43 1.6 10 -19)
= = 715
. MW
1 1 1.6 10 -19
. 8.85 10 -14 )(100) 2
2 eVB 2 2(117
xn = -19 = 5.1 mm
eN d (1.6 10 )(5 10 )
15
****************
N N
37. (D) Vbi = Vt ln a 2 d
ni
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
124
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
2.3
THE BIPOLAR JUNCTION TRANSISTOR
(C) 0.982 (D) 0.018 An npn bipolar transistor having uniform doping
of N E 10 18 cm 3 N B 1016 cm 3 and N C 6 10 15 cm 3
is operating in the inverse-active mode with VBE 2 V
4. A uniformly doped silicon npn bipolar transistor is to
and VBC 0.6 V. The geometry of transistor is shown in
be biased in the forward active mode with the B-C
fig P2.3.7-8.
junction reverse biased by 3 V. The transistor doping
Emitter Base Collector
are N E 1017 cm 3, N B 1016 cm 3 and N C 10 15 cm 3. -n- -p- -n-
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
125
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 2 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Electronics Devices
. 1014 cm 3
(A) 39 (B) 2.7 10 12 cm 3 The emitter injection efficiency is
(C) 2.7 10 14
cm 3
(D) 4.5 10 14
cm 3 (A) 0.999 (B) 0.977
(C) 0.982 (D) 0.934
9. An pnp bipolar transistor has uniform doping of
N E 6 1017 cm 3, N B 2 10 16 cm 3 and N C 5 1014 15. A uniformly doped silicon epitaxial npn bipolar
3
cm . The transistor is operating is inverse-active mode. transistor is fabricated with a base doping of
3
The maximum V CB voltage, so that the low injection N B 3 10 16
cm and a heavily doped collector region
condition applies, is with N C 5 10 17
cm 3. The neutral base width is
(A) 0.86 V (B) 0.48 V xB 0.7 m when VBE VBC 0. The VBC at
13. A silicon npn bipolar transistor has doping 18. For a silicon npn transistor assume the following
(A) 9 A (B) 17 A
The carrier cross the space charge region at a
(C) 22 A (D) 11 A
speed of 10 7 cm s. The total delay time ec is
14. A uniformly doped npn bipolar transistor has (A) 164.2 ps (B) 234.4 ps
following parameters: (C) 144.2 ps (D) 298.4 ps
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
126
ForThe
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Bipolar Junction Transistor Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 2.3
19. In a bipolar transistor, the base transit time is 25% Statement for Q.24-26:
of the total delay time. The base width is 0.5 m and For the transistor in circuit of fig. P2.3.24-26. The
base diffusion coefficient is DB 20 cm 2 s. The cut-off parameters are R 1 , F 100 , and I s 1 fA .
frequency is
(A) 637 MHz (B) 436 MHz
5V
(C) 12.8 GHz (D) 46.3 GHz
5V
Fig.P2.3.21-22
Vs I3
Fig.P2.3.31
(A) Forward-Active (B) Reverse-Active ********
250 A I1
Fig. P2.3.32-33
. 1010 ) 2
ni2 (15
8. (D) pC 0 . 10 4 cm 3
375
SOLUTIONS NC 6 1015
VBC
V
VBE
V
pC ( x 0) pC 0 e
t
b
1. (A) I C I s e 0 .6
eDn ABE nB 0 . 10 4 e
0 .0259 4.31 1014 cm 3
375
Is
xB
(1.6 10 19)(20)(10 4 )(10 4 ) 9. (B) Low injection limit is reached when
. 10 14 A
32
10 4 pC (0) 0.10 N C 5 1013 cm 3,
0 .5
. 1010 ) 2
ni2 (15
I C 3. 2 10 14 e
0 .0259 7.75 A pC 0 4.5 10 5
NC 5 1014
VCB
0 .7
V p (0)
2. (C) I C 32
. 10 14
e
0 .0259
17.5 mA pC (0) pC 0 e
t
VCB Vt ln C
pC 0
I F 5 1013
3. (C) F C , F 0.0259 ln 0.48 V
5
IB 1 F
4.5 10
IC 2.7m
F 0.982 J nC I nC
I C I B 2.7m 50 10. (C)
J nE J R J pE I nE I R I pE
ni2 . 1010 ) 2
(15 118
.
4. (B) np 0 2. 25 10 4 cm 3 0.787
NB 1016 . 0.2 0.1
12
VBE
At x 0, np (0) np 0 e
V
t 0.787
11. (A) 3.69
1 1 0.787
np (0)
VBE VT ln
n J nE I nE 1. 2
p0 12. (B) 0.923
10 1016 J nE J pE I nE I pE 1. 2 0.1
np (0) NB 10 15
100 10
1015 . 10 10 ) 2
ni2 (15
VBE 0.0259 ln 0.635 V 13. (B) nB 0 2.25 10 3 cm 3
NB 1017
2.25 10
4
VBE 0 .5
V
nB (0) nB 0 e
t
2.25 10 3 e
0 .0259 5.45 1011 cm 3
. 10 10 ) 2
ni2 (15
5. (A) pE 0 450 cm 3 eDB AnB (0)
NE 5 1017 IC
xB
. 10 10 ) 2
ni2 (15
nB 0 2. 25 10 4 cm 3 (1.6 10 19)(20)(10 3)(5.45 10 11 )
NB 5 1016 17.4 A
10 4
. 10 10 ) 2
ni2 (15
pC 0 2. 25 10 5 cm 3
NE 5 1015 1
14. (B)
N B D E xB
1
. 1010 ) 2
ni2 (15 N E D B xE
6. (B) pB 0 4.5 10 3 cm 3
NB 5 1016 1
VEB
0.977
0 .6
5 1016 8 0.7
pB (0) pB 0 e
V
t
4.5 10 e 3
0 .0259
5. 2 1013 cm 3 1
1018 15 0.8
. 10 10 ) 2
ni2 (15 N N
7. (C) nB 0 2. 25 10 4 cm 3 15. (B) Vbi Vt ln B 2 C
NB 1016
ni
VBC
V
t 3 1016 5 1017
nB ( x xB ) nB 0 e 0.0259 ln 0.824 V
(15 . 1010 ) 2
0 .6
VBE
VBC
VBE
I 33. (A) I E (F 1) I B 12.75 mA
27. (C) I E I S e
Vt e
Vt S e
Vt 1 0
F I1 I E 12.75 mA.
VBC
VBE
V 1 R Vt 34. (A) I CEO ( 1) I CBO
e
t
e
1 F 1 BF 0.4m
1 80 79
VBE
VBC # VBC
# 5
% I S "e
Vt 1%
V
I C I S "e
Vt
e
t
" % R " %$
! $ ! 35. (B) I C I B I CEO 79( 30 ) 0.4m =2.77 mA
VBC VBC
IS
V
# I
V
#
I CBO "1 e
t
% S "e
t
1% 36. (A) I C I B I CEO I B ( 1) I CBO
1 F " %$ R "! %$
! I C I CBO 5.2m 0.5
& 10396
.
VBC 5 V, Vt 0.0259 V I B I CBO 50 0.5
Is I
I CBO (1 0) S (0 1) 101 . 10 15 A
. I S 101
101 1 37. (A) 0.9904
1
28. (D) I C I CBO 5.2m 0.5
IE 5.25 MA
0.9904
B-C Junction VBC
B-E junction VBE
Reverse Bias Forward bias
11. In n-well CMOS fabrication substrate is 18. Monolithic integrated circuit system offer greater
(A) lightly doped n type reliability than discrete-component systems because
(B) during the collector diffusion 30. For the circuit shown in fig. P2.5.30, the minimum
(C) during the emitter diffusion number and the maximum number of isolation regions
(D) while growing the epitaxial layer are respectively
N
2
N N
2
N
(C) D (D) D
t 2
x x 2
t Fig. P2.5.32
(A) 2, 6 (B) 3, 6
26. The true statement is
(C) 2, 4 (D) 3, 4
(A) thick film components are vacuum deposited
(B) thin film component are made by screen-and- fire 31. For the circuit shown in fig. P2.5.31, the minimum
process number of isolation regions are
(C) thin film resistor have greater precision and are
more stable
(D) thin film resistor are cheaper than the thin film
resistor
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
141
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 2 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
electronics Devices
SOLUTIONS
1. (D) 2. (D) 3. (B) 4. (B) 5. (C) 6. (B)
13. (C) 14. (D) 15. (B) 16. (A) 17. (A) 18. (A)
19. (C) 20. (A) 21. (B) 22. (B) 23. (D) 24. (A)
25. (A) 26. (C) 27. (B) 28. (B) 29. (C)
*******
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
142
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
3.1
DIODE CIRCUITS
vo vo
Statement for Q.14: 22
18
Fig.3.1.1 vi vo
t
4V 2 T
T
20 _
15 -16
t t
Fig. P3.1.3
vo vo
-5
-10 16
12
(A) (B) 4
t
4
t
vo vo T T T T
2 2
20 20 (A) (B)
vo vo
5 16
t t 12
4
t t
(A) (D) -4 T T T T
2 2
2.
2V (C) (D)
+ vi 4.
20 R vi
vi vo + 10
10 k
D1
6V
t
_ -5 vi vo t
8V D2
Fig.3.1.2 _ -10
Fig.3.1.4
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
145
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 3 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Analog Electronics
vo vo vo vo
10
8 9.42 9.42
5.7
4.3
t t
vi vi
5.7 15 4.3 15
-6
-10 (C) (D)
(A) (B) 7. For the circuit shown in fig. P3.1.7, each diode has
vo vo Vg = 0.7 V. The vo for -10 vs +10 V is
8 +10 V
6
10 kW
t t
-6 D1 D2
-8
(C) (D) vs vo
20 kW 10 kW
-10 V
vi vo
10 V 10 V Fig. P3.1.7.
_ vo vo
8.43 7.48
Fig. P3.1.5
vs vs
vo vo -10 10 -10 10
9.3 9.3
-8.43 -7.48
(C) (D)
3.33 3.33 8. A symmetrical 5 kHz square wave whose output
vi vi
-10 3.33 10 -10 4.33 10 varies between +10 V and -10 V is impressed upon the
(C) (D) clipping circuit shown in fig. P3.1.8. If diode has rf = 0
6. For the circuit in fig. P3.1.6 the cutin voltage of diode and rr = 2 MW and Vg = 0, the output waveform is
is Vg = 0.7 V. The plot of vo versus vi is +
1 MW
+
vi vo
2 kW 1 kW
1 kW vo 2.5 V
_
15 V vi
_ Fig. P3.1.8
vo vo
Fig. P3.1.6
10
vo vo 5
t t
19.6 19.6 -5 -10
(A) (B)
5.7 vo vo
4.3
vi 5
vi t t
5.7 15 4.3 15 -5
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
146
ForDiode
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Circuits Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 3.1
C
9. In the circuit of fig. P3.1.9, the three signals of fig are vi
+
impressed on the input terminals. If diode are ideal 10
t
then the voltage vo is vi R vo
5V
D1 v
v3 _ -20
+ D2
+ D3 v2 Fig. P.3.1.11
vo v1 vo
v1 +
35 vo
v2 t
v3 10 k
25
- - -
5
Fig. P.3.1.9 t t
vo vo
-5
(A) (B)
vo
15
t t
(A) (B) (D) None of the above
t
vo vo
-15
(C) (D)
+ vi Fig. P3.1.12
10
Fig. P.3.1.10
vo vo
13. In the circuit of Fig. P3.1.13 diodes has cutin
20
voltage of 0.6 V. The diode in ON state are
10
t t D1 D2
12 6
(A) (B)
vo vo
t t 5.4 V 18 5V
-10
-20
Fig. P3.1.13
(C) (D)
11. For the circuit shown in fig. P.3.1.11, the input (A) only D1 (B) only D2
voltage vi is as shown in fig. Assume the RC time (C) both D1 and D2 (D) None of the above
constant large and cutin voltage V = 0. The output
voltage vo is
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
147
ForDiode
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Circuits Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 3.1
22. The diodes in the circuit in fig. P3.1.22 has 26. If v2 = 0, then output voltage vo is
parameters V = 0.6 V and rf = 0. The current iD2 is (A) 6.43 V (B) 9.43 V
+10 V (C) 7.69 V (D) 8.93 V
9.5 k
27. If v2 = 5 V, then vo is
0.5 k D2
0V (A) 8.93 V (B) 12.63 V
iD2 vo
(C) 18.24 V (D) 10.56 V
+5 V
0.5 k D1 D3
28. If v2 = 10 V, then vo is
+5 V (A) 10 V (B) 9.16 V
Fig. P3.1.22
(C) 8.43 V (D) 12.13 V
(A) 8.4 mA (B) 10 mA
(C) 7.6 mA (D) 0 mA Statement for Q.2930:
b vD(V)
0.5 0.7
v1
0.5 k D1 Fig. P3.1.2930
Fig. P3.1.2325
29. The current iD is
23. If v1 = 10 V and v2 = 0 V, then vo is
(A) 2.5(1 cos t) mA (B) 5(0.5 cos t) mA
(A) 8.93 V (B) 7.82 V
(C) 5(1 cos t) mA (D) 5(1 0.5 cos t) mA
(C) 1.07 V (D) 2.18 V
25. If v1 = v2 = 0, then output voltage vo is 31. The circuit inside the box in fig. P3.1.31. contains
(A) 0.964 V (B) 1.07 V only resistor and diodes. The terminal voltage vo is
(C) 10 V (D) 0.842 V connected to some point in the circuit inside the box.
The largest and smallest possible value of vo most
Statement for Q.2628: nearly to is respectively
The diodes in the circuit of fig. P3.1.2628 have +15 V
+10 V vo
500 D1
Fig. 3.1.31
9.5 k
(A) 15 V, 6 V (B) 24 V, 0 V
(C) 24 V, 6 V (D) 15 V, -9 V
Fig. P3.1.2628
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
149
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 3 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Analog Electronics
32. In the voltage regulator circuit in fig. P3.1.32 the Statement for Q.3638:
maximum load current iL that can be drawn is In the voltage regulator circuit in fig. P3.1.3638
15 kW
the Zener diode current is to be limited to the range
iL
5 iz 100 mA.
Vz = 9 V 12
30 V Rz = 0 RL
iz iL
Vz = 4.8 V
6.3 V Rz = 0 RL
Fig. 3.1.32
(A) 1 W (B) 1.5 W 38. The power rating required for the load resistor is
(C) 2 W (D) 0.5 W
(A) 576 mW (B) 360
W
34. The Q-point for the Zener diode in fig. P3.1.34 is (C) 480 mW (D) 75
W
11 k
39. The secondary transformer voltage of the rectifier
Vz = 4 V circuit shown in fig. P3.1.39 is vs = 60 sin 2 60 t V. Each
20 V Rz = 0 3.6 k
diode has a cut in voltage of V = 0.6 V. The ripple
voltage is to be no more than Vrip = 2 V. The value of
Fig. P3.1.34
filter capacitor will be
+
(A) (0.34 mA, 4 V) (B) (0.34 mA, 4.93 V)
(C) (0.94 mA, 4 V) (D) (0.94 mA, 4.93 V) + vo -
+ 10 k
vi vs
35. In the voltage regulator circuit in fig. P3.1.35 the -
(A) 48.8
F (B) 24.4
F
Vz = 10 V
20 V Rz = 0 RL (C) 32.2
F (D) 16.1
F
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
150
ForDiode
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Circuits Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 3.1
+ +
1 : 1
+
vs
2.5 kW C vo
-
SOLUTIONS
vi -
+
vs 1. (D) Diode is off for vi
5 V. Hence vo = 5 V.
-
- For vi 5 V, vo = vi , Therefore (D) is correct option.
31. (D) The output voltage cannot exceed the positive vmax
41. (A) Vrip =
power supply voltage and cannot be lower than the fRL C
negative power supply voltage. vmax 75
RL = = = 6.25 kW
fCVrip 60 50 10 -5 4
30 - 9
32. (A) At regulated power supply is = = 1.4 mA iL
15 k ***************
will remain less than 1.4 mA.
75(50) 50
33. (D) vTH = = V
75 + 150 3
50
> VZ , RTH = 150 ||75 = 50 W
3
1 50
iZ = - 15 = 33 mA, P = 15 iZ = 0.5 W
50 3
3.6(20)
34. (A) vTH = = 4.93 V > VZ ,
11 + 3.6
4.93 - 4
RTH = 11 || 3.6 = 2.71 kW, iZ = = 0.34 mA
2.71k
400m
35. (B) iZ ( max ) = = 40 mA
10
20 - 10
iL + iZ = = 45 mA
222
10
iL ( min ) = 45 - 40 = 5 mA, RL = = 2 kW
5m
CHAPTER
3.2
BASIC BJT CIRCUITS
Use VBE ( ON ) 0.7 V, VCE ( Sat ) 0.2 V for npn (A) 8.4 V (B) 6.2 V
transistor if not given in problem. (C) 4.1 V (D) None of the above
VC = 2 V
1. I E , RC ? 50 k
+12 V
10 k IQ = 1 mA
+
VEC = 6 V -5 V
-
Fig. P3.3.3
RC
(A) 0.987 mA, 3.04 k
10 k
-2 V
2 k
3 k
Fig. P3.3.4
-8 V
(A) 1.49 V (B) 2.9 V
Fig. P3.3.2
(C) 1.78 V (D) 2.3 V
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
155
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 3 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Analog Electronics
10. VB 2 V
(A) 7 V (B) 1.5 V
500 k
4.8 k (C) 2.6 V (D) None of the above
-3 V
Statement for Q.11-12:
Fig. P3.3.5-6 The transistor in circuit shown in fig. P3.3.11-12
5. ? has 200. Determine the value of voltage Vo for given
(A) 103.4 (B) 135.5 value of VBB .
+5 V
(C) 134.5 (D) 102.4
5 k
6. VCE ?
Vo
(A) 6.4 V (B) 4.7 V 50 k
12. VBB 1 V
8 k (A) 4.11 V (B) 1.83 V
(C) 2.46 V (D) 3.44 V
-5 V
Fig. P3.3.7 13. VBB 2 V
(A) 0.943, 17.54 (B) 0.914, 17.54 (A) 3.18 V (B) 1.46 V
(C) 0.914, 11.63 (D) 0.914, 11.63 (C) 0.2 V (D) None of the above
5 k
10 k
Vo
VC
VB
IQ
1 k
-5 V
8. VB 0 V 14. I Q 0.1 mA
(A) 6.43 mA, 2.4 V (B) 2.18 mA, 3.4 V (A) 1.4 V (B) 4.5 V
(C) 0 A, 6 V (D) None of the above (C) 3.2 V (D) None of the above
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
156
ForBasic
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
BJT Circuits Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 3.2
50 k 4.7 k
10 k
VC
-9 V
VB
Fig. P3.3.20
Fig. P3.317
21. In the circuit shown in fig. P3.3.21 if 50, the
(A) 0.9 V (B) 1.19 V
power dissipated in the transistor is
(C) 2.14 V (D) 1.84 V
+9 V
18. For the circuit shown in fig. P3.3.18, VCB 0.5 V and
100. The value of I Q is 0.5 mA
+5 V
5 k
Vo
50 k 4.7 k
-9 V
IQ
Fig. P3.3.21
RB RC
10 k
VE
50 k 10 k Fig. P3.3.22
(A) 10 k, 241 k (B) 10 k, 699 k
-10 V (C) 6 k 699 k (D) 6 k 241 k
Fig. P3.3.19
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
157
ForBasic
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
BJT Circuits Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 3.2
29. For the transistor in the circuit of fig. P3.3.29, 32. The current gain of the transistor shown in the
100. The voltage VB is circuit of fig.P3.3.32 is 100. The values of Q-point
+10 V ( I CQ , VCEQ) is
+5 V
20 k 1 k
12 k 5 k
15 k
2 k 0.5 k
Fig. P3.3.29
-5 V
(A) 3.6 V (B) 4.29 V Fig. P3.3.32
(C) 3.9 V (D) 4.69 V
(A) (1.8 mA, 2.1 V) (B) (1.4 mA, 2.3 V)
30. The current gain of the transistor shown in the (C) (1.4 mA , 1.8 V) (D) (1.8 mA, 1.4 V)
circuit of fig. P3.3.30 is 125. The Q-point values
( I CQ , VCEQ) are 33. For the circuit in fig. P3.3.33, let 60. The value of
+24 V
VECQ is
+5 V +10 V
58 k
10 k 2 k
42 k 10 k
20 k 2.2 k
(C) (0 .915 mA, 16.23 V) (D) (0.418 mA, 18.43 V) (A) 2.68 V (B) 4.94 V
(C) 3.73 V (D) 5.69 V
31. For the circuit shown in fig. P3.3.31, let 75. The
Q-point (I CQ , VCEQ) is 34. In the circuit of fig. P3.3.34 Zener voltage is VZ 5
+24 V
V and 100. The value of I CQ and VCEQ are
+12 V
25 k 3 k
500
8 k 1 k
Fig. P3.3.34
Fig. P3.3.31
(A) 12.47 mA, 4.3 V (B) 12.47 mA, 5.7 V
(A) ( 4.68 mA, 16.46 V) (B) ( 312
. mA , 1.86 V)
(C) 10.43 A, 5.7 V (D) 10.43 A , 4.3 V
(C) ( 312
. mA, 8.46 V) (D) ( 4.68 mA , 5.22 V)
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
159
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 3 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Analog Electronics
35. The two transistor in fig. P3.2.35 are identical. If (A) 36.63 mA (B) 36.17 mA
25, the current I C2 is (C) 49.32 mA (D) 49.78 mA
+5 V
IC2
39. In the bipolar current source of fig. P3.2.39 the
25 A diode voltage and transistor BE voltage are equal. If
base current is neglected then collector current is
Fig. P3.2.35
(A) 28 A (B) 23.2 A 10 k
(C) 26 A (D) 24 A
-20 V
Fig. P3.2.39
(A) 6.43 mA (B) 2.13 mA
100 (C) 1.48 mA (D) 9.19 mA
+25 V Vo
220
20 k 50 k
Fig. P3.2.40
(A) 1.04 mA (B) 1.68 mA
50 k 30 k (C) 962 A (D) 432 A
-
V
Fig. P32.41
Fig. P3.2.38
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
160
ForBasic
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
BJT Circuits Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 3.2
I ref I ref
(A)
1
(1 N )
(B)
1
N
SOLUTIONS
( 1)
( 1)
12 0.7
I ref I ref 1. (C) I E I E 113
. mA
(C) (D) 10 k
(1 N ) N
1 1 75
( 1)
1 I C . ) 112
(113 . mA
75 1
42. Consider the basic three transistor current source in VCE 12 1.13 10 1.12 RC ( 12) 6 V
fig. P3.2.42. Assume all transistor are matched with RC 5.98 k
finite gain and early voltage V A
. The expression for
2. (C) 8 10 (75 1) I B 0.7 10 I B 2
I o is +
V 9.3
IB 12.08 A,
10 760
Io
Iref R1 I C I B 0.906 mA, I E ( 1) I B 0.918 mA
8 10(0.918) VEC 3(0.906) 8
VEC 4.1 V
75 75
3. (A) I C IE (1m) 0.987 mA
75 1 76
-
V 5.2
RC 304
. k
Fig. P3.2.42 0.987m
I ref I ref
(A) (B)
2 1 4. (A) 5 (1 )10 kI B 20 kI B 0.7 2 kI B
1 1
(1 )
(2 )
5 (760 k 20 k 150 k) I B 0.7
I ref I ref I B 4.62 A,
(C) (D)
2 1
1 1 I C I B 0.347 mA
(1 )
(2 )
VC 5 ( 1) I B RC 5 760 4.62 10 3 1.49 V
-5 V 5.4
7. (C) I E 0.5 mA
Fig. P3.2.43 2k
I E 0, VC 6 V 50
I C I E ( VB 0.7) mA
1
51
1 0.7 6 VC
9. (B) VB 1 V , I E 0.3 mA IC mA, VC VB
1k 10
I C I E 0.3 mA 50 6 VB
( VB 0.7)
VC 6 I C RC 6 (0.3)(10) 3 V 51 10
10.8 VB 12.86 , VB 119
. V
2 0.7
10. (B) VB 2 V, I E 1.3 mA,
1
18. (B) VCB 0.5 V , VC 0.5 V
I C I E 1.3 mA
VC 6 (1.3)(10) 7 V 5 0.5 101
IC 0.9 mA, I Q 0.9 0.909 mA
Transistor is in saturation. The saturation voltage 5k
100
VCE 0.2 V
VE (1.3)(1) 1.3 V , VC VCE VE 15
. V 10 VE
19. (C) I E 0.8 mA
10k
11. (C) VBB 0, Transistor is in cutoff region VB VE 0.7 1.3 V
RL 10(5) VB 1.3
Vo VCC 5 3.33 V IB 26 A
RC RL 10 RB 50 k
I E 0.8m
1 0.7 1 30.77 29.77
12. (B) I B 6 A I B 26
50 k
I C I B 75 6 0.45 mA 29.77
0.968
5 Vo V 1 30.77
IC o
5k 10 k
Vo Vo
(1 0.45) , Vo 1.83 V 50
5 10 20. (D) I C I E mA 0.98 mA
1 51
2 0.7
13. (C) I B 26 A VC I C RC 9 (0.98)( 4.7) 9 4.394 V
50 k
IE 1
I C I B 75 26 A 1.95 mA IB mA 19.6 A
( 1) 51
VC 5 I C RC 5 5 195
. 4.75 V
VE I B RB VEB 50(0.0196) 0.7 1.68 V
Transistor is in saturation, VCE 0.2 V VC Vo
VEC 1.68 ( 4.394) 6.074 V
+24 V
5 k
1.71 k
-3.57 V
24.36 k
+10.1 V
0.5 k
10 k
-5 V
Fig. S3.3.32
Fig. S3.3.30
357
. I BQ(171
. k) VBE ( 1) I BQ(0.5 k) 5
RTH 58 ||42 24.36 k 5 357
. 0.7 (171
. 50.5)I BQ
42 I BQ 14 A
VTH (24) 10.1 V
42 58
I EQ (100 1) I BQ 1.412 mA
10.1 I BQ(24.36 k) VBE ( 1) I BQ(10 k)
I CQ 100 I BQ 1.4 mA
10.1 0.7 I BQ(24.36 k 1260 k)
VCEQ 5 RC I CQ RE I EQ 5
I BQ 7.32 A
5 (5)(1.4) (0.5)(1.412) 5 2.3 V
I CQ I BQ 0.915 mA
I EQ ( 1) I BQ 0.922 mA 33. (B) RTH 20 ||10 6.67 k
VCEQ 24 (0.922)(10) 14.8 V
20
VTH 10 5 1.67 V
31. (D) R1 25 k, R2 8 k
10 20
+10 V
+24 V
2 k
3 k
6.67 k
6.06 k +1.67 V
+5.82 V
2.2 k
1 k
-10 V
5.82 ( 6.06 k)( I BQ) VBE ( 1) I B (1k) 10 1.67 0.7 I BQ( 6.67 122)
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
164
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 3 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Analog Electronics
Iref
Io = IC2
Q3
IC1
IE3
Q1 Q2
IB1 IB2
-
V
Fig. S3.2.42
I E 3 (1 ) I B 3
IE3 2 IB2
I ref I C1 I C1
(1 ) (1 )
I C1 I C 2 I B 2
2 IC2 2
I ref I C 2 I C2 1
(1 )
(1 )
I ref
IC2 Io
2
1
(1 )
I ref I C1 I S e Vt
, Io IC2 IS e Vt
I ref I
VBE1 Vt ln , VBE 2 Vt ln o
IS
IS
I ref
VBE1 VBE 2 Vt ln
Io
From the circuit,
VBE1 VBE 2 I E 2 RE I o RE
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
166
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
3.3
BASIC FET CIRCUITS
In the circuit shown in fig. P3.3.13 the transistor In the circuit shown in fig. P3.3.46 the transistor
parameters are as follows: parameter are as follows:
32 kW 4 kW 14 kW 1.2 kW
18 kW 2 kW 6 kW 0.5 kW
-10 V
Fig. P3.3.13
Fig. P3.3.46
4. VGS = ?
1. VGS ?
(A) 2.05 V (B) 6.43 V (A) -3.62 V (B) 3.62 V
2. I D ? 5. I D = ?
(A) 1.863 mA (B) 1.485 mA (A) 13.5 mA (B) 10 mA
(C) 0.775 mA (D) None of the above
(C) 19.24 mA (D) 4.76 mA
3. VDS =? 6. VDS = ?
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
167
ForBasic
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
FET Circuits Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 3.3
16. The parameter of the transistor in fig. P3.3.16 are 19. In the circuit of fig. P.3.3.19 the PMOS transistor
VTN 1.2 V, K n 0.5 mA / V 2 and 0. The voltage VDS has parameter VTP = -1.5 V, kp = 25 mA / V 2 , L = 4 mm
is and l = 0. If I D = 0.1 mA and VSD = 2.5 V, then value of W
+5 V will be
+9 V
50 mA
Fig. P3.3.16 R
Rs
0.25 mA
-9 V RD
Fig. P3.3.17
-5 V
(A) 1.72 V (B) -1.72 V Fig. P3.3.20
+5 V
(C) 5.8 kW, 4 kW (D) 5 kW, 4 kW
-5 V
Fig. P3.3.18
10 kW
Statement for Q.2223: 25. The transistors in the circuit of fig. P3.3.25 have
Consider the circuit shown in fig. P3.2.2233. parameter VTN = 0.8 V, kn = 40 mA / V 2 and l = 0. The
+5 V
width-to-length ratio of M 2 is ( WL )2 = 1. If Vo = 0.10 V
when Vi = 5 V, then ( )
W
L 1
for M1 is
M1 +5 V
Vo
M1
M2
Vo
Vi M2
Fig. P3.3.22-23
W W
23. If the ratio is = 40 and = 15, then Vo is RD
L 1 L 2
M1 M4
(A) 2.91 V (B) 2.09 V
ID1 RG
(C) 3.41 V (D) 1.59 V ID4
M2 M3
24. In the circuit of fig. P3.324. the transistor
parameters are VTN = 1 V and kn = 36 mA / V 2 . If I D = 0.5
mA, V1 = 5 V and V2 = 2 V then the width to-length -5 V
+5 V
V2 K n 3 = 100 mA / V 2
M3 K n 4 = 80 mA / V 2
26. I D1 = ?
Fig. P3.3.24
(A) 0.23 mA (B) 0.62 mA
W W W
(C) 0.46 mA (D) 0.31 mA
L 1 L 2 L 3
(A) 1.75 6.94 27.8 27. I D4 = ?
(B) 4.93 10.56 50.43 (A) 0.62 mA (B) 0.31 mA
(C) 35.5 22.4 8.53 (C) 0.46 mA (D) 0.92 mA
(D) 56.4 38.21 12.56
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
170
ForBasic
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
FET Circuits Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 3.3
28. For the circuit in fig. P3.3.28 the transistor (A) 7.43 V (B) 8.6 V
parameter are VTN 0.8 V and kn = 30 mA / V 2 . If output (C) -1.17 V (D) 1.17 V
voltage is Vo = 0.1 V, when input voltage is Vi = 4.2 V,
the required transistor width-to length ratio is 32. A p-channel JFET biased in the saturation region
+5 V with VSD = 5 V has a drain current of I D = 2.8 mA, and
I D = 0.3 mA at VGS = 3 V. The value of I DSS is
10 kW
(A) 10 mA (B) 5 mA
Vo
(C) 7 mA (D) 2 mA
Vi
0.4 kW
20 kW
-5 V
10 kW Fig. P3.3.3334
31. For the circuit in fig. P3.3.32 the transistor 140 kW 2.7 kW
parameters are Vp = - 35
. V, I DSS = 18 mA, and l = 0. The
value of VDS is
+15 V
60 kW 2 kW
0.8 kW
Fig. P3.3.35
4. (B) R1 = 14 kW, R2 = 6 kW, RS = 0.5 kW, RD = 1.2 kW RS = 0.6 kW, RD = 0.8 kW,
RL RL 5.5
6 VG = (10) - 5 = (10) - 5 = -2.25 V
VG = (20) - 10 = (20) - 10 = -4 V
R1 + R2 14 + 6 R1 + R2 14.5 + 5.5
kn W ( 60)( 60 10 -6 ) VS = VG - VGS
Kn = = = 1.8 mA / V 2
2 L 2 -2.25 - VGS + 5 = (0.6)(0.5) ( VGS - ( -1)) 2
- 4 - VGS + 10 = (0.5)(1.8)( VGS - 2) 2 VGS = 124
. , - 6.58 V
VGS = 3.62, - 0.74 V, VGS will be positive. VGS is positive. Thus (D) is correct option.
VGS 152
. V, VGS VDS W W
23. (A) > thus VGS1 < VGS 2
L 1 L 2
17. (B) I D = K n ( VGS - VTN ) 2 40( VGS1 - 0.8) 2 = 15( VGS 2 - 0.8) 2
0.25 = 0.2( VGS - 0.6) 2
VGS = 172
. V, VGS 2 = 5 - VGS1
VGS = VG - VS , VG = 0, VS = -172
. V 1.63( VGS1 - 0.8) = (5 - VGS1 - 0.8)
VGS1 = 2.09, VGS 2 = 2.91 V, Vo = VGS 2 = 2.91 V
5 - VD 6 -1
18. (A) I D = = 0.8 mA, RD = = 5 kW
RD 0.8m
24. (A) Each transistor is biased in saturation because
I D = K n ( VGS - VTN ) 2
VDS = VGS and VDS > VGS - VTN
0.8 = (0.4)( VGS - 17
. )2 VGS = 311
. V
For M 3 , V2 = 2 V = VGS 3
VGS = VG - VS , VG = 0, VS = -311
. V
36 10 -3 W W
-311
. - ( -5) I D = 0.5 = (2 - 1) 2 = 27.8
I D = 0.8 mA = RS = 2.36 kW 2 L 3 L 3
RS
For M 2 , VGS 2 = V1 - V2 = 5 - 2 = 3 V
kp W 36 10 -3 W W
19. (C) VSD = VSG, I D = ( VGS + VTP ) 2 I D = 0.5 = ( 3 - 1) 2 = 6.94
2 L 2 L 2 L 2
25 W For M1 , VGS1 = 10 - V1 = 10 - 5 = 5 V
10 -4 = (2.5 - 15
. )2 W = 32 mm
2 4 36 W W
I D = 0.5 = 10 -5 (5 - 1) 2 = 174
.
2 L 1 L 1
30 10 -6
20. (D) K p = (20) = 0.3 mA / V 2
2 25. (D) M 2 is in saturation because
I D = K p ( VSG + VTP ) 2 0.5 = 0.3( VSG - 12
. )2
VGS 2 = VDS 2 > VGS 2 - VTN
VSG = 2.49 V, VG = 0
M1 is in non saturation because
VS = VSG = 2.49 V
VGS1 = Vi = 5 V, VDS1 = VD = 0 V
5 - VS 5 - 2.49
ID = RS = = 5.02 kW VDS1 < VGS1 - VTN , I D1 = I D2
RS 0.5m
W W
VD - ( -5) -3 + 5 [2( VGS1 - VTN1 ) VDS1 - VDS 2 ]= ( VGS 2 - VTN 2 )
2 2
ID = RD = = 4 kW 1
L 2
L
RD 0.5m
W
[2(5 - 0.8)(0.1) - (0.1) 2 ] = (1)(5 - 0.1 - 0.8) 2
21. (B) Assume transistor in saturation L 1
10 - VGS W W
ID = = K n ( VGS - VTN ) 2 (0.83) = 16.81 =20.3
10 k L 1 L 1
10 - VGS = (10)(0.2)( VGS - 2) 2
VGS = 377
. V, - 0.27 V, VGS will be 3.77 V 26. (B) I D1 = K n 1 ( VGS1 - VTN ) 2 = K n 2 ( VGS 2 - VTN ) 2
VGS = VDS = 377
. V VGS1 = 5 - VGS 2 (5 - VGS 2 - 1) 2 = 200 ( VGS 2 - 1) 2
10 - 377
. VGS 2 = 2.76 V, VGS1 = 2.24 V
ID = = 0.623 mA
10 k -6
I D1 = 400 10 (2.24 - 1) 2 =0.62 mA
Power = I DVDS = 2.35 mW
VDS > VGS - VTN assumption is correct. 27. (B) VGS 2 = VGS 3 = 2.76 V
I D4 = K n 4 ( VGS 4 - VTN ) 2 = K n 3 ( VGS 3 - VTN ) 2
22. (B) For both transistor VDS = VGS ,
= 100 10 -6 (2.76 - 1) 2 = 0.31 mA
VDS > VGS - VTN Therefore both transistor are in
saturation. 28. (C) VGS = 4.2 V, VDS = 0.1 V
I D1 = I D2 K n 1 ( VGS1 - VTN1 ) = K n 2 ( VGS 2 - VTN 2 )
2 2
VDS < VGS - VTN , Thus transistor is in non saturation.
K n 1 = K n 2 , VTN1 = VTN 2 5 - 0.1
5 ID = = 0.49 mA
VGS1 = VGS 2 = V 10 k
2 k W
Vo = VGS 2 = 2.5 V
ID = n
2 L
{2 ( VGS - VTN ) VDS - VDS2 }
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
173
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
3.4
AMPLIFIERS
1. If the transistor parameter are 180 and Early 3. The small signal votlage gain Av vo vs is
voltage V A 140 V and it is biased at I CQ 2 mA, the (A) 4.38 (B) 4.38
values of hybrid- parameter g m , r and ro are (C) 1.88 (D) 1.88
respectively
4. The nominal quiescent collector current of a
(A) 14 A V, 2.33 k, 90 k
transistor is 1.2 mA. If the range of for this transistor
(B) 14 A V, 90 k , 2.33 k is 80 120 and if the quiescent collector current
(C) 77 mA V, 2.33 k , 70 k changes by 10 percent, the range in value for r is
(D) 77.2 A V, 70 k, 2.33 k (A) 1.73 k
r
2.59 k
(B) 1.93 k
r
2.59 k
Statement for Q.23. (C) 1.73 k
r
2.59 k
Consider the circuit of fig. P3.4.23. The transistor (D) 1.56 k
r
2.88 k
parameters are 120 and V A .
Statement for Q.56:
+5 V
Consider the circuit in fig. P3.4.5.6. The transistor
4 k parameter are 100 and V A .
vo +10 V
250 k
vs
~ RC
2V 50 k
vs
~
Fig. P3.4.23
vBB
Statement for Q.1415: 19. For an n-channel MOSFET biased in the saturation
Consider the common Base amplifier shown in fig. region, the parameters are VTN 1 V, 12
n Cox 18 mA V 2
P3.4.1415. The parameters are g m = 2 mS and and 0.015 V 1 and I DQ 2 mA. If transconductance is
ro = 250 k. Find the Thevenin equivalent faced by load g m 3.4 mA V, the width-to-length ratio is
resistance RL . (A) 80.6 (B) 43.2
(C) 190 (D) 110
Thevenin equivalent
Fig. P3.4.1415 60 k 10 k
v1 3.9 k 18 k v2
10 k
_ _ vo
Fig. P3.4.1617 vi
~
16. The h-parameter h21 is VGG
(A) 2.46 (B) 0.9
(C) 0.5 (D) 0.67 Fig. P3.4.2123
(B) 4.44
(A) 4.44
(C) 2.22 (D) 2.22
SOLUTIONS
I CQ 2m
Statement for Q.3334: 1. (C) g m 77.2 mA V
Vt 0.0259
Consider the source-follower circuit in fig. Vt 180
P3.4.33-34. The values of parameter are g m 2 mS and r 2.33 k
I CQ g m 77.2m
ro 100 k.
V A 140
+5 V ro 70 k
I CQ 2m
Ro
2 0.7
2. (B) I BQ 5.2
A
vo 250 k
vs
~ 500 k IQ 4 k I CQ I B (120)(5.2
) 0.642 mA
I CQ 0.624
-5 V
gm 24 mA V
Vt 0.0259
Fig. P3.4.33-34
Vt 120
r 5 k, ro
33. The voltage gain Av is I CQ g m 24m
1
5. (A) VECQ VCC 5 V
2
VECQ 10 I CQ RC 5
10 (0.5m) RC 5
RC 10 k,
I CQ 0.5
I BQ 5
A
100
VEB ( ON ) I BQ RB VBB
0.7 (5
) (50 k) 0.95 V
I CQ 0.5
6. (D) g m 19.3 mA V
Vt 0.0259
Vt (100)(0.0259)
r 5.18 k , ro
I CQ 0.5m
100
7. (B) I CQ (0.35) 0.347 mA
1001
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
179
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 3 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Analog Electronics
vo r ||10 k 1 k (+1)Ib
g m ( ro ||7 k)
vs 500 r ||10 k
I CQ 0.347m Fig. S3.4.9
gm 1313
. mA V
Vt 0.0259
Vt (100)(0.0259
V 100 r 2.18 k
r t 7.6 k I CQ 119
. m
g m I CQ 1313
. m
vo I b (2k) , vs ( 1) I b (1k) I b ( r)
VA 100
ro 288 k v (2 k) (100)(2 k)
I CQ 0.347m Av o 196
.
vs r ( 1)1k 2.18 k (100)(1k)
288 7 7.6 10
ro ||7k 6.83 k, r ||10k 4.32 k
288 7 7.6 10 10. (B) VECQ 8.42 V,
4.32 k For 1 vEC 11 V, vEC 11 8.42 2.58 V
Av 1313
. m ( 6.83k) 80
500 4.32 k Output voltage swing 5.16 V peak to peak.
8. (C) DC Analysis: I CQ I EQ 11. (B) Since the BC junction is not reverse biased, the
VCEQ 5 10 I CQ ( RC RE ) transistor continues to operate in the forward-active
5 10 I CQ(1. 2 k 0. 2 k) I CQ 3.57 mA -mode
3.57
I BQ 23.8
A
150 Ie +
AC Analysis: +
vce vce r gmvce ro
Ib B C _
vo _
+
r V Ib
_ E Fig. S 3.4.11
vs
~ R1 R2 1.2 k
vce 1 1
0.2 k r , So r || || ro
g m Vce g m gm
(100)(0.0259)
Fig. S3.4.8 r 2.33 k
2m
Vt (0.0259) I CQ 2m
r (150) . k , ro
109 gm 77.2 mA V
I CQ 357
. m Vt 0.0259
vo ( I b ) RC 1 V 150
Av , vs I b r ( 1) RE I b 12.95 , ro A 75 k
vs vs gm I CQ 2m
RC (150)(12
. )k re (2.33k)||(12.95)||(75 k) =12.87
Av 5.75
r (1 ) RE 109
. k (151)(0.2 k)
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
180
ForAmplifiers
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 3.4
VA VA 75 V V v Vi
12. (C) ro I CQ 0.375 mA g m V i 0
I CQ ro 200 k r ro 270
V V vi Vpi
2mV 0 V 0.647 vi ,
V 75(0.0259) 50 k 250 k 270
13. (B) r t 194
. k
I CQ 1m I sc 1297
. mvi
Ib vTH 498 vi
E Ie C RTH 384 k
I SC 1297
. mvi
Ib
r
+ 16. (B) The equivalent small-signal circuit is shown in
vi
~ B 2.7 k vo
_ fig. S3.4.16
1.5 k
ro
Fig. S 3.4.13 i1 E C
vi I b ( r 15k
. ), I in I e ( 1) I b _ gmV
Vi ( r 15 . k) 194. 15
. k vs
~ 3.9 k r V 18 k v2 = 0
Rin 45 +
Ie ( 1) 76
B
gmV i2 V
_ h21 , i2 g m V
i1 r0
vi
~ r V
+
v2 0
V V V V
i1 g m V , can be neglected
. k r
39 ro ro
Fig. S 3.4.14 i2 gm g m r 39
. k
h21 0.91
Removing the RL , V
vi r i1 1 1
gm r 39
. k g m r 39
. k
270 r . k r
39
vi r(1 g m ro)
vTH ro g m V V
270 r v1 v v v2
17. (A) v1 V , 1 1 g m V
100 . k r
39 ro
r 50 k
g m 2m ro
Fig. S 3.4.17
270
gmV 1 1 1 v
_ Isc v1 2 g m v1
39
. k r ro ro
vi
~ r V
+
1 1
v1 ro 800 k
Fig. S 3.4.15 v2 1 1 1 1 1 1
gm 3m
. k r ro
39 . k 33.3k 800 k
39
V V
I sc g m V 2mV 2.004 mV 3.8 10 4
ro 250 k
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
181
ForAmplifiers
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 3.4
RS = 4 k, v gs = 0.84 vi , vo
v gs vi , Av g m (7k)
vo g m v gs ( ro ||RD) vi
(1.41m)(0.84 vi )(100 k || 5 k) g m 2 K n ( VGS VTN )
vo 2 (1m)(151
. 0.8) 1.42 mS
Av 5.6
vi Av (1.42m) (7 k) 9.9
28. (A) Ro RD ||ro || 100k =4.76 k 32. (A) The small-signal equivalent circuit is shown in
fig. S.3.4.34
29. (A) As shown in fig. S3.4.27, Ri R1 || R2 20.6 k gmvgs
S D
vo
_
30. (C) From the DC analysis:
vgs
VGSQ 15
. V, I DQ 0.5 mA vi
~ 10 k RS 5 k RD RL 4 k
+
g m 2 K n ( VGS VTN ) 2(1m) (15
. 0.8) 1.4 mA V G
1
ro [ I DQ ]
Fig. S3.4.32
The resulting small-signal equivalent circuit is shown
in fig. S5.4.30
G
vo g m v gs ( RD || RL ), vi v gs
D
vo v
+ Av o g m ( RD || RL ) (2m)(5 k ||4 k) 4.44
vi
vi
~ RTH vgs gmvgs RD 7 k
_
33. (A) The small-signal equivalent circuit is shown in
S
fig. S3.4.33
RS 0.5 k
G D
+
Fig. S 3.4.30 vi
~ 500 k vgs gmvgs ro
vo g m v gs RD, vi v gs g m v gs RS _
vo g m RD (7 k)
(1.4m) 5.76 S vo
vi 1 g m RS 1 (1.4m) (0.5 k)
4 k
_ S
1
34. (B) Ro ||ro
gm
Fig. S3.4.31
1
||(100) 0.498 k
vo g m v gs (7k) 2
********************
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
183
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
3.5
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
Fig. P3.5.1 vo
(A) 10 (B) 10
(C) 11 (D) 11
Fig. P3.5.4
vo
2. Av ?
vi 400 k (A) 6 V (B) 6 V
40 k (C) 8 V (D) 8 V
vi
vo
60 k 5. For the circuit shown in fig. P3.5.5 gain is
Av vo vi 10. The value of R is
R 100 k
Fig. P3.5.2
(A) 10 (B) 10
100 k
(C) 13.46 (D) 13.46 100 k
vi
vo
3. The input to the circuit in fig. P3.5.3 is
vi 2 sin t mV. The current io is
10 k
Fig. P3.5.5
1 k
vi io
vo
(A) 600 k (B) 450 k
(C) 4.5 M (D) 6 M
4 k
Fig. P3.5.3
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
184
ForOperational
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Amplifiers Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 3.5
6. For the op-amp circuit shown in fig. P3.5.6 the 10. In the circuit of fig. P3.5.10 the output voltage vo is
voltage gain Av vo vi is 20 k 20 k
+0.5 V
R R R
40 k
-1 V
R R 60 k vo
R +2 V
vi
vo
Fig. P3.5.10
Fig. P3.5.11
Fig. P3.5.7
(A) 1.996 (B) 1.998 (A) 0.4(1 sin t) mV (B) 0.4(1 sin t) mV
(C) 2.004 (D) 2.006 (C) 0.4(1 2 sin t) mV (D) 0.4(1 2 sin t) mV
8. The op-amp of fig. P3.5.8 has a very poor open-loop 12. For the circuit in fig. P3.5.12 the output voltage is
voltage gain of 45 but is otherwise ideal. The closed-loop vo 2.5 V in response to input voltage vi 5 V. The finite
gain of amplifier is open-loop differential gain of the op-amp is
100 k
500 k
2 k vi
vo
vo 1 k
vi
Fig. P3.5.8
Fig. P3.5.12
(A) 20 (B) 4.5
(C) 4 (D) 5 (A) 5 10 4 (B) 250.5
(C) 2 10 4
(D) 501
9. For the circuit shown in fig. P3.5.9 the input voltage
vi is 1.5 V. The current io is 13. vo ?
10 k 100 k
6 k 100 k
vi
8 k io
vo vo
20 k
+18 V
5 k 40 k
+15 V
Fig. P3.5.13
Fig. P3.5.9
(A) 1.5 mA (B) 1.5 mA (A) 34 V (B) 17 V
28. For the circuit shown in fig. P3.5.28 the input 31. io ?
resistance is
6 k
io 2 k
6A vo
2 k
4 k
is
Fig. S3.5.31
2 k
10 k (A) 18 A (B) 18 A
3 k D1
29. In the circuit of fig. P3.5.29 the op-amp slew rate is
SR = 0.5 V s. If the amplitude of input signal is 0.02 V, 6 k D2
10 k
vi
vo
Fig. P3.5.3233
(C) 3 V (D) 3 V
(C) 3 V (D) 3 V
30. In the circuit of fig. P3.5.30 the input offset voltage
and input offset current are Vio 4 mV and I io 150 nA.
34. vo( t) ?
The total output offset voltage is
500 k
5 k 8 mF vo
vi
vo
5u(t) mA 250 1 k 50
5 k
Fig. P3.5.34
Fig. P3.5.30 t t
(A) e 10
u( t) V (B) e 10
u( t) V
(A) 479 mV (B) 234 mV
t
t
(C) e 1 .6
u( t) V (D) e 1 .6
u( t) V
(C) 168 mV (D) 116 mV
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
188
ForOperational
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Amplifiers Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 3.5
35. The circuit shown in fig. P3.5.35 is at steady state (A) vs vss (B) vs vss
before the switch opens at t 0. The vC ( t) for t
0 is v vs
t=0 (C) s (D)
vss vss
20 k
39. If the input to the ideal comparator shown in fig.
20 k P3.5.39 is a sinusoidal signal of 8 V (peak to peak)
20 k
without any DC component, then the output of the
+ comparator has a duty cycle of
4 F vC
5V
-
Input
Output
Fig. P3.5.35 Vref = 2 V
(A) 10 5 e 12 .5t V (B) 5 5 e 12 .5t V
t
t Fig. P3.5.39
(C) 5 5 e 12 .5
V (D) 10 5 e 12 .5
V
1 1
(A) (B)
36. The LED in the circuit of fig. P3.5.36 will be on if vi 2 3
is 1 1
10 k (C) (D)
+10 V 6 12
470
10 k vi
40. In the op-amp circuit given in fig. P3.5.40 the load
current iL is
Fig. P3.5.36
(A)
10 V (B) 10 V R1
(C)
5 V (D) 5 V R1
vs
100 k RL
R R
1 k
Fig. P3.5.40
1 k vo
R
R
vs vs
(A) (B)
100 k R2 R2
vs vs
(C) (D)
RL RL
Fig. P3.5.37
(A) 1 mV (B) 100 mV
41. In the circuit of fig. P3.5.41 output voltage is vo 1
(C) 200 mV (D) 2 mV
V for a certain set of , R, an C. The vo will be 2 V if
R1
38. The analog multiplier X of fig. P.3.5.38 has the
R1
characteristics vp v1 v2 . The output of this circuit is
vss vi = sin t V vo
10 k
X
R
R C
vs
vo
Fig. P3.5.41
(A) is doubled (B) is halved
Fig. P3.5.38 (C) R is doubled (D) None of the above
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
189
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 3 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Analog Electronics
3 k vo
vi
vo
RF R1 R2
100 pF 100 pF 100 pF v1 v2
R
vo
R R
333 k
20 k
Fig. P3.5.43
20 k vo
(A) 148 kW (B) 236 kW
(C) 438 kW (D) 814 kW 333 k
1 k 2.1 k v R v R
(A) 2 log10 2 1 (B) log10 2 1
v1 R2 v1 R2
v R v R
(C) 2.303 log10 2 1 (D) 4.605 log10 2 1
C
v1 R2 v1 R2
1 k
47. In the op-amp series regulator circuit of fig. P8.3.47
Vz 6.2 V, VBE 0.7 V and 60. The output voltage vo is
1 k C vo
+36 V
1 k
Fig. P3.5.44
1 30 k
(A) F (B) 2
F
2
1
(C) F (D) 2
6 F
2
6
10 k
*******
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
190
ForOperational
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Amplifiers Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 3.5
35. (A) vc (0 ) 5 V vc (0 ) 5 V
28. (B) Since op-amp is ideal
For t
0 the equivalent circuit is shown in fig. S3.5.35
20 k
i1 +
10 V 4 F vC
4 k
is is
i2
2 k
Fig. S3.5.35
10 k
20 k 4 0.08 s
t
Fig. S3.5.28 vc 10 (5 10) e 0 .08
10 5 e 12 .5t V for t
0
v- = v+ , 2 kis 4 ki1 is 2 i1
(10)(10 k)
vs 2 kis 10 ki2 36. (C) v 5 V
10 k 10 k
is
i2 is i1 , vs 2 kis 10 k( is i1 ), i1 When v
5 V, output will be positive and LED will be
2
i vs on. Hence (C) is correct.
vs 2 kis 10 k is s 17k Rin
2 is
R R
37. (B) v (2) 1 V, v (2) 1 V, vd 0
2R 2R
R 240 k
29. (C) Closed loop gain A F 24 v v R VCM
R1 10 k VCM 1, vo F
2 1 CMRR
The maximum output voltage vom 24 0.02 0.48 V 100 1
CMRR 60 dB 10 3 , vo 100 mV
SR 0.5 / 1 10 3
11
. 106 rad/s
vom 0.48
38. (C) v 0 v ,
R Let output of analog multiplier be vp .
30. (A) The offset due to Vio is vo 1 1 Vio
R1 vs vp
vs vp , vp vss vo
500 R R
1 4m 404 mV
5 v
vs vss vo , vo s
vss
Due to I io, vo RF I io (500 k)(150n) 75 mV
Total offset voltage vo 404 75 479 mV
39. (B) When vi
2 V, output is positive. When vi 2 V,
vo v output is negative.
31. (A) 6 , io 6 o
6k 3k V
6( 6 k)
io 6 18 A. 4V
3k
2V
2
32. (B) If vi
0, then vo 0, D1 blocks and D2 conducts
5
t
6 6
6k
Av 2 vo ( 2)(2) 4 V
3k
Fig. S3.5.39
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
193
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 3 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Analog Electronics
vs v v vo oscillation
40.(A) 2 v1 vs vo R2
R1 R1
R1
v v v vo R
0 vo 2 2 v
R2 RL R2 RL
R
2 v vs 2 2 v , v v
RL R C
R C
R
0 vs 2 v
RL
RL v vs
v vs , iL , iL Fig. S3.5.44
R2 RL R2
1 1
Frequency 1 10 3
2
RC 2
(1k) C
41. (D) This is a all pass circuit
1
vo 1 jRC 1 ( R 2 C) 2 C F
H ( j) , H( j) 1 2
vi 1 jRC 1 ( RC) 2
Thus when and R is changed, the transfer function is 45. (C) v 5 V v vE ,
1
R 8.12 k 10 vo v
( 80 k)(2
6 )(100
) 47. (B) v v , vZ o
10 30 4
RF vo 4 vz 6.2 4 24.8 V
29 RF ( 8.12 k)(29) 236 k
R
************
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
194
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
4.1
NUMBER SYSTEMS & BOOLEAN ALGEBRA
1. The 100110 2 is numerically equivalent to 5. A computer has the following negative numbers
stored in binary form as shown. The wrongly stored
1. 2616 2. 3610 3. 468 4. 212 4
number is
The correct answer are (A) 37 as 1101 1011 (B) 89 as 1010 0111
(A) 1, 2, and 3 (B) 2, 3, and 4
(C) 48 as 1110 1000 (D) 32 as 1110 0000
(C) 1, 2, and 4 (D) 1, 3, and 4
2. If (211) x (152)8 , then the value of base x is 6. Consider the signed binary number A 01010110
and B 1110 1100 where B is the 1s complement and
(A) 6 (B) 5
MSB is the sign bit. In list-I operation is given, and in
(C) 7 (D) 9
list-II resultant binary number is given.
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
197
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 4 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Digital Electronics
A A
28. The simplified form of a logic function B B
Y A( B C( AB AC)) is C
Z
C
Z
(A) A B (B) AB D D
A A
29. The reduced form of the Boolean expression of
B B
Y ( AB ) ( AB) is Z Z
C C
(A) A B (B) A B D D
(A) X Y (B) X Y
Fig. P4.1.34
(C) XY (D) X Y
(A) A 1, B 1, C 0 (B) A 1, B 1, C 1
The logic circuit would be 37. To implement y ABCD using only two-input
A A NAND gates, minimum number of requirement of gate
B X B X
is
C C
(A) 3 (B) 4
(A) (B)
(C) 5 (D) 6
A A
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
200
ForNumber
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Systems & Boolean Algebra Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 4.1
41. In fig. P4.1.41 the LED emits light when If the input Vi makes an abrupt change from logic
0 to 1 at t t0 then the output waveform Vo is
VCC = 5 V
[t1 t0 10 ns, t2 t1 10 ns, t3 t2 10 ns]
1 k 1 k 1 k (A) (B)
t0 t1 t2 t3 t0 t1 t2 t3
1 k
(C) (D)
t0 t1 t2 t3 t0 t1 t2 t3
Fig. P4.1.41
(A) both switch are closed
45. In the network of fig. P4.1.45 f can be written as
(B) both switch are open X0
1
(C) only one switch is closed X1 2
3
(D) LED does not emit light irrespective of the switch X2 n-1
X3 n F
positions Xn-1
Xn
42. If the input to the digital circuit shown in fig. Fig. P4.1.45
1
(C) X 0 X1 X 3 X 5 .... X n X 2 X 3 X 5 K X n .... X n 1 X n
(D) X 0 X1 X 3 X 5... X n 1 X 2 X 3 X 5 K X n .. X n 1 X n 2 X n
Y
Fig. P4.1.42
(A) X (B) X *******
(C) 0 (D) 1
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
201
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 4 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Digital Electronics
A B A B, A 010 10110
SOLUTIONS B 00010011
0110 1001
1. (D) 100110 2 2 5 2 2 21 3810
A B A B, A 1010 1001
2616 2 16 6 3810
B 00010011
468 4 8 6 3810
10111100
212 4 2 4 2 41 3810
So 3610 is not equivalent. 7. (B) Here A , B are 2s complement
A B, A 0100 0110
2. (C) 2 x 2 x 1 64 5 8 2 x 7 B 1101 0011
1 0001 1001
3. (C) All are 2s complement of 7
11001 00110 Discard the carry 1
1
A B A B, A 010 0 0110
00111 710 B 0010 1101
1001 0110
0111 0011
1
0111 710 B A, B 1101 0011
000111 710
Discard the carry 1
1.6 1 0.6
6. (D) Here A , B are 1s complement
A B, A 01010110 Repeat from the second line 0.310 0.01001 2
B 1110 1100
10100 0010 , 9. (C)
1 b4 b3 b2 p3 b1 p2 p1
A 0 0 1 0 0
B
Z 0 1 0 0 0
C+D
E 0 1 1 1 1
Fig. S4.1.11
1 0 0 1 1
Now Z AB ( C D) E 1 0 1 1 1
Fig. S 4.1.23
12. (D) You can see that input to last XNOR gate is
same. So output will be HIGH. 24. (B) X ABC ABC ABC BC ABC
( AB AB) C A B AB C
29. (C) ( AB ) ( AB) AB AB AB AB
31. (A) X Y X Y XY ( XY XY ) ( XY ) X Y
21. (A) Z ( A B ) BC ( AB) BC ABC
f ( x3 , x2 , x1 ) m( 3, 4, 5)
Fig. P4.2.1
g( x4 , x3 , x2 ) m(1, 6, 7)
(A) ( AB AB ) C (B) ( AB AB ) C
h( x4 , x3 , x2 , x1 ) fg
(C) ABC (D) A B C
Then h( x4 , x3 , x2 , x1 ) is
11. The Boolean Expression Y ( A B)( A C) is equal (A) m(3, 12, 13) (B) m(3, 6)
to (C) m(3, 12) (D) 0
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
206
ForCombinational
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Logic Circuits Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 4.2
Statement for Q.1617: 21. For a binary half subtractor having two input A and
A switching function of four variable, f ( w, x y, z) is B, the correct set of logical expressions for the outputs
to equal the product of two other function f1 and f2 , of D ( A B) and X (borrow) are
the same variable f = f1 f2 . The function f and f1 are as (A) D AB AB , X AB
follows : (B) D AB AB , X AB
f m( 4, 7, 15) (C) D AB AB , X AB
f1 m(0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 15) (D) D AB AB , X AB
22. f1 f2 ?
16. The number of full specified function, that will
D0
satisfy the given condition, is 3-to-8
f1
x0 I0 Decoder D1
(A) 32 (B) 16 D2
D3
(C) 4 (D) 1 x1 I1
D4
D5
x2 I2
17. The simplest function for f2 is D6 f2
D7
(A) x (B) x
(C) y (D) y Fig. P4.2.22
(A) x0 x1 x2 (B) x0 x1 x2
18. A four-variable switching function has minterms m6
(C) 1 (D) 0
and m9. If the literals in these minterms are
complemented, the corresponding minterm numbers are 23. The logic circuit shown in fig. P4.2.23 implements
(A) m3 and m0 (B) m9 and m6
(C) m2 and m0 (D) m6 and m9 D0
3-to-8
D
Decoder 1
A I0
D2
19. The minimum function that can detect a divisible D3
B I1 Z
by 3 8421 BCD code digit (representation D8 D4 D2 D1 ) is D4
D5
given by C I2 D6
(A) D8 D1 D4 D2 D8 D2 D1 EN D7
(B) D8 D1 D4 D2 D1 D4 D2 D1 D8 D4 D2 D1 D
(C) D4 D1 D4 D2 D8 D1 D2 D1
Fig. P4.2.23
(D) D4 D2 D1 D4 D2 D1 D8 D4 D2 D1
(A) D( A u C AC ) (B) D( B C AC )
x1
D3 f active high output decoder.
I1
D4
D5 D0
x2 3-to-8
I2 X
D6 A I0 Decoder D1
D7 D2
D3
Fig. P4.2.21 B I1
D4
D5
C I2 D6
(A) (1, 2, 4, 5, 7) (B) (1, 2, 4, 5, 7) Y
D7
(C) (0, 3, 6) (D) None of Above
Fig. P4.2.24-25
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
207
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 4 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Digital Electronics
26. A logic circuit consist of two 2 4 decoder as shown 30. The network shown in fig. P4.2.30 implements
in fig. P4.2.26.
A 1 MUX
D0 f
x A0
D1 1 0 S0
D2 D0
y A1 A1 f
D3 D1 B 1 MUX
D2
z A0 0 0
D3 S0
Fig. P4.2.26 C
Fig. P4.2.30
The output of decoder are as follow
(A) NOR gate (B) NAND gate
D0 = 1 when A0 = 0, A1 = 0
(C) XOR gate (D) XNOR gate
D1 = 1 when A0 = 1, A1 = 0
Fig. P4.2.31
A MUX network is shown in fig. P4.2.27-29.
(A) ABC B) A B C
c 1
MUX (C) A u B uC (D) A + B + C
Z1
c 0 S0 32. The output of the 4 1 multiplexer shown in fig.
P4.2.32 is
a 1
MUX
Z0
a 0 S0
Y I3
I2
b S0 +5 V MUX Z
c 1 I1
MUX
Z2 X I0
S1 S0
b 0
Y
Fig. P4.2.27-29 Fig. P4.2.32
33. The MUX shown in fig. P4.2.33 is a 4 1 36. The 4to1 multiplexer shown in fig. P4.2.36
multiplexer. The output Z is implements the Boolean expression
I3 I3
C
I2 z I2
MUX Z MUX f
I1 I1
C
I0 0 I0
S1 S0 S1 S0
A B w x
35. For the logic circuit shown in fig. P4.2.35 the output Statement for Q.38-40:
Y is A PLA realization is shown in fig. P4.2.3840
x0
1
0 x1
I0 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7
x2
EN
S2 MUX
C
B S1
A S0
Y X X X f1
Fig. P4.2.35
X X X f2
(A) A B (B) A B
X X f3
(C) A B C (D) A B C
Fig. P.4.2.38-40
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
209
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 4 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Digital Electronics
39. f2 ( x2 , x1 , x0 ) = ?
43. The circuit shown in fig. P.4.2.43 has 4 boxes each
(A) m(1, 2, 5, 6) (B) m(1, 2, 6, 7)
described by input P, Q, R and output Y , Z with
(C) m(2, 3, 4) (D) None of the above
Y P Q R and Z RQ PR QP .
Q
40. f3( x2 , x1 , x0 ) ?
(A) M(0, 4, 6, 7) (B) M(2, 4, 5,7)
(C) M(1, 2, 3, 5) (D) M(2, 3, 4, 7) P
P Q P Q P Q P Q
X3 X2 X1 X0 Output
Fig. P4.2.43
MSB
Fig. P4.2.41
f1 ab c abc bc MSB
Fig. P4.2.44
f2 ab c ab abc,
f3 ab c abc ac
(A) BCD to binary code
by using an OR gate array as shown in fig. P4.2.42
(B) Binary to excess
where P1 and P5 are the product terms in one or more
(C) Excess3 to Gray Code
of the variable a, a , b, b , c and c.
(D) Gray to Binary code
P1 X
P2 X X
P3 X *******
P4 X
P5 X
F1 F2 F3
Fig. P4.2.42
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
210
ForCombinational
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Logic Circuits Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 4.2
RS
18. (B) m6 ABCD , m9 ABCD
00 01 11 10
After complementing literal
00 1 1 1
m6 ABCD m9 , m 9 ABCD m6
01 1 1 1 1
PQ
11 1 1 1 19. (B) 0, 3, 6 and 9 are divisible by 3
10 1 1 1 D2 D1
00 01 11 10
Fig. S 4.2.13d 00 1 1
D8 D4 01 1
= R + S + PQ 11
We can see that W = Z , X = Z 10 1
22. (D) f1 m(0, 2, 4, 6), 29. (A) The equation of Z1 is the equation of sum of A
f2 m(1, 3, 5, 7), f1 f2 0 and B with carry and equation of 2 is the resultant
carry. Thus, it is a full adder.
23. (D) Z D( ABC ABC ABC ABC ABC)
D( AB ( C C) BC( A A) ABC ) 30. (B) f1 CD CB CB , S F1
D( BA BC BC) D( B u C AB ) C B A ABC
D3 A1 A0
Fig. S4.2.35
For first decoder A0 x , A1 y, D2 yx , D3 xy
For second decoder A1 D2 D3 yxxy 0, A0 z
Therefore Y A B C
f D0 D1 A1 A0 A1 A0 A1 1
36. (B) I1 y z , I3 y z
27. (D) The output of first MUX is
Z o ab ab ( a b) yz
This is input to select S0 of both second-level MUX 00 01 11 10
Z1 CS0 CS0 C S0 a b c 00 0 0 0 0 I0 0
S1 S0
01 1 1 1 0 I1 y z
28. (A) Z 2 bS0 cS0 bb
wx 11 1 0 1 0 I 3 yz yz y u z
b( ab ab ) c( ab ab ) ab ab c abc
10 1 0 0 1 I2 z
a( b b c) abc ab ac abc
ab ac bc
Fig. S 4.2.36
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
214
ForCombinational
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Logic Circuits Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 4.2
= x2 x1 x0 + x2 x1 x0 + x2 x1 x0 + x2 x1 x0 So (B) is correct.
f2 ( x2 , x1 , x0 ) = m(1, 2, 6, 7)
Pn Qn Rn Zn Yn
40. (C) f3 x0 x1 x1 x2 n 1 1 0 0 0 1
x2 x1 x0 x2 x1 x0 x2 x1 x0 x2 x1 x0 n 2 0 1 0 1 1
f3( x2 , x1 , x0 ) m(0, 4, 6, 7) n3 0 0 1 1 1
f3( x2 , x1 , x0 ) M(1, 2, 3, 5)
n4 1 1 1 1 1
41. (A) 1
Let X 3 X 2 X1 X 0 be 1001 then Y3Y2 Y1 Y0 will be 1111. Fig. S4.2.43a
bc
00 01 11 10 *******
00 1 1 1
a
01 1
Fig. S4.2.42b
(B) C J B J A J
X
Q1 Q2
1 D1 Q1 D2 Q2 Y
A
(C) B
X C
Q1 Q2 Fig.P4.3.13
(A) 0 0 0 to 1 1 1 (B) 1 1 1 to 0 0 0
1 D1 Q1 1 D2 Q2 Y (C) 1 0 0 to 0 0 0 (D) 0 0 0 to 1 0 0
(D) X
14. The mod-number of the asynchronous counter
Q1 Q2
shown in fig. P4.2.13 is
J Q0 J Q1 J Q2 J Q3 J Q4
11. The circuit shown in fig. P4.3.11 is
T Q T Q
All J.K. input are HIGH
CLK A CLK B
Q Q
Fig.P4.3.14
Fig.P4.3.11
(A) 24 (B) 48
(A) a MOD2 counter
(C) 25 (D) 36
(B) a MOD3 counter
(C) generate sequence 00, 10, 01, 00..... 15. The frequency of the pulse at z in the network
shown in fig. P4.3.15. is
(D) generate sequence 00, 10, 00, 10, 00 ......
10-Bit w 4-Bit Parallel x Mod-25 y 4-Bit Johnson z
Ring Counter Counter Ripple Counter Counter
160 kHZ
12. The counter shown in fig. P4.3.12 is a
Fig.P4.3.15
J2 Q2 J1 Q1 J0 Q0
(A) MOD8 up counter
CLK
(D) MOD6 down counter
Fig.P4.3.16
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
218
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 4 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Digital Electronics
CLK
Fig.P4.3.17
(C) 1 0 0 (D) 1 0 1
Fig.P4.3.20
(A) 0 0 0 0 (B) 0 1 0 1 Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3
D
(C) 1 1 1 1 (D) 1 0 1 0
Fig.P4.3.22
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
219
ForSequential
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Logic Circuits Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 4.3
(A) 3rd pulse (B) 7th pulse 28. To count from 0 to 1024 the number of required
(C) 6th pulse (D) 4th pulse flip-flop is
(A) 10 (B) 11
Statement for Q.2324:
(C) 12 (D) 13
The 8-bit left shift register and D-flip-flop shown
in fig. P4.3.2223 is synchronized with same clock. The 29. Four memory chips of 16 4 size have their address
buses connected together. This system will be of size
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
(A) 64 4 (B) 32 8
(C) 16 16 (D) 256 1
D Q
D flip-flop is initially cleared. 31. For the circuit of Fig. P4.3.31 consider the
statement:
23. The circuit act as Assertion (A) : The circuit is sequential
(A) Binary to 2s complement converter
Reason (R) : There is a loop in circuit
(B) Binary to Gray code converter
d z1
(C) Binary to 1s complement converter a
b
(D) Binary to Excess3 code converter
c
24. If initially register contains byte B7, then after 4 b
z0 e
clock pulse contents of register will be
(A) 73 (B) 72
Fig.P4.3.131
(C) 7E (D) 74
Choose correct option
Statement for Q.2526: (A) Both A and R true and R is the correct
explanation of A
A Mealy system produces a 1 output if the input
has been 0 for at least two consecutive clocks followed (B) Both A and R true but R is not a correct
explanation on of A
immediately by two or more consecutive 1s.
(C) A is true but R is false
25. The minimum state for this system is (D) A is false
(A) 4 (B) 5
*****************
(C) 8 (D) 9
6. (D) Q LM LMQ
SOLUTIONS L( M MQ )
L M LQ
1. (C) Given FF is a negative edge triggered T flip-flop.
So at the negative edge of clock Vi FF will invert the
L M Q
output if there is 1 at input.
0 0 0
2. (A) At first rising edge of clock, D is HIGH. So Q will 0 1 0
be high till 2nd rising edge of clock. At 2nd rising edge, 1 0 1
D is low so Q will be LOW till 3rd rising edge of clock. 1 1 Q1
At 3rd rising edge, D is HIGH, so Q will be HIGH till
Fig. S4.3.6
4th rising edge. At 4th rising edge D is HIGH so Q will
be HIGH till 5th rising. edge. At 5th rising edge, D is
LOW, so Q will be LOW till 6th rising edge. 7. (D)
J K Q Q Qn 1 Qn 1
3. (C) Initially
1 0 1
x Q S R Q+ Clock 1st 1 1 0 1 1 0
0 0 0 1 0 2nd 0 1 1 0 0 1
0 1 1 0 1 3rd 1 1 0 1 1 0
1 0 1 0 1 4th 0 1 1 0 0 1
1 1 0 1 0 5th 1 1 0 1 1 0
Q4 x4 x3 x2 x1 1 0 0 1
So this generate the even parity and check odd parity. X and Y are fixed at 0 and 1.
5. (C)
9. (D) Z XQ YQ
A B S R Q Q
X Y Z
0 0 1 0 0 1
0 0 Q
0 0 1 0 1 1
0 1 0
0 1 0 1 0 0
1 0 1
0 1 0 1 1 0
1 1 Q1
1 0 0 0 0 0
Fig. S4.3.9
1 0 0 0 1 1
1 1 1 1 0 Comparing from the truth table of JK FF
1 1 1 1 1 Y J, X K
Fig. S4.3.5
Q AB AQ AB BQ
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
221
ForSequential
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Logic Circuits Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 4.3
10. (C) 14. (A) It is a 5 bit ripple counter. At 11000 the output
of NAND gate is LOW. This will clear all FF. So it is a
t0 t1 t2 t3 Mod24 counter. Note that when 11000 occur, the
CLR input is activated and all FF are immediately
Q1
0 cleared. So it is a MOD 24 counter not MOD 25.
1
D2=Q1
15. (D) 10-bit ring counter is a MOD10, so it divides
the 160 kHz input by 10. therefore, w 16 kHz. The
Q2
four-bit parallel counter is a MOD16. Thus, the
t0 t1 frequency at x 1 kHz. The MOD25 ripple counter
Fig.S4.3.10 produces a frequency at y 40 Hz. (1 kHz/25 40 Hz).
11. (B) The four-bit Johnson Counter is a MOD-8. This, the
frequency at z 5 Hz.
Present State FF Input Next State
Q A QB TA TB Q +A QB+ 16. (D)
0 0 0 1 0 1
Q0 Q0 Q2 Q2 Q1 Q1
0 1 1 1 1 0
J2 K2 J1 K 1 J0 K0 Q2+ Q1+ Q0+
1 0 1 0 0 0
1 0 1
1 1 1 1 0 0
0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0
Fig. S4.3.11
1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1
From table it is clear that it is a MOD3 counter.
0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0
12. (B) It is a down counter because 0 state of previous 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1
FFs change the state of next FF. You may trace the Fig. S4.3.16
following sequence, let initial state be 0 0 0 We see that 1 0 1 repeat after every two cycles, hence
frequency will be fc / 2 .
FF C FF B FF A
JK C JK B JK A C+ B+ A+ 17. (C) At first cycle
CHAPTER
4.4
DIGITAL LOGIC FAMILIES
Statement for Q.12: 4. In the circuit shown in fig. P.4.4.4. the output Z is
+5 V +5 V
Consider the DL circuit of fig. P4.4.12.
+5 V
+5 V
A Z
B
+
C
+ Fig. P4.4.4
V1
+
V2 Vo
- - - (A) AB + C (B) ABC
(C) ABC (D) ABC
Fig. P4.4.1-2
20 k
3. The diode logic circuit of fig. P4.4.3 is a
1 k D1
D2
V1
V1
Vo
V2
V2 Vo
1 k D2 D0
D1
+5 V
Fig. P4.4.5-7
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
224
ForDigital
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Logic Families Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 4.4
8. The ideal inverter in fig. P4.4.8 has a reference (A) AND (B) OR
voltage of 2.5 V. The forward voltage of the diode is 0.75 (C) NAND (D) NOR
V. The maximum number of diode logic circuit, that
11. For negative logic the gate is
may be cascaded ahead of the inverter without
(A) AND (B) OR
producing logic error, is
(C) NAND (D) NOR
+5 V +5 V +5 V
B
C RC
D Vo1 Vo2
9. Consider the TTL circuit in fig. P4.4.9. The value of 12. If Vo1 is taken as the output, then circuit is a
Statement Q.1011: R1 R2
P4.4.10-11. V1
V2 Q1 Q2
Vo1
Fig. P4.4.14-15
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
225
ForDigital
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Logic Families Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 4.4
22. The circuit shown in fig. P4.4.22 is 25. The circuit shown in fig. P4.4.25. implements the
function
+VDD +VDD
C A
Y
A M2
B
B M1
D
Y
Fig. P4.4.22 A B D
C
(A) NAND (B) NOR
C A
Fig. P4.4.23
B
Y
(A) NAND (B) NOR
C
(C) AND (D) OR
A B
24. The circuit shown in fig. P4.4.24 implements the
function
Fig. P4.4.26
+VDD
(A) ( A + C) B (B) ( A + B) C
A B C +VDD (C) AB + C (D) AB + C
A B
C C
C D
Fig. P4.4.24
E
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
227
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 4 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Digital Electronics
Thus output Vo2 is the logic complement of Vo1 . M 3 OFF, M 4 ON, M 2 OFF hence Vo VDD. Finally if
17. (A) The Q3 stage is simple an inverter. Hence AND transistor M1 and M 2 are OFF, hence the output is
V (1) VDD . If either one or both of the inputs are at
logic.
V (1) VDD , the corresponding FET will be ON and the
18. (C) For each successive gate, that has a transistor in output will be V (0) 0 V. Hence it is a NOR gate.
saturation, the current required is
I C ( sat ) VCC VCE ( sat ) 5 0. 2
I B ( sat ) 0.15 mA
RC 50( 640)
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
230
ForDigital
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Logic Families Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 4.4
24. (B) If all inputs A, B and C are HIGH, then input to 30. (A) When an output is LOW, it may be as high as
invertor is LOW and output Y is HIGH. If all inputs are VOL ( max ) 0.4 V. The maximum voltage that an input will
LOW, then input to inverter is also LOW and output Y respond to as a LOW is V IL ( max ) 0.8 V. A positive noise
is HIGH. In all other case the input to inverter is HIGH spike can drive the actual voltage above the 0.8 V level
and output Y is LOW. if its amplitude is greater than
Hence Y = ABC + ABC = ABC + ( A + B + C) V NL V IL ( max ) VOL ( max ) 0.8 0.4 0.4 V
0110 ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF LOW 32. (B) V IH ( min ) VOH ( min ) V NH 0.8 0.5 1.3 V
1010 OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF LOW V IL ( max ) VOL ( max ) V NL 0.5 ( 2) 15
. V
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
231
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
4.6
MICROPROCESSOR
HLT
1. After an arithmetic operation, the flag register of
DSPLY : XRA A
8085 P has the following contents OUT PORT1
HLT
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
The output at PORT1 is
1 0 1 0 1 (A) 00 (B) FEH
(C) 01H (D) 11H
The contents of accumulator after operation may be
(A) 75 (B) 6C 5. Consider the following 8085 assembly program
(C) DB (D) B6 MVI A, DATA1
MOV B, A
2. In an 8085 microprocessor, the instruction CMP B SUI 51H
JC DLT
has been executed while the contents of accumulator is MOV A, B
less than that of register B. As a result carry flag and SUI 82H
JC DSPLY
zero flag will be respectively DLT : XRA A
(A) set, reset (B) reset, set OUT PORT1
HLT
(C) reset, reset (D) set, set DSPLY : MOV A, B
OUT PORT2
3. Consider the following 8085 instruction HLT
(b) MOV A, C
(C) 8529H are complemented and stored at location
MVI B, F0H
ANA B 529H
MOV C, A
(D) 5829H are complemented and stored at location
HLT
85892H
(c) MOV A, C
MVI B, 0FH
10. Consider the sequence of 8085 instruction
ANA B
MOV C, A MVI A, 5EH
HLT ADI A2H
MOV C, A
(d) MOV A, C
HLT
ANI 0FH
MOV C, A
The initial contents of resistor and flag are as
HLT
follows
The instruction set, which execute the desired
operation are A C S Z CY
0 0 0
(A) a and b (B) c and d
(C) only a (D) only d After execution of the instructions the contents of
register and flags are
7. Consider the following 8085 instruction
XRA A A C S Z CY
MVI B, 4AH (A) 10H 10H 0 0 1
SUI 4FH
(B) 10H 10H 1 0 0
ANA B
HLT (C) 00H 00H 1 1 0
(D) 00H 00H 0 1 1
The contents of register A and B are respectively
(A) 05, 4A (B) 4F, 00
11. It is desired to multiply the number 0AH by 0BH
(C) B1, 4A (D) None of the above and store the result in the accumulator. The numbers
are available in register B and C respectively. A part of
8. Consider the following 8085 assembly program :
the 8085 program for this purpose is given below :
MVI B, 89H
MOV A, B MVI A, 00H
MOV C, A LOOP : ---------------
MVI D, 37H ---------------
OUT PORT1 ---------------
HLT ---------------
---------------
The output at PORT1 is HLT
END
(A) 89 (B) 37
(C) 00 (D) None of the above The sequence of instruction to complete the
program would be
9. Consider the sequence of 8085 instruction given
(A) JNZ LOOP
below ADD B
DCR C
LXI H, 9258H
MOV A, M (B) ADD B
CMA JNZ LOOP
MOV M, A DCR C
12. Consider the following assembly language program: (A) A7H (B) 98H
MVI B, 87H (C) 47H (D) None of the above
MOV A, B
START : JMP NEXT
15. The memory requirement for this program is
MVI B, 00H
XRA B (A) 20 Byte (B) 21 Byte
OUT PORT1
HLT (C) 23 Byte (D) 18 Byte
NEXT : XRA B
JP START1 16. The instruction, that does not clear the accumulator
OUT PORT2
HLT of 8085, is
(A) XRA A (B) ANI 00H
The execution of the above program in an 8085
(C) MVI A, 00H (D) None of the above
will result in
(A) an output of 87H at PORT1
17. The contents of some memory location of an 8085 P
(B) an output of 87H at PORT2 based system are shown
(C) infinite looping of the program execution with
accumulator data remaining at 00H Address Hex. Contents (Hex.)
(D) infinite looping of the program execution with 3000 02
accumulator data alternating between 00H and 87H.
3001 30
19. Consider the following loop 24. Consider the following program
LXI H, 000AH MVI A, BYTE1
LOOP : DCX B RRC
MOV A, B RRC
ORA C
JNZ LOOP If BYTE1 32H, the contents of A after the
execution of program will be
This loop will be executed
(A) 08H (B) 8CH
(A) 1 time (B) 10 times
(C) 12H (D) None of the above
(C) 11 times (D) infinite times
25. Consider the following program
MVI A, B7H
DATA (H) 58 64 73 B4 C8 FA
ORA A
RAL
then sequence of output will be
(A) 6EH (B) 6FH
(A) 00, 00, 73, B4, 00, FA
(C) EEH (D) EFH
(B) 58, 64, 00, 00, C8, FA
22. The contents of the accumulator after the execution (C) 58, 00, 00, 00, C8, FA
of the following program will be (D) 00, 64, 73, B4, 00, FA
MVI A, C5H
ORA A 26. Consider the following instruction to be executed by
RAL a 8085 p. The input port has an address of 01H and
(A) 45H (B) C5H has a data 05H to input:
(C) C4H (D) None of the above IN 01H
ANI 80H
23. Consider the following set of instruction After execution of the two instruction the contents
MVI A, BYTE1 of flag register are
RLC
MOV B, A (A) 1 0 1 1 0
RLC
RLC
ADD B (B) 0 1 0 1 0
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
242
ForMicroprocessor
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 4.6
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
245
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 4 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Digital Electronics
********************
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
246
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 5 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Signal & System
e2 t, t 0 5 3 1 13 -4 t
30. y( t) u( t) * h( t) , where h( t) 3t (A) sin t + cos t + e - t - e , t 0
34 34 6 61
e , t 0
5 3 13 -4 t 1 - t
1 5 1
(A) e 2 t u( t 1) + - e 3t u( -t) (B) sin t + cos t - e + e , t 0
2 6 3 34 34 51 6
1 2t 5 1 3 5 13 -4 t 1 - t
(B) e u( -t - 1) + - e -3t u( -t) (C) sin t + cos t - e + e , t 0
2 6 3 34 34 51 6
1 2t 1 3 5 1 13 -4 t
(C) e + [5 - 3e 2 t - 2 e -3t ]u( t) (D) sin t + cos t + e -4 t - e , t 0
2 6 34 34 6 51
1 2t 1
(D) e + [5 - 3e 2 t - 2 e -3t ]u( -t) d 2 y ( t) dy ( t)
2 6 37. +6 + 8 y( t) = 2 x( t),
dt 2 dt
Statement for Q.31-34: dy( t)
y (0 - ) = -1, = 1, x( t) = e - t u( t)
dt 0 -
The impulse response of LTI system is given.
2 - t 5 -2 t 5 -4 t
Determine the step response. (A) e - e + e , t 0
3 2 6
31. h( t) = e - |t | (B)
2 5 -2 t 5 -4 t
+ e + e , t 0
3 2 6
(A) 2 + e t - e - t (B) e t u( -t + 1) + 2 - e - t
(C) 4 + 5( 3e -2 t + e -4 t ) , t 0
(C) e t u( -t + 1) + [2 - e - t ]u( t) (D) e t + [2 - e - t - e t ]u( t)
(D) 4 - 5( 3e -2 t + e -4 t ), t 0
32. h( t) ( 2 ) ( t)
d 2 y( t) 3dx( t)
(A) 1 (B) u( t) 38. + y( t) = ,
dt 2 dt
(C) ( 3) ( t) (D) ( t) dy( t)
y (0 - ) = -1, = 1, x( t) = 2 te- t u( t)
dt 0 -
33. h( t) u( t) u( t 4)
(A) sin t + 4 cos t - 3te -3t + t, t 0
(A) tu( t) + (1 - t) u( t - 4) (B) tu( t) + (1 - t) u( t - 4)
(B) 4 sin t cos t 3te t , t 0
(C) 1 + t (D) (1 + t) u( t)
(C) sin t - 4 cos t + 3te -3t + t, t 0
34. h( t) = y( t) (D) 4 sin t + cos t - 3te - t , t 0
(A) u( t) (B) t
39. The raised cosine pulse x( t) is defined as
(C) 1 (D) tu( t)
1
(cos t + 1) , - t
Statement for Q.35-38: x ( t) 2
0, otherwise
The system described by the differential equations
has been specified with initial condition. Determine the The total energy of x ( t) is
output of the system and choose correct option. 3 3
(A) (B)
4 8
dy( t)
35. + 10 y( t) = 2 x( t), y(0 - ) = 1, x( t) = u( t) 3 3
dx (C) (D)
2
(A) 15 (1 + 4 e -10 t ) u( t) (B) 15 (1 + 4 e -10 t )
(C) - 15 (1 + 4 e -10 t ) u( t) (D) - 15 (1 + 4 e -10 t ) 40. The sinusoidal signal x( t) = 4 cos (200 t + 6) is
passed through a square law device defined by the
d 2 y( t) dy( t) dx( t)
36. 2
+5 + 4 y( t) = , input output relation y ( t) x 2 ( t). The DC component in
dt dt dt
the signal is
dy( t)
y (0 - ) = 0, = 1, x( t) = sin t u( t) (A) 3.46 (B) 4
dt 0 -
(C) 2.83 (D) 8
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
252
ForContinuous-Time
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Systems Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 5.1
(A) (B)
42. Fig. P5.1.40 show the input x( t) to a LTI system and
y(t) y(t)
impulse response h( t) of the system.
x(t) h(t)
a t a t
1+a 1+a 1-a 1
2
t t
1 5 3 (C) (D)
Fig P5.1.42
47. If dy( t) dt contains only three discontinuities, the
The output of the system is zero every where
value of a is
except for the
(A) 1 (B) 2
(A) 0 t 5 (B) 0 t 8
(C) 1 t 5 (D) 1 t 8 (C) 3 (D) 0
43. Consider the impulse response of two LTI system 48. Consider the signal x( t) = ( t + 2) - ( t - 2).The value
t
S1 : h1 ( t) e (1 2 j ) t u( t) of E for the signal y( t) x( ) d is
t
S2 : h2 ( t) e cos 2 t u( t)
(A) 4 (B) 2
The stable system is
(C) 1 (D)
(A) S1 (B) S2
(C) Both S1 and S2 (D) None 49. The response of a system S to a complex input
x( t) e j 5t is specified as y( t) te j 5t . The system
44. The non-invertible system is
t
(A) is definitely LTI
(A) y( t) x( t 4) (B) y( t)
x( ) d (B) is definitely not LTI
dx( t) (C) may be LTI
(C) y( t) (D) None of the above
dt
(D) information is insufficient
11. (C)
SOLUTIONS x(10t) x(10t-5)
1
1
2 t t
-0.5 -0.4 0.4 0.5
1. (A) 60 T 0.1 0.9 1
T 30 Fig S5.1.11
2 2
2 2
12. (D) Multiplication by 5 will bring contraction on
2. (C) T1 s, T2 s, LCM , 2
5 7 5 7 time scale. It may be checked by x(5 ! 0.8) x( 4).
3. (D) Not periodic because of t. 13. (A) Division by 5 will bring expansion on time scale.
20
It may be checked by y( t) x x( 4).
4. (D) Not periodic because least common multiple is 5
infinite.
1, for 5 t 4
5. (C) y( t) is not periodic although sin t and 6 cos 2 t are 14. (C) y( t) 1, for 4 t 5
0, otherwise
independently periodic. The fundamental frequency
-4 5
cant be determined.
E = (1) 2 dt + ( -1) 2 dt = 2
-5 4
6. (C) This is energy signal because
5 4 5
1 15. (D) E 2 x 2 ( t) dt = 2 (1)1 dt + 2 (5 - t) 2 dt
x ( t)dt e u( t) dt e dt
4 t 4 t
E
0 4 0 0 4
2 26
=8+ =
3 3
7. (A) x( t) 1, E x( t) dt
2
So this is a power signal not a energy. 16. (B) Let x1 ( t) = v( t) then y1 ( t) = u{v( t)}
1
T
Let x2 ( t) = kv( t) then y2 ( t) = u{kv( t)} ky1 ( t)
x( t) dt
2
P lim 1
T 2T
T (Not homogeneous not linear)
y1 ( t) = u{v( t)},
8. (D) v( t) is sum of 3 unit step signal starting from, 1, 2,
y2 ( t) = u{v( t - to)} = y1 ( t - to) (Time invariant)
and 3, all signal ends at 4. The response at any time depends only on the
excitation at time t = to and not on any future value.
9. (A) The function 1 does not describe the given pulse.
(Causal)
It can be shown as follows :
At time, t 0, y(0) x( 5) x( 3). Therefore the 21. (C) All option are linear. So it is not required
response at time, t 0 depends on the excitation at a to check linearity.
later time t 3. (Not causal) d
Let x1 ( t) v( t) then t y1 ( t) 8 y1 ( t) v( t)
If x( t) is bounded then x( t 5) and x( 3 t) are bounded dt
and so is y( t). (Stable) d
Let x2 ( t) v( t to) then t y2 ( t) 8 y2 ( t) v( t to)
dt
t
t
The first equation can be written as
18. (D) y1 ( t) v , y2 ( t) kv ky1 ( t)
2 2 d
( t to) y( t to) 8 y( t to) v( t to)
(Homogeneous) dt
t
t
t to
So the response at any time, t to depends on the
y1 ( t) = v , y2 to $ y( t to) v
2 2 2 excitation at t to , and not on any future values.
(Time variant) (Causal)
At time t 2, y( 2) x( 1), therefore, the response at The Homogeneous solution to the differential equation
time t 2, depends on the excitation at a later time, is of the form y( t) kt8 . If there is no excitation but the
t 1. (Not causal) zero excitation, response is not zero. The response will
It x( t) is bounded then y( t) is bounded. (Stable) increases without bound as time increases.
(Unstable)
19. (C) y1 ( t) cos 2 t v( t)
t 3
y2 ( t) k cos 2 t v( t) ky1 ( t) (Homogeneous) 22. (C) y1 ( t) v( d
x3( t) v( t) w( t)
t 3 t 3
y3( t) cos 2 t [ v( t) w( t)] y1 ( t) y2 ( t) (Additive) y2 ( t) kv( d k v( d ky1 ( t)
(Homogeneous)
Since it is both homogeneous and additive. It is also
linear. x3( t) v( t) w( t)
t 3 t 3 t 3
y1 ( t) cos 2 t v( t) y3( t) [ v( ) w( )]d v( )d w( )d
y2 ( t) cos 2 t ( t to) $ y( t to)
t 3 t to 3
11. x[ n 2 ] y[ n 2 ]
n
n
n
14. x[ n] cos sin 3 cos
x[n] 2
8
4 3
3
(A) periodic with period 16
2
(A) (B) periodic with period 4
1
n (C) periodic with period 2
-6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
(D) Not periodic
x[n]
3 n
j
6
15. x[ n] 2 e
2
(B)
1
(A) periodic with
(B) periodic with 12
n
-6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 (C) periodic with
(D) Not periodic
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
260
ForDiscrete-Time
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Systems Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 5.2
21. x[ n] {1, 2, 3}, h [ n] {0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1} 25. x[ n] {1, 4, 3, 6, 4}, h[ n] {2, 4, 3}
4 1 1 n 16 1
(C) u[ n 2 ] n u[ n 2 ]
3 12 4
24. x[ n] {1, 2, 0, 2, 1}, h[ n] x[ n] (D)
3 4
1, n 4 m 1, 4 m 3 +
(C) x[n] y[n]
0, n 4 m, 4 m 2 +
0, n 4 m 1, 4 m 3
(D) Fig. P5.2.38
1, n 4 m, 4 m 2
(A) P, Q, R, S (B) P, Q, R
Statement for Q.3238: (C) P, Q (D) Q, R, S
Let P be linearity, Q be time invariance, R be
Statement for Q.3941:
causality and S be stability. In question discrete time
input x[ n] and output y[ n] relationship has been given. In Two discrete time systems S1 and S2 are
the option properties of system has been given. Choose connected in cascade to form a new system as shown in
the option which match the properties for system. fig. P5.2.3941.
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
262
ForDiscrete-Time
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Systems Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 5.2
x2 [ n] {0, 0, 3} S
y2 [ n] {0, 1, 0, 2} (D) unstable and not causal
46. The impulse response of a LTI system is given as
x3[ n] {0, 0, 0, 1} S
y3[ n] {1, 2, 1}
n
1
h[ n] u[ n].
2
n 1
1 1
n
(C) One more observation is required. 1 u[ n] 1 u[ n]
(C) 2 (D) 2
(D) Conclusion cannot be drawn from observation. 3 2
3 2
43. The following input output pair have been observed 47. The difference equation representation for a system
during the operation of a linear system: is
x1 [ n] { 1, 2, 1} S
y1 [ n] {1, 2, 1, 0, 1} 1
y[ n] y[ n 1] 2 x[ n], y [ 1] 3
2
x2 [ n] {1, 1, 1}
S
y2 [ n] { 1, 1, 0, 2} The natural response of system is
3 1
n
2 1
n
(A) u[ n] (B) u[ n]
x3[ n] {0, 1, 1}
S
y3[ n] {1, 2, 1} 2 2
3 2
3 1
n
21
n
(C) u[ n] (D) u[ n]
The conclusion regarding the time invariance of 2 2
32
the system is
48. The difference equation representation for a system is
(A) System is time-invariant
(B) System is time variant y[ n] 2 y[ n 1] y[ n 2 ] x[ n] x[ n 1]
(C) One more observation is required If y[ n] 0 for n 0 and x[ n] [ n], then y[2 ] will
be
(D) Conclusion cannot be drawn from observation
(A) 2 (B) 2
44. The stable system is (C) 1 (D) 0
(A) y[ n] x[ n] 11
. y[ n 1]
1 49. Consider a discrete-time system S whose response
(B) y[ n] x[ n] ( y[ n 1] y[ n 2 ])
2 to a complex exponential input e j
n 2
is specified as
(C) y[ n] x[ n] (15
. y[ n 1] 0.4 y[ n 2 ]) S : e j
n 2
e j
3n 2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
263
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 5 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Signal & System
4 1 1 n
1 2 0 2 1
y[ n] u[ n 2 ]
3 12 4
1 1 2 0 2 1
2 2 4 0 4 2 n 2
3n
29. (D) For n 2 3 or n 5 , y[ n] 3k
k 6
0 0 0 0 0 0
3
81
2 2 4 0 4 2
for n 2 4 or n 6, y[ n] 3
k
k
2
,
3n
1 1 2 0 2 1
, n 5
y[ n] 6
Fig. S5.2.24
81 , n6
2
25. (A) y[ n] {2, 4, 19, 36, 25, 2, 12}
30. (A) For n 3 3 or n 0, y[ n] 0
n 3
1 4 -3 6 4
for n 3 3 or n ' 0, y[ n] 1 n 1,
k 3
2 2 8 -6 12 8 y[ n] ( n 1) u[ n]
Fig. S5.2.25
1, n 4 m 1, 4 m 2
y[ n]
26. (B) x[ n] {1, 2, 1, 1}, h[ n] {1, 1, 0, 0, 1} 0, n 4 m, 4 m 3
32. (B) y1 [ n] rect ( v[ n]) , y2 [ n] rect ( kv[ n])
n 1
If the excitation is bounded, the response is bounded.
y3[ n] ( v[ n] w[ m ])
m
(Stable).
n 1 n 1
v[ m ] w[ n] y [ n] y [ n]
m m
1 2 (Additive) 38. (B) y[ n] x[ n] y[ n 1], y[ n 1] x[ n 1] y[ n 2 ]
y[ n] x[ n] x[ n 1] y[ n 2 ], Then by induction
Since the system is homogeneous and additive it is also
linear y[ n] x[ n 1] x[ n 2 ] K x[ n k] K x[ n k]
k0
n 1 n 1
y1 [ n] v[ n] , y2 [ n]
m
v[ m no ]
m
Let m n k then y[ n]
x[ m ] x[ m ]
n
m n m
n no 1 n 1
y1 [ n no ] v[ m ]
m
v[ q no ] y2 [ n]
q
y1 [ n]
n
v[ m ] , y2 [ n ]
n
kv[ m ] ky [ n] 1
m m
(Time Invariant)
y1 [ n no ] v[ n no ] y2 [ n] (Time Invariant)
At any discrete time n no the response depends only
At any discrete time n no , the response depends only
on the excitation at that discrete time and previous
on the excitation at that time (Causal)
discrete time. (Causal)
If the excitation is bounded, the response is bounded.
If the excitation is constant, the response increase
(Stable).
without bound. (Unstable)
36. (B) y[ n] 2 x [ n] 2
CHAPTER
5.3
THE LAPLACE TRANSFORM
e 2 s e 2 s
(C) (D)
s s 8. x( t) tu( t) * cos 2t u( t)
1 2
(A) (B)
3. x( t) e 2 t u( t 1) s( s 2 4 2 ) s 2 ( s 2 4 2 )
1 e s
(A) (B) 1 s3
s2 s2 (C) (D)
s ( s 4 2 )
2 2
s 4 2
2
e ( s 2 ) e s
(C) (D)
s2 s2
9. x( t) t 3u( t)
4. x( t) e 2 t u( t 2) 3 3
(A) (B)
2 (s 2 ) 2 s s4 s4
e 1 e
(A) (B)
s 2 s2 6 6
(C) (D)
1e 2 ( s 2 )
e 2 s s4 s4
(C) (D)
s 2 s 2
10. x( t) u( t 1) * e 2 t u( t 1)
5. x( t) sin 5 t
e 2 ( s 1 ) e 2 ( s 1 )
5 s (A) (B)
(A) 2 (B) 2 2s 1 s1
s 5 s 5
5 s e ( s 2 ) e 2 ( s 1 )
(C) 2 (D) 2 (C) (D)
s 25 s 25 s2 s2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
269
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 5 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Signal & System
t
s2 3
11. x( t) e 3 cos 2 d 17. X ( s)
0
( s 2)( s 2 2 s 1)
( s 3) ( s 3) (A) ( e 2 t 2 te t ) u( t) (B) ( e 2 t 2 te t ) u( t)
(A) (B)
s(( s 3) 2 4) s(( s 3) 2 4) (C) ( e t 2 te 2 t ) u( t) (D) ( e t 2 te 2 t ) u( t)
s( s 3) s( s 3)
(C) (D) 3s 2
( s 3) 2 4 ( s 3) 2 4 18. X ( s)
s 2 s 10
2
t 1
d t (A) 3e cos 3t e t sin 3t u( t)
12. x( t) t { e cos t u( t)}
3
dt
1
( s 2 4 s 2) ( s 2 4 s 2) (B) 3e t sin 3t e t cos 3t u( t)
(A) 2 (B) 2
3
( s 2 s 2) 2 ( s 2 s 2) 2
(C) ( 3e t cos 3t e t sin 3t) u( t)
( s 2 s 2)
2
( s 2 s 2)
2
(C) (D) (D) ( 3e t sin 3t 3e t cos 3t) u( t)
( s 2 4 s 2) 2 ( s 2 4 s 2) 2
4 s 2 8 s 10
19. X ( s)
Statement for Q.1324: ( s 2)( s 2 2 s 5)
(A) (2 e 2 t e t ) u( t) (B) (2 e t e 2 t ) u( t) 3s 2 10 s 10
20. X ( s)
( s 2)( s 2 6 s 10)
(C) (2 e 2 t e t ) u( t) (D) (2 e t e 2 t ) u( t)
(A) ( e 2 t 2 e 3t cos t 2 e 3t sin t) u( t)
2 s 2 10 s 11 (B) ( e 2 t 2 e 3t cos t 6 e 3t sin t) u( t)
14. X ( s)
s2 5 s 6 (C) ( e 2 t 2 e 3t cos t 2 e 3t sin t) u( t)
(A) 2 ( t) ( e 3t e2 t ) u( t) (D) (9 e 2 t 6 e 3t cos t 3e 3t sin t) u( t)
(B) 2 ( t) ( e 2 t e3t ) u( t)
2 s 2 11s 16 e 2 s
2 t 3t 21. X ( s)
(C) 2 ( t) ( e e ) u( t) ( s 2 5 s 6)
2 t
(D) 2 ( t) ( e e 3t ) u( t) (A) 2 ( t) ( 3e 2 t 2 e3t ) u( t 2)
(B) 2 ( t) (2 e 2 t e 3t e 2 ( t 2 ) e 3( t 2 ) ) u( t)
2s 1
15. X ( s) (C) 2 ( t) (2 e 2 t e 3t ) u( t) ( e 2 t e 3t ) u( t 2)
s2 2 s 1
(D) 2 ( t) (2 e 2 t e 3t ) u( t) ( e 2 ( t 2 ) e 3( t 2 ) ) u( t 2)
t t
(A) ( 3e 2 te ) u( t)
(B) ( 3e t 2 te t ) u( t) d2 1 1
22. X ( s) s 2
ds 2
s 9
s 3
(C) (2 e t 3te t ) u( t)
(D) (2 e t 3te t ) u( t) 2t t2
(A) e 3t sin 3t cos 3t u( t)
3 9
5s 4
16. X ( s) (B) ( e 3t 2 t sin 3t t 2 cos 3t) u( t)
s 3 3s 2 2 s
2t
(C) e 3t sin 3t t 2 cos 3t u( t)
(A) (2 e t 3e 2 t ) u( t)
3
(B) (2 e t 3e 2 t ) u( t) (D) ( e 3t t 2 sin 3t 2 t cos 3t) u( t)
(C) ( 3 e t 3e 2 t ) u( t)
(D) ( 3 e t 3e 2 t ) u( t)
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
270
ForThe
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Laplace Transform Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 5.3
2( s 2) 2( s 2)
Statement for Q.2529: (C) (D)
( s 2) 2 1 ( s 2) 2 1
Given the transform pair below. Determine the
dx( t)
time signal y( t) and choose correct option. 31. y( t) x( t) *
dt
cos 2t u( t)
L
X ( s). 4 s3 4
(A) (B)
( s 2 2) 2 ( s 2 2) 2
25. Y ( s) ( s 1) X ( s)
4 s 3 4
sin 2 t (C) (D)
(A) [cos 2 t 2 sin 2 t ]u( t) (B) cos 2 t u( t) ( s 2) 2
2
( s 2 2) 2
2
sin 2 t 32. y( t) e t x( t)
(C) [cos 2 t 2 sin 2 t ]u( t) (D) cos 2 t u( t)
2
2( s 1) 2( s 1)
(A) (B)
( s 1) 2 2 s2 2 s 2
26. Y ( s) X ( 3s)
2( s 1) 2( s 1)
(C) (D)
2 1 2 s2 2 s 4 s2 2 s
(A) cos t u( t) (B) cos t u( t)
3
3
3
1 33. y( t) 2 tx( t)
(C) cos 6t u( t) (D) cos 6 t u( t)
3 8 4 s2 4 s2 8
(A) (B)
( s 2 2) 2 ( s 2 2) 2
27. Y ( s) X ( s 2)
4 s2 s2
(A) cos 2( t 2) u( t) (B) e2 t cos 2 t u( t) (C) (D)
s2 1 s 1
2
35. x( t) u( t 3) e 3s
(A) , Re ( s) 3
1 e 3s s3
(A) , Re ( s) 0
s e 3s
(B) , Re ( s) 3
e 3s s3
(B) , Re ( s) 0
s e 3( s 1 )
(C) , Re ( s) 3
1e 3s
s3
(C) , Re ( s) 0
s e 3( s 1 )
(D) , Re ( s) 3
e 3s s3
(D) , Re ( s) 0
s
41. x( t) cos 3t u( t) * e t u( t)
36. y( t) ( t 1) s
(A) , Re ( s) 0
( s 1)( s2 9)
(A) e , Re( s) 0
s
(B) e , Re ( s) 0
s
s
s
(C) e , all s (D) None of above (B) , 1 Re ( s) 0
( s 1)( s2 9)
s
37. x( t) sin t u( t) (C) , 1 Re ( s) 0
( s 1)( s 2 9)
1
(A) , Re ( s) 0
(1 s 2 ) s
(D) , Re ( s) 0
( s 1)( s 2 9)
1
(B) , Re ( s) 0
(1 s 2 )
42. x( t) e t sin (2 t 4) u( t 2)
1
(C) , Re ( s) 0 e 2 ( s 1 )
(1 s 2 ) (A) , Re ( s) 1
( s 1) 2 4
1
(D) , Re ( s) 0 e 2 ( s 1 )
(1 s 2 ) (B) , Re ( s) 1
( s 1) 2 4
t e( s 2 )
t (C) , Re ( s) 1
38. x( t) e u( t) e u( t) e u( t)
2 t
( s 1) 2 4
6 s2 2 s 2 e( s 2 )
(A) , Re ( s) 0.5 (D) , Re ( s) 1
(2 s 1)( s 2 1) ( s 1) 2 4
6 s2 2 s 2
(B) , 1 Re ( s) 1
(2 s 1)( s 2 1) d 2 t
43. x( t) e t [ e u( t)]
dt
1 1 1
(C) , 1 Re ( s) 1 1s
s 0.5 s 1 s 1 (A) , Re ( s) 1
s1
1 1 1
(D) , 0.5 Re ( s) 1 1s
s 0.5 s 1 s 1 (B) , Re ( s) 1
s1
t
s 1
39. x( t) e t cos 2 t u( t) e t u( t) e 2 u( t) (C) , Re ( s) 1
s1
(1 s) 1 1
(A) , 0.5 Re ( s) 1 s 1
( s 1) 4 s 1 s 0.5
2 (D) , Re ( s) 1
s1
(1 s) 1 1
(B) , 1 Re ( s) 1
( s 1) 2 4 s 1 s 0.5 Statement for Q.4449:
( s 1) 1 1 Determine the corresponding time signal for given
(C) , 0.5 Re ( s) 1
( s 1) 2 4 s 1 s 0.5
bilateral Laplace transform.
( s 1) 1 1
(D) , 1 Re ( s) 1
( s 1) 2 4 s 1 s 0.5 e 5s
44. X ( s) with ROC: Re ( s) 2
s2
40. x( t) e ( 3t 6 ) u( t 3) (A) e 2 ( t 5) u( t 5)
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
272
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 5 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Signal & System
1
r ( t) e 2 t u( t)
L
R( s)
SOLUTIONS s2
e ( s 2 )
v( t) e 2 t u( t 1)
L
V ( s)
e 2 s s2
1. (B) X ( s) x( t) e st dt e st dt
0 2
s x( t) q( t) * v( t)
L
X ( s) Q( s) V ( s)
2 ( s 1 )
e
X ( s)
1 s2
2. (A) X ( s) x( t) e 3t dt u( t 2) 3t dt e 3t dt
0 0 0 s
s3
11. (B) p( t) e 3t cos 2 t u( t)
L
P ( s)
( s 3) 2 4
1
3. (A) X ( s) e 2 t e st dt t 0
s2 1 P ( s)
p( ) d p( ) d
0 L
s s
( s 3)
4. (C) X ( s) x( t) e st dt e 2 t u( t 2) e st dt X ( s)
0 0
s[( s 3) 2 4 ]
2 (2 s )
1 1 e 2 ( 2 s )
2
e
e t ( 2 s ) dt s1
2s s 2 12. (A) p( t) e t cos t u( t)
L
P ( s)
0
( s 1) 2 1
d s( s 1)
( e j 5t e j 5t ) st 5 q( t) p( t)
L
Q( s)
5. (C) X ( s) e dt 2 dt ( s 1) 2 1
0 2 j s 25
d
x( t) tq( t)
L
X ( s) Q( s)
ds
1 e 2 s
2
6. (B) X ( s) e st dt ( s 2 4 s 2)
s X ( s)
0
( s 2 2 s 2) 2
1
7. (B) p( t) te t u( t)
L
P ( s) s3 A B
( s 1) 2 13. (B) X ( s)
( s 3s 2) s 1 s 2
2
d s
x( t) p( t)
L
X ( s) s3 s3
dt ( s 1) 2 A 2, B 1
s 2 s 1 s 1 s 2
1 x( t) [2 e t e 2 t ]u( t)
8. (A) p( t) tu( t)
L
P ( s)
s2
1 1 1
s 14. (A) X ( s) 2 2
q( t) cos 2 t u( t)
L
Q( s) ( s 2) ( s 3) ( s 2) ( s 3)
s 4 2
2
x( t) p( t) * q( t)
L
X ( s) P ( s)Q( s) x( t) 2 ( t) ( e3t e3t ) u( t)
1
X ( s) 2s 1 A B
s( s 4 2 )
2 15. (C) X ( s)
s 2 2 s 1 ( s 1) ( s 1) 2
1 B (2 s 2) s 1 3, A 2
9. (C) p( t) tu( t)
L
P ( s)
s2 x( t) x( t) [2 e t 3te t ]u( t)
d 2
q( t) tp( t)
L
Q( s) P ( s) 3 5s 4 A B C
ds s 16. (B) X ( s)
s 3s 2 s s s 1 s 2
3 2
d 6
x( t) tq( t)
L
X ( s) Q( s) 4 A sX ( s) s 0 2, B ( s 1) X ( s) s 1 1,
ds s
n! C ( s 2) X ( s) s 2 3
t n u( t)
L
sn 1 x( t) [2 e t 3e 2 t ]u( t)
1 s2 3
10. (D) p( t) u( t)
L
P ( s) 17. (C) X ( s)
s ( s 2)( s 2 2 s 1)
e s
A
B
C
q( t) u( t 1)
L
Q( s)
s2 ( s 2) ( s 1) ( s 1) 2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
275
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 5 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Signal & System
A ( s 2) X ( s) s 2 1, C ( s 1) 2 X ( s) 2 s
s 1 23. (C) P L
ap( at)
A B 1 B 0
a
x( t) [ e 2 t t
te ]u( t) 1 1 t
L
e sin 2 t u( t)
( s 1) 2 4 2
3s 2 3( s 1) 1 1 0 .5t
18. (A) X ( s) x( t)
L
e sin t u( t)
s 2 s 10 ( s 1) 3
2 2 2
( s 1) 2 32 4
1
x( t) 3e t cos 3t e t sin 3t u( t) 1
3 24. (C) P ( s)
L
p( t) te t u( t)
( s 1) 2
4 s 2 8 s 10 d
19. (C) X ( s) Q( s) P ( s)
L
q( t) tp( t) t 2 e t u( t)
( s 2)( s 2 2 s 5) ds
A B( s 1) C X ( s) e 2 sQ( s)
L
x( t) q( t 2)
( s 2) ( s 1) 2
2 2
( s 1) 2 2 2 x( t) ( t 2) e ( t 2 ) u( t 2)
A ( s 2) X ( s) s 2 2
dx( t)
A B4 B 2 25. (A) sX ( s) X ( s)
L
x( t)
dt
5 A 2 B 2 C 10 C 2 y( t) ( 2 sin 2 t cos 2 t ) u( t)
x( t) [2 e 2 t 2 e t cos 2 t e t sin 2 t ]u( t)
s
26. (B) X
L
ax( at)
3s 2 10 s 10
a
20. (B) X ( s)
( s 2)( s 2 6 s 10) 1 2
X ( 3s)
L
cos t u( t)
A B( s 3) C 3
3
( s 2) ( s 3) 2 1 ( s 3) 2 1
A ( s 2) X ( s) s 2 1, A B 3 B 2 27. (D) X ( s 2)
L
e2 t x( t)
10 A 6 B 2 C 10 C 6
t
x( t) [ e 2 t
2e 3t
cos t 6 e 3t
sin t ]u( t) X ( s)
28. (B) P ( s) x( ) d
L
s
2 s 2 11s 16 e 2 s t
sin 2 t
21. (D) X ( s) cos 2 u( ) d
L
( s 2 5 s 6) 2
A B e 2 s e 2 s P ( s)
t
sin 2 1 cos 2 t
2 d
L
( s 2) ( s 3) ( s 2) ( s 3) u( t),
s 0 2 4
( s 2)(2 s 2 11s 16)
A 2
( s2 5 s 6) s 2 29. (C) P ( s) e 3s X ( s)
L
p( t) x( t 3)
( s 3)(2 s 11s 16)
2
cos 2( t 3) u( t 3)
B 1
( s2 5 s 6) d
s 3
Q( s) P ( s) L
q( t) p( t)
x( t) 2 ( t) [2 e 2 t e3t ]u( t) [ e 2 ( t 2 ) e 3( t 2 ) ]u( t 2) ds
t cos 2( t 3) u( t 3).
1 1
22. (C) P ( s)
L
p( t) sin 3t u( t)
s2 9 3 2 se 2 s
30. (A) x( t 2)
L
e 2 s X ( s), Y ( s)
s2 2
d2 t2
Q( s) P ( s)
L
q( t) ( 1) 2 t 2 p( t) sin 3t u( t)
ds 2 3
d
d 31. (A) p( t) x( t)
L
P ( s) sX ( s)
R( s) sQ( s)
L
r ( t) q( t) q(0 ) dt
dt
2t y( t) x( t) * p( t)
L
Y ( s) P ( s) X ( s) s( X ( s)) 2
sin 3t u( t) t 2 cos 3t u( t)
3
2( s 1)
1 32. (A) e t x ( t)
L
X ( s 1)
V ( s) L
v( t) e 3t u( t) ( s 1) 2 2
s3
2 t
x( t) v( t) r ( t) sin 3t u( t) t 2 cos 3t u( t) e 3t u( t)
3
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
276
ForThe
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Laplace Transform Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 5.3
1
1
1 d2
X ( s) P ( s)
L
x( t) t 2 e 3t u( t)
s 0.5 s 1 s 1 ds 2
Re ( s) 0.5, Re ( s) 1, Re ( s) 1
0.5 Re ( s) 1 46. (D) Left-sided
x( t) u( t) u ( t 1) ( t 2)
0 jt t
( e e ) st
jt
39. (A) X ( s) e e dt e t e st dt e e st dt
t 2
1
2j 0 0 47. (C) Right-sided, P ( s)
L
p( t) u( t)
s
Re ( s) 1, Re ( s) 1, Re ( s) 0.5 Q( s) e3s P ( s)
L
q( t) p( t 3) u( t 3)
d
Therefore 0.5 Re ( s) 1 R( s) Q( s)
L
r ( t) tq( t) tu( t 3)
ds
s 1 1 1 1
t
X ( s) V ( s) v( t) r( ) d
L
R( s)
( s 1) 2 4 ( s 1) s 0.5 s
t
1 2
40. (C) x( t) e 3e 3( t 3) u( t 3) v( t) tdt ( t 9)
3 2
1
p( t) e u( t)
3t
L
P ( s) 1 1
t
X ( s) x( t) ( t 9)
L 2
s3 v( s)
s 2
e 3s
q( t) p( t 3)
L
Q( s) e 3s P ( s) 1 9
s3 x( t) ( t 3 27) ( t 3) u( t 3)
6 2
e 3( s 1 )
X ( s) , Re ( s) 3
s3
s 4 3 2
48. (B) X ( s)
s 2 3s 2 ( s 1) s 2
41. (B) p( t) * q( t)
L
P ( s)Q( s)
Left-sided, x( t) 3e t u( t) 2 e 2 t u( t)
s 1
X ( s) 2
s 9
s 1
5 1
49. (A) X ( s)
Re ( s) 1, Re ( s) 0 ( s 1) ( s 1) 2
1 Re ( s) 0 Left-sided, x( t) 5 u( t) te t u( t)
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
277
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 5 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Signal & System
1 2( s 1) 3
61. (A) H ( s)
s2 2 s ( s 1) ( s 1) 2 32 ( s 1) 2 32
51. (A) x(0 ) lim sX ( s) 2 1
s s 2s 3 System is stable
h( t) e t u( t) (2 e t cos 3t et sin 3t) u( t)
2 s
e (6s s )
3 2
52. (D) x(0 ) lim sX ( s) 0
s s2 2 s 2 1 ( s 2)
62. (A) X ( s) , Y ( s)
s1 ( s 2) 2 1
2 s3 3s Y ( s) ( s 1)( s 2)
53. (A) x( ) lim sX ( s) 0 H ( s)
s 0 s2 5 s 1 X ( s) ( s 2) 2 1
( s 2) 1
s2 1
54. (C) x( ) lim sX ( s) 2 2 ( s 2) 2 1 ( s 2) 2 1
s 0 s 3s 1
h( t) ( t) ( e2 t cos t e 2 t sin t) u( t)
e 3s (2 s 2 1) 1
55. (B) x( ) lim sX ( s) 63. (B) sY ( s) 10 Y ( s) 10 X ( s)
s 0 s2 5 s 4 4
Y ( s) 10
H ( s)
56. (C) sY ( s) y(0 ) 10 Y ( s) 10( s) X ( s) s 10
1 h( t) 10 e10 t u( t)
y(0 ) 1, X ( s)
s
10 1 1 64. (B) Y ( s)( s 2 s 2) X ( s)(5 s 4)
Y ( s)
s( s 1) ( s 1) s Y ( s) 5s 4 3 2
H ( s)
X ( s) s 2 s 2 s 1 s 2
y( t) u( t)
h( t) 3e t u( t) 2 e 2 t u( t).
57. (C) s Y ( s) 2 s 2 sY ( s) 2 5 Y ( s) 1
2
( s 2 2 s 5) Y ( s) 3 2 s
2s 3 2( s 1) 1
Y ( s) 2
s 2 s 5 ( s 1) 2 2 2 ( s 1) 2 2 2 ***********
1 t
y( t) 2 e t cos t u( t) e sin t u( t)
2
10
58. (B) s 3Y ( s) 4 s 2 Y ( s) 3sY ( s)
( s 2)
10 A B C D
Y ( s)
s( s 1)( s 2)( s 3) s ( s 1) ( s 2) s 3
5
A sY ( s) s 0 , B ( s 1) Y ( s) s 1 5,
3
5
C ( s 2) Y ( s) s 2 5, D ( s 3) Y ( s) s 0
3
5 5
y( t) 5 e t 5 e2 t e 3t u( t)
3 3
2 3
60. (D) H ( s) , System is stable
s 1 ( s 1) 2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
278
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
5.4
THE Z-TRANSFORM
Statement forQ.1-12:
5 z 2 3
3. x[ n] u[ n] (B) , |z|
(2 z 3)( 3z 2) 3 2
1 1
(A) , |z| 1 (B) , |z| 1
1 z 1 1 z 1 5z 2 2
(C) , |z |
z z (2 z 3) ( 3z 2) 3 3
(C) , |z| 1 (D) , |z| 1
1 z 1 1 z 1 5z 3 2
(D) , z
(2 z 3)( 3z 2) 2 3
n
1
4. x[ n] ( u[ n] u[ n 5 ])
4
n n
1 1
z 0.25
5 5
z 0.25
5 5 8. x[ n] u[ n] u[ n 1]
(A) , z 0.25 (B) , z 0
2
4
z 4 ( z 0.25) z 4 ( z 0.25)
1 1 1 1
z 5 0.25 5 z 5 0.25 5 (A) , |z|
(C) , z 0.25 (D) , all z 1 1 1 1 4 2
z 3( z 0.25) z 4 ( z 0.25) 1 z 1 z
2 4
1 1 1 1
4 (B) , |z|
1 1 1 1 1 4 2
5. x[ n] u[ n] 1 z 1 z
4
2 4
4z 1 4z 1 1 1 1
(A) , |z| (B) , |z| (C) , |z|
4z 1 4 4z 1 4 1 1
1 z
1 1
1 z 2
2 4
1 1 1 1
(C) , |z| (D) , |z|
1 4z 4 1 4z 4 (D) None of the above
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
279
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 5 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Signal & System
x1 [ n] 2 n u[ n]
(A) 2 2 ( k 1 ) [ n 2( k 1)]
2
k0
1
(B) 2 2 ( k 1 ) [ n 2( k 1)] x2 [ n] 2 n u[ n 1] u[ n 1]
k0
2n
1
(C) 2 2 ( k 1 ) [ n 2( k 1)] x3[ n] 2 n u[ n 1] u[ n]
k0
2n
(D) 2 2 ( k 1 ) [ n 2( k 1)] Fig. P.5.4.37 shows the three different region.
k0
Choose the correct option for the ROC of signal
34. X ( z) ln (1 z 1 ) , |z| 0 Im
R1
k 1 k 1
( 1) ( 1) z - plane
(A) [ n 1] (B) [ n 1] R2
k k
R3 2
( 1) k ( 1) k Re
(C) [ n 1] (D) [ n 1] 1
k k 2
1 1 1
n
x1 [ n] 2 n u[ n] 1 1 n
3
1
(b) |z| , x[ n] n 1 u[ n 1]
3 2
3
1
x2 [ n] 2 n u[ n 1] u[ n] n
3n 1 1 1 1
(c) |z | , x[ n] n 1 u[ n 1] u[ n]
1 3 2 2
3
x3[ n] 2 n u[ n 1] n u[ n 1]
3
Correct solution is Correct solutions are
(A) x1 [ n] (B) x2 [ n] (A) (a) and (b) (B) (a) and (c)
(C) x3[ n] (D) All three (C) (b) and (c) (D) (a), (b), (c)
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
282
ForThe
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
z-Transform Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 5.4
39. X ( z) has poles at z 1 2 and z 1. If x [1] 1 44. The transfer function of a causal system is given as
x [ 1] 1, and the ROC includes the point z 3 4. The 5z2
H ( z)
time signal x[ n] is z2 z 6
1
(A) u[ n] ( 1) n u[ n 1] The impulse response is
2 n 1
(A) ( 3n ( 1) n 2 n 1 ) u[ n]
1
(B) n u[ n] ( 1) n u[ n 1]
2 (B) ( 3n 1 2 ( 2) n ) u[ n]
1 (C) ( 3n 1 ( 1) n 2 n 1 ) u[ n]
(C) u[ n] + u[ -n + 1]
2 n 1 (D) ( 3n 1 ( 2) n 1 ) u[ n]
1
(D) u[ n] + u[ -n + 1]
2n 45. A causal system has input
1 1
40. x[ n] is right-sided, X ( z) has a signal pole, and x[ n] [ n] [ n 1] [ n 2 ] and output
4 8
x[0 ] = 2, x[2 ] = 1 2. x[ n] is
3
u[ -n] u[ n] y[ n] [ n] [ n 1] .
(A) n -1 (B) n -1 4
2 2
The impulse response of this system is
u[ -n] u[ -n]
(C) (D)
1 1 1
n n
2n +1 2n +1
(A)
5 2 u[ n]
3
2
4
41. The z-transform function of a stable system is given
1 1
n n
1
as (B) 5 2 u[ n]
3
2
4
3 -1
2- z
2 1 1 n 1
n
H ( z) = (C) 5 2 u[ n]
1 -1
(1 - 2 z -1 ) (1 + z ) 3
2
4
2
1 1
n n
1
The impuse response h[ n] is (D) 5 2 u[ n]
n
3
2
4
1
(A) 2 n u[ -n + 1] - u[ n]
2
46. A causal system has input x[ n] ( 3) n u[ n] and
n
1 output
(B) 2 n u[ n 1] u[ n]
2
1
n
n y[ n] 4(2) n u[ n].
1
2
(C) 2 n u[ n 1] u[ n]
2
n The impulse response of this system is
1
(D) 2 n u[ n] u[ n] 1 n 1
n
1
n
2
(A) 7 10 u[ n] (B) 7(2 n ) 10 u[ n]
2
2
2
42. Let x[ n] [ n 2 ] [ n 2 ]. The unilateral 1 2 1
n
48. A system is described by the difference equation 53. The z-transform of a signal x[ n] is given by
1 3
y[ n] y[ n 1] 2 x[ n 1] X ( z)
2 10 1
1 z z 2
3
The impulse response of the system is
1 1 If X ( z) converges on the unit circle, x[ n] is
(A) n 2 u[ n 1] (B) n 2 u[ n 1]
2 2 1 3n 3
(A) u[ n] u[ n 1]
1 1 3n 1 8 8
(C) n 2
u[ n 2 ] (D) u[ n 2 ]
2 2n 2 1 3n 3
(B) u[ n] u[ n 1]
3n 1 8 8
49. A system is described by the difference equation
1 3n 3
y[ n] x[ n] x[ n 2 ] x[ n 4 ] x[ n 6 ] (C) u[ n] u[ n]
3n 1 8 8
The impulse response of system is
1 3n 3
(A) [ n] 2 [ n 2 ] 4 [ n 4 ] 6 [ n 6 ] (D) n 1
u[ n] u[ n]
3 8 8
(B) [ n] 2 [ n 2 ] 4 [ n 4 ] 6 [ n 6 ]
54. The transfer function of a system is given as
(C) [ n] [ n 2 ] [ n 4 ] [ n 6 ]
(D) [ n] [ n 2 ] [ n 4 ] [ n 6 ] 4 z 1 1
H ( z) 2
, |z|
1 1 4
50. The impulse response of a system is given by 1 z
4
3
h[ n] u[ n 1]. The h[ n] is
4n
(A) Stable (B) Causal
The difference equation representation for this
(C) Stable and Causal (D) None of the above
system is
(A) 4 y[ n] y[ n 1] 3 x[ n 1] 55. The transfer function of a system is given as
(B) 4 y[ n] y[ n 1] 3 x[ n 1] 1
2 z
(C) 4 y[ n] y[ n 1] 3 x[ n 1] H ( z)
2
.
1 1
(D) 4 y[ n] y[ n 1] 3 x[ n 1] z z
2
3
51. The impulse response of a system is given by Consider the two statements
The difference equation representation for this Statement(ii) : Inverse system is causal and stable.
52. The transfer function of a system is given by (C) Both (i) and (ii) are true
(B) Causal, Stable and minimum phase For this system two statement are
(C) Minimum phase Statement (i): System is causal and stable
(D) None of the above Statement (ii): Inverse system is causal and stable.
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
284
ForThe
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
z-Transform Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 5.4
The correct option is 62. The impulse response of the system shown in fig.
(A) (i) is true (B) (ii) is true P5.4.62 is
X(z) Y(z)
(C) Both are true (D) Both are false + z-1 z-1
is stable if n
2
1
(A) c 112
. (B) c 112
. (A) 2
2
(1 ( 1) n ) u[ n] [ n]
2
(C) |c| 112
. (D) |c| 112
.
2n 1
(B) (1 ( 1) n ) u[ n] [ n]
2 2
58. Consider the following three systems n
2
1
(C) 2
2
(1 ( 1) n ) u[ n] [ n]
y1 [ n] 0.2 y[ n 1] x[ n] 0.3 x[ n 1] 0.02 x[ n 2 ] 2
y2 [ n] x[ n] 0.1 x[ n 1] 2n 1
(D) [1 ( 1) n ] u [ n] [ n]
2 2
y3[ n] 0.5 y[ n 1] 0.4 x[ n] 0.3 x[ n 1]
63. The system diagram for the transfer function
The equivalent system are
z
(A) y1 [ n] and y2 [ n] (B) y2 [ n] and y3[ n] H ( z)
z2 z 1
(C) y3[ n] and y1 [ n] (D) all
is shown in fig. P5.4.63. This system diagram is a
X(z) Y(z)
59. The z-transform of a causal system is given as +
. z 1
2 15
X ( z)
. z 0.5 z 2
1 15 1
+
+ z-1
The x[0 ] is
z-1
(A) 15
. (B) 2
Fig. P5.4.63
(C) 1.5 (D) 0
(A) Correct solution
60. The z-transform of a anti causal system is (B) Not correct solution
The limit of x[ ] is
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) (D) 0
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
285
ForThe
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
z-Transform Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 5.4
z 2 3z 1 3z -1 n
24. (A) X ( z) 1 2
% , n even and n 0
3 3
z 2 z -1 1 + z -1 - z -2 !
4
2 2 %
" 0 , n odd
2 1 1
= - , ROC : |z| 2
1 + 2 z -1 1 - 1 z -1 2 2n , n even and n 0
!
2 " 0, n odd
1
# x[ n] 2(2) n u[ n 1] n u[ n]
2
33. (C) X ( z) 4 z 2 (2 z) 2 k 2 2 ( k 1 ) z 2 ( k 1 )
k0 k0
X ( z) 4 32 32
1 16 z 1 1 4 z 1 1 4 z 1
( 1) k 1
49 47 n 34. (A) ln (1 &) k
( &) k
# x[ n] ( 4) n 4 u[ n] k 1
32 32
( 1) k 1
X ( z) ( z 1 ) k
k 1 k
26. (C) x[ n] is right sided
( 1) k 1
1 1 2 # x [ n] [ n 1]
X ( z) 2 1
z k 1 k
1 z 1 z 1
# x[ n] 2 [ n 2 ] (( 1) n 1) u[ n 2 ]
( 1) k 2 k
35. (B) cos & &
k 0 (2 k) !
27. (A) [ n] 2 [ n 6 ] 4 [ n 8 ]
( 1) k 3k 2 k
X ( z) (z )
k 0 (2 k) !
10
1
28. (B) x[ n] is right sided, x[ n] k [ n k]
( 1) k
k5 # x [ n] (2 k) ! [ n 6 k]
k0
1 2 1 n
|z| (Left-sided) # x[ n] n u[ n 1]
3 2
3
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
287
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 5 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Signal & System
1 1 2 1
n
2 5
|z| (Two-sided) x[ n] n u[ n 1] u[ n] Y ( z)
3 2 2
3
H ( z) 3 3 ,
X ( z ) 1 1 z 1 1 1 z 1
So (b) is wrong. 4 2
1 1 1
n n
3 # h[ n] 5 2 u[ n]
39. (A) Since the ROC includes the z , ROC is 3
2
4
4
1
|z| 1,
2 1
46. (D) X ( z)
A B 1 3z 1
X ( z)
1 1 1 z 1 4 1 3
1 z Y ( z)
1
2 1 2z 1
1 z 1 1
(1 2 z 1 ) 1 z 1
A 2
2
# x[ n] n u[ n] ' B ( 1) n u[ n 1]
2 Y ( z) 10 7
A H ( z)
1 # A 2 , X ( z ) 1 2 z 1 1 1 z 1
2 2
x[ 1] 1 ( 1) B( 1) # B 1 1
n
1 # h[ n] 10(2) n 7 u( n)
# x[ n] n 1 u[ n] ( 1) n u[ n 1]
2
2
Y ( z)
42. (A) X ( z) x[ n]z n
[ n 2 ]z n z 2 49. (C) H ( z) (1 z 2 z 4 z 6 )
n 0
X ( z)
# h[ n] [ n] [ n 2 ] [ n 4 ] [ n 6 ]
1
43. (D) X ( z)
x[ n]z
n 0
n
z
n 0
n
1 z 1 n 1
3 1
50. (A) h[ n] u[ n 1]
4
4
3 2
44. (B) H ( z) 1
1 3z 1 2 z 1 3 1
z
Y ( z) 4
h[ n] is causal so ROC is |z| 3, H ( z)
X ( z ) 1 1 z 1
# h[ n] [ 3n 1 2 ( 2) n ]u[ n] 4
1 3
z 1 z 2 3z 1 Y ( z ) z 1 Y ( z) z 1 X ( z)
45. (A) X ( z) 1 , Y ( z) 1 4 4
4 8 4
1 3
# y[ n] y[ n 1] x[ n 1]
4 4
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
288
ForThe
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
z-Transform Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 5.4
10 9
56. (A) H ( z)
1 1 1
1 z 1 z 1
2 4
1 2 z 1
1 1 1 1
1 z 1 z
2
4
Pole of this system are inside |z| 1. So the system is
stable and causal.
For the inverse system not all pole are inside |z| 1. So
inverse system is not stable and causal.
CHAPTER
5.6
THE DISCRETE-TIME FOURIER TRANSFORM
n
Statement for Q.19: 1
5. x[ n]
u[ n 1]
Determine the discrete-time Fourier Transform for 2
the given signal and choose correct option. e j 2 e j
(A) (B)
2 e j 2 e j
1, |n| 2 e j 2 e j
1. x[ n] (C) (D)
0, otherwise 2 e j 2 e j
sin 5 sin 4
(A) (B)
sin sin 6. x[ n] 2 [ 4 2 n]
n 7. x[ n] u[ n]
3
2. x[ n]
u[ n 4 ] 1 1
4 (A) () (B)
1 e j 1 e j
(A)
3
4
e j 4
(B)
3
4
e j 4
1 1
1 43 e j 1 43 e j (C) () (D)
1 e j 1 e j
(C)
3
4
e j 4
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
300
ForThe
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Discrete-Time Fourier Transform Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 5.6
Determine the signal having the Fourier (A) 4 [ n 4 ] 4 [ n 4 ] 2 [ n]
transform given in question. (B) 2 [ n 4 ] 2 [ n 4 ] [ n]
(C) [ n 4 ] [ n 4 ] [ n]
1
10. X ( e j) , |a| 1 (D) None of the above
(1 ae j) 2
(A) ( n 1) a n u[ n] (B) ( n 1) a n u[ n] 2
17. X ( e j) j2
n
(C) na u[ n] (D) None of the above e e j 6
n 1
(A)
5
1
2
u[ n]
11. X ( e j) 8 cos 2 2n
3
(A) [ n 2 ] 2 [ n] [ n 2 ])
2
n 1
(B) 2[ n 2 ] 2 [ n] [ n 2 ]) (B) 2 n
1
u[ n]
3
(C) 4[ n 2 ] [ n] [ n 2 ])
2n n 1
(D) 1
[ n 2 ] [ n] [ n 2 ]) (C)
( 1) n
2
u[ n]
2
5
3
2 j, 0 (D) None of the above
12. X ( e j)
2 j, 0
2 1
e j
4 n 4 n 18. X ( e j) 4
(A) sin 2
(B) sin 2
18 e j 2 14 e j 1
n 2 n 2
(A) 2 n 1 [1 ( 2) n ]u[ n]
8 n 8 n
(C) sin 2
(D) sin 2
n 2 n 2 (B) 2 n [1 ( 2) n ]u[ n]
(C) 2 n 1 [( 1) n 2 n ]u[ n]
3 (D) 2 n [( 1) n 2 n ]u[ n]
1, ||
j
13. X ( e ) 4 4
0, 3 2 e j
0 || , || 19. X ( e j)
4 4 1 14 e j 2
2 3n n
(A)
sin
sin
(A) 2 n 1 [1 ( 1) n ]u[ n]
n 4 4
(B) 21 n [1 ( 1) n ]u[ n]
1 3n n
(B)
sin
sin
(C) 21 n [1 ( 1) n ]u[ n]
n 4 4
(D) 2 n 1 [1 ( 1) n ]u[ n]
2 3n n
(C)
cos
cos
n 4 4 1 13 e j
20. X ( e j)
1 3n n 1 14 e j 18 e 2 j
(D)
cos
cos
n 4 4
2 1
n
7 1
n
(A)
u[ n]
j
9
2 9 4
14. X ( e j) e 2
for
(A) [ n 1 2 ] (B) [ n 1 2 ] 2 1 n 7 1 n
(B)
u[ n]
( 1) n 1
9 2 9 4
(C) (D) None of the above
n 12
2 1 n 7 1 n
(C)
u[ n]
9 2 9 4
15. X ( e j) cos 2 j sin 2
n n
1 1
x[ n]
u[ n]
u[ n] 2 n [( 1) n 2 n ]u[ n] 27. (D) X ( e j 0 ) ! x[ n] , This condition is satisfied only
2 4 n
. X ( e ). 2 ! . x[ n]. 28
j 2 2
22. (D) The signal must be read and odd. Only signal ( h) 33. (D)
n
is real and odd.
d X ( e j)
23. (A) The signal must be real and even. Only signal (c) 34. (C) nx[ n]
DTFT
j
d
and (e) are real and even.
/dX ( e j)/
/ d // 2 n!
/ 2
|n|2 x[ n] 316
24. (A) Y ( e j) e j X ( e j), y[ n] x[ n ]
j
If Y ( e ) is real, then y[ n] is real and even (if x[ n] is
35. (A) Y ( e j) e j 4 X ( e j)
real.). Therefore x [ n ] is even and x [ n] has to be |n 4|
symmetric about .This is true for signal (a), (c), (e), (f) 3
y[ n] x[ n 4 ] ( n 4)
4
and (g).
jn
, n even
y[ n] 4
0 ,
otherwise
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
306
ForThe
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Discrete-Time Fourier Transform Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 5.6
Y (e e
j
h[ n] ) e jn d j
e jn d
2 2
d
39. (C) Y ( e j) X ( e j)
d 1 sin ( n 1)
2
e j ( n 1 ) d
|n| ( n 1)
3
" y[ n] jnx[ n] jn2
4
45. (B) H ( e j) H1 ( e j) H 2 ( e j)
1 2 e j
1 2 e j
x[ n] 2od{ x[ n] } # n 1] # n 2 ] For n 0 3 3
2 j
Using Parsevals relation e
2 e j
H( e ) 3
j
. X ( e ).
1 j
! . x[ n]. 1 e j 3 2 e
2
j 2 2
d
2 n 3
1
! . x[ n]. x [0 ] 2
2
3 2
2 j
n e
Y ( e j )
j 3
x[0 ] 0 1, But x[0 ] 0, Hence x[0 ] 1 47. (B) H ( e )
X ( e j) 1 2 e j
x[ n] [ n] [ n 1] [ n 2 ] 3
2 2
n n "
1 e j
Y ( e j) e j X ( e j)
1 1 1 3 3
42. (C)
u[ n]
DTFT
4 1 j 4
1 e " y[ n]
2 2
y[ n 1] x[ n 1]
4 3 3
1 j
" 3 y[ n] 2 y[ n 1] 2 x[ n 1] .
d
n e
1 1 4
n
u[ n] j
DTFT
2 d
1 1 e j
2
1 1 e j
4 4
n
! n
2
1 4
! x[ n] X ( e
*********
j0
)
n 0 n 9
CHAPTER
5.7
THE CONTINUOUS-TIME FOURIER SERIES
x(t)
Statement for Q.1-5:
A
Determine the Fourier series coefficient for given
periodic signal x( t).
t
-2p
0 -4p 2p 4p
3 3
1. x( t) as shown in fig. P5.7.1
Fig. P5.7.3
4 pk 4 pk
A - j 3 A - j
x(t) (A) e - 1 (B) j e 3
- 1
2 pk 2 pk
10
4 pk 4 pk
A - j - A - j
t (C) - j e 3
- 1 (D) e 3
- 1
-10 -5 0 5 10 2 pk 2 pk
Fig. P5.7.1
-A
2. x( t) as shown in fig. P5.7.2
Fig. P5.7.4
x(t)
A A
A (A) (1 - ( - 1 ) k ) (B) (1 + ( - 1 ) k )
kp kp
A A
(C) (1 - ( - 1 ) k ) (D) (1 + ( - 1 ) k )
t jkp jkp
-T 0 T T T
4 2
A p A p 1 1 1
(C) sin k (D) cos k (B) - d [ k - 2 ] + d[ k] - d[ k + 2 ]
pk pk 4 2 4
2 2
1 1
(C) - d[ k - 1] + d[ k] - d[ k + 1]
3. x( t) as shown in fig. P5.7.3 2 2
1 1
(D) - d[ k - 2 ] + d[ k] - d[ k + 2 ]
2 2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
308
ForThe
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Continuous-Time Fourier Series Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 5.7
|k| 2
-1
8. X [ k] = , wo = 1 1
4
3
5 k
(A) (B) -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
5 + 3 sin t 4 + 3 sin t
Fig. P5.7.11
5 4
(C) (D) (A) 3 cos 3pt + 2 cos 2 pt + cos pt
4 + 3 cos t 5 + 3 cos t
(B) 3 sin 3pt + 2 sin 2 pt + sin pt
9. X [ k] as shown in fig. P5.7.9 , wo = p
|{X [k]}| (C) 6 sin 3pt + 4 sin 2 pt + 2 sin pt
2
(D) 6 cos 3pt + 4 cos 2 pt + 2 cos pt
1
k
-6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Statement for Q.12-16:
{X [k]}
p
4 Consider a continuous time periodic signal x( t)
k
with fundamental period T and Fourier series
-p
4 coefficients X [ k]. Determine the Fourier series
Fig. P5.7.9 coefficient of the signal y( t) given in question and
p p choose correct option.
(A) 6 cos 2 pt + - 3 cos 3pt -
4 4
p p 12. y( t) = x( t - to ) + x ( t - to )
(B) 4 cos 4 pt - - 2 cos 3pt +
4 4
p p 2p 2p
(C) 2 cos 2 pt + - 2 cos 3pt - (A) 2 cos kto X [ k] (B) 2 sin kto X [ k]
4 4 T T
p p
(D) 4 cos 4 pt + + 2 cos 3pt - (C) e - to
X [ k] + e to X [ -k] (D) e - to
X [ -k] + e to X [ k]
4 4
8p
6p 14. y( t) =Re{x( t)}
4p
2p
X [ k] + X [ - k] X [ k] - X [ - k]
k (A) (B)
-2p 2 2
-4p
-6p X [ k] + X *[ - k] X [ k] + X *[ - k]
-8p (C) (D)
2 2
Fig. P5.7.10
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
309
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 5 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Signal & System
25. Suppose we have given the following information The signal will be
about a signal x( t) : p p
(A) 4 cos t - 2 sin t
1. x( t) is real and odd. 4 4
2. x( t) is periodic with T = 2 p p
(B) 2 cos t + 4 sin t
3. Fourier coefficients X [ k] = 0 for |k|> 1 4 4
1
2 p p
2 (C) 2 cos t + 2 sin t
4.
20 x( t) dt = 1
4 4
(D) None of the above
The signal, that satisfy these condition, is
(A) 2 sin pt and unique Statement for Q.29-31:
(B) 2 sin pt but not unique
Consider the following three continuous-time
(C) 2 sin pt and unique signals with a fundamental period of T = 1
(D) 2 sin pt but not unique
x( t) = cos 2pt , y( t) = sin 2pt , z( t) = x( t) y( t)
26. Consider a continuous-time LTI system whose 29. The Fourier series coefficient X [ k] of x( t) are
frequency response is (A) 1
( d[ k + 1] + d[ k - 1])
2
sin 4 w (B) 1
( d[ k + 1] - d[ k - 1])
h( t) e
- jwt
H ( jw) = dt = 2
- w (C) 1
( d[ k - 1] - d[ k + 1])
2
The input to this system is a periodic signal (D) None of the above
2, 0 t 4
x( t) = 30. The Fourier series coefficient of y( t), Y [ k] will be
-2, 4 t 8 j
(A) 2
( d[ k + 1] + d[ k + 1])
with period T = 8. The output y( t) will be (B)
j
( d[ k + 1] - d[ k - 1])
2
pt pt
(A) 1 + sin 2
(B) 1 + cos
2
(C)
j
2
( d[ k - 1] - d[ k + 1])
4 4
(D) 1
( d[ k + 1] + d[ k + 1])
pt pt
2j
(C) 1 + sin + cos (D) 0
4 4 31. The Fourier series coefficient of z( t) , Z [ k] will be
(A) 1
4j
( d[ k - 2 ] - d[ k + 2 ])
27. Consider a continuous-time ideal low pass filter (B) 1
( d[ k - 2 ] - d[ k + 2 ])
2j
having the frequency response (C) 1
d[ k + 2 ] - d[ k - 2 ])
2j
A 2A 1 1
33. (C) + (cos t - cos 3t + cos 5 t....)
x(t)
2 p 3 5
1
A 2A 1 1
(D) + (sin t + cos t + sin 3t + cos 3t ....)
-p
2 p 3 3
p t
36.
-1
x(t)
Fig. P5.7.33 2
2 1 1 1
(A) (cos t + cos 2 t + cos 3t + cos 4 t +....)
p 2 3 4
-1 1 t
2 1 1 1
(B) (sin t - sin 2 t + sin 3t - sin 4 t +....) -1
p 2 3 4
Fig. P5.7.36
2 1 1 1
(C) (sin t + cos t - sin 2 t - cos 2 t + sin 3t +....)
p 2 2 3 1 12 1 1
(A) + (cos pt + cos 3pt + cos 5 pt +....)
2 1 1 1 2 p2 9 25
(D) (sin t + cos t + sin 3t + cos 3t + sin 5 t + ....)
p 3 3 5 12 1 1
(B) 3 + (cos pt + cos 3pt + cos 5 pt +....)
p2 9 25
34. 1 12 1 1
(C) + (sin pt - sin 3pt + sin 5 pt -....)
x(t) 2 p2 9 25
A 12 1 1
(D) 3 + (sin pt - sin 3pt + sin 5 pt -....)
p 2
9 25
-p
p t
-A *****
Fig. P5.7.34
A 4A 1 1
(A) + sin t + sin 2 t + sin 3t +....
2 p 2 3
A 4A 1 1
(B) + cos t + cos 3t + cos 5 t +....
2 p 3 5
4A 1 1
(C) sin t + sin 3t + sin 5 t + ....
p 3 5
4A 1 1
(D) cos t + cos 2 t + cos 3t +....
p 2 3
35.
x(t)
A
-p -p p p t
2 2
Fig. P5.7.35
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
312
ForThe
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Continuous-Time Fourier Series Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 5.7
9. (D) x( t) = X [ k]e jpkt
SOLUTIONS p
k = -
p jp p
- j j - j
= 2e 4
e j ( -4 ) pt + e 4 e j ( -3) pt + e 4
e j ( 3) pt + 2 e 4 e j (4 )pt
1
T 2
A = 2( e - j ( 4 pt + p 4 ) + e j ( 4 pt + p 4 ) ) + ( e - j ( 3pt - p 4 ) + e j ( 3pt - p 4 ) )
Ad( t) e o dt =
- jkw t
1. (D) X [ k] = ,
T -T 2 T = 4 cos ( 4 pt + p 4) + 2 cos( 3pt - p 4)
A = 10 , T = 5, X [ k] = 2
10. (A) X [ k] = e - j 2 pk , -4 k 4
4 4
sin 9 pt
1
T 2
1
T 4
x( t) = e - j 2 pk
e jpkt = e - j 2 pk ( t -1 )
=
x( t) e Ae
- jkw ot - jkw ot
2. (C) X [ k] = dt = dt k = -4 k = -4 sin pt
T -T 2 T -T 4
T
11. (D) X [ k] =|k|, - 3 k 3
A e - jkw o t 4 A pk
= - jkw - T = pk sin 2
T o
4
x( t) = X [ k]e
k = -
jpkt
= 3e j ( -3) pt + 2 e j ( -2 ) pt + e j ( -1 ) pt + e j (1 ) pt + 2 e j ( 2 ) pt + 3e j ( 3) pt
4p
A, 0<t< = 6 cos 3pt + 4 cos 2 pt + 2 cos pt
2p 3
3. (B) T = 2p , wo = = 1, x( t) =
2p 0, 4p
< t < 2p 12. (A) x( t - to ) is also periodic with T. The Fourier
3
4 pk series coefficients X1 [ k] of x( t - to ) are
jA -
2p 4p 3 j
1 1
x( t) e dt =
- jkt
X [ k] = Ae- jkt dt = e 3
- 1 1 e- j kw o to
x( t - t ) e x( t) e
- jkw ot - jkw ot
2p 2p 2 pk X1 [ k] = dt = dt
0 0 T
o
T
T T
= e - jkw oto X [ k]
2p - A, - 1 < t < 0
4. (C) T = 2, wo = = p, x( t) = Similarly, the FS coefficients of x( t + to ) are
2 A, 0< t<1
X 2 [ k] = e jkw oto X [ k]
1
1 0 1
1
X [ k] = x( t) e - jkt dt = - Ae - jkpt dt + 0 Ae dt
- jkpt
The FS coefficients of x( t - to ) + x( t + to ) are
2 -1 2 -1
Y [ k] = X1 [ k] + X 2 [ k] = e - jkw oto X [ k] + e jkw oto X [ k]
A 1 - e jkp e - jkp -1 A
= + = (1 - ( -1) k ) = 2 cos ( wo kto ) X [ k]
2 jkp - jkp jkp
x( t) + x( - t)
2 13. (A) Ev{ x( t)} = ,
e jt - e - jt -1 2 jt 2
5. (A) sin 2 t = = ( e - 2 + e -2 jt )
2j 4 The FS coefficients of x( t) are
2p 1 1
The fundamental period of sin 2 ( t) is p and wo = =2 , X1 [ k] = x( -t) e - jkw ot dt = x( t) e jkw ot dt = X [ -k]
p TT T T
-1 1 1 Therefore, the FS coefficients of Ev{ x( t)} are
X [ k] = d[ k - 1] + d[ k] - d[ k + 1]
4 2 4 X [ k] + X [ -k]
Y [ k] =
2
7. (C) x( t) = X [ k]e j 2 pkt
= je j 2 p t - je - j 2 pt
+ e j6 pt + e - j6 pt
k = -
x ( t) + x *( t)
14. (C) Re{ x( t)} = ,
= - 2 sin 2 pt + 2 cos 6 pt 2
-k k
The FS coefficient of x *( t) is
-1
-1 jkt
-1 jkt
8. (D) x( t) = X [ k]e
k = -
jkt
=
k = - 3
e +
k=0 3
e 1
X1 [ k] = x *( t) e - jkw ot dt = X1*[ -k]
TT
-1 - jt
e 1
x( t) e
jkw ot
= 3 +
1
=
4 X1*[ k] = dt = X [ -k]
T
1 + e - jt 1 + e j t 5 + 3cos t
1 1 T
3 3 X1 [ k] = X *[ -k]
X [ k] + X *[ - k]
Y [ k] =
2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
313
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 5 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Signal & System
10
4
18. y[ n] x[ n] x[ n N 2 ] , (assume that N is even)
13. X [ k] cos k 2 j sin k
19 19 (A) (1 ( 1) k 1 ) X [2 k] (B) (1 ( 1) k ) X [ k]
19 (C) (1 ( 1) k 1 ) X [ k] (D) (1 ( 1) k\ ) X [2 k]
(A) ( [ n 5 ] [ n 5 ]) 19[ n 2 ] [ n 2 ]),|n| 9
2
1 19. y[ n] x *[ n]
(B) ( [ n 5 ] [ n 5 ]) [ n 2 ] [ n 2 ]),|n| 9
2
(A) X *[ k ] (B) X *[ k ]
9
(C) ( [ n 5 ] [ n 5 ]) 9[ n 2 ] [ n 2 ]),|n| 9 (C) X *[ k ] (D) X *[ k ]
2
1
(D) ( [ n 5 ] [ n 5 ]) [ n 2 ] [ n 2 ]),|n| 9 20. y[ n] ( 1) n x[ n], (assume that N is even)
2
N N
k (A) X k (B) X k
14. X [ k] cos 2 2
21
21 N N
(A) [ n 4 ] [ n 4 ]),|n| 10 (C) X k 1 (D) X k 1
2 2 2
1
(B) [ n 4 ] [ n 4 ]),|n| 10
2 Statement for Q.21-23:
21
(C) [ n 4 ] [ n 4 ]),|n| 10 Consider a discrete-time periodic signal
2
1, 0 n 7
1 x[ n]
(D) [ n 4 ] [ n 4 ]),|n| 10 0, 8 n 9
2
with period N 10. Also y[ n] x[ n] x[ n 1 ]
Statement for Q.15-20:
Consider a periodic signal x[ n] with period N and 21. The fundamental period of y[ n] is
FS coefficients X [ k]. Determine the FS coefficients Y [ k] (A) 9 (B) 10
of the signal y[ n] given in question. (C) 11 (D) None of the above
15. y[ n] x[ n n ]
22. The FS coefficients of y[ n] are
2
2
j n k j n k
N N 8
8
(A) e X [ k] (B) e X [ k] 1 j k
1 j k
(A) 1e 5 (B) 1e 5
(C) kX [ k] (D) kX [ k] 10 10
4
4
16. y[ n] x[ n] x[ n 2 ] 1 j k
1 j k
(C) 1 e 5 (D) 1 e 5
4
4
10 10
(A) sin k X [ k] (B) cos k X [ k]
N N
4
4
j k j k
(C) 1 e N X [ k] (D) 1 e N X [ k] 23. The FS coefficients of x[ n] are
k
j j 10
k
(A) e cosec Y [ k], k 0
2 10
17. y[ n] x[ n] x[ n N 2 ] , (assume that N is even)
k
N j j 10
k
(A) 2 X [2 k 1], for 0 k 1 (B) e cosec Y [ k], k 0
2 2 10
k
N 1 j 10
k
(B) 2 X [2 k 1], for 0 k (C) e sec Y [ k]
2 2 10
N
k
(C) 2 X [2 k], for 0 k 1 1 j 10
k
2 (D) e sec Y [ k]
2 10
N
(D) 2 X [2 k], for 0 k
2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
318
ForThe
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Discrete-Time Fourier Series Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 5.8
Statement for Q.24-27: 29. A real and odd periodic signal x[ n] has fundamental
Consider a discrete-time signal with Fourier period N 7 and FS coefficients X [ k]. Given that
X [ k]
2
4. 50
10 n 0
(C) 2 sin n x[ n] (D) 2 cos n x[ n]
2 2 The signal x[ n] is
k (A) 5 cos n (B) 5 sin n
25. Y [ k] cos X [ k] 10 10
5
1 1
(A) ( x[ n 5 ] x[ n 5 ]) (B) ( x[ n 2 ] x[ n 2 ]) (C) 10 cos n (D) 10 sin n
2 2 5 5
1
(C) ( x[ n 10 ] x[ n 10 ]) (D) None of the above 31. Each of two sequence x[ n] and y[ n] has a period
2
N 4. The FS coefficient are
26. Y [ k] X [ k] * X [ k] 1 1
2
X [0 ] X [ 3] X [1] X [2 ] 1 and
( x[ n]) 2 2
(A) (B) j2
( x[ n]) 2
2
Y [0 ], Y [1], Y [2 ], Y [ 3] 1
(C) ( x[ n]) 2 (D) 2
( x[ n]) 2
The FS coefficient Z [ k] for the signal
27. Y [ k] Re{ X [ k]} z[ n] x[ n] y[ n] will be
x [ n] x[ n] x [ n] x[ n] (A) 6 (B) 6|k|
(A) (B)
2 2
j k
(C) 6|k| (D) e 2
x [ n] x[ n] x [ n] x[ n]
(C) (D)
2
2
17. (C) Note that y[ n] x[ n] x [ n N 2 ] has a period
11. (D) N 7, ( ,
7
2
2
2
of N 2 and N has been assumed to be even,
3 j kn j ( 1 ) n j (1 ) n 4
x[ n] X [ k]e
n 3
7
2e 7
1 2e 7
Y [ k]
2 N 2 1
( x[ n] x[ n N 2 ]) e
j
N
kn
N n 0
2
4 cos n 1 2 X [2 k] for 0 k ( N 2 1)
7
18. (B) y[ n] x[ n] x [ n N 2 ]
j k
12. (C) N 12, ( , X [ k] e 6 2
N
j k
6 Y [ k] 1 e N 2 X [ k] (1 e j
k ) X [ k]
6 j k j kn 6 j k ( n 1 )
x[ n] e
k 6
6
e 6
e
k 6
6
0, k even
9
2 X [ k], k odd
sin 3
( n 1)
j ( 4 ) ( n 1 ) j ( n 1 )
e 6 1e 6
4
j ( n 1 )
19. (C) y[ n] x *[ n]
1e 6 sin ( n 1)
12 1 N 1
2
j kn
Y [ k]
N
x [ n]e
n 0
* N
X *[ k]
1 j ( 5) 19 k
2
k
2
j ( 2 ) 19 2
k 1
e e
j ( 5)
19
e
k
e
j(2 )
19 Y [ k] e N 2
x[ n]e N
2
N n 0
2
N
N 1 j n k
1
By inspection
N
x[ n]e
n 0
N 2
X [k N 2]
19
x[ n] ( [ n 5 ] [ n 5 ]) 19 ( [ n 2 ] [ n 2 ]),
2
21. (B) y[ n] is shown is fig. S5.8.21. It has fundamental
Where |n| 9
y[n]
8
1
j ( 4 ) k j(4 ) k 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 10 11
X [ k] cos k e e
21 21 -1
21 2 Fig. S5.8.21
1
Since X [ k] x[ n]e jk(n , By inspection
N nN period of 10.
21
. , n ,4 2
x[ n] 2 1 9 j kn
2
8
1 j k8
10
1
1 e
j k
2
1e 5
1 N 1 j kn
10 10
15. (B) Y [ k]
N
x[ n n ]e
n 0
N
2
2
2
N 1
1 j N kn j kn j kn
N
e x[ n]e
n 0
N
e N
X [ k] 23. (A) y [ n] x [ n] x [ n 1]
2
j k
Y [ k]
10
Y [ k] X [ k] e X [ k] + X [ k]
2
4
j k
j 2 k j k 5
16. (C) Y [ k] X [ k] e N
X [ k] 1 e N X [ k] 1e
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
321
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 5 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Signal & System
j k
10
j k
10
29. (D) Since the FS coefficient repeat every N. Thus
e Y [ k] e Y [ k]
+ X [ k]
X [1] X [15 ], X [2 ] X [16 ], X [ 3] X [17 ]
j k j k
k
e 10
e 10 2 j sin The signal real and odd, the FS coefficient X [ k] will be
10
purely imaginary and odd. Therefore X[0 ] 0
j j k
10
e cosec k Y [ k] X [ 1] X [1], X [ 2 ] X [2 ], X [ 3] X [ 3]
2 10
Therefore (D) is correct option.
j ( 5) n
Since x[ n] is real and even X [ k] is also real and even.
+ y[ n] e 10 e 10 x[ n] 2 cos n x[ n]
2 Therefore X [1] X [ 1] 5.
8
X [ k] X [ k]
2 2
Using Parsevals relation 50
j k j k N k 1
e 5
e 5 8
25. (B) Y [ k] cos k X [ k] X [ k] X [ k]
2 2 2 2
X [ 1] X [1] X [0 ] 50
5 2 k2
8
X [ k]
2 2
1 j(2 ) k j ( 2 ) k X [0 ] 0
e 10 e 10
X [ k] k2
2
Therefore X [ k] 0 for k 0, 2, 3, ..... 8.
1 2
2
+ y[ n] ( x[ n 2 ] x[ n 2 ]) j kn 8 j kn
2 x[ n] X [ k]e N
X [ k]e 10
N k 1
2
26. (C) Y [ k] X [ k] * X [ k] + y[ n] x[ n] x[ n] ( x[ n]) 2
10 cos
n
j n j n
5 e 10
e 10
5
x[ n] x[ n]
27. (A) Y [ k] Re{ X [ k]} + y[ n] Ev{ x[ n]}
2
31. (A) z[ n] x[ n] y[ n] ""
DTFS
! X [ l ]Y [ k l ]
k / N0
28. (A) N 6, ( , 3
6 + Z [ k] X [ l ]Y [ k l ]
l 0
5
From fact 2, x[ n] 2
n 0
+ Z[ k ] X [ 0 ] Y [ k ] X [ 1 ] Y [ k 1 ] X [ 2 ] Y [ k 2 ] X [ 3 ] Y [ k 3 ]
2
Y [ k] 2 Y [ k 1] 2 Y [ k 2 ] Y [ k 3]
5 j ( 0 ) k
1 1 1
+
6
e
n 0
6
x[ n]
3
+ X [0 ] ,
3
Since Y [ k] is 1 for all values of k.
Thus Z [ k] 6, for all k.
7
From fact 3, ( 1) n x[ n] 1
n 2 32. (A) N 20 We know that
2
5 j ( 3) k
1 1 1 11
+
6
e 6
x[ n] , X [ 3]
6 6 1, |n| 5
sin k
n 0 DTFS ;
" ""! 10 20
By Parsevals relation, the average power in x[ n] is 0, 5 /|n| 10
sin k
5 20
P X [ k] ,
2
3n
20
6 1 1 1 1
x[ n] X [0 ] X [ 3]e
( 1) n ( 1) n
3 6 3 6
1 1 1 1 1 #
x[ n] ... , , , , , ...$ *********
2 6 2 6 2 %
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
322
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
6.1
TRANSFER FUNCTION
( s 3)
(B) s( s 2)( s 3)
( s 1)( s 4)( s 5) (B)
s 5 s2 4 s 3
3
( s 3 10 s 2 34 s 37)
(C) ( s 1)( s 4)
( s 1)( s 4)( s 5) (C)
s 7 s 2 12 s 3
3
( s 3)
(D) ( s 1)( s 4)
( s 1)( s 4)( s 5) (D)
s 5 s2 4 s 3
3
s1 s3 G2 G3
G( s) and H ( s) (D)
s( s 2) s4 G1 (1 H1 G2 G3)
N(s)
R(s) 1 C(s)
G +
s+1 +
R(s) + C(s)
+ +
G1 G2
Fig. P.6.1.9
H2
R2 C2
7. A system is shown in fig. P6.1.7. The transfer + 10
function for this system is
H1
Fig. P.6.1.10
R(s) + C(s)
G1 + G2 (A) 10% and 1% (B) 2% and 10%
G1 G2 fig. P.6.1.11 is
(A)
1 G1 G1 H 2 G2 H1 R 1 C
+ H2 G1
H1
G1 G2
(B)
1 G1 G2 H1 H 2 G2
G1 G2 Fig. P.6.1.11
(C)
1 G1 H1 G2 H 2 G1 G2 H1 H 2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
326
ForTransfer
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Function Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 6.1
1
(D) For G1 ( s) H1 ( s) H 2 ( s) 1
13. For the SFG shown in fig. P.6.1.14 the graph G1 ( s) H1 ( s) H 2 ( s)
determinant is
-c C
16. The overall transfer function R
of the system shown
b in fig. P.6.1.16 will be
a d -H1 -H2
1 1
R 1 G
i h C
e j
f Fig. P.6.1.16
G
-g (A) G (B)
1 H2
Fig. P.6.1.13
G G
(A) 1 bc fg bcfg cigj (C) (D)
(1 H1 )(1 H 2 ) 1 H1 H 2
(B) 1 bc fg cigj bcfg
(C) 1 bc fg cig j bcfg 17. Consider the signal flow graphs shown in fig.
1 1
f e d 2 2
1 1 1
Fig. P.6.1.14
1 1
2 2
(A) af be cd abef bcde
Fig. P.6.1.17
(B) af be cd
(A) a (B) b
(C) af be cd abef abcdef
(C) b and c (D) a, b and c
(D) af be cd cbef bcde abcdef
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
327
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 6 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Control Systems
-H1H2
xi a b xo -H3 -H2
P. 1. a b R(s) 1 C(s)
1 1 2 4 1
xi a xo (B) 3
G1 G2
Q. 2. ab
b -H2
-H2
xi 1 1 a xo R(s) 1
a 1 1 2 3 4 1 C(s)
S. 3. (C) G1 G2
b
(1 ab)
-H3
-H1H2
xi 1 a 1 xo a
R. 4. H3
1b R(s) 1 1 1 2 3 G2 4 1 C(s)
b (D) G1
The correct match is H2
P Q R S -H1
(A) 2 1 3 4
(B) 2 1 4 3
(C) 1 2 4 3 21. The block diagram of a system is shown in fig.
(D) 1 2 3 4 P.6.1.21. The closed loop transfer function of this system
is
19. For the signal flow graph shown in fig. P6.1.19 an
H1
equivalent graph is
ta R(s) C(s)
+ G1 + G2 G3
tc td
e1 tb e2 e3 e4
H2
Fig. P.6.1.19
Fig. P.6.1.21
ta + t b tctd tatb tc+ td
G1 G2 G3
e1 e3 e4 e1 e3 e4 (A)
1 G1 G2 G3 H1
(A) (B) G1 G2 G3
(B)
1 G1 G2 G3 H1 H 2
ta + tb tctd tatb tc+ td
e1 e2 e4 e1 e2 e4 G1 G2 G3
(C)
1 G1 G2 H1 G2 G3 H 2
(C) (D)
G1 G2 G3
(D)
20. Consider the block diagram shown in figure 1 G1 G2 H1 G1 G3 H 2 G2 G3 H1
P.6.1.20
22. For the system shown in fig. P6.1.22 transfer
1 2 3 4
R(s) C(s)
+ + G2 + G2 function C( s) R( s) is
G3
H1 H2
R(s) + C(s)
+ + +
G1 G2
H3
H1
Fig. P.6.1.20
Fig. P.6.1.22
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
328
ForTransfer
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Function Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 6.1
G3 H1 H2
(C)
1 H1 G2 H 2 G3 G1 G2 H 2
Fig. P.6.1.26
G3
(D) G1 G2 G1 G2
1 H1 G2 H 2 G3 G1 G2 H 2 (A) (B)
1 G1 G2 H1 G1 G2 H 2 1 G2 H 2 G1 G2 H1
G4 G5 G6
24. In the signal flow graph shown in fig. P6.1.24 the
+ +
gain C R is + G7 +
-1 -1 -1
R 1 1 C Fig. P.6.1.27
2 3 4
G1 G2
(A)
5 1 G1 G2 G1 G7G3 G1 G2 G8 G6 G1 G2 G3G7G5
Fig. P.6.1.24
G1 G2
44 29 (B)
(A) (B) 1 G1 G4 G1 G2 G8 G1 G2 G5G7 G1 G2 G3G6 G7
23 19
44 29 G1 G2
(C) (D) (C)
19 11 1 G1 G4 G1 G2 G8 G1 G2 G5G7 G1 G2 G3G6 G7
G1 G2
25. The gain C( s) R( s) of the signal flow graph shown in (D)
1 G1 G2 G3G6 G7 G1 G3G4 G5 G1 G2 G3G6 G7G8
fig. P.6.1.25 is
G4 28. For the block diagram shown in fig. P.6.1.28 the
G3
R(s) 1 1 C(s)
numerator of transfer function is
G1 G2
G1
-H1
R(s) C(s)
Fig. P.6.1.25 + G2 + G5 + G6
+ +
G1 G2 G2 G3
(A) G3
1 G1 G2 H1 G2 G3 H1 G4
G1 G2 G2 G3 +
+
(B) G4
1 G1 G3 H1 G2 G3 H1 G4
G1 G3 G2 G3
(C)
1 G1 G3 H1 G2 G3 H1 G4 Fig. P.6.1.28
G1 G3 G2 G3
(D) (A) G6 [ G4 G3 G5( G3 G2 )]
1 G1 G3 H1 G2 G3 H1 G4
(B) G6 [ G2 G3 G5( G3 G4 )]
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
329
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 6 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Control Systems
(C) G6 [ G1 G2 G3( G4 G5)] 33. The closed loop transfer function of the system
(D) None of the above G1
Fig. P.6.1.30
Fig. P.6.1.33
G1 G2 G3 G1 G2 G3 G2 G3G4 G1 G4
(A) (A)
1 G1 H1 G2 H 2 G3 H 3 1 G1 G3G4 H1 H 2 H 3 G2 H 4 H1 H 2 G4 H1
G1 G2 G3 G2 G4 G1 G2 G3
(B) (B)
1 G1 H1 G2 H 2 G3 H 3 G1 G3 H1 H 3 1 G1 G3 H1 H 2 H 3 G4 H1 G3G4 H1 H 2
G1 G2 G3 G1 G3G4 G2 G4
(C) (C)
1 G1 H1 G2 H 2 G3 H 3 1 G3G4 H1 H 2 G4 H1 G1 G3 H 3 H 2
G1 G2 G3 G1 G3G4 G2 G3G4 G2 G4
(D) (D)
1 G1 H1 G2 H 2 G3 H 3 G1 G3 H1 H 3 1 G1 G3G4 H1 H 2 H 3 G3G4 H1 H 2 G4 H1
-H3
shown in fig. P6.1.34-37
R 1 G1 G2 G3 1 C
Fig. P.6.1.31
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
330
ForTransfer
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Function Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 6.1
G2 G2
(C) (D)
1 2G2 1 G2 2
C2 Fig. P.6.1.40-41
36. The transfer function is
R1 R2 0 2 s(2 s 1) 2 s(2 s 1)
(A) (B)
G (1 G) G2 2 s 2 3s 5 2 s 2 13s 5
(A) (B)
1 2G2 1 2G2 2 s(2 s 1) 2 s(2 s 1)
(C) (D)
G 2
G 4 s 2 13s 5 4 s 2 3s 5
(C) (D)
1 G2 1 G2
41. The pole of this system are
C (A) 0.75 j1.39 (B) 0.41, 6.09
37. The transfer function 2 is
R2 R1 0 (C) 0.5, 1.67 (D) 0.25 j0.88
G(1 G) G
(A) (B)
1 2G2 1 2G2
G G ********
(C) (D)
1 G 1 G2
G4
Y1 1 Y2 G1 Y3 G2 Y4 G3 Y5 1 Y5
-H1 -H2
-H3
Fig. P.6.1.38-39
Y2
38. The transfer function is
Y1
1 1 G2 H 2
(A) (B)
G1 G2 G3
(C) (D) None of the above
Y5
39. The transfer function is
Y2
G1 G2 G3 G4 G3
(A) (B) G1 G2 G3 G4 G3
G1 G2 G3 G4 G3 G1 G2 G3 G4 G3
(C) (D)
G1 G2 G3 1 G2 H 2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
331
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 6 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Control Systems
10 10 9 9
C2 , C2 , C2 is reduced by 1%.
SOLUTIONS 10 1 11 9 1 10
1. (A) Ge ( s) G1 ( s) G2 ( s) G3( s) 11. (A) Apply the feedback formula and then multiply
1
1 1 s3 by ,
H1
( s 1) ( s 4) ( s 5)
s 2 9s 20 s 2 6s 5 s 3 5s 2 4s 3s 2 15s 12
1
( H 2 G1 )
(s 1)(s 4)(s 5) C
H1 H 2 G1
s 3 10 s 2 34 s 37 R 1 H 2 G1 G2 H1 (1 G1 G2 H 2 )
( s 1)( s 4)( s 5)
12. (A) There cannot be common subscript because
( s 1) subscript refers to node number. If subscript is common,
2. (B) Ge ( s) G1 ( s) G2 ( s) G3( s)
( s 2)( s 5)( s 3) that means that node is in both loop.
20. (A) Option (A) is correct. Best method is to check the 28. (A) SFG:
signal flow graph. In block diagram there is feedback G3
21. (C) Consider the block diagram as SFG. There are -G1
-1
two feedback loop G1 G2 H1 and G2 G3 H 2 and one
Fig. S6.1.28
forward path G1 G2 G3 . So (D) is correct option.
P1 G2 G5G6 , P2 G3G5G6 , P3 G3G6 , P4 G4 G6
22. (B) Consider the block diagram as a SFG. Two
If any path is deleted, there would not be any loop.
forward path G1 G2 and G3 and three loops
Hence 1 2 3 4 1
G1 G2 H 2 , G2 H1 , G3 H 2 .
C G4 G6 G3G6 G3G5G6 G2 G5G6
There are no nontouching loop. So (B) is correct.
R
1 1, 2 1 ( 3) 4,
1 50 50
C 24 5 4 44 P1 s
s2 ( s 1) s( s 1)
R 24 23
1 50 100
P2 ( 2) 2
s2 s 1 s ( s 1)
25. (B) P1 G1 G2 , P2 G3G2
50 2 100
L1 G3G2 H1 , L2 G1 G2 H1 , L3 G4 , 1 2 1 L1
s1 s s( s 1)
There are no nontouching loop.
1 50 50
L2 s ( 1)
P1 1 P2 2 G1 G2 G2 G3 s2 s 1 s( s 1)
T( s)
1 ( L1 L2 L3) 1 G1 G2 H1 G2 G3 H1 G4 1 50 100
L3 ( 2) ( 1) 2
s2 s 1 s ( s 1)
26. (C) P1 G1 G2 , L1 G1 G2 H1 H 2 , L2 G2 H 2 100 50 100
1
C( s) G1 G2 s( s 1) s( s 1) s 2 ( s 1)
R( s) 1 G1 G2 H1 H 2 G2 H 2 1 2 1
C P1 P2 50( s 2)
3
27. (B) There is one forward path G1 G2 . R s s2 150 s 100
Four loops G1 G4 , G1 G2 G8 , G1 G2 G5G7
and G1 G2 G3G6 G7 . 30. (D) P1 G1 G2 G3
L1 G1 H1 , L2 G2 H 2 , L3 G3 H 3
R(s) 1 G1 G2 1 C(s) L1 L3 G1 G3 H1 H 3
1 1 ( G1 H1 G2 H 2 G3 H 3 ) G1 G3 H1 H 3
-H1 H2 1 G1 H1 G2 H 2 G3 H 3 G1 G3 H1 H 3
Fig. S6.1.27 1 1
C G1 G2 G3
There is no nontouching loop. So (B) is correct.
R 1 G1 H! G2 H 2 G3 H 3 G1 G3 H1 H 3
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
333
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
6.2
STABILITY
1. Consider the system shown in fig. P6.2.1. The range The range of K to ensure stability is
of K for the stable system is 6 3
(A) K > (B) K < - 1 or K >
R(s) E(s) C(s) 8 4
+ K(s2 - 2s + 2)
3
(C) K < - 1 (D) -1 < K <
4
1
s2 + 2s + 1
5. Consider a ufb system with forward-path transfer
Fig. P6.2.1
function
1 1 K ( s + 3)
(A) -1 < K < - (B) - < K <1 G( s) =
2 2 s 4 ( s + 2)
(C) -1 < K < 1 (D) Unstable
The system is stable for the range of K
2. The forward transfer function of a ufb system is (A) K > 0 (B) K < 0
(C) K > 1 (D) Always unstable
K ( s 2 + 1)
G( s) =
( s + 1)( s + 2)
6. The open-loop transfer function of a ufb control
The system is stable for system is
(A) K < - 1 (B) K > -1 K ( s + 2)
G( s) =
(C) K < - 2 (D) K > -2 ( s + 1)( s - 7)
3. The open-loop transfer function with ufb are given For K > 6, the stability characteristic of the
below for different systems. The unstable system is open-loop and closed-loop configurations of the system
2 2 are respectively
(A) (B)
s+2 s 2 ( s + 2) (A) stable and unstable
For the system to be stable the range of K is 13. The open-loop transfer function of a ufb system is
3
(A) K > -1 (B) K <
4 R(s) 1 C(s)
+ K
s(s + 1)(s + 5)
3
(C) -1 < K < (D) marginal stable
4
K ( s + 6) K ( s + 10)( s + 20)
G( s) = G( s) =
s( s + 1)( s + 3) s 2 ( s + 2)
The system is stable for The closed loop system will be stable if the value of
(A) K < 6 (B) -6 < K < 0 K is
(C) 0 < K < 6 (D) K > 6 (A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 4 (D) 5
9. The feedback control system shown in the fig. P6.2.8.
function
14. The closed loop transfer function for this system is
K s 5 + s 4 + 2 s 3 + ( K + 2) s 2 + ( K + 2) s + K
G( s) = (A)
( s + 15)( s + 27)( s + 38) s3 + s2 + 2 s + K
The system will oscillate for the value of K equal to 2 s 4 + ( K + 2) s 3 + Ks 2
(B)
(A) 23690 (B) 2369 s3 + s2 + 2 s + K
(C) 144690 (D) 14469 s3 + s2 + 2 s + K
(C)
s 5 + s 4 + 2 s 3 + ( K + 2) s 2 + ( K + 2) s + K
11. The forward-path transfer function of a ufb system is
s3 + s2 + 2 s + K
(D)
K ( s - 2)( s + 4)( s + 5) 2 s + ( K + 2) s 3 + Ks 2
4
G( s) =
( s 2 + 3)
15. The poles location for this system is shown in fig.
For system to be stable, the range of K is
1 3 P6.2.15. The value of K is
(A) K > (B) K <
54 40 jw
1 3
(C) <K < (D) Unstable
54 40 s
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
336
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 6 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Control & System
(A) stable (B) unstable 32. The closed loop transfer function of a system is
(C) marginally stable ( s + 8)( s + 6)
T( s) =
(D) More information is required. s 5 - s 4 + 4 s 3 - 4 s 2 + 3s - 2
The number of poles in RHP and in LHP are
27. The forward path transfer of ufb system is (A) 4, 1 (B) 1, 4
1 (C) 3, 2 (D) 2, 3
G( s) 2 2
4 s ( s + 1)
33. The closed loop transfer function of a system is
The system is
(A) stable (B) unstable s 3 + 3s 2 + 7 s + 24
T( s) =
s - 2 s 4 + 3s 3 - 6 s 2 + 2 s - 4
5
s7 1 2
30. The open-loop transfer function of a ufb control
system is given by s5 1 2
K s5 3 4
G( s) =
s( sT1 + 1)( sT2 + 1)
s4 1 -1
For the system to be stable the range of K is Fig. P6.2.35
1 1 1 1 (A) 1, 2, 4 (B) 1, 6, 0
(A) 0 < K < + (B) K > +
T1 T2 T1 T2 (C) 1, 0, 6 (D) None of the above
(C) 0 < K < T1 T2 (D) K > T1 T2
36. For the open loop system of fig. P6.2.35 location of
31. The closed loop transfer function of a system is poles on RHP, LHP, and an jw-axis are
s + 4 s + 8 s + 16
3 2
R(s) -8 C(s)
T( s) =
s + 3s 4 + 5 s 2 + s + 3
5
s6 + s5 - 6s4 + s2 + s - 6
11. (C) T( s)
G( s) K 2 K 2
+ . Then apply feedback formula with 2 + and
1 + G( s) s 2
s s s
K ( s - 2)( s + 4)( s + 5) 1
= , and then multiply with s 2 .
Ks + (7 K + 1) s 2 + 2 Ks + ( 3 - 40 K )
3
( s + 1)
Routh table is as shown in fig. S.6.211 K 2
s2 2 +
s s 2 s 4 + ( K + 2) s 3 + Ks 2
T( s) = =
s3 K 2K 1 K 2 s3 + s2 + 2 s + K
1+ 2 +
s + 1 s s
s2 7K + 1 3 - 40 K
2
54 K - K
s1 7K + 1 15. (C) Denominator = s 3 + s 2 + 2 s + K
s0 3 - 40 K Routh table is as shown in fig. S.6.2.15
Fig. S.6.2.11
s3 1 5
K > 0,
1 s2 1 K
7K + 1 > 0 K >-
7
s1 2-K
54 K 2 - K 1 1 3
>0 K > <K <
7K + 1 54 54 40 s0 K
3
3 - 40 K > 0 K < Fig. S.6.2.15
40
Row of zeros when K = 2,
1 s 2 + 2 = 0, s = -1, j 2 , - j 2
12. (A) T( s) =
s + 6s + 5s + K
3 2
Routh table is as shown in fig. S.6.212 16. (D) Applying the feedback formula on the inner loop
and multiplying by K yield
s3 1 5 K
Ge ( s) = ,
s( s 2 + 5 s + 7)
s2 6 K
K
s1 30 - K T( s) =
s + 5s + 7s + K
3 2
s0 K
17. (B) Routh table is as shown in fig. S.6.2.17
Fig. S.6.2.12
s3 1 7
K ( s + 10)( s + 20)
13. (D) T( s) = 3
s + ( K + 2) s 2 + 30 Ks + 200 K s2 5 K
Routh table is as shown in fig. S.6.2.13 s1 35- K
5
s3 1 30K s0 K
Fig. S.6.2.17
s2 K +2 200K
35 - K
s1 30 K 2 - 140 K K >0 , >0 K < 35
5
s0 200K
18. (C) At K = 35 system will oscillate.
Fig. S.6.2.13
Auxiliary equation 5 s 2 + 35 = 0, s= j 7
200 K > 0 K > 0, 30 K 2 - 140 K > 0
14
K > , 5 satisfy this condition. 19. (B) For inner loop
3
K K K
Gi ( s) = = , Ti ( s) =
K 2 ( s - a)( s + 3a)( s + 4 a) P ( s) P ( s) + K
14. (B) First combine the parallel loop 2
and giving
s s K
For outer loop, Go( s) = Ti ( s) = ,
P ( s) + K
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
340
ForStability
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 6.2
K 2K - 1 1
To( s) , >0 K >
P ( s) + 2 K 2 2 K >
109
18 K - 109 109 18
Therefore if inner loop is stable for X < K < Y , then >0 K >
2K - 1 18
outer loop will be stable for X < 2 K < Y
X Y
<K < .
2 2 23. (B) Characteristic equation
s4 + 9 s3 + 20 s2 + Ks + K = 0
K ( s + 2)
20. (D) T( s) = Routh table is as shown in fig. S.6.2.23
s 4 + 3s 3 - 3s 2 + ( K + 3) s + (2 K - 4)
Routh table is as shown in fig. S.6.2.20 s4 1 20 K
s3 9 K
s4 1 -3 2K - 4
180 - K
s2 K
s3 3 K +3 9
K ( K - 99)
s1
s2 - ( K +312 ) 2K - 4 K -180
K ( K + 33) s0 K
s1 K + 12
Fig. S.6.2.23
s0 2K - 4
For stability 0 < K < 99
Fig. S.6.2.20
-( K + 12) K ( s + 2)
> 0 K < - 12, 2 K - 4 > 0 24. (C) T( s) =
3 s + 3s - 3s + ( K + 3) s + (2 K - 4)
4 2 2
s4 1 -3 2K - 4
21. (D) Routh table is as shown in fig. S.6.2.21
s3 3 K +3
4
s 1 1 1 s2 - K + 12
2K - 4
3
3
s K 1 s1 K ( K + 33)
K + 12
K -1
s2 K
1 s0 2K - 4
1 K -1 - K 2
s K -1 Fig. S.6.2.24
s 0
1 For K < - 33, 1 sign change
For -33 < K < - 12, 1 sign change
Fig. S.6.2.21
K -1 - K2 For -12 < K < 0, 1 sign change
K > 0, K - 1 > 0 K >1 , > 0,
K -1 For 0 < K < 2, 3 sign change
But for K > 1 third term is always -ive. Thus the three For K > 2, 2 sign change
condition cannot be fulfilled simultaneously. Therefore K > 2 yield two RHP pole.
22. (D) Routh table is as shown in fig. S.6.2.22 25. (B) Routh table is as shown in fig. S.6.2.25
s4 1 4+K 25 s4 1 8 15
s3 2 9 s3 4 20
s2 2 K -1
2
25 s2 3 15
s1 18 K -109
2 K -1
s1 6 ROZ
s0 25 s0 15
s1 46 ROZ s3 T1 T2 1
s0 1 s2 T1 + T2 K
( T1 + T2 ) - T1 T2K
Fig. S.6.2.27 s1 T1 + T2
dp( s) s0
P ( s) = 4 s 4 + 4 s + 1, = 16 s 3 + 3s K
ds
There is no sign change. So all pole are on jwaxis. So Fig. S.6.2.30
s4 3 4 3
s4 2 1 1
s3 3.67 0
s3 5 2
s2 4 3
s2 1
5
1
s1 -2.75
s1 -23
s0 3
s0 1
s1 22 +1-4 have been entered. From s6 to row down to the s 0 row,
+ + 1-4
s4 3 30 57
s3 12 60 ROZ
s2 15 507
s1 -345.6
s0 507
Fig. S.6.2.33
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
343
ForTime
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Response Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 6.3
( s 5)
R(s) 10 C(s) e. T( s)
1
s
( s 10) 2
(s + 10)
11. For a second-order system overshoot 12 % and The step, ramp, and parabolic error constants are
settling time 0.6 s. The location of poles are
(A) 0, 1000, 0 (B) 1000, 0, 0
(A) 9.88 j6.67 (B) 6.67 j9.88
(C) 0, 0, 0 (D) 0, 0, 1000
(C) 4.38 j6.46 (D) 6.46 j4.38
Statement for Q.1213: 16. The open-loop transfer function of a ufb control
system is
A system has a damping ratio of 1.25, a natural
K (1 2 s)(1 4 s)
frequency of 200 rad/s and DC gain of 1. G( s)
s 2 ( s 2 2 s 8)
12. The response of the system to a unit step input is The position, velocity and acceleration error
5 50 t 2 150 t 4 100 t 1 400 t constants are respectively
(A) 1 e e (B) 1 e e
3 3 3 3 K
(A) 0, 0, 4K (B) , , 0
1 100 t 4 400 t 2 50 t 5 150 t 8
(C) 1 e e (D) 1 e e
3 3 3 3 K
(C) 0, 4 K , (D) , ,
8
13. The system is
(A) overdamped (B) under damped 17. The open-loop transfer function of a unit feedback
(C) critically damped (D) None of the above system is
50
14. Consider the following system G( s)
(1 0.1s)(1 2 s)
5
a. T( s) The position, velocity and acceleration error
( s 3)( s 6)
constants are respectively
10( s 7)
b. T( s) (A) 0, 0, 250 (B) 50, 0, 0
( s 10)( s 20)
(C) 0, 250, (D) , 50, 0
20
c. T( s) 2
s 6 s 144
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
345
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 5 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Control Systems
Fig. P6.3.22
The system has 10% overshoot and velocity error
49 49
constant K v 100. (A) (B)
11 11
27. The forward path transfer function of a unity If the system is subjected to an input
feedback system is r ( t) 1 t 1
2
t 2 , t 0 the steady state error of the
1000 system will be
G( s)
( s 20)( s 2 4 s 10) (A) 0 (B) 0.1
Fig. P6.3.32
31. A ufb control system has a forward path transfer The type and order of the system are respectively
function (A) 7 and 5 (B) 4 and 5
10(1 4 s) (C) 4 and 7 (D) 7 and 4
G( s)
s 2 (1 s)
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
347
ForTime
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Response Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 6.3
10 1 1
8. (A) C( s)
SOLUTIONS s( s 10) s s 10
c( t) 1 e 10 t
1. (D) Characteristic equation is s 9 s 18. 2
2.2 2.2
a 10, Rise time Tr 0.22s
18, 2
n 9
2
n
a 10
Therefore 106
. ,
n 4.24 rad/s 4
Settling time Ts 0.4s
a
1 0.6
2. (A) T( s) 4
6 ( s 0.8) 2 (0.6) 2 9. (D)
n 0.571,
n 1 2 1047
.
Ts Tp
n 1 2 0.6 ,
n 0.8
Poles 0.571 j1.047
Hence
n 1, 0.8
1 2
3. (A) Characteristic equation is 10. (A) 0.1 e
0.59
s { s ( 3 j 4)}{ s ( 3 j 4)} ( s 3) 4 . 2 2
n 1 2 0.779,
s 6 s 25,
25
2 2
n 5 rad/s Tp
n
6 Poles
n j
n 1 2 0.46 j0.63
2
n 6 , 0.6
25
1 2 4
16 4 11. (B) 0.12 e
0.56,
n 1192
.
4. (A) T( s) Ts
( 4 s 2 8 s 16) ( s 2 2 s 4)
Therefore Poles
n j
n 1 2 6.67 j9.88
2n 4
n 2 , 2
n 2, 0.5
Note :
5 32
.
5. (D) M p e 1 2
0.05, Ts , For 0 0.69
100
n
4.5
3
0.69, Ts , For 0.69
1 2
n
1 K
T( s) 2
n2 40000
1 G( s) s 2 s K 12. (B) T( s) 2
s 2
n s
n
2
s 500 s 40000
1
2
n 2,
n 1.45 40000
0.69
( s 100)( s 400)
Peak time,
40000 1 4 1
Tp 3 sec R( s)
d
n 2 s( s 100)( s 400) s 3( s 100) 3( s 400)
1.45 (1 0.69 2 )
4 100 t 1 400 t
But the peak time Tp given is 1 sec. Hence these two r ( t) 1 e e
3 3
specification cannot be met.
13. (A) System has two different poles on negative real
K1
6. (C) T( s) 2 , axis. So response is over damped.
s ( K 2 s) K 1
2n K 1 , 2
n 1 K 2 14. (A) 1. Overdamped response (a, b)
d 0.10, 0.6,
d
n 1 0.6 2 10 Poles : Two real and different on negative real axis.
2. Underdamped response (c)
n 12.5
K 1 156.25,
Poles : Two complex in left half plane
2
n 3 K 2 1
3.Undamped response (d)
2 12.5 0.6 K 2 1
K 2 14
Poles : Two imaginary.
4.Critically damped (e)
1 2
7. (A) M p e , At 0, M p 1 100% Poles : Two real and same on negative real axis.
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
349
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 5 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Control Systems
G( s) K 1 100
T( s) 2 where G1 ( s) and G2 ( s)
1 G ( s) s as K s5 s2
1
2
n a ,
n2 K
2 0.6 K a R( s) D( s)
s
K
0.6 K 100
K 14400 100
2 1
2 49
ess
1 100 11
K 1
19. (D) 100, K 14400, 5 2
a
14400
100
a 144 23. (A) Using Routh-Hurwitz Criterion, system is stable
a
for 0 K 2000
20. (C) If R ( s) 0 2000
maximum K v lim sG( s) 6. 25
s 0 4 8 10
K2
s( s 4) 1 1
TD( s) minimum possible error 0.16
K 1 K 2 ( s 2) K v 6.25
1
s( s 4)( s 3)
6 R( s)
K 2 ( s 3) 24. (A) R( s) , E( s)
s4 1 G ( s)
s( s 3)( s 4) K 1 K 2 ( s 2)
ess lim sE( s)
Error in output due to disturbance s 0
6s
E( s) TD( s) D ( s), s4
lim
1 s 0 1000 ( s 4 s 20) ( s 2 20 s 15)
2
If D( s) , 1
s s 3( s 2) ( s 10)
1 3 6
essD lim sE( s) lim s TD( s) lim TD( s) lim
s 0 s 0 s s 0 2 K1 s 0 1000 ( s 2 4 s 20) ( s 2 20 s 15)
s
3
3 ( s 2) ( s 10)
0.000012
K 1 125 10 3
2 K1 6
4 10 4
Error due to ramp input 0 1000 20 15
2 10
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
350
ForTime
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Response Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 6.3
37 2
n 2(1 K t )
ess 0.0607 Kt
Kv 1 0.7 ... (i)
2K a
30. (C) The system is type 2. Thus to step and ramp sR( s) 1
ess lim , R ( s) 2
input error will be zero.
s 0 1 Ge ( s) s
G( s) R( s) R( s) 1 1 Kt
E( s) R( s) C( s) R( s) ess lim
1 G ( s) 1 G( s) s 0 Ka Ka
s 1
1 2 s2 s(0.5 s 1 K t )
R( s)
s s2 s2 1 Kt
ess 0. 2 ...(ii)
s2 Ka
E( s)
10( s 1)
s2 Solving (i) and (ii)
( s 2)
K a 24.5 , K t 39
.
ess ( t) lim sE( s) 0
s 0
35. (C) The s has power of 4 and denominator has order
31. (C) System is type 2. Therefore error due to 1 t of 7. So Type 4 and Order 7.
t2 1
would be zero and due to would be .
2 Ka 8
36. (D) For 8u( t), ess 2.
1 1 Kp
K a lim s 2 G( s) 10, ess ( t) 0.1
s 0 10 For 8tu( t), ess , since the system is type 0.
Note that you may calculate error from the formula
37. (A) For equivalent unit feedback system the forward
sR( s)
ess ( t) lim sE( s) transfer function is
s 0 1 G( s)
10 ( s 10 )
G( s) s (s 2 )
Ge 10 ( s 10 )( s 3)
1 G( s) H ( s) G( s) 1
32. (D) K p lim G( s) K s (s 2 )
s 0
10( s 10)
1 1
ess ( t) 0.1
K 9. 11s 132 s 300
2
1 Kp 1 K
The system is of Type 0. Hence step input will produce a
constant error constant.
sR( s)
33. (B) ess lim e( t) lim sE( s) lim
t s 0 s 0 1 G( s) H ( s)
When K t 0 and K a 5
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
351
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
6.5
FREQUENCY-DOMAIN ANALYSIS
P6.5.12. 20 dB
10 dB
|T( jw )|
-270o -225
o
-135
o
-90
o
-45
o
2.5
-20 dB
-30 dB
1.0
wn w
Fig. P6.5.4
Fig. P6.5.1-2
(A) D, C, B, A (B) A, B, C, D
1. The system gain K is (C) B, C, A, D (D) A, D, B, C
(A) 1 (B) 2
1 5. The open-loop frequency response of a unity
(C) 2 (D) feedback system is shown in following table
2
w |G ( jw)| G ( jw)
2. The damping factor x is approximately
(A) 0.6 (B) 0.2 2 8.5 -119
1 5 2.56 -156
G( s) H ( s) =
s( s + 1)( s + 0.5)
6 1.4 -164
the phase cross-over frequency is
8 1.00 -172
(A) 0.5 rad/sec (B) 0.707 rad/sec
10 0.63 -180
(C) 1.732 rad/sec (D) 2 rad/sec
Fig. P6.5.5
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
362
ForFrequency-Domain
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Analysis Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 6.5
The gain margin and phase margin of the system 10. The gain margin of the ufb system
are 2
G( s) = is
(A) 2 dB, 8 (B) 2 dB, -172 ( s + 1)( s + 2)
(A) 1.76 dB (B) 3.5 dB
(C) 4 dB, 8 (D) 4 dB, -172
(C) -3.5 dB (D) -1.76 dB
Statement for Q.67:
11. The open-loop transfer function of a system is
Consider the gain-phase plot shown in fig.
K
P6.5.67. G( s) H ( s) =
dB s(1 + 2 s)(1 + 3s)
2 dB w=2
The phase crossover frequency is
(A) 6 rad/sec (B) 2.46 rad/sec
(C) 0.41 rad/sec (D) 3.23 rad/sec
0 G( jw)
w = 10
12. The open-loop transfer function of a ufb system is
-2 dB w = 100 1+ s
G( s) =
-270 o
-180
o
-140
o
-90
o s(1 + 0.5 s)
Fig. P6.5.6-7 The corner frequencies are
6. The gain margin and phase margin are (A) 0 and 2 (B) 0 and 1
(A) -2 dB, 40 (B) 2 dB, 40 (C) 0 and -1 (D) 1 and 2
(C) 2 dB, 140 (D) -2 dB, 140
13. In the Bode-plot of a unity feedback control system,
7. The gain crossover and phase crossover frequency are the value of magnitude of G( jw) at the phase crossover
1
respectively frequency is 2
. The gain margin is
(A) 10 rad/sec, 100 rad/sec 1
(A) 2 (B)
2
(B) 100 rad/sec, 10 rad/sec
1
(C) 10 rad/sec, 2 rad/sec (C) (D) 3
3
(D) 100 rad/sec, 2 rad/sec
14. In the Bode-plot of a ufb control system, the value of
8. The phase margin of a system with the open loop phase of G( jw) at the gain crossover frequency is -120 .
transfer function The phase margin of the system is
(1 - s) (A) -120 (B) 60
G( s) H ( s) = is
(1 + s)( 3 + s)
(C) -60 (D) 120
(A) 68.3 (B) 90
(C) 0 (D) 15. The transfer function of a system is given by
K 1
G( s) = ; K <
9. Consider a ufb system having an open-loop transfer s( sT + 1) T
function
The Bode plot of this function is
K
G( s) = dB dB
s(0.2 s + 1)(0.05 s + 1)
-20 dB/dec -40 dB/dec
For K = 1, the gain margin is 28 dB. When gain
-40 dB/dec
margin is 20 dB, K will be equal to 0 dB w 0 dB w
0.1 1 0.1 1
(A) 2 (B) 4 T T T T
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
363
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 6 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Control & System
dB dB
100 10
(A) (B)
-20 dB/dec s 10 s 10
-20 dB/dec
1
0 dB 0 dB
(C) (D) None of the above
0.1 1 w 0.1 1 w s 10
T T T T
-40 dB/dec
-40 dB/dec
Fig. P6.5.19
-60 dB/dec 8 s( s 2) 4( s 5)
(A) (B)
( s 5)( s 10) ( s 2)( s 10)
0.1 2 5 25 w 4( s 2) 8 s( s 5)
(C) (D)
Fig. P6.5.16
s( s 5)( s 10) ( s 2)( s 10)
50( s 5) 20( s 5)
(A) 2 (B)
s ( s 2)( s 25) s 2 ( s 2)( s 25) 20. The Bode plot shown in fig. P6.5.20 represent
10 s 2 ( s 5) 20( s 5) dB
(C) (D)
( s 2)( s 25) s( s 2)( s 25)
100 dB
17. For the Bode plot shown in fig. P6.5.17 the transfer -60 dB/dec
function is 40 dB/dec
dB
4 10 w w = 10 w
0 dB
-4
Fig. P6.5.20
ce
0d
/d
dB
B/
100 s 2 1000 s 2
de
0
-2
(A) (B)
c
(1 0.1s) 3 (1 0.1s) 3
Fig. P6.5.17
100 s 100( s 4) 100 s 2 1000 s 2
(A) (B) (C) (D)
( s 4)( s 10) 2 s( s 10) 2 (1 0.1s) 5 (1 0.1s) 5
100 100
(C) (D)
( s 4)( s 10) s ( s 4)( s 10)
2
Statement for Q.2122:
The Bode plot of the transfer function K (1 sT) is
18. Bode plot of a stable system is shown in the fig.
given in the fig. P6.5.2122.
P6.3.18. The open-loop transfer function of the ufb
dB Phase
system is
dB
-20 dB/dec
20 dB 0.1 10
-20 dB/dec T T
1 w w
T -45
/d
w ec
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
364
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 6 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Control & System
dB
Fig. P6.5.29-30
Re w=
Re
w= 0 w= w= 0
31. The Nyquist plot of a open-loop transfer function The Nyquist plot for this system is
Im Im
G( jw) H ( jw) of a system encloses the ( -1, j0) point. The
gain margin of the system is
(A) less than zero (B) greater than zero
(C) zero (D) infinity w=
Re Re
w= w= 0
34. The transfer function of an open-loop system is 36. The open loop transfer function of a system is
s+2 K (1 + s) 2
G( s) H ( s) = G( s) H ( s) =
( s + 1)( s - 1) s3
The Nyquist plot will be of the form The Nyquist plot for this system is
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
366
ForFrequency-Domain
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Analysis Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 6.5
Im Im
Im
w= 0 w= 0
w= Re
Re 10.64
w=
w=
Re
w= 0
(A) (B)
Im
Im
Fig. P6.5.38
Im Im w= 0 w= 0
w= w=
Re Re
w=
Re Re
w= w= 0
w= 0
(A) (B)
(A) (B) Im Im
Im Im
w= Re w= Re
w=
Re w=
Re
w= 0
w= 0 w= 0
w= 0
(C) (D)
(C) (D)
38. The Nyquist plot of a system is shown in fig. 40. Regarding the system consider the statements
P6.5.38. The open-loop transfer function is 1. Open-loop system is stable
4s 1 2. Closed-loop system is unstable
G( s) H ( s)
s ( s 1)(2 s 1)
2
3. One closed-loop poles is lying on the RHP
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
367
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 6 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Control & System
42. The Nyquist plot of this system is (C) 0.707 rad/sec, 0.57 rad/sec
Im Im (D) 0.707 rad/sec, 1.38 rad/sec
w= 0 w=
Re
w= 0 w=
Re (A) -3.52 dB, -168.5 (B) -3.52 dB, 11.6
(C) 3.52 dB, -168.5 (D) 3.52 dB, 11.6
(A) (B)
****************
Im Im
Re Re
w= 0 w= w= 0 w=
(C) (D)
Re Re
2 3
w= w= 0
3 2
(A) (B)
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
368
ForFrequency-Domain
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Analysis Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 6.5
( w - w ) + 4 x2 w2n w2
2 2 2 1
n 20 log = 28 a = 0.04
a
From the fig. P6.5.12, |T( j0)| = 1
For 20 dB gain Nyquist plot should intersect at b,
K 2 wn4
|T( j0)|
2
= = K2 =1 K =1 1
wn4 20 log = 20 b = 0.1.
b
This is achieved if the system gain is increased by factor
2. (B) The peak value of T( jw) occurs when the
0.1
= 2.5. Thus K = 2.5.
denominator of function |T( jw)| is minimum i.e. when
2
0.04
w2n - w2 = 0 w = wn
1
K w K2 2 4
K 10. (B) Here K = 2, T1 = 1, T2 =
|T( jwn )| = 2 = 2 |T( jwn )| = = 2.5
2 n
2
4x w 4x 4
n 2x -1 -1
KT1 T2 (2)(0.5)
K Gain Margin = = 1 + 0.5 = 15
. = 35
. dB
x= = 0.2 T
1 + T 2
5
5. (C) At 180 gain is 0.63. Hence gain margin is w = 2. These are the corner frequencies.
1
= 20 log = 4 dB 1 1
0.63 13. (A) G.M. = = =2
GH ( jwp) 1 2
At unity gain phase is -172 ,
Phase margin = 180 -172 = 8 14. (B) P.M. = 180 + GH ( jw1 ) = 180 -120 = 60
0 dB
0.1 0.5 1.4 4 w K (1 + jw) 2
36. (B) GH ( jw) =
( jw) 3
Fig.S6.5.29 K (1 + w2 )
|GH( jw)| =
1 1 w3
K v = 4, eramp ( ) = = = 0.25
Kv 4 GH ( jw) = -270 + 2 tan -1 w
For w = 0, GH ( jw) = - 270
w 0.5 For w = 1 , GH ( jw) = -180
30. (B) From fig. S6.5.29 x = 2 = = 0.179
2 w3 2(1.4) For w = , GH ( jw) = 0 - 90
As w increases from 0 to , phase goes -270 to -90 .
31. (A) If Nyquist plot encloses the point ( -1, j0), the
Due to s 3 term there will be 3 infinite semicircle.
system is unstable and gain margin is negative.
K
37. (A) |GH ( jw)| = ,
K 1 + w2 1 + 4 w2 1 + 9 w2
32.(A) GH ( jw) =
jw(1 + jwT1 )(1 + jwT2 ) (1 + jwT2 )
GH ( jw) = -90 - tan -1 w - tan -1 2 w - tan -1 3w ,
K K
lim GH ( jw) = lim = lim - 90 For w = 0, GH ( jw) = - 90 ,
w 0 w 0 jw w 0 w
For w = , GH ( jw) = 0 - 360 ,
Hence, the asymptote of the Nyquist plot tends to an
Hence (A) is correct option.
angle of -90 as w 0.
38. (C) The open-loop poles in RHP are P = 0. Nyquist
1
33. (C) 20 log = 20 path enclosed 2 times the point ( -1 + j0). Taking
GH ( jw)
clockwise encirclements as negative N = -2.
1
= 10 GH ( jw) = 0.1 N = P - Z, -2 = 0 - Z , Z = 2 which implies that two
GH ( jw)
poles of closed-loop system are on RHP.
Since system is stable, it will cross at s = -0.1.
-1
s+2 39. (B) G( s) H ( s) = ,
34. (B) GH ( s) = 2 2 s(1 - 20 s)
( s - 1)
1
jw + 2 GH ( jw) =
GH ( jw) = 2 w 1 + 400 w2
( -1 - w2 )
-20 w
At w = 0 , GH ( jw) = 2 - 180 GH ( jw) = 180 -90 - tan -1 ,
1
At w = , GH ( jw) = 0 - 270
At w = 0 GH ( jw) = 90
Hence (B) is correct option.
At w = GH ( jw) = 0 180
K At w = 0.1 GH ( jw) = 2.24 153.43
35. (C) GH ( jw) =
jw( -w + 2 jw + 2)
2
At w = 0.01 GH ( jw) = 49 9115
.
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
371
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 6 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Control & System
40. (C) One open-loop pole is lying on the RHP. Thus The frequency at which magnitude unity is
open-loop system is unstable and P 1. There is one
Im
clockwise encirclement. Hence N = -1.
Z = P - N = 1 - ( -1) = 2,
-2
Hence there are 2 closed-loop poles on the RHP and 3
Re
-1 wp
system is unstable.
w1 Phase Margin
41. (B) There is one infinite semicircle. Which represent
single pole at origin. So system type is1.
K 1 + w2
42. (D) |GH ( jw)| = =K
1 + w2 Fig.S6.5.44
-w w (1 + w ) (1 + 4 w ) = 1
2
1
2
1
2
1
GH ( jw) = tan -1 w - tan -1 -
1 w2 = 0.326, w1 = 0.57 rad/sec
At w = 0 GH ( jw) = K0 ,
1 2
At w = 1 GH ( jw) = K90 , 46. (D) G.M. = 20 log , |GH( jwp)| =
|GH( jwp)| 3
At w = 2 GH ( jw) = K127 ,
3
At w = GH ( jw) = K180 , Gain Margin = 20 log = 352
. dB.
2
GH ( jw) = -90 - tan -1 w - tan -1 2 w ,
43. (A) RHP poles of open-loop system P = 1, Z = P - N .
At unit gain w1 = 0.57 rad/sec,
For closed loop system to be stable,
Phase at this frequency is
Z = 0, 0 = 1 - N N =1 GH ( jw1 ) = -90 - tan -1 0.57 - tan -1 2(0.57) = -168.42
There must be one anticlockwise rotation of point Phase margin = -168.42 +180 = 11.6
( -1 + j0). It is possible when K > 1. Note that system is stable. So gain margin and phase
45. (C) The Nyquist plot crosses the negative real axis
1
at w = rad/sec. Hence phase crossover frequency is
2
1
wp = = 0.707 rad/sec.
2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
372
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
6.6
DESIGN OF CONTROL SYSTEMS
4. A lag compensation network 7. Consider the ListI (Transfer function) and ListII
(a) increases the gain of the original network without (Controller)
affecting stability. List I List II
(b) reduces the steady state error. P. 1. Pcontroller
(c) reduces the speed of response Q. 2. PIcontroller
(d) permits the increase of gain of phase margin is K1s + K2
R. K 3s
3. PDcontroller
acceptable. K1
S. K 2s
4. PIDcontroller
In the above statements, which are correct
The correct match is
(A) a and b (B) b and c
P Q R S
(C) b, c, and d (D) all
(A) 3 4 2 1
5. Derivative control (B) 4 3 1 2
(A) has the same effect as output rate control (C) 3 2 1 4
(B) reduces damping (D) 4 1 2 3
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
373
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 6 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Control Systems
(C) j (D) j Ke s TD
G( s)
s 1
(D) zero steady state error for step input for type 0 (b) stabilizes the system with low phase margin
system (c) enables moderate increase in gain without
affecting stability.
12. The transfer function of a phase compensator is
(d) increases resonant frequency
given by (1 aTs) (1 Ts) where a 1 and T 0. The
maximum phase shift provided by a such compensator In the above statements, correct are
is (A) (a) and (b) (B) (a) and (c)
**********
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
375
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
6.7
THE STATE-VARIABLE ANALYSIS
-3
x& 1 0 -1 0 x1 0
(C) x& 2 = 0 0 -1 x2 + 0 u
Fig. P6.7.3
x& 3 3 2 1 x3 1 1 0 -2 -1 0 2
(A) 0 -2 0 (B) 0 2 0
(D) None of the above
-3 0 0 3 0 0
Statement for Q.24: -2 0 1 2 0 -1
Represent the given system in state-space (C) 0 -2 0 (D) 0 2 0
equation x& = A x + B u. Choose the correction option for 0 0 -3 0 0 3
matrix A.
4.
2.
1 1 2
s x2 1 s x1 5
y
1 1 1 1
1 s x3 1 s x2 1 s x1 1
-2 u y
u -2
1
s x3 -3 -4
5
Fig. P6.7.4
-3
Fig. P6.7.2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
376
ForThe
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
State-Variable Analysis Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 6.7
0 1 -4 0 -1 4 8. The F( t ) is
(A) 1 0 0 (B) -1 0 0 cos 2 t sin 2 t cos 2 t - sin 2 t
(A) (B)
-3 0 0 3 0 0 cos 2 t
- sin 2 t cos 2 t sin 2 t
- 4 1 0 4 - 1 0 sin 2 t cos 2 t sin 2 t - cos 2 t
(C) (D)
(C) 0 0 1 (D) 0 0 -1
- cos 2 t sin 2 t cos 2 t sin 2 t
0 0 -3 0 0 3
9. The q( t ) is
-1 0 1 y = [1 0 0 0 ]x
x& ( t) = x( t) + u( t), y( t) = [1 1]x( t)
0 -2 1 0 1 0 0 0
0 0 1 0 0
The transfer function of this system is (B) x& = x + r
0 0 0 1 0
(A) ( s 2 + 3s + 2) -1 (B) ( s + 2) -1 -100 -7 -10 -20
100
(C) s( s 2 + 3s + 2) -1 (D) ( s + 1) -1 y = [1 0 0 0 ]x
0 1 0 0 0
16. The state-space representation for a system is 0 0 0
1 0
(C) x& = x + r
0 1 0 10 0 0 0 1 0
x& = 0 0 1 x + 0 u, y = [1 0 0 ]x 20 10
7 100 1
-1 -2 -3 0
y = [100 0 0 0 ]x
The transfer function Y ( s) U ( s) is 0 1 0 0 0
0 0 1 0 0
10(2 s 2 + 3s + 1) 10(2 s 2 + 3s + 1) (D) x& = x + r
(A) (B)
s 3 + 3s 2 + 2 s + 1 s 3 + 2 s 2 + 3s + 1 0 0 0 1 0
-20 -10 -7 -100
1
10(2 s 2 + 3s + 2) 10(2 s 2 + 3s + 2)
(C) (D)
s 3 + 3s 2 + 2 s + 1 s 3 + 2 s 2 + 3s + 1 y = [100 0 0 0 ]x
C( s) 24 1
17. = 3 (C) - sin 2 t (D) 3 sin 2 t
R( s) s + 9 s 2 + 26 s + 24 2
x& 1 0 1 0 x1 0
20. For the transfer function
(A) x& 2 = 0 0 1 x2 + 0 r
x& 3 -24 -26 -9 x3 24 Y ( s) s+3
=
U ( s) ( s + 1)( s + 2)
x& 1 0 1 0 x1 0
(B) x& 2 = 0 0 1 x2 + 0 r The state model is given by x& = A x + B u,
x& 3 24 26 9 x3 24 y = C x. The A , B, C are
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
378
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 6 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Control & System
1 0 1 2
(C) (D) Statement for Q.3738:
0 -1 -2 -4
A state flow graph is shown in fig. P6.7.37-38
32. The observability matrix is 4
1 0 1 -2 1 1
(A) (B) s x2 x1 5
4
1 s
0 1 -2 u y
-21
4
1 0 1 2
(C) (D)
0 -1 -2 -4
-5
Fig. P6.7.37-38
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
380
ForThe
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
State-Variable Analysis Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 6.7
x& 0 1 x 0 x v& -1 -1 v1 1 v
(B) 1 = 21 1 + u, y = [5 4 ] 1 (B) &1 = + vi , iR = [ 4 1] 1
x2
& - 5 - x 1 x2 i3 -3 -1 i3 0 i3
4 2
v& 1 -3 v1 1 v
x& 0 -1 x 1 x (C) 1 = + vi , iR = [1 4 ] 1
(C) 1 = 21 1 + u, y = [ 4 5 ] 1
5 v2 1 6 v2 -1
& v2
x& 2 x 1
4 2 x2
v& 1 3 v1 1 v1
(D) 1 = v + -1 vi , iR = [1 4 ]v
x& 0 1 x 1 x v &
2 - 1 6 2 2
(D) 1 = 21 1 + u, y = [ 4 5 ] 1
x
& - 5 - x 1 x2
2 4 2
Statement for Q.4143:
iR iC Fig. P6.7.41-43
i1 1W i3 1W i5 1W
Fig. P6.7.40
i2 i4
+
iR ( t). The state space representation is vi 1H vo
1H 1F
-
v& 1 -1 v1 1 v
(A) &1 = + vi , iR = [ 4 1] 1
i3 -3 1 i1 0 i3
Fig. P6.7.44-47
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
381
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 6 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Control & System
2 1 1 1 1 2 x& 1 -2 1 0 x1 0
3 - 3 - 3 - 3 - 3 3
x& = 0 -2 0 x + 0 u
1 2 2
2 2 2 2 1 3 -
(C) (D) - - x
& 0 0 3 x3 1
3 3 3 3 3 3
- 1 - 2 1 - 1 - 2 - 1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3. (C) x& 1 = - 2 x1 + x3 , x& 2 = - 2 x2 + u , x& 3 = -3 x3 + u
y = 5 x1 + 5 x2 + 5 x3
46. The matrix B is x& 1 -2 0 1 x1 0
2 2 x& = 0 -2 0 x + 1 u
3 3 2 2
1 1 x& 3 0 0 -3 x3 1
(A) - (B)
3 3
- 1 1 4. (C) x& 1 = -4 x1 + x2 , x& 2 = x3 + 2 u , x& 3 = - 3 x3 + u
3 3
x& 1 -4 1 1 x1 0
1 2 x& = 0 0 1 x2 + 2 u
- 3 3 2
1 1 x& 3 0 0 -3 x3 1
(C) - (D)
3 3
5. (B) Ds = |sI - A| = s 2 + s + 2 = 0 s = - 0.5 j1.323
1 2
3 3
s + 3 0 1
6. (A) ( sI - A) = , |sI - A|=
47. If output is vo , then matrix C is 0 s+ 3 ( s + 3) 2
(A) [-1 0 0] (B) [1 0 0] 1
0
(C) [0 0 -1] (D) [0 0 1] ( sI - A) -1
= s + 3
1
0
s + 3
e -3t 0
F( t ) = L-1 {( sI - A )} ==
0 e -3t
************************
s -2
7. (A) ( sI - A) = , |sI - A|= s + 4
2
2 s
s 2
-1 1 s 2 s2 + 4 s2 + 4
( sI - A) = 2 =
s + 4 -2 s -2 s
s2 + 4 s + 4
2
cos 2 t sin 2 t
F( t ) = L-1 {( sI - A )} =
- sin 2 t cos 2 t
s -2
8. (A) ( sI - A) = , Ds =|sI - A|= s + 4
2
2 s
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
382
ForThe
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
State-Variable Analysis Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 6.7
s 2 1 1
1 s 2 s2 + 4 15. (D) T( s) = ( sI - A) -1
( sI - A) -1
= 2 = s + 4
2
1 0
s + 4 -2 s -2 s
1
s2 + 4 s + 4
2
0
( sI - A) -1
= s + 1
cos 2 t sin 2 t
F( t ) = L-1 {( sI - A )} = 1
0
- sin 2 t cos 2 t s + 2
1
1 s + 1 0 1
9. (C) q( t) = L-1 {( sI - A) -1 BR( s)} 1
T( s) = =
1 0 1 0 s + 1
1 s 2 0 1 1 -1 1 2
= L-1 2 =L 2 s + 2
s + 4 -2 s 1 1 s s( s + 4) s
2 16. (C) x& = A x + B u, y = C x + Du
s( s 2 + 4) 0.5(1 - cos 2 t)
= L-1 = 0 1 0 10
1
2 0.5 sin 2 t A = 0 0 1, B = 0 , C = [1 0 0 ], D = 0
( s + 4)
-1 -2 -3 0
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
383
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 6 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Control & System
0 1 0 0 0 1 s + 1 0 1 1 1
0 0 = 0 + 1 s
0 1 0 ( s + 1)( s + 2) -1 s + 2
x& = x = r, y = [1 0 0 0 ]x
0 0 0 1 0 ( s + 1)
-a -a1 -a 2
-a 3 s( s + 2)
0 b0
=
a0 = 100, a1 = 7, a2 = 10, a3 = 20 , b0 = 100 1
s( s + 1)( s + 2)
0 1 1 s 1 1
19. (B) A = , ( sI - A) -1 = 2 Y ( s) = [0 1] X ( s) =
-2 0 s + 2 -2 s s( s + 1)( s + 2)
sin 2 t 1 1
cos 2 t y( t) = - e - t + e -2 t
F( t ) = L-1 {( sI - A)} = 2
2 2
- 2 sin 2 t cos 2 t
25. (B) X ( s) = ( sI - A) -1 (x(0) + B u)
sin 2 t
cos 2 t + 1
x( t) = F( t )x(0) = 2
-1
- 2 sin 2 t + cos 2 t s + 2 -1 0 0 1 s( s + 2)
= 0 -1 0 + 0 1 =
1
3
s
s s ( s + 2)
2
y = x1 - x2 = sin 2 t
2 0 0 s + 1 0 0 1
s 2 ( s + 1)( s + 2)
20. (C) Find the transfer function of option 1
Y ( s) 1 Y ( s) = [1 0 0 ], X ( s) =
For (A) , = , s( s + 2)
U ( s) s - 2
1 1 -2 t
Y ( s) 1 y( t) = - e
For (B) , = 2 2
U ( s) s - 2
Y ( s) 1 s + 2 0 1 26. (D) For a unit step input estep ( ) = 1 + CA -1B
For (C), = [0 1]
U ( s) ( s + 1)( s + 2) 2 s + 1 1
- 5 1 0 -0.4 0.05 -0.05
1 s + 2 s+3
A= 0 -2 1, A -1
= -1 -0.25 -0.25
= [0 1] =
( s + 1)( s + 2) s + 3 ( s + 1)( s + 3) 20 -10 1 -2 15
. -0.5
So (C) is correct option. -0.4 0.05 -0.05 0
estep ( ) = 1 + [ -1 1 0 ] -1 0.25 -0.25 0
-2 -1
21. (C) A = , -2 15
. -0.5 1
-3 -5
= 1 - 0.2 = 0.8
|sI - A| = s2 + 7 s + 7 s = -5.79, - 121
.
1
s -2 -3 -2 -
27. (A) estep ( ) = 1 + CA -1B, A -1 = 3
22. (B) ( sI - A) = 0 s - 6 -5 1 0
-1 -4 s - 2
1
-2 - 0 1 2
|sI - A| = s 3
- 8 s - 11s + 8
2
s = 9.11, 0.53, - 1.64 estep ( ) = 1 + [1 1] 3 =1 - =
1 0 1 3 3
( s + 5)( s + 9) s 3 - 7 s 2 + 12 s - 7
2 2
32. (A) y = x1 , y = [1 0 ]x , 21
37. (B) x& 2 = - 5 x1 - x2 + u , x& 1 = x2 , y = 5 x1 + 4 x2
4
C 1 0
C = [1 0 ], CA = [1 0 ] , OM = = x& 1 0 1 x 0 x1
CA 0 1
x& = -5 - 21 x + 1 u, y = [5 4 ] x
1
2 4 2 2
33. (C) det CM = 0. Hence system is not controllable. det
C 5 4
O M = 1. Hence system is observable. 38. (B) O M = =
CA -20 1
34. (B) x& 1 = - x1 + x2 , x& 2 = - x2 + u , x& 3 = - 2 x3 + u det O M = 0. Thus system is not observable
-1 1 0 0 -1 1 0 0 0 1
CM = [B AB] = 21
&x = 0 -1 0 x + 1 u, A = 0 -1 0 , B = 1
1 -
4
0 0 -2 1 0 0 -2 1
det CM = -1. Thus system is controllable.
-1 1 0 0 1
AB = 0 -1 0 1 = -1 dvc di v
39. (B) = ic , L = L = 0.25 vL
0 0 -2 1 -2 dt dt 4
vC and iL are state variable.
-1 1 0 1 -2
A 2B = 0 -1 0 -1 = 1
v
iL = iC + iR , iC = iL - iR = iL - C , vL = vs - vC
2
0 0 -2 -2 4
dvL v
Hence equations are = iL - C = - 0.5 vC + iL
0 1 -2 dt 2
Cm = [B AB A B] = 1 -1
2
1
diL
= 0.25( vs - vC ) = - 0.25 vC + 0.25 vs
1 -2 4 dt
v& C -0.5 1 vC 0.25
35. (A) y = 10 x1 - 10 x2 + 10 x3 , y = [10 - 10 i& = -0.25 0 i + 1 vs ,
10 ]x L L
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
385
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 6 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Control & System
vC v di2 di
= v2 , 4 = v4 ,
dvo
= i5
iR = = 0.5 vC , iR = [0.5 0 ] C 45. (A)
2 iL dt dt dt
i1 1W v2 i3 1W v4 i5 1W
dv1 di i2 i4
40. (B) = i2 , 3 = vL
dt dt +
vi 1H 1H 1F vo
Hence v1 and i3 are state variable. -
i2 = i1 - i3 = ( vi - v1 ) - i3 , i2 = - v1 - i3 + vi
vL = v1 - v2 = v1 - iR , = v1 - ( i3 + 4 v1 ) = -3v1 - i3 Fig. S6.7.45
dv1 di
= - v1 - i3 + vi , 3 = - 3v1 - i3, y = iR = 4 v1 + i3
dt dt Now obtain v2 , v4 and i5 in terms of the state variable
v&1 -1 -1 v1 1 v1 -vi + i1 + i3 + i5 + vo = 0
i& = -3 -1 i + 0 vi , iR = [ 4 1] i
3 3 3 But i3 = i1 - i2 and i5 = i3 - i4
-vi + i1 + ( i1 - i2 ) + ( i3 - i4 ) + vo = 0
41. (C) Energy storage elements are capacitor and 2 1 1 1
i1 = i2 + i4 - vo + vi
inductor. vC and iL are available in differential form and 3 3 3 3
linearly independent. Hence vC and iL are suitable for 2 1 1 2
v2 = vi - i1 = - i2 - i4 + vo + vi
state-variable. 3 3 3 3
1 1 1 1
i3 = i1 - i2 = - i2 + i4 - vo + vi
1 dvC dvC 3 3 3 3
42. (B) = iC = 2 iC
2 dt dt 1 2 1 1
i5 = i3 - i4 = - i2 - i4 - vo + vi
1 diL diL 3 3 3 3
= vL = 2 vL
2 dt dt 1 2 2 1
+ vC - v4 = i5 + vo = - i2 - i4 + vo + vi
iC 3 3 3 3
iR1 iL 1 iR2 2 1 1 2
+ 2F - -
i&2 3 3 i2 3
+
3
is 1W vL vR2 1W 4vL & 1 2 2 1
i4 = - 3 - 3 i4 + vi
-
3 3
-
v& o 1 2 1 vo 1
- - -
Fig. S6.7.42 3 3 3 3
2 1 1 2
vL = vC + vR 2 = vC + iR2 , iC + 4 vL = iR 2 - 3 - 3 3 3
vL = vC + iC + 4 vL , -3vL = vC + iC ...(i) 1 2 2 1
A = - - , 46. (B) B =
v
iC = is - iR1 - iL , iC = is - L - iL ...(ii) 3 3 3 3
1 - 1 - 2 - 1 1
3 3 3 3
Solving equation (i) and (ii)
-3 ( is - iL - iC ) = vC + iC , 2 iC = vC - 3iL + 3is
47. (D) vo is state variable
-3vL = vC + is - vL - iL , 2vL = - vC + iL - is
i2
dvC di
= vC - 3iL + 3is , L = - vC + iL - is y = vo , y = [0 0 1] = i4
dt dt
vo
v& C 1 -3 vC 3
i& = -1 1 i + -1 is
L L
********
3
43. (A) B =
-1
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
386
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 7 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Communication System
10. If machine is not properly adjusted, the product Statement for Question 15-16:
resistance change to the case where ax 1050 . Now The life time of a system expressed in weeks is a
the rejected fraction is Rayleigh random variable X for which
(A) 5046% (B) 10.57%
x x
2
5 5
1 x a
(C) 1 Q (D) 1 Q (A) tan 1
b
4.2 4.2
1 x a
(B) cot1
Statement for Question 13 -14 : b
1 1 x a
Assume that the time of arrival of bird at (C) tan 1
2 b
Bharatpur sanctuary on a migratory route, as
measured in days from the first year (January 1 is the 1 1 x a
(D) cot1
first day), is approximated as a gaussian random 2 b
variable X with a X 200 and
x 20 days. Given that :
Statement for Question 18 - 19
F(0.5) 0.6915, . ) 0.8413.,
F(10 . ) 0.8531,
F(15
. ) 0.9394 and F(2.0) 0.9773.
F(155 The number of cars arriving at ICICI bank
drive-in window during 10-min period is Poisson
13. What is the probability that birds arrive after 160 random variable X with b 2.
th
days but on or before the 210 day ?
18. The probability that more than 3 cars will arrive
(A) 0.6687 (B) 0.8413
during any 10 min period is
(C) 0.8531 (D) 0.9773
(A) 0.249 (B) 0.143
14. What is the probability that bird will arrive after (C) 0.346 (D) 0.543
231st day ?
19. The probability that no car will arrive is
(A) 0.0432 (B) 0.1123
(A) 0.516 (B) 0.459
(C) 0.0606 (D) 0.0732 (C) 0.246 (D) 0.135
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
390
ForRandom
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Variables Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 7.1
20. The power reflected from an aircraft of complicated 26. The mean of random variable X is
shape that is received by a radar can be described by an (A) 1/4 (B) 1/6
exponential random variable W . The density of W is (C) 1/3 (D) 1/5
1 w W0
e w 0
fW ( w) W0 27. The variance of random variable X is
0 w 0
(A) 1/10 (B) 3/80
where W0 is the average amount of received power. (C) 5/16 (D) 3/16
The probability that the received power is larger than
the power received on the average is 28. A Random variable X is uniformly distributed on
X
(A) e 2 (B) e 1 the interval (5, 15). Another random variable Y e
5
1 2
(C) 1 e (D) 1 e is formed. The value of E[ Y ] is
(A) 2 (B) 0.667
Statement for Question 21-23:
(C) 1.387 (D) 2.967
Delhi averages three murder per week and their
occurrences follow a poission distribution. 29. A random variable X has X 3, x 2 11 and
2X 2
2
For a new random variable Y 2 x 3, the Y , Y and
2Y
21. The probability that there will be five or more are
murder in a given week is (A) 0, 81, 8 (B) 6, 8, 89
(A) 0.1847 (B) 0.2461
(C) 9, 89, 8 (D) None of the above
(C) 0.3927 (D) 0.4167
23. How many weeds per year (average) can the Delhi
30. The probability of the event{ X 2.5, Y 6} is
expect the number of murders per week to equal or
(A) 0.45 (B) 0.50
exceed the average number per week ?
(A) 15 (B) 20 (C) 0.55 (D) 0.60
(C) 25 (D) 30
31. The probability of the event { X 3} is
24. A discrete random variable X has possible values (A) 0.45 (B) 0.50
xi i , i 1, 2, 3, 4 which occur with probabilities 0.4,
2
(C) 0.55 (D) 0.60
0.25, 0.15, 0.1,. The mean value X E[ X ] of X is
(A) 6.85 (B) 4.35 Statement for Question 32-34 :
(C) 3.96 (D) 1.42
Random variable X and Y have the joint distribution
1
x 5 x e ( x 1 ) y2 2
f X ( x) u( x) e 2 e y u( y), 0 x 4
2 4 x1
The expected value of g( X ) X 3 is FX , Y ( x, y) 0 x 0 or y 0
1 5 y 2 5 y 2
(A) 48 (B) 192 1 e e , 4 x and any y 0
4 4
(C) 36 (D) 72
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
391
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 7 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Communication System
32. The marginal distribution function FX ( x) is 37. The marginal distribution function FX ( x) is
0, x, 0 0, x 0
5 1
5 x 5 x (A) [ 4( x) 4( x 4)]
(A) , 4 x4 (B) , 0 x4 4 ( x 1) 2
4( x 1) 4( x 1)
1, x 4
1, x4 5 1
(B) [ 4( x) 4( x 4)]
2 ( x 1) 2
1, x 0 1, x 0
5 x 5 x 5 1
(C) , 4 x 0 (D) , 0 x4 (C) [ 4( x) 4( x 4)]
4 ( x 1)
4( x 1) 4( x 1)
0, x 4
0, x4
(D) None of the above
1 4 e 5 y ,
2
y 0 (C) 5
2
[1 e y ]u( y) (D) None of the above
4 4
0, y 0
(B) 1 5 y 2 5 y 2 39. The joint distribution function is
1 4 e e , y 0
4
5 x e ( x 1 ) y2 2
5 y 2 e y ", 0 x 4 and y 0
e , y 0 4 x1
(A) !
(C) 4
1 5 y 2
1 1 e 5 y 5 e y , y 0
2
1 4 [ e 5 e y ], x 4 and y > 0
2 2
4 4
0, y 0 5 x e ( x 1 ) y2
2
e y ", 0 x 4 and y 0
(D) 1 5 y 2 5 y 2
8 x1
1 4 e e , y 0
4 (B) !
1 5 y 2 2
1 2 [ e 5 e y ], x 4 and y > 0
34. The probability P { 3 X 5, 1 y 2} is
(A) 0.001 (B) 0.002 5 x e ( x 1 ) y2 2
e y ", 0 x 4 and y 0
(C) 0.003 (D) 0.004 8 x1 !
(C)
1 5 y 2 2
FX , Y ( x, y)
10
[ u( x) u( x 4)]u( y) y 3e ( x 1 ) y
2
e y ", 0 x 4 and y 0
4 4 x1 !
(D)
1 5 y 2 2
1 2 [ e 5 e y ], x 4 and y > 0
35. The marginal density f X ( x) is
u( x) u( x 4) u( x) u( x 4)
(A) 5 (B) 5
( x 1) 2 ( x 1)
40. The function
5 u( x) u( x 4) 5 u( x) u( x 4)
(C) (D) a x y
4 ( x 1) 2 4 ( x 1) FX , Y ( x, y) tan 1 " tan 1 "
2 2 !
2 2 3 !
36. The marginal density fY ( y) is
2 2 is a valid joint distribution function for random
(A) 5
4
y 2 [ e y e 5 y ]u( y)
variables X and Y if the constant a is
2 2
(B) 5
2
y 2 [ e y e 5 y ]u( y) 1 2
(A) 2 (B) 2
2 2
(C) 5
4
y[ e y e 5 y ]u( y)
4 8
(D) 5
2 2
y[ e y e 5 y ]u( y) (C) (D)
2 2 2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
392
ForRandom
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Variables Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 7.1
( x 2 y2 )
random variables uniformly distributed in the ranges (
pXY ( x, y) xye 2
u( x) u( y) 1, 1) and (-2, 1) respectively. Let Z X Y . Then the
probability that ( Z 2) is
42. The pX ( x) is (A) zero (B) 1/6
x2 (C) 1/3 (D) 1/12
2
(A) 2 xe x u( x) (B) xe 2
u( x)
2
2
x 49. The probability density function of two statistically
(C) xe x u( x) (D) 2 xe 2 u( x)
independent random variable X and Y are
1 y b 1 y b 1
(C) f X (D) f X 0 x 6 and 0 y 4
a a b a f X , Y ( x, y) 24
0 else where
45. The function The expected value of the function g( x, y) ( XY )
( x y)
be 0 x a and 0 y is
f X , Y ( x, y)
0 else where (A) 64 (B) 96
51. The density function of two random variable X and 56. The value of
2X ,
2Y , R XY and % are respectively
Y is
11 27 1 1 33
x 2 y2 (A) , . 2 , and 3
2
2
4 2 2 3 2
e
f X , Y ( x, y) 11 11 1 1 33
2
2 (B) , 2 , and 3
4 2 2 3 2
with
2 a constant. The mean value of the function 9 11 1 1 1 2
(C) , 2 , and
g( X , Y ) X 2 Y 2 is 4 2 2 3 3 33
(A)
2 (B)
9 11 1 1 1 2
(D) , , 2 , and
4 2 2 3 3 33
(C) 2
$ (D) 2
(C) 97 (D) 0
(A) 4 (B) 45
(C) 49 (D) 54
xy
, 0 x 2 and 0 y 3
f X , Y ( x, y) 9
0 elsewhere
FX (900) [1 FX (1100)]
SOLUTION 900 ax
F
1100 ax
1 F
x
x
1. (A) P { X 1} & pX ( x) dx 900 1000 11000 1000
F 1 F
1
40 40
x x 1 F ( 2.5) 1 F (2.5) 1 F (2.5) 1 F (2.5) 2 2 F(2.5)
&
2 &1
e dx x e x dx 0.368
1 2 2 2(0.9938) 0.012 or 1.2 %
900 1050
0 2
1 x 1
2. (C) P { 1 X 2} & xe dx & xe x dx 10. (B) P(resistor rejected) F 1
1 2 0 2 40
1 3 1100 1050
1 0.429 F F ( 375
. ) 1 F (125
. )
e 2 e2 40
1 F ( 375
. ) 1 F (125
. )
3. (A) Test 1: f X ( x) 0 is true 2 0.9999 0.8944 0.1057 or 20.57 %
1 l 3b 1
b
l 3x
Test 2: area must be 1 i.e. & dx " 1
0
4 4 3 3! 11. (D) P { x T 95.6} 0.0505
1 ( T 95.6 ax ) T 95.6 ax
Thus b ln 13 1 F F 0.9495
3
x
x
T 95.6 ax
This occurs when 1.64 ...(i)
1 1
x
4. (C) & %( v) 1 ' 2
4k 1 ' k
2
P { x T 112. } 0.1515
Thus %( v)
kv v ( T 112
. ax ) ( T 112
. ax )
F 1 F 8485
4 8
x
x
4
x T 112
. ax
Mean Square Value & x %( x) dx & x dx 8
2 2
This occur when 103
. ...(ii)
0
8
x
Solving (i) and (ii) we get ax T 30 and
x 40
1
x
x x
5. (B) For x 0, FX ( x) & e 2 dx 1 e 2 " u( x) 2
0 2 ! x
12. (A) 0.25 exceeds when 0.21 or x 5 v
1
3 100
P ( A) FX ( 3) FX (1) e 2
e 2
0.3834 P(0.25 W exceeded) P { x 5}
2 .5
P { x 5} P { x 5} 1 P ( x 5) P { x 5}
6. (D) P ( B) FX (2.5) 1 e 2
0.7135 5 0 5 0 5 5
1 P P 1 F F
4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2
7. (D) C A B {1 X 2.5} 5 5 5 5
1 F 1 F 2 1 F 2Q
1
2 .5
4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2
P ( C) FX (2.5) FX (1) e 2
e 2
0.3200
10
. (0.4) 4(0.25) 9(0.15) 16(0.1) 4.35
16. (C) P { X 52} 1 FX (52)
2 2
1 3 2 1 6
52 52 x
1 1 e 400 " 1 e 400 0.00116 or 0.12 % 25. (A) E[ g( X )] E[ X 3 ] & xe " 48
"! 0 2 2 1 2 4 "!
x x
( b ) du x 1
1
17. (C) FX
&f X ( u) du &b
2
( u a) 2
26. (A) Mean of X & xf X ( x) dx & x 3(1 x) dx
2
4
0
10
1 1 x a 0
tan 1 2
2 b 1 1 3
2x
10 4 80
3k
18. (B) Here f X ( x) e 2 ( )( x k) Hence B is correct option
k0 k!
X
P { x 0} 1 P { x 3}
28. (B) Here Y g( X ) e 3
1 P ( x 0) P ( x 1) P ( x 2) P ( x 3) 15 x
1
2 0 21 2 2 2 3
1 e 2
19
1 e 2 0.1429
So E[ Y ] E[ g( Y )] & g( X ) g
X ( x) dx & e
5
5
15 ( 5)
dx
0 ! 2 ! 2 ! 3 ! 3
15
1
x
1 1 3
0
5 e " [ e e ] 0.667
5
2 20 ! 5 5
19. (D) P ( x 0) e 2 0.135
0!
29. (C) E[ Y ] E[2 X 3] 2 X 3 2( 3) 3 9
20. (B) P {W W0 } 1 P {W W0 } 1 FW (W0 )
E[ Y 2 ] E[(2 X 3) 2 ] 4 X 2 12 X 9
W0
32 17 3 5x
3
1 e 1 3 lim e y u( y)
" 1 2 e 0.5768 y - 4 x 1 4( x 1)
2 !
Average number of weeks per year that number of 1 2 5 2
lim 1 e 5 y e y 1
murder exceeds the average
y -
4 4
w
Thus f X , Y ( x, y) f X ( x) fY ( y) and X and Y are
& 5 e ( w y) u( w y) u( y)2 e 2 ydy 10 & e 5w 3 ydy, w 0
0 statistically independent.
10
u( w)[ e 2 w e 5w ] 2
3 5 1
2 9
56. (C)
2X X 2 X
2 2 4
11 11
&&x
2
50. (A) E [( XY ) 2 ] 2
y 2 f X , Y ( x, y) dx dy
2Y Y 2 Y 2
2
2 2
4 6 2
x y 2 1 1 1 1
R XY XY C XY X Y (2) 2
& &
y 0 x 0 24
dx dy 64
2 3 2 2
3
C XY 1/2 3 1 2
x 2 y2
%
2
X
Y ( 914 )( 11/2 ) 3 33
2
e
51. (C) E0 g( X , Y ) , & &(x
2
y2 ) dx dy
2
2 57. (B) W ( X 3Y ) 2 2 X 3
x2 y2 y2 x 2
2
2
2
2 2 2 3 2 X X 2 6 XY 9 Y 2
x2 e e y2 e 2
e2
& 2
2
dx &
2
2
dy & 2
2
dy &
2
2
dx 1 5 1
3 2 6 2
1 19
9
98 3
2 2 2 3 2
Both double integral are of the same form. the second
factors equal 1 because they are area of a gaussian
density. The first factor equal
2 because they are
second moment of gaussian density with zero mean and
variance
2 .
Thus E[ g( x, y)] E[( x 2 y 2 )]2
2
2
54. (B)
2W E[(W W ) 2 ] E[W 2 2W W W ]
2
W 2 W 49 4 45
3 2
x2 y2 8
55. (B) R XY & & xy
f X , Y ( x, y) dxdy & &
0 0
9
dx dy
3
3 2 2
x y 4
E[ X ] & & dx dy
0 0
9 3
3 2
x2 y
E[ Y ] & & dx dy 2
0 0
9
8 4 8
Since R XY E[ X ] E[ Y ] 2 , we have X and Y
3 3 3
uncorrelated form
3
xy x
From marginal densities f X ( x) & dy , 0 x 2
0 9 2
2
xy 2y
fY ( y) & dy , 0 y3
0 9 9
xy
we have f X ( x) fY ( y) , 0 x 2 and 0 y 3
9
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
398
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
7.2
RANDOM PROCESS
X (t)
4. The value of 2X is
t0 A
2 t0 t0 A 2 t0
(A) (B)
T 3 T T T
t0 A
2 t0 t0 A 2
2 t0
3 T 3 T
0 t
(C) (D)
T T
Fig. P7.2.1-4
2
7. A random process is defined by X ( t) A where A is The variance of random variable Y X ( t) dt will be
0
continuous random variable uniformly distributed on (A) 1 (B) 2.31
(0,1). The auto correlation function and mean of the (C) 4.54 (D) 0
process is
(A) 1/2 & 1/3 (B) 1/3 & 1/2 13. A random process is defined by X ( t) A cos( t)
where A is a gaussian random variable with zero mean
(C) 1 & 1/2 (D) 1/2 & 1
and variance 2 . The density function of X(0)
x2 x2
Statement for Question 8 - 9 : 1
2 2A 2 2A
(A) e (B) 2 e
A random process is defined by 2
Y ( t) X ( t) cos( 0 t ) where X ( t) is a wide sense (C) 0 (D) 1
stationary random process that amplitude modulates a
carrier of constant angular frequency 0 with a random Statement for Question 14-15 :
phase independent of X ( t) and uniformly distributed The two-level semi-random binary process is
on ( / ). defined by
8. The E[ Y ( t)] is X ( t) A or A
(A) E[ X ( t)] (B) E[ X ( t)] where ( n 1) T t nt and the levels A and A
(C) 1 (D) 0 occur with equal probability. T is a positive constant
and n 0, 1, 2
9. The autocorrelation function of Y ( t) is
1 14. The mean value E[ X ( t)] is
(A) R XX ( ) cos( 0 ) (B) R XX ( ) cos( 0 )
2
(A) 1/2 (B) 1/4
(C) 2 R XX ( ) cos( 0 ) (D) None of the above
(C) 1 (D) 0
Statement for Question 10 - 11 :
15. The auto correlation R XX ( t1 0.5 T, t2 0.7 T) will be
Consider a low-pass random process with a
(A) 1 (B) 0
white-noise power spectral density S X ( ) N/2 as 2
(C) A (D) A 2/2
shown in fig.P7.2.10-11.
16. A random process consists of three samples function
X ( t, s1 ) 2, X ( t, s2 ) 2 cos t1 and X ( t, s3) 3 sin t- each
occurring with equal probability. The process is
(A) First order stationary
(B) Second order stationary
Fig.P7.2.10-11
(C) Wide-sense stationary
10. The auto correlation function R X ( ) is (D) Not stationary in any sense
(A) 2 NB sinc (2) (B) NB sinc (2)
(C) NB sinc (2) (D) None of the above Statement for Question 17 - 19 :
NB
(C) NB D) D 50
2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
400
ForRandom
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Process Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 7.2
30. For a random process R XX ( ) P cos 4 ( 0 ) where P 37. A random process X ( t) has an autocorrelation
and 0 are constants. The power in process is function R XX ( ) A 2 Be || Where A and B are
(A) P (B) 2P constants. A system have an input response
(C) 3P (D) 4P e Wt 0 t
h( t)
0 t 0
31. A random process has the power density spectrum
XX ( ) 62
. The average power in process is where W is a real positive constant, which X ( t) is
[1 2 ] 3
its input. The mean value of the response is
(A) 1/4 (B) 3/8
A A
(C) 5/8 (D) 1/2 (A) (B)
W 2W
2A
32. A deterministic signal A cos( 0 t), where A and 0 (C) (D) 0
W
are real constants is added to a noise process N ( t) for
which NN ( ) W2
W2 2
and W 0 is a constant. The ratio 38. In previous question if impulse response of system is
of average signal power to average noise power is
e Wt sin( 0 t) 0 t
A h( t)
(A) 1 (B)
0 t 0
W
2A A2 where W and 0 are real positive constants, the
(C) (D)
W W
mean value of response is
A0 A " 1 %
33. The autocorrelation function of a random process (A) (B) $$ 2 ''
W2
2
0 2 0# 0 W2 &
X ( t) is
2A " 1 % A " 1 %
(C) $$ 2 '' (D) $ '
2 0 $# 02 2 '
2
R XX ( t, t ) 12 e Y cos 2 (24 t) 0 # 0 W 2 & W &
The R XX ( ) is
39. A stationary random process X ( t) is applied to the
(A) 6 e 4 (B) 12 e 4
input of a system for which h( t) 3u( t) t 2 e 8 t . If
4
(C) 48 e (D) None of the above E[ X ( t)] 2, the mean value of the system's response
Y ( t) is
34. If X ( t) and Y ( t) are real random process, the valid
1 1
(A) (B)
power density spectrum f XX ( ) is 128 64
3 1
6 4 e 3|| (C) 128
(D) 32
(A) (B)
6 7 3 1 2
Statement for Question 40-41 :
(C) 3 j2 (D) 18( )
A random process X ( t) is applied to a network with
35. The cross correlation of jointly wide sense impulse response h( t) u( t) te at where a 0 is a
W
stationary process X ( t) and Y ( t) is R XY ( ) Au( ) e constant. The cross correlation of X ( t) with the output
where A 0 and W 0 are constants. The XX ( ) is Y ( t) is known to have the same form R XY ( ) u( ) e a
A A
(A) (B) 40. The auto correlation of Y ( t) is
W 2
2
W 2
2
4 a a|| 1 a a||
A A (A) e (B) e
(C) (D) 4a 3
3a 2
W j W j
4 a a|| 1 a a||
(C) e (D) e
8a2 4 a3
36. A random process X ( t) is applied to a linear time
invariant system. A response Y ( t) X ( t) X ( t )
41. The average power in Y ( t) is
occurs when is a real constant. The system's transfer 1 1
(A) (B) 3
function is 4a3 a
(A) 1 e j (B) 2 je j/ 2 sin
2 1
(C) 2 je j/ 2 cos
(D) 1 e j (C) (D) None of the above
2 3a 2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
402
ForRandom
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Process Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 7.2
4 2 12 2 " T 2 t0 % 2t x
Thus FX ( x e) $ 'u( x) 0 , 0 x A
(A) (B) # T & AT
( 49 2 ) 3 ( 49 2 ) 4
1,A x
42 3
(C) (D) None of the above 0,x 0
( 49 2 ) 2
By differentiation
44. White noise with power density N0/2 is applied to a " T 2 t0 % 2t
f X ( x e) $ '( x) 0 , 0 x A
lowpass network for which H(0) 2. It has a noise # T & AT
bandwidth of 2 MHz. If the average output noise power 0 else where
is 0.1 W in a 1 ( resistor, the value of N0 is f X , e ( x, e) f X ( x e) f( e)
(A) 12.5 nW/Hz (B) 12.5 )W/Hz " T 2 t0 % 2 T0
$ 2 '( x) ,0 x A and 0 e T
# T & AT 2
(C) 25 nW/Hz (D) 25 )W/Hz
!
! A
46. White noise with power density N0/2 6 )W/Hz is " T 2t % 2t x t A
applied to an ideal filter of gain 1 and bandwidth W
! x$# T 0 '&( x) dx 0 AT0 dx 0T
rad/s. If the output's average noise power is 15 watts,
! A
2 t0 x 2 2 t0 A 2
the bandwidth W is 3. (C) E[ X 2 ( t)] x f X ( x) dx
2
AT 3T
(A) 2.5 * 10 6 (B) 2.5 * 10 6 ! 0
(C) 5 * 10 6 (D) 5 * 10 6
4. (D) 2X E[ X 2 ( t)] { E[ X ( t)]} 2
2 2 t0 A 2 t02 A 2 t0 A 2
2 t0
47. A system have the transfer function H ( ) 1 ( 1/W ) 4 3 T
3T T2 T
where W is a real positive constant. The noise
bandwidth of the system is
5. (A) We know that ( i) if X ( t) has a periodic component
(A) 1
3
W 2 (B) 1
4
W 2 then R XX ( ) will have a periodic component with the
(C) 1
W 2 (D) None of the above
6
same period. (ii) if E[ X ( t)] X m 0 and X ( t) is ergodic
2
with no periodic components then lim R XX ( ) X
||+!
2
Thus we get X 18 or X 18
************
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
403
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 7 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Communication System
x2
6. (C) X Constant and R XX ( ) is not a function of t, so 1
2 2
13. (A) For t 0,X(0) A, So f X ( x) e
X ( t) is a wide sense stationary. So 1 is false & 3 is true. 2 A
PXX R XX (0) 36 25 61.
Thus 2 is false if X ( t) has a periodic component, then A A
14. (D) E[ X ( t)] AP ( A) ( A) P ( A) 0
2 2
R XX( ) will have a periodic component with the same
period. Thus 4 is false.
15. (C) Here R XX ( t1 , t2 ) A 2
1
1 If both t1 and t2 are in the same interval
7. (B) R XX ( t, t ) E[ X ( t) X ( t )] E[ A 2 ] a 2 da
0 3 ( n 1) T t, t2 nT, n 0, , 2...
1
1 and R XX ( t1 , t2 ) 0 otherwise
X E[ X ( t)] E[ A ] a da
0 2 Hence R XX (0.5 T, 0.7 T) A 2
8. (D) E[ Y ( t)} E[ X ( t) cos( 0 t )] 16. (D) Let x1 2, x2 2 cos t and x3 3 sin( t)
X
1 1 1 1
E X [ X ( t)] cos( 0 t ) d 0 Then f X ( x) ( x x1 ) ( x x2 ) ( x x3)
2 2 3 3
X
!
where E X [,] represent expectation with respect to X and E[ X ( t)]
!
xf X ( x) dx
only
!
1 1 1
9. (B) RYY ( t, t )
x 3 ( x x ) 3 ( x x ) 3 ( x x )
!
1 2 2
W " %
sin(Wt)-.+ rect $ '
# 2W & 18. (C) R XX (0) E[ X 2 ( t)] R XX (0) 50 X 2
Here W 2B
2
2 B N 19. (D) 2X X 2 X 50 20 30
Hence R X ( ) sin (2B) NB sinc (2B)
2
20. Here X 0, Y 0, R XX (0) 5, Y2 RYY (0) 10
11. (C) PX X R X (0) NB since sinc (0) 1
2
2Y E[ Y 2 ] ( E[ Y ]) 2 4(1 e 2 ) 4.541
22. (A) P (miss/or more aircraft) 1 P(miss 0)
( /t) 0 e /t
1 P (0 arrive) 1
0!
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
404
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 7 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Communication System
! !
A So W 2.5 * 106
E[ Y ( t)] A h( 3)d3 A e Wt dt
! 0 W
!
2
H( ) d
38. (A) X A 47. (B) Noise bandwidth Wn 0
2
! !
A H (0)
E[ Y ( t)] Y X h( t) dt A e Wt
sin( 0 t) dt 2 0 2
! 0 W !
2
!
d W
Wn H ( ) dsince H(0) 1
0
0 0 1 ( /W ) 4
2 2
! !
3
39. (C)Y X h( t) dt 2 3t e dt 2 8 t
! 0 128
!
*********
40. (D) RYY ( ) R
!
XY ( 3)h( 3) d3
!
e a u( 3)u( 3 )( 3 3 ) e
2 a3
2
d3
!
1
41. (B) Power in y( t) RYY (0)
4a3
! !
1 3 d 3
42. (D) PXX XX ( ) d 2 ! 49 2 14
2 !
2
43. (B)h2 49 t) t 2 e 7t -.
F
+ H 2 ( )
(7 j) 3
2 12 2
sYY ( ) s XX ( ) H1 ( ) H 2 ( )
( 49 2 ) 4
2
N0 H (0) Wn
44. (A) PYY 0.1
2
2 (0.1) 2 (0.1)
So N0
H (0) Wn
2
(2) 2 2 * 2 * 106
!
1 2
45. (A) PYY
2 !
XX ( ) H ( ) d
2
4 2 4 2 (u)
1 50 8 (8 ) d 200 e
2 4 8
e
4 2 ( 4)
200 200
[ F (2) F ( 2)] [2 F (2) 1)] 60.8
!
1 2
46. (B) PYY XX ( ) H( ) d
2 !
6 * 10 6 W 6 * 10 6 W
W
1
2 W
6
6 * 10 d 15
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
406
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
7.3
NOISE
1. The power spectral density of a bandpass white noise 5. A mixer stage has a noise figure of 20 dB. This mixer
2
n( t) is N / 2 as shown in fig.P.7.3.1. the value of n is stage is preceded by an amplifier which has a noise
figure of 9 dB and an available power gain of 15 dB.
The overall noise figure referred to the input is
(A) 11.07 B) 18.23
(C) 56.48 (D) 97.38
Fig. P7.3.1
6. A system has three stage cascaded amplifier each
(A) NB (B 2 NB stage having a power gain of 10 dB and noise figure of 6
NB dB. the overall noise figure is
(C) 2pNB (D)
p (A) 1.38 (B) 6.8
(C) 4.33 (D) 10.43
2. In a receiver the input signal is 100 V, while the
internal noise at the input is 10 V. With amplification 7. A signal process m( t) is mixed with a channel noise
the output signal is 2 V, while the output noise is 0.4 V. n( t). The power spectral density are as follows
The noise figure of receiver is
6
(A) 2 (B) 0.5 Sm ( w) , Sn ( w) = 6
9 + w2
(C) 0.2 (D) None of the above
The optimum Wiener-Hopf filter is
w2 + 9 1
3. A receiver is operated at a temperature of 300 K. The (A) 2 (B)
w + 10 w + 10
2
transistor used in the receiver have an average output
w2 + 10
resistance of 1 k. The Johnson noise voltage for a (C) (D) None of the above
w2 + 9
receiver with a bandwidth of 200 kHz is
(A) 1.8 V (B) 8.4 V Statement for Question 8-9
(C) 4.3 V (D) 12.6 V
A sonar echo system on a sub marine transmits a
random noise n( t) to determine the distance to another
4. A resistor R 1 k is maintained at 17 o C. The rms
targeted submarine. Distance R is given by vt R / 2
noise voltage generated in a bandwidth of 10 kHz is
where v is the speed of the sound wave in water and t R
(A) 16 10 14 V (B) 0.4 V
is the time it takes the reflected version of n( t) to
(C) 4 V (D) 16 10 18 V
return. Assume that n( t) is a sample function of an
ergodic random process N ( t) and T is very large.
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
407
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 7 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Communication System
(C) R NN ( t R - t T ) (D) 1
R NN ( t R - t T ) (C) 7 dB (D) 9 dB
2
9. What value of the delay t T will cause v to be 15. If a matched attenuator with a loss of 3.2 dB is
10. Two resistor with resistance R1 and R2 are (A) 9 dB (B) 10.4 dB
connected in parallel and have Physical temperatures (C) 11.3 dB (D) 13.3 dB
T1 and T2 respectively. The effective noise temperature
16. In previous question what is the standard spot noise
Ts of an equivalent resistor is
figure of the cascade ?
T1 R1 + T2 R2 T1 R1 + T2 R1
(A) (B)
R1 + R2 R1 + R2 (A) 10.3 dB (B) 12.2 dB
(C) 14.9 dB (D) 17.6 dB
T1 T2 ( R1 + R2 ) 2 ( T1 + T2 ) R1 R2
(C) (D)
( T1 + T2 ) R1 R2 T1 + T2 ( R1 + R2 ) 2 17. Omega Electronics sells a microwave receiver (A)
having an operating spot noise figure of 10 dB when
Statement for Question 11-12 : driven by a source with effective noise temperature 130
An amplifier has a standard spot noise figure K Digilink (B) sells a receiver with a standard spot
F0 = 6.31 (8.0 dB). The amplifier, that is used to amplify noise figure of 6 dB. Microtronics (C) sells a receiver
the output of an antenna have antenna temperature of with standard spot noise figure of 8 dB when driven by
13. An amplifier has three stages for which Te1 = 200 K 18. The available power gain of the second stage is
(first stage), Te 2 = 450 K, and Te 3 = 1000K (last stage). If (A) 12 (B) 14
the available power gain of the second stage is 5, what (C) 16 (D) 18
gain must the first stage have to guarantee an effective
input noise temperature of 250 K ? 19. The cascade's standard spot noise figure is
Statement for Question 14-16 20. What is the cascade's operating spot noise figure
An amplifier has an operating spot noise figure of when used with a source of noise temperature Ts = 50 K
10 dB when driven by a source of effective noise (A) 1.34 dB (B) 3.96 dB
temperature 225 K. (C) 6.81 dB (D) None of the above.
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
408
ForNoise
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 7.3
21. Three network are cascaded. Available power gains elements that can be modeled as an impedance
are G1 8, G2 6 and G3 20. Respective input effective matched attenuator with an overall loss of 2.4 dB and a
spot noise temperature are Te1 40 K, Te 2 100 K and physical temperatures of 275 K. The overall system
Te 3 180 K. noise temperature of the receiver T sys 820 K.
(A) 58.33 K (B) 69.41 K
26. The average effective input noise temperature of the
(C) 83.90 K (D) 98.39 K
receiver is
22. Three identical amplifier, each having a spot (A) 420.5 K (B) 320.5 K
effective input noise temperature of 125 K and available (C) 220.5 K (D) 10.5 K
power G are cascaded. The overall spot effective input
noise temperature of the cascade is 155 K. The G is 27. The average operating noise figure of the
(A) 3 (B) 5 attenuator-receiver cascade is
(C) 7 (D) 9 (A) 13.67 d (B) 11.4 dB
(C) 1.4 dB (D) 1.367 dB
23. Three amplifier that may be connected in any order
in a cascade are defined as follows: 28. If receiver has an available power gain of 110 dB
and a noise bandwidth of 10 MHz, the available output
Effective Input Noise Available Power
Amplifier noise power of receiver is
Temperature Gain
(A) 6.5 mW (B) 8.9 mW
A 110 K 4
(C) 10.3 mV (D) 11.4 mV
B 120 K 6
29. If antenna attenuator cascade is considered as a
C 150 K 12
noise source, its average effective noise temperature is
(A) 63 K (B) 149 K
The sequence of connection that will give the
(C) 263 K (D) 249 K
lowest overall effective input noise temperature for the
cascade is
Statement for question 30-32 :
(A) ABC (B) CBA
An amplifier when used with a source of average
(C) ACB (D) BAC
noise temperature 60 K, has an average operating noise
24. What is the maximum average effective input noise figure of 5.
temperature that an amplifier can have if its average
30. The T e is
standard noise figure is to not exceed 1.7 ?
(A) 70 K (B) 110 K
(A) 203 K (B) 215 K
(C) 235 K (D) 255 K (C) 149 K (D) 240 K
25. An amplifier has an average standard noise figure 31. If the amplifier is sold to engineering public, the
of 2.0 dB and an average operating noise figure of 6.5 noise figure that would be quoted in a catalog is
dB when used with a source of average effective source (A) 0.46 (B) 0.94
temperature Ts . The Ts is (C) 1.83 (D) 2.93
(A) 156.32 K (B) 100.81 K
32. What average operating noise figure results when
(C) 48.93 K (D) None of the above
the amplifier is used with an antenna of temperature
Statement for Question 30 K ?
38. A system have an impulse response 43. White noise with power density N0/2 is applied to a
e- Wt
e<t low pass network for which H(0) = 2. It has a noise
h=
0 t <0 bandwidth of 2 MHz. If the average output noise power
is 8.1 W in a 1 W resistor, the N0 is
where W is a real positive constant. White noise
with power density 5w/Hz is applied to this system. The (A) 6.25 108 W/Hz (B) 6.25 10 -8 W/Hz
mean-squared value of response is . 108 W/Hz
(C) 125 . 10 -8 W/Hz
(D) 125
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
410
ForNoise
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 7.3
44. The amplifier's input effective noise temperature Te 3. (A) vn2 = 4kTBR
is = 4 1.38 10 -23 300 200 10 3 10 3 = 3.3 10 -12
(A) 812 K (B) 600 K vnrms = 1.8m V
(C) 421 K (D) 321 K
4. (B) vn2 = 4kTBR, T = (273 + 17) K = 290 K,
45. Its operating spot noise figure Fop is
R = 1000W, B = 10 Hz, k = 1.38 10 -23 J/K
4
6
Sm ( w) 1
7. (B) H op ( w) = = 9+ w 2
=
Sm ( w) + Sm ( w) 6
9+ w 2
+6 10 + w2
T
1
8. (C) V =
2T -T
n( t - t T )n( t - t R ) dt
Since N ( t) is ergodic, V R NN ( t R - t T )
For B: Fo = 398
. (or 6 dB) when Ts = 290 K
Te T sys - Ta 820 - 60
TeB = 290( 398
. - 1) = 364.2 K 27. (B) F op = 1 + =1 + =1 +
Ts Ts 60
For C: Fo = 6.3(or 8 dB) when Ts = 190 K
= 13.67 or 11.4 dB
TeC = 190( 6.3 - 1) = 1007 K, (B) is better as TeB is less.
28. (A) Here GR ( w0 ) = 1011 (or 110 dB)
Te1 Te 3
18. (A) Te = Te1 + + and WPV = 2 p(10 7) Hz
G1 G1 G2
kT sys GR ( w)Wn 1.38(10 -23)( 820)(1011 )(10 7)
Te 3 600 N clo = =
G2 = = = 12 2 pL .
1738
) 10(190 - 150 -
Te 2
G1 ( Te - Te1 - 350
) -5
G1 10
= 651110
. or 6.51 mW
Te 190 dw dw
19. (B) F0 = 1 + =1 + = 1.655 or 2.19 dB 29. (C) dN ao = k[ Ta + TL ( L - 1)] = kTs
T0 290 2p 2p
Thus Ts = Ta + TL ( L - 1)
T 190
20. (C) Fop = 1 + e = 1 + = 4.8 or 6.81 dB = 60 + 275(1738
. - 1) = 263 K
Ts 50
CHAPTER
7.4
AMPLITUDE MODULATION
12. In a DSB-SC system with 100% modulation, the Which of the following frequencies will NOT be present
power saving is in the modulated signal?
(A) 50% (B) 66% (A) 990 KHz (B) 1010 KHz
(C) 75% (D) 100% (C) 1020 KHz (D) 1030 KHz
13. A 10 kW carrier is sinusoidally modulated by two 20. For an AM signal, the bandwidth is 10 kHz and the
carriers corresponding to a modulation index of 30% highest frequency component present is 705 kHz. The
and 40% respectively. The total radiated power(is carrier frequency used for this AM signal is
(A) 695 kHz (B) 700 kHz
(A) 11.25 kW (B) 12.5 kW
(C) 705 kHz (D) 710 kHz
(C) 15 kW (D) 17 kW
21. A message signal m( t) sinc t sinc 2 ( t) modulates
14. In amplitude modulation, the modulation envelope
the carrier signal ( t) A cos 2fc t. The bandwidth of the
has a peak value which is double the unmodulated carrier
modulated signal is
value. What is the value of the modulation index ? 1
(A) 2 fc (B) 2
fc
(A) 25% (B) 50% 1
(C) 2 (D)
(C) 75% (D) 100% 4
17. An AM signal is detected using an envelop detector. shown in figure. It is to be transmitted from a source to
The carrier frequency and modulating signal frequency destination. It is known that the signal is normalized,
are 1 MHz and 2 kHz respectively. An appropriate value meaning that 1 m( t) 1
for the time constant of the envelope detector is. M( f)
Fig.P7.4.32
(C) 0.5 (D) 3.0
(A) 51 % (B) 11.8 %
(C) 5.1 % (D) None of the above
29. A non-linear device with a transfer characteristic
given by i (10 2 vi 0.2 vi2 ) mA is supplied with a Statement for Question 33-36
carrier of 1 V amplitude and a sinusoidal signal of 0.5 V
The figure 6.54-57 shows the positive portion of
amplitude in series. If at the output the frequency
component of AM signal is considered, the depth of the envelope of the output of an AM modulator. The
modulation is message signal is a waveform having zero DC value.
m(t)
(A) 18 % (B) 10 %
45
(C) 20 % (D) 33.33 %
30
15
Statement for Question 30-31
t
Consider the system shown in figP7.4.30-31. The Fig.P7.4.33-36
modulating signal m( t) has zero mean and its maximum
33. The modulation index is
(absolute) value is Am max m( t) . It has bandwidth Wm .
(A) 0.5 (B) 0.6
The nonlinear device has a input-output characteristic
(C) 0.4 (D) 0.8
y( t) ax( t) bx 2 ( t).
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
416
ForAmplitude
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Modulation Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 7.4
34. The modulation efficiency is 41. The lower sideband of the SSB AM signal is
(A) 8.3 % (B) 14.28 % (A) 100 cos(2 ( fc 1000) t) 200 sin(2 ( fc 1000) t)
(C) 7.69 % (D) None of the above
(B) 100 cos(2 ( fc 1000) t) 200 sin(2 ( fc 1000) t)
35. The carrier power is (C) 100 cos(2 ( fc 1000) t) 200 sin(2 ( fc 1000) t)
(A) 60 W (B) 450 W
(D) 100 cos(2 ( fc 1000) t) 200 sin(2 ( fc 1000) t)
(C) 30 W (D) 900 W
Statement for Question 42-43
36. The power in sidebands is
(A) 85 W (B) 42.5 W Consider the system shown in figure 6.69-70. The
average value of m( t) is zero and maximum value of
(C) 56 W (D) 37.5 W
m( t) is M. The square-law device is defined by
37. In a broadcast transmitter, the RF output is y( t) 4 x( t) 10 x( t).
represented as
x(t) Square- Law y(t)
e( t) 50[1 0.89 cos 5000 t 0.30 sin 9000 t ]cos( 6 106 t)V m(t) Filter AM Signal
Device
The carrier power is 100 W and the efficiency is 44. A super heterodyne receiver is designed to receive
40%. The value of A and B are transmitted signals between 5 and 10 MHz. High-side
tuning is to be used. The tuning range of the local
(A) 14.14, 8.16 (B) 50, 10
oscillator for IF frequency 500 kHz would be
(C) 22.36, 13.46 (D) None of the above
(A) 4.5 MHz - 9.5 MHz
Statement for Question 40-41
(B) 5.5 MHz - 10.5 MHz
A single side band signal is generated by
modulating signal of 900-kHz carrier by the signal (C) 4.5 MHz - 10.5 MHz
m( t) cos 200 t 2 sin 2000 t. The amplitude of the (D) None of the above
carrier is Ac 100.
45. A super heterodyne receiver uses an IF frequency of
40. The signal m
$ ( t) is
455 kHz. The receiver is tuned to a transmitter having
(A) sin(2 1000 t) 2 cos(2000 t)
a carrier frequency of 2400 kHz. High-side tuning is to
(B) sin(2 1000 t) 2 cos(2000 t) be used. The image frequency will be
(C) sin(2 1000 t) 2 cos(1000 t) (A) 2855 kHz (B) 3310 kHz
(D) sin(2 1000 t) 2 cos(2 1000 t) (C) 1845 kHz (D) 1490 kHz
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
417
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 7 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Communication System
1 5
Fig.P7.4.49
3 4
The output y( t) will be
sin 2t
(A)
t
2 6
sin 2 t sin t
Fig.P7.4.46 (B) cos 3t
t t
(A) 400 Hz, 1.0 MHz, 1000.4 kHz, 999.6 kHz sin 2 t sin 0.5 t
(C) . t
cos 15
(B) 400 Hz, 1000.4 kHz, 999.6 kHz t t
(C) R 3, I 1600 (D) R 9.0, I 1150 51. Let x( t) be a signal band-limited to 1 kHz.
Amplitude modulation is performed to produce signal
48. Consider a system shown in Figure . Let X ( f ) and
g( t) x( t) sin 2000t. A proposed demodulation
Y ( f ) denote the Fourier transforms of x( t) and y( t)
technique is illustrated in figure 6.83. The ideal low
respectively. The ideal HPF has the cutoff frequency 10
pass filter has cutoff frequency 1 kHz and pass band
kHz. The positive frequencies where Y ( f ) has spectral
gain 2. The y( t) would be
peaks are
(A) 2 y( t) (B) y( t)
Balanced HPF Balanced
x(t) y(t) 1
Modulator 10 kHz Modulator (C) 2
y( t) (D) 0
x AM ( t) 10(1 0.5 sin 2 fm t) cos 2 fc t. 3. (A) Psb Pt Pc 204 200 4 W
55. The AM signal gets added to a noise with Power This is the form of a conventional AM signal with
Spectra Density Sn ( f ) given in the figure below. The message signal
ration of average sideband power to mean noise power 1 1
m( t) cos(2 1500 t) cos(2 3000 t)
would be 10 2
25 25 1 1
(A) (B) cos 2 (2 1500 t) cos(2 1500 t)
8 N0 B 4 N0 B 10 2
1 1
25 25 The minimum of g( z) z 2 z is achieved for
(C) (D) 10 2
2 N0 B N0 B
1 201 1
z and it is min( g( z)) . Since z is in
20 400 20
Statement for Question 56-57
the range of cos (2 1500 t), we conclude that the
A certain communication channel is characterized 201
minimum value of m( t) is . Hence, the modulation
by 80 dB attenuation and noise power-spectral density 400
of 10 10 W/Hz. The transmitter power is 40 kW and the 201
index is
message signal has a bandwidth of 10 kHz. 400
56. In the case of conventional AM modulation, the 5. (B) x( t) 20 cos(2 fc t) cos(2 fc 1500) t)
predetecion SNR is cos(2 fc 1500) t)
(A) 108 (B) 2 108 5 cos(2 fc 3000) t) 5 cos(2 fc 3000) t)
(C) 10 2 (D) 2 10 2 The power in the sidebands is
1 1 25 25
57. In case of SSB, the predetecion SNR is Psidebands 26
2 2 2 2
(A) 2 10 2 (B) 4 10 2
The total power is Ptotal Pcarrier Psidebands 200 26 226
(C) 2 10 3 (D) 4 10 3 The ratio of the sidebands power to the total power is
Psidebands 26
Ptotal 226
*************
2 0.9 2
6. (B) Pt Pc 1 2000 1 2810 W
2 2
2 0.8 2
7. (A) Pt Pc 1 or 50 10 3 Pc 1
2 2
Ac2
1 1 2
2 2
2 2
2 m( t)
8. (A) I t I c 1 or 20 18 1 or
0.68 18. (A) Pt 1 "
2 2 2
2 "!
16. (A) fm 10 kHz, R 1000 , C 10000 pF 100 cos(2 000 t) cos(2 fc t) 200 cos(2 , t) cos(2 fc t)
100
Hence 2fm RC 2 10 4 10 3 10 8 0.628 [cos(2 ( fc 000) t) cos(2 ( fc 1000) t)]
1
2
max (1 (0.628) 2 ) 2
0.847 200
[cos(2 ( fc 2000) t) cos(2 ( fc 2000) t)]
2
1 1 Thus, the upper sideband (USB) signal is
17. (B) RC , Here fc 1 MHz
fc BWm
xu ( t) 50 cos[2 ( fc 000) t ] 100(2 ( fc 2000) t)
Signal Bandwidth BWm 2 fm 2 2 10 3 4 kHz
1 1 23. (B) When USSB is employed the bandwidth of the
Thus RC or 10 6 RC 250 s
106 4 10 3 modulated signal is the same with the bandwidth of the
Thus appropriate value is 20 sec message signal. Hence WUSSB W 10 4 Hz
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
420
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 7 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Communication System
37. (B) Sidebands are ( 6 106 ' 5000) and 43. (C) The filter characteristic is shown in fig.S7.4.43
( 6 10 ' 9000)
6
H(f )
CHAPTER
7.6
DIGITAL TRANSMISSION
X( jw) Y( jw)
t
-210-3 -10-3 10-3 210-3
w w Fig.P7.6.6-7
Fig.P7.6.1-5 6. x( t) would be recovered form the product. x( t) c( t) by
1. x( t) using an ideal LPF if X ( jw) = 0 for
(A) 100 kHz (B) 200 kHz (A) w > 2000 p (B) w > 1000 p
(C) w < 1000 p (D) w < 2000 p
(C) 300 kHz (D) 50 kHz
5. x( t) y( t)
(A) 250 kHz (B) 500 kHz t
-2T -T 0 T 2T
(A) 5 10 -3 sec (B) 5 10 -4 sec 15. A CD record audio signals digitally using PCM. The
-5
(C) 5 10 sec -6
(D) 5 10 sec audio signal bandwidth is 15 kHz. The Nyquist samples
are quantized into 32678 levels and then binary coded.
9. A compact disc recording system samples a signals The minimum number of binary digits required to
with a 16-bit analog-to-digital convertor at 44.1 kbits/s. encode the audio signal
The CD can record an hours worth of music. The (A) 450 k bits/sec (B) 900 k bits/sec
approximate capacity of CD is (C) 980 340 k bits/sec (D) 490 170, k bits/sec
(A) 705.6 M Bytes (B) 317.5 M Bytes
(C) 2.54 M Bytes (D) 5.43 M Bytes 16. The American Standard Code for Information
Interchange has 128 characters, which are binary
10. An analog signal is sampled at 36 kHz and coded. If a certain computer generates 1,000,000
quantized into 256 levels. The time duration of a bit of character per second, the minimum bandwidth required
the binary coded signal is to transmit this signal will be
(A) 5.78 ms (B) 3.47 ms (A) 1.4 M bits/sec (B) 14 M bits/sec
(C) 6.43 ms (D) 7.86 ms (C) 7 M bits/sec (D) 0.7 M bits/sec
11. An analog signal is quantized and transmitted using 17. A binary channel with capacity 36 k bits/sec is
a PCM system. The tolerable error in sample amplitude available for PCM voic transmission. If signal is band
is 0.5% of the peak-to-peak full scale value. The limited to 3.2 kHz, then the appropriate values of
minimum binary digits required to encode a sample is quantizing level L and the sampling frequency will be
(A) 5 (B) 6 (A) 32, 3.6 kHz (B) 64, 7.2 kHz
(C) 7 (D) 8 (C) 64, 3.6 kHz (D) 32, 7.2 kHz
Statement for Question 12-13. 18. Fig.P7.4.18 shows a PCM signals in which
amplitude level of + 1 volt and - 1 volt are used to
Ten telemetry signals, each of bandwidth 2kHz,
represent binary symbol 1 and 0 respectively. The code
are to be transmitted simultaneously by binary PCM.
word used consists of three bits. The sampled version of
The maximum tolerable error in sample amplitudes is
analog signal from which this PCM signal is derived is
0.2% of the peak signal amplitude. The signals must be
sampled at least 20% above the Nyquist rate. Framing
and synchronizing requires an additional 1% extra bits.
Fig.P7.4.18
12. The minimum possible data rate must be
(A) 272.64 k bits/sec (B) 436.32 k bits/sec (A) 4 5 1 2 1 3 (B) 8 4 3 1 2
(C) 936.32 k bits/sec (D) None of the above (C) 6 4 3 1 7 (D) 1 2 3 4 5
13. The minimum transmission bandwidth is 19. A PCM system uses a uniform quantizer followed by
(A) 218.16 kHz (B) 468.32 kHz a 8-bit encoder. The bit rate of the system is equal to 108
(C) 136.32 kHz (D) None of the above bits/s. The maximum message bandwidth for which the
system operates satisfactorily is
14. A Television signal is sampled at a rate of 20% (A) 25 MHz (B) 6.25 MHz
above the Nyquist rate. The signal has a bandwidth of 6
(C) 12.5 MHz (D) 50 MHz
MHz. The samples are quantized into 1024 levels. The
minimum bandwidth required to transmit this signal 20. Twenty-four voice signals are sampled uniformly at
would be a rate of 8 kHz and then time-division multiplexed. The
(A) 72 M bits/sec (B) 144 M bits/sec sampling process uses flat-top samples with 1 ms
(C) 72 k bits/sec (D) 144 k bits/sec duration. The multiplexing operating includes provision
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
435
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 7 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Communication System
23. The granular-noise power would be 30. A speech signal has a total duration of 20 sec. It is
(A) 1.68 10 -3 W (B) 2.86 10 -4 W sampled at the rate of 8 kHz and then PCM encoded.
(C) 2.48 10 -3 W . 10 -4 W
(D) 112 The signal-to-quantization noise ratio is required to be
40 dB. The minimum storage capacity needed to
24. The SNR will be accommodate this signal is
(A) 298 (B) 1.7510 -3 (A) 1.12 KBytes (B) 140 KBytes
(C) 4.46 10 3
(D) 201 (C) 168 KBytes (D) None of the above
25. The output signal-to-quantization-noise ratio of a 10-bit 31. The input to a linear delta modulator having fa
PCM was found to be 30 dB. The desired SNR is 42 dB. It step-size D = 0.628 is a sine wave with frequency fm and
can be increased by increasing the number of quantization peak amplitude Em . If the sampling frequency fs = 40
level.In this way the fractional increase in the transmission kHz, the combination of the sinc-wave frequency and
bandwidth would be (assume log 2 10 = 0.3) the peak amplitude, where slope overload will take
(A) 20% (B) 30% piace is
(C) 40% (D) 50% Em fm
(A) 0.3 V 8 kHz
Statement for Question 26-27. (B) 1.5 V 4 kHz
32. A sinusoidal signal with peak-to-peak amplitude of 38. Four signals g1 ( t), g 2 ( t), g s ( t) and g 4 ( t) are to be
1.536 V is quantized into 128 levels using a mid-rise multiplexed and transmitted. g1 ( t) and g 4 ( t) have a
uniform quantizer. The quantization-noise power is bandwidth of 4 kHz, and the remaining two signals
-6 have bandwidth of 8 kHz,. Each sample requires 8 bit
(A) 0.768 V (B) 48 10 V 2
sampled at the Nyquist rate, time division multiplexed 50. A speech signal occupying the bandwidth of 300 Hz
and transmitted. The transmitted sample rate, in Hz, to 3 kHz is converted into PCM format for use in digital
is given by communication. If the sampling frequency is8 kHz and
(A) 200 (B) 400 each sample is quantized into 256 levels, then the
(C) 800 (D) 1600 output bit the rate will be
(A) 3 kb/s (B) 8 kb/s
44. The Nyquist sampling rate for the signal (C) 64 kb/s (D) 256 kb/s
g( t) = 10 cos(50 pt) cos 2 (150 pt). Where ' t ' is in seconds, is
(A) 150 samples per second 51. If the number of bits in a PCM system is increased
(B) 200 samples per second from n to n + 1, the signal-to-quantization noise ratio
45. A TDM link has 20 signal channels and each (C) 2 (D) 4
channel is sampled 8000 times/sec. Each sample is
52. In PCM system, if the quantization levels are
represented by seven binary bits and contains an
increased form 2 to 8, the relative bandwidth
additional bit for synchronization. The total bit rate for
requirement will.
the TDM link is
(A) remain same (B) be doubled
(A) 1180 K bits/sec (B) 1280 K bits/sec
(C) be tripled (D) become four times
(C) 1180 M bits/sec (D) 1280 M bits/sec
53. Assuming that the signal is quantized to satisfy the
46. In a CD player, the sampling rate is 44.1 kHz and
condition of previous question and assuming the
the samples are quantized using a 16-bit/sample
approximate bandwidth of the signal is W. The
quantizer. The resulting number of bits for a piece of
minimum required bandwidth for transmission of a
music with a duration of 50 minutes is
binary PCM signal based on this quantization scheme
(A) 1.39 10 9 (B) 4.23 10 9
will be.
(C) 8.46 10 9 (D) 12.23 10 9
(A) 5 W (B) 10 W
47. Four voice signals. each limited to 4 kHz and (C) 20 W (D) None of the above
sampled at Nyquist rate are converted into binary PCM
signal using 256 quantization levels. The bit
transmission rate for the time-division multiplexed
signal will be ************
(A) 8 kbps (B) 64 kbps
(C) 256 kbps (D) 512 kbps
So 0.5 2 mp 1536
.
24. (C) = = 4.46 10 3 32. (C) Step size d= = = 0.012 V
. 10 -4
N o 112 L 128
quantization noise power
S S d2 (0.012) 2
25. (A) o L2 , L = 2 n o = 10 log( C2 2 n ) = = = 12 10 -6 V 2
No N o dB 12 12
= log C + 20 n log 2 = a + 6 n dB. This equation shows
33. (B) Bit Rate = 8 k 8 = 64 kbps
that increasing n by one bits increase the by 6 dB.
(SNR) q = 176
. + 6.02 n dB = 176
. + 6.02 8 = 49.8 dB
Hence an increase in the SNR by 12 dB can be
accomplished by increasing 9is form 10 to 12, the 1800
34. (B) fs = 1800 samples/sec, fm = = 900 Hz
transmission bandwidth would be increased by 20% 2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
440
ForDigital
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Transmission Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 7.6
Since the sampling rate is 1800 samples/sec the highest 1 + cos 300 pt
44. (D) g( t) = 10 cos 50 pt
frequency that can be recovered is 900 Hz. 2
= 5 cos 50 pt + 5 cos 50 pt cos 300 pt
35. (C) x( t) = sinc 700t + sinc 500t The maximum frequency component will be
1
= [sin 700 pt + sin 500 pt ] 150 + 25 = 175 Hz.
pt
Thus fs = 2 175 = 350
. sample per second.
x( t) is band limited with fm = 350 Hz, Thus Nyquist
1
rate is 2 fm = 700 Hz, Sampling interval = sec 45. (B) Total sample = 8000 20 = 160 k sample/sec
700
Bit for each sample = 7 + 1 = 8
1 1 Bit Rate = 160 k 8 = 1280 10 3 bits/sec
36. (D) fs = = = 20 kHz, fc = 12 kHz
T 50 10 -6
46. (B) The sampling rate is fs = 44100 meaning that we
The frequency passed through LPF are fc , fs - fm or 12
take 44100 samples per second. Each sample is
kHz, 8 kHz
quantized using 16 bits so the total number of bits per
2n 2
( SNR)1 2 second is 4410016. For a music piece of duration 50
37. (C) P = = , Here n = code word length,
(SNR)2 2 2 n 1 min = 3000- sec the resulting number of bits per
216 channel (left and right) is 44100 16 3000
n1 = 61 n2 = 8, Thus rate = = 16
212 = 2.1168 10 9
and the overall number of bits is
2.1168 10 2 = 4.2336 10 9
9
43. (D) Signal will be sampled 200, 200, 400 and 800
sample/sec thus 1600 sample per second, ***********
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
441
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
7.8
SPREAD SPECTRUM
12. In previous question if processing gain is changed to 19. A DS/BPSK spread spectrum signal has a
500, then number of users will be processing gain of 500. If the desired error probability is
(A) 27 users (B) 38 users 10 5 and ( b / J 0 ) required to obtain an error probability
(C) 42 users (D) 45 users of 10 5 for binary PSK is 9.5 dB, then the Jamming
margin against a containers tone jammer is
Statement for Question 13-15 : (A) 23.6 dB (B) 17.5 dB
A DS spread spectrum system transmit at a rate of (C) 117.4 dB (D) 109.0 dB
1 kbps in the presets of a tone jammer. The jammer
power is 20 dB greater then the desired signal, and the Statement for Question 20-21 :
required b / J 0 to achieve satisfactory performance is An m 10 ML shift register is used to generate the
10 dB. pre hdarandlm sequence in a DS spread spectrum
system. The chip duration is Tc l s and the bit
13. The spreading bandwidth required to meet the
duration is Tb NTc , where N is the length (period of
specifications is
the m sequence).
(A) 10 7 Hz (B) 10 3 Hz
(C) 10 5 Hz (D) 106 Hz 20. The processing gain of the system is
(A) 10 dB (B) 20 dB
14. If the jammer is a pulse jammer, then pulse duty
cycle that results in worst case jamming is (C) 30 dB (D) 40 dB
Statement for Question 22-23 : (A) 0.4 GHz (B) 0.6 GHz
An FH binary orthogonal FSK system employs an (C) 0.7 GHz (D) 0.9 GHz
m 15 stage liner feedback shift register that generates
28. The probability of error for the worst-case partial
an ML sequence. Each state of the shift register selects
band jammer is
one of L non over lapping frequency bands in the
(A) 0.2996 (B) 0.1496
hopping pattern. The bit rate is 100 bits/s. The
(C) 0.0368 (D) 0.0298
demodulator employ non coherent detection.
W/R W/R
b
SOLUTION J av/Pav N u 1 J 0
W/R
b
( N u 1)
1. (C) The PN sequence length is
J0
N 2 m 1 2 4 1 15
W R
b
( N u 1)
2. (B) The chip duration is J0
1 where R 10 4 bps, N u 30 and b / J 0 10
TC 7 s 0.1 ms
10 Therefore, W 2.9 106 Hz
The minimum chip rate is 1 / Tc W 2.9 106 chips/sec
3. (A) The period of the PN sequence is
T NTC 15 0.1 15
. s 11. (D) To achieve an error probability of 10 6 , we
4. (C) m 19 required
b
10.5 dB
J0 dB
n 2 m 1 219 1 219
Then, the number of users of the CDMA system is
The processing gain is 10 log10 N 10 log10 219
W/R 1000
190 0.3 or 57 dB Nu 1 1 89 users
b /J 0 11.3
Eb
5. (A) Antijam margin = (Processing gain) - 10 log10
av
b
30 dB
R dB Pav dB J 0 dB
6. (D) The precessing gain (PG) is W
1000
FH Bandwidth W c R
PG 5 4 20
Symbol Rate Rs W 1000 R 106 Hz
Hence, expressed in decibels, PG 10 log10 20 26 db
14. (C) The duty cycle of a pulse jammer of worst-case
7. (D) The processing gain is 0.71 0.7
jamming is 0.07
PG 4 4 16 b /J 0 10
Hence, in decibels,
15. (D) The corresponding probability of error for this
PG 10 log10 16 12 dB
worst-case jamming is
1 0.083 0.083
8. (A) The coding gain is Rcd min 10 5 or 7 dB P2 8.3 10 3
2 b/J 0 10
c
18. (B) With N u 30 and b/J 0 7.14, the processing 1
P e 2 N 0
gain should be increased to 2
W/R (7.14)(29) 207 where c / N 0 20 / 3. The probability of a bit error is
W 207 104 2.07 MHz Pb 1 (1 p) 2 1 (1 2 p p2 ) 2 p p2
c c
Hence the bandwidth must be increased to 2.07 MHz 1 2 N0
e 2 N0
e 0.0013
2
19. (B) The processing gain is given as
W 25. (C) In the case of one hop per bit, the SNR per bit is
500 or 27 dB c
R 1 2 N 0 1 10
20, Hence, Pb e e 2.27 10 5
The ( b/J 0 ) required to obtain an error probability of 2 2
10 5 for binary PSK is 9.5 dB. Hence, the jamming
margin is 26. (D) We are given a hopping bandwidth of 2 GHz and
J av W a bit rate of 10 kbs.
b
27.95 or 17.5 dB
P
av dB R J 0 dB W 2 10 9
dB Hence, 2 10 5or 53 dB
R 10 4
20. (C) The period of the maximum length shift register
27. (A) The bandwidth of the worst partial-band
sequence is
jammer is W , where
N 210 1 1023
W 2/( b/J 0 ) 0.2
Since Tb NTc then the processing gain is
Hence W 0.4 GHz
T
N b 1023 or 30 dB
Tc
28. (C) The probability of error with worst-case
e 1 e 1
21. (B) A Jamming margin is partial-band jamming is P2 3.68 10 2
( b/J 0 ) 10
J av W
b
30 10 20 dB
av dB Rb
P dB J 0 dB 29. (D) d 5 miles 8050 meters
where J av J 0W J 0/Tc J 0 10 6
d 2 8050 16100
d
d x t or t
22. (A) The length of the shift-register sequence is t
L 2 m 1215 1 32767 bits d 16100
t 5.367 10 5
For binary FSK modulation, the minimum frequency x 3 108
1 1
separation is 2/T, where 1/T is the symbol (bit) rate. f 18.63 kHz
t 5.367 10 5
The hop rate is 100 hops/sec. Since the shift register
has L 32767 states and each state utilizes a
bandwidth of 2/T 200 Hz, then the total bandwidth
***********
for the FH signal is 6.5534 MHz.
The field at point (2, 3, 4) is The unit vector in the direction of G at P(3, 4, 2)
G 12 xyu x 6( x 2 2) u y 18 z 2 u z 18. Two vector extending from the origin are given as
The equation of the surface M on which G 60 is R1 4 u x 3u y 2 u z and R 2 3u x 4 u y 6 u z . The
area of the triangle defined by R1 and R 2 is
(A) 4 x 2 y 2 4 x 4 9 z 4 2 x 2 96
(A) 12.47 (B) 20.15
(B) 2 x 2 y 2 x 4 9 z 4 2 x 2 96
(C) 10.87 (D) 15.46
(C) 2 x 2 y 2 4 x 4 9 z 4 2 x 2 96
(D) 4 x 2 y 2 x 4 9 z 4 2 x 2 96 19. The four vertices of a regular tetrahedron are
located at O (0, 0, 0), A(0, 1, 0), B(0.5 3, 0.5, 0) and C
13. A vector field is given by ( 0 .5
, 0.5, 2
). The unit vector perpendicular (outward) to
3 3
E 4 zy u z 2 y sin 2 x u y y sin 2 x u z
2 2 the face ABC is
(A) 0.41u x 0.71u y 0.29 u z
The surface on which E y 0 is
(A) Plane y 0 (B) Plane x 0 (B) 0.47 u x 0.82 u y 0.33u z
3
(C) 0.47 u x 0.82 u y 0.33u z
(C) Plane x (D) all
2 (D) 0.41u x 0.71u y 0.29 u z
14. The vector field E is given by 20. The two vector are R AM 20 u x 18 u y 18 u z and
R AN 10 u x 8 u y 15 u z . The unit vector in the plane
E 6 zy 2 cos 2 x u x 4 xy sin 2 x u y y 2 sin 2 x u z
of the triangle that bisects the interior angle at A is
The region in which E 0 is
(A) 0.168 u x 0.915 u y 0.367 u z
(A) y 0 (B) x 0 (B) 0.729 u x 0.134 u y 0.672 u z
n
(C) 0.729 u x 0.134 u y 0.672 u z
(C) z 0 (D) x
2
(D) 0.168 u x 0.915 u y 0.367 u z
15. Two vector fields are F 10 u x 20 x( y 1) u y and 21. Two points in cylindrical coordinates are A( 5,
G 2 x 2 yu x 4 u y 2 u z . At point A(2, 3, 4) a unit 70 , z 3) and B( 2, 30 , z 1). A unit vector
vector in the direction of F G is at A towards B is
(A) 0.18 u x 0.98 u y 0.05 u z (A) 0.03u x 0.82 u y 0.57 u z
(B) 0.18 u x 0.98 u y 0.05 u z (B) 0.03u x 0.82 u y 0.57 u z
(C) 0.37 u x 0.92 u y 0.02 u z (C) 0.82 u x 0.003u y 0.57 u z
(D) 0.37 u x 0.92 u y 0.02 u z (D) 0.003u x 0.82 u y 0.57 u z
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
458
ForVector
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Analysis Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 8.1
(A) 0 .043u 100 u 40. The gradient of the functionG r 3 sin 2 sin 2 sin
(B) 0 .043u 100 u at point P ( 12 , 1
2
, 1
2
) is
(C) 110 u 0.043u (A) 1.41u 3u z (B) u x u y u z
36. The circulation of F x 2 u x xzu y y 2 u z around the 41. The directional derivative of function
37. The circulation of A cos u z sin u z around 43. The angle between the normal to the surface
the edge L of the wedge shown in Fig. P8.1.37 is x2 y z 3 and x ln z y 2 4 at the point of
y intersection (1, 2, 1) is
(A) 73.4 (B) 36.3
(C) 16.6 (D) 53.7
L
44. The divergence of vector A yzu x 4 xyu y yu z at
60o point P(1, 2, 3) is
x
0 2 (A) 2 (B) -2
Fig. P8.1.37
(C) 0 (D) 4
(A) 1 (B) 1
(C) 0 (D) 3 45. The divergence of the vector
A 2 r cos cos u r r u at point P(1, 30, 60) is
1 2
47. The flux of D 2 cos 2 u 3 sin u over the 54. If V x 2 y 2 z 2 , the laplacian of the field V is
closed surface of the cylinder 0 z 3, 3 is (A) 2( xy 2 yz 2 zx 2 )
(A) 324 (B) 81
(B) 2( x 2 y 2 y 2 z 2 z 2 x 2 )
(C) 81 (D) 64
(C) ( x 2 y 2 y 2 z 2 z 2 x 2 )
is
55. The value of 2 V at point P(3, 60, 2) is if
(A) y e xyu x x cos xy u y 2 x sin 2 xz u z
V 2 z(cos sin )
(B) z sin 2 xy u y ( y cos xy xe xy) u z
(A) 8.2 (B) 12.3
(C) z sin 2 xy u y ( x cos xy xe xy) u z
(C) 12.3 (D) 0
(D) xy e xyu x xy cos xy u y 2 xz sin 2 xz u z
0 x 1, 0 y 1, 0 z 1
5. (C) R 3u x 4 M N
(A) 0.5 (B) 3
3u x 4(2 u x 3u y 4 u z ) ( 4 u x 4 u y 3u z )
(C) 0 (D) 1.5
15 u x 8 u y 19 u z
64. If D 2zu 3z sin u 4 cos u z and S is the R 15 2 8 2 19 2 25.5 25.5
surface of the wedge 0 2, 45 , 0 z 5, then
the surface integral of D is 6. (B) R M 2N
(A) 24.89 (B) 131.57 ( 8 u x 4 u y 8 u z ) 2( 8 u x 6 u y 2 u z )
(C) 63.26 (D) 0 8u x 8u y 4u z
8u x 8u y 4u z
uR
65. If the vector field 82 82 42
F ( xy z 3) u x ( 3 x 2 z) u y ( 3 xz 2 y) u z 2 2 1 2 2 1
ux u y uz , ,
8 8 4
2 2
3 3 3
2
************** 2 2 1
uR ux u y uz
3 3 3
1 7 6 2 4 0
7. (C) Mid point is , ,
= (4, 4, 2)
2` 2 2
( 4, 4, 2) 2 2 1
uR , ,
4 4 2
2 2 2
3 3 3
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
462
ForVector
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Analysis Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 8.1
2 2 1 34 u x 84 u y 2 u z
ux u y uz
3 3 3 34 u x 84 u y u z
uR
34 2 84 2 2 2
8. (A) G 24(1)(2) u x 12(1 2) u y 18( 1) 2 u z
0.37 u x 0.92 u y 0.02 u z
48 u x 36 u y 18 u z
16. (A) At P(3, 4, 2)
2 2 1
9. (A) A ( 6, 2, 4), B k , ,
25
3 3 3 G 2 ( 3u x 4 u y) 3u x 4 u y
3 42
|B A | 10 3u x 4 u y
2 2 2 uG 0.6 u x 0.8 u y
2 2 1 32 4 2
6 k
2 k
4 k
100
3 3 3
k2 8 k 44 0 k 1175
. , 17. (B) F u y Fy yz
2 2 1
B 1175
. , ,
4 2 4
2 4
3 3 3 I yzdzdx 0 0 yzdz
dx 2 ydx 2( 4) y 8 y
0 0 0
(7.83, 7.83, 3.92)
At y 7, I 8(7) 56
13
10. (D) G ( 3u x 4 u y 2 u z )
( 2) ( 3) 2
2 u x u y u z
1
3 2 !
1
18. (B) Area R1 R 2 4
3u x 4 u y 2 u z 2 2 !
3 4 6 !
11. (A) Let be the angle between F and u x , u x ( 18 8) u y( 24 6) u z ( 16 9)
Magnitude of F is |F| y z x 2 2 2
26 u x 18 u y 25 u z
3 3 3 3
(12 xy) 2 ( 6( x 2 2)) 2 (18 z 2 ) 2 60
144 x 2 y 2 36( x 4 4 x 2 4) 324 z 4 3600
ux uy uz !
4 x y ( x 4 x 4) 9 z 100 0.5 3 0.5 0 !
2 2 4 2 4
R BA R BC
!
4 x 2 y 2 x 4 9 z 4 4 x 2 96 1 2!
0
3 3 !
13. (D) For E y 0, 2 y sin 2 x 0 y 0 2 0.5
u x 0.5 u y (0.5 2 ) u z
3
3 3
sin 2 x 0, 2 x 0,
, 3
, x 0,
2 0.41u x 0.71u y 0.29 u z
Hence (D) is correct. The required unit vector is
0.41u x 0.71u y 0.29 u z
14. (A)
0.412 0.712 0.29 2
E y( 6 zy cos 2 x u x 4 x sin 2 x u y y sin 2 x u z )
Hence in plane y 0, E 0. 0.47 u x 0.81u y 0.33u z
15. (C) R F G 20. (A) The non-unit vector in the required direction is
1
( 10 u x 20 x( y 1) u y) (2 x 2 yu x 4 u y 2 u z ) ( u AN u AM )
2
At P(2, 3, 4) , ( 10, 8, 15)
u AN ( 0.507, 0.406, 0.761)
R F G ( 10 u x 80 u y) (24 u x 4 u y 2 u z ) 100 64 225
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
463
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 8 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Electromagnetics
At P (2, 6, 3)
22. (A) x cos , y sin
6
cos u x sin u y 1 A 6 u x u y , tan 1
108.43
D 2 (cos u x sin u y) 2
cos 2 2 sin 2
cos 0.316, sin 0.948
1
D D u [cos ( u x u ) sin ( u y u )] A 0.316 0.948 0 6
A ! 0.948 0.316 0 ! 1 !
1 1 ! ! !
[cos 2 sin 2 ] Az ! 0 0 1 ! 0 !
A 6 ( 0.316) 0.948 0.949,
1
D D u [cos ( u x u ) sin ( u y u)]
A 6( 0.948) 0.316 6.008, Az 0
1 Hence (A) is correct option.
[cos ( sin ) sin (cos )] 0
29.(B) At P (3, 4, 0)
1
Therefore D u
r x 2 y 2 z 2 32 4 2 0 2 5
x2 y2
23. (B) A( 4 cos 40 , 4 sin 40 , 2) A( 306
. , 2.57, 2) tan 1
z 2
B (5 cos ( 110 ), 5 sin ( 110 ), 2) B ( 171
. , 4.7, 2) y 4
tan 1 tan 1 126.87
R AB R B R A ( 171
. , 4.7, 2) ( 306
. , 2.57, 2) x 3
( 4.77, 7.3, 4) B 2u r u
Bx sin cos cos cos sin Br
4 .5 130 5
B ! sin sin cos cos cos ! B !
24. (D) Vol dddz 6.28 y! ! !
3 100 3 Bz ! cos sin 1 ! B !
2
% & Ax & A y & Az
Along 3, C3 cos d 1 44. (D) A 0 4x 0
0
2 &x &y &z
60
45. (A)
&f &f &f 1 &(r 2 Ar ) 1 &(sin A) 1 &(sin A)
38. (A) f u x uy uz A
&x &y &z r2 &r r sin & r sin &
y( y z) u x x(2 y z) u y xyu z 1
( 6 r 2 cos cos ) 0 0
r2
&f 1 &f &f At P (1, 30, 60), A 6(1)(cos 30 )(cos 60 ) 2.6
39. (C) f u u uz
&x &y &z
2 2 z cos 2 u 2z sin 2 u 2 cos 2 u z 1 &(A) 1 &( A) &( Az )
46. (C) A
At P (1, 45, 2), f 4u & & &z
1 &(z 2 cos ) &( z sin 2 )
2 z 2 cos sin 2
40. (B) r sin cos x , r sin sin y , r cos z & &z
ddzd
2
2 2 2 sin
v v
3 3 2
3 3 2
41. (C) ( y z) u x ( x z) u y ( x y) u z dz z 2 d cos 2 d zdz d sin d 81
0 0 0 0 0 0
At P(3, 3, 3),
6u x , R PQ ( 4, 1, 1) ( 3, 3, 3) (1, 2, 2)
u x uy u z u x uy uz
( 6 u x ) ( u x 2 u y 2 u z ) &
u R 2 & &! & & & !
3 48. (B) A ! !
&x &y &z ! &x &y &z !
Ax Ay Az ! e xy sin xy cos 2 xz !
&T &T &T
42. (C) T u x uy uz
&x &y &z u x (0 0) u y(2 cos xz ( sin xz) z) u z ( y cos xy xexy)
2 xu x 2 yu z 4 z u z z sin 2 xy u y ( y cos xy xe xy) u z
At P(2, 2, 1), T 4 u x 4 u y 4 u z
u u uz
43. (A) Let f x 2 y z 3, g x ln z y 2 4 1 & & &!
49. (D) A !
& & &z !
f 2 xyu x x 2 u y u z
A A Az !
x
g ln z u x 2 yu y uz
z u u uz
At point P (1, 2, 1) 1 & & &!
!
4 u x u y u z 4 u y u z & & &z !
uf , ug z sin 2 2 z 2 cos 0 !
18 17
5 1 1
cos ' u f u g ' 0.286 u (6 2 z cos ) u ( sin ) u z (6z 2 cos z cos )
18 17
1
cos 0.28 73.4 At point P(5, 90, 1), A 5 u
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
466
ForVector
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Analysis Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 8.1
u r ru r sin u 56.(B)
1 & & & ! 1 & 2 &V 1 & &V 1 &2 V
50. (C) A 2 ! 2 V r
2 sin
2
r sin &r & & ! r &r
2
&r r sin & & r sin &2
2
Ar rA r sin A !
2 sin cos sin
6(1 cos sin ) cos sin
ur ru r sin u sin sin 2
1 & & & !
2 ! 6 4 cos sin cot cosec sin
r sin &r & & !
r cos sin 2 r sin !
3 2
57. (A) x 2 y 2
1 1 1
u r ( 2r 3 sin 0) u ( 6r 2 sin 2 0) u ( 0 r sin ) & ln & ln & ln x y
r 2 sin r sin r ln u x uy uz 2 ux 2 u y
&x &y &z
4 r cos u r 6 r sin u sin u
u x uy uz !
ux uy uz
& & & !
& & & ! u z tan 1
y
uz
51. (A) A !
!
&x &y &z ! x &x &y &z !
y!
( 3 y 2 z) ( 2 x z) ( x 2 y) !
2 2
0 0 tan 1
x!
u x (2 2 x 2 ) u y(1 ( 2)) u z ( 4 xz 6 y) x y x y
ux 2 u y ux u y
ux uy uz x y
2 2
x y 2
& & & !
A !
&x &y &z ! & & & 2
(2 2 x2 ) 3 ( 4 xz 6 y) ! 58. (A) ( r ) r 2 x y z
( x y 2 z 2 )
& x & y & z
u x ( 6) u y( 4 z) u z (0) 6 u x 4 zu y
x(2 x) y(2 y) z(2 z) 2( x 2 y 2 z 2 ) 2 r 2
At P(2, 3, 1),
A 6 u x 4 u y ( 6 u x 4 u y) &( xr n ) &( yr n ) &( zr n )
59. (B) r n r
&x &y &z
ux uy uz n
& & & ! where r n ( x 2 y 2 z 2 ) 2
52. (D) A !
&x &y &z !
n 1
n
2
x y y2 z 2 xz ! r n r 2 x 2
( x 2 y 2 z 2 ) 2
2
y 2 u x 2 zu y x 2 u z n n
n 1 n 1
2 y 2
( x 2 y 2 z 2 ) 2 2 z 2
( x 2 y 2 z 2 ) 2
( A) 0 2 2
F x uz 2
S
2( y z x z x y ) 2( x y y z z x )
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 x 2 x 2 1 2
x dydx x dydx x dx x (2 x) dx
2 2 3 2
2
& & &
2
&z 2 1 2
x4 2 1
! x3 x4 !
4 z(cos sin ) z(cos sin ) 0 3z(cos sin ) 4 0 3 4 1
1 3 1 16 2 1 1 14 1 7
At P(3, 60, 2), 2 V 3( 2)
8.2 4! ! 4
2 2
4 3 3 4 4 3 4 6
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
467
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 8 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Electromagnetics
A dL D dS ( D)dv
S v
C ab bc cd da
3z
y D dS 4 z
cos
dddz
2
2 5 45 2 5 45
4 25
25 1
4
3(2)
13157
.
c a
2 2 4 2 2
d b
x
-2 -1 1 2
Fig. S8.1.61 ux uy uz
& & & !
65. (A) F !
Along ab, d 0, 0, & x &y &z !
b x z 2 3 x 2 z 3 xz 2 y!
A dL 0, A dL
a
0
( 1 ) u x ( 3z 2 3z 2 ) u y ( 6 x x) u z
Along bc, d 0, A dL 3d If F is irrotational, F 0
c
i.e. 1 .
A dL d (2) 3
8
3
b 0
Along cd, d 0,
, A dL 0,
d
A dL 0 *******
c
A dL
d
3 d (1) 3(
)
A dL 0 8
0
7
62. (B) Using divergence theorem
F dS
v
Fdv
1 &
F (2 2 z 2 ) 4 z 2 4 z 2
&
1 5 2
v 1 2 0
A dS
S 0 0 0
( y z x) dxdydz
1 1 1
1
3 xdx 0 0 dz
3 2
15.
dy
0
CHAPTER
8.2
ELECTROSTATICS
1. Let Q1 4 C be located at P1 (3, 11, 8) while 6. A 2 mC point charge is located at A (4, 3, 5) in free
Q2 5 C is at P2 (6, 15, 8). The force F2 on Q2 will be space. The electric field at P(8, 12, 2) is
(A) ( 4.32 u x 5.76 u y) N (B) 4.32 u x 5.76 u y N (A) 131.1u 159.7 u f 49.4 u z
(C) ( 4.32 u x 5.76 u y) mN (D) 4.32 u x 5.76 u y mN (B) 159.7 u r + 27.4 u f - 49.4 u z
. u r + 27.4 u f - 49.4 u z
(C) 1311
2. Four 5 nC positive charge are located in the z 0
plane at the corners of a square 8 mm on a side. A fifth (D) 159.7 u r + 137.1u f - 49.4 u z
3. Four 40 nC are located at A(1, 0, 0), B(1, 0, 0), C(0, 8. Charges of 20 nC and -20nC are located at (3, 0, 0)
1, 0) and D(0, 1, 0) in free space. The total force on the and (-3, 0, 0) and (-3, 0, 0), respectively. The magnitude
charge at A is of E at y axis is
(A) 24.6u x mN (B) 24.6u x mN 1080 1080
(C) 13.6u x mN (D) 13.76u x mN (A) (B)
(9 + y 2 ) 3 2 (9 + y 2 ) 3
11. A uniform volume charge density of 0.2 mC m 2 is 18. Two identical uniform charges with r l = 80 nC m are
present throughout the spherical shell extending from located in free space at x = 0, y = 3 m. The force per
r 3 cm to r 5 cm. If r = 0 elsewhere, the total charge unit length acting on the line at positive y arising from
present throughout the shell will be the charge at negative y is
(A) 41.05 pC (B) 257.92 pC (A) 9.375u y mN (B) 37.5u y mN
(C) 82.1 pC (D) 129.0 pC (C) 19.17u y mN (D) 75u y mN
12. If r v = 1
z 2 + 10
5 e -0 .1 r( p-|f|) mC m 3 in the region 19. A uniform surface charge density of 10 nC m 2 is
0 r 10, -p < f < p and all z, and r v = 0 elsewhere, present in the region x = 0, - 2 < y < 2 and all z if e = e o
the total charge present is , the electric field at P(3, 0, 0) has
(A) 1.29 mC (B) 2.58 mC (A) x component only
(C) 0.645 mC (D) 0
(B) y component only
13. The region in which 4 < r < 5, 0 < q < 25 , and (C) x and y component
0.9 p < f < 11
. p contains the volume charge density of (D) x, y and z component
f
r v = 10 ( r - 4) ( r - 5) sin q sin . Outside the region,
2
r v = 0. The charge within the region is 20. The surface charge density is r s = 5 nC m 2 , in the
(A) 0.57 C (B) 0.68 C region r < 0.2 , z = 0, and is zero elsewhere. The electric
field E at A(r = 0, z = 0.5) is
(C) 0.46 C (D) 0.23 C
(A) 5.4 V m (B) 10.1 V m
14. A uniform line charge of 5 nC m is located along the (C) 10.5 V m (D) 20.2 V m
line defined by y = -2, z = 5. The electric field E at P(1,
2, 3) is 21. Three infinite charge sheet are positioned as
(A) -9 u y + 4.5 u z (B) 9 u y - 4.5 u z follows: 10 nC m 2 at x = -3, - 40 nC m 2 at y = 4 and 50
(C) -18 u y + 9 u z (D) 18 u y - 9 u z nC m 2 at z = 2. The E at (4, 3, -2) is
(A) 0.56 u x + 2.23u y - 2.8 u z kV m
15. A uniform line charge of 6.25 nC m is located along
(B) 0.56 u x - 2.23u y + 2.8 u z kV m
the line defined by y = -2, z = 5. The E at that point in
(C) 0.56 u x + 2.23u y + 2.8 u z kV m
the z = 0 plane where the direction of E is given by
( 1
u y - 23 u z ), is (D) -0.56 u x - 2.23u y + 2.8 u z kV m
3
24. A point charge 20 nC is located at origin. Four 31. A spherical surface of radius of 3 mm is centered at
uniform line charge are located as follows 40 nC m at P(4, 1, 5) in free space. If D = xu x C m 2 the net electric
y = 1 and 50 nC m at y = 2. The electric flux that flux leaving the spherical surface is
leaves the surface of a sphere, 4 m in radius, centered
(A) 113.1 mC (B) 339.3 nC
at origin is
(C) 113.1 nC (D) 452.4 nC
(A) 1.33 nC (B) 1.89 mC
(C) 1.33 mC (D) 1.89 mC
32. The electric flux density is
27. Volume charge density is located in free space as 34. If E = 4 u x - 3u y + 5 u z in the neighborhood of point
rv = 2e -1000 r
nC m 3
for 0 < r < 1 mm and rv = 0 P(6, 2, -3). The incremental work done in moving 5 C
elsewhere. The value of Dr on the surface r = 1 mm is charge a distance of 2 m in the direction u x + u y + u z is
(A) 1.28 pC m 2 (B) 0.28 pC m 2 (A) -60 J (B) 34.64 J
(C) 0.78 pC m 2 (D) 0.32 pC m 2 (C) -34.64 J (D) 60 JJ
28. Spherical surfaces at r = 2 and 4 carry uniform 35. If E = 100 u r V m , the incremental amount of work
charge densities of 20 nC m and -4 nC m . The Dr at
2 2
done in moving a 60 mC charge a distance of 2 mm from
2 < r < 4 is P(1, 2, 3) toward Q(2, 1, 4) is
16 16 (A) -5.4 mJ (B) 3.1 mJ
(A) - nC m 2 (B) nC m 2
r2 r2
(C) -31
. mJ (D) 0
80 80
(C) 2 nC m 2 (D) - 2 nC m 2
r r 36. A 10 C charge is moved from the origin to P(3, 1, -1)
in the field E = 2 xu x - 3 y 2 u y + 4 u z V m along the
29. Given the electric flux density, D = 2 xyu x + x 2 u y
straight line path x = -3 y, y = x + 2 z. The amount of
+ 6 z 3u z C m 2 . The total charge enclosed in the volume
energy required is
0 < x, y , z < a is
(A) -40 J (B) 20 J
5 4
(A) 6 a 5 + a (B) a 5 + 6 a 4
3 (C) -20 J (D) 40 J
5 5
(C) 6 a 5 + a 4 (D) a + 6a4 37. A uniform surface charge density of 30 nC m 2 is
3
present on the spherical surface r = 6 mm in free space.
30. Let D = 5 x y z u y . The flux enclosed by volume
4 4 4
The V AB between A ( r = 2 cm, q = 35 , f = 55 ) and B
x = 3 and 3.1, y = 1 and 1.1, and z = 2 and 2.1 is ( r = 3 cm, q = 40 , f = 90 ) is
(A) 49.6 (B) 24.8 (A) 2.03 V (B) 10.17 V
(C) 35.4 (D) 36.4 (C) 4.07 mV (D) -10.17 V
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
471
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 8 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Electromagnetics
38. A point charge is located at the origin in free space. (A) -4.94 nC (B) -4.86 nC
The work done in carrying a charge 10 C from point A (C) -5.56 nC (D) -3.68 nC
( r 4, q p 6 , f = p 4) to B( r = 4, q = p 3 , p 6) is
(A) 0.45 mJ (B) 0.32 mJ 46. A dipole having
(C) -0.45 mJ (D) 0 Qd
= 100 V m 2
4 pe o
39. Let a uniform surface charge density of 5 nC m 2 be
is located at the origin in free space and aligned so
present at the z = 0 plane, a uniform line charge density
that its moment is in the u z direction. The E at point
of 8 nC m be located at x = 0, z = 4 and a point charge
( r = 1, 45 , f = 0) is
of 2 mC be present at P(2, 0, 0). If V = 0 at A(0, 0, 5),
the V at B(1, 2, 3) is (A) 158.11 V m (B) 194.21 V m
(A) 10.46 kV (B) 1.98 kV (C) 146.21 V m (D) 167.37 V m
(C) 0.96 kV (D) 3.78 kV
47. A dipole located at the origin in free space has a
40. A non uniform linear charge density, r L = 6 ( z + 1) 2
moment p = 2 10 -9 u z C.m. The points at which | E|q = 1
nC m lies along the z axis. The potential at P(r = 1, 0, 0) mV m on line y = z, x = 0 are
in free space is ( V = 0) (A) y = z = 23.35 (B) y = z = 16.5, x = 0
(A) 0 V (B) 216 V (C) y = z = 16.5 (D) y = 0, z = 23.35, x = 0
(C) 144 V (D) 108 V
48. A dipole having a moment p = 3u x - 5 u y + 10 u z
41. The annular surface, 1 cm < r < 3 cm carries the nC.m is located at P(1, 2, -4) in free space. The V at Q
nonuniform surface charge density r s = 5r nC m . The V 2
(2, 3, 4) is
at P(0, 0, 2 cm) is
(A) 1.31 V (B) 1.26 V
(A) 81 mV (B) 90 mV
(C) 2.62 V (D) 2.52 V
(C) 63 mV (D) 76 mV
(A) 1.79 nC m 3 (B) -1.79 nC m 3 the corners of a square 4 cm on a side. The total
potential energy stored is
(C) 1.22 nC m 3 (D) -1.22 nC m 3
(A) 1.75 mJ (B) 2 mJ
44. The potential field V = 80 r 2 cos q V. The volume (C) 3.5 mJ (D) 0
charge density at point P(2.5, q = 30 , f = 60 ) in free
space is 51. Given the current density
(A) -2.45 nC m 3 (B) 1.42 nC m 3
J = 10 5[sin (2 x) e -2 yu x + cos (2 x) e -2 yu y ] kA m 2
(C) -1.42 nC m 3
(D) 2.45 nC m 3
64. In a certain region where the relative permitivity is 69. A potential field exists in a region where e = f ( x). If
2.4, D 2 u x 4 u y 5 u z nC m 2 . The polarization is r v = 0, the 2 V is
(A) 2.8 u x 5.6 u y 7 u z nC m 2 1 dF V df V
(A) - (B) f ( x)
f ( x) dx x dx x
(B) 3.4 u x 6.9 u y 8.6 u z nC m 2
1 df V df V
(C) 1.2 u x 2.3u y 2.9 u z nC m 2 (C) (D) -f ( x)
f ( x) dx x dx x
(D) 3.89 u x 6.43u y 8.96 u z nC m 2
70. If V ( x, y) = 4 e 2 x + f ( x) - 3 y 2 in a region of free space
65. Medium 1 has the electrical permitivity e1 = 15
. eo where r v = 0. It is know that both Ex and V are zero at
and occupies the region to the left of x = 0 plane. the origin. The V ( x, y) is
Medium 2 has the electrical permitivity e 2 = 2.5 e o and (A) 3( x 2 - y 2 ) (B) 3( y 2 - x 2 )
occupies the region to the right of x = 0 plane. If E1 in
(C) 4 x 2 - 3 y 2 (D) 4 y 2 - 3 x 2
medium 1 is E1 = (2 u x - 3u y + 1u z ) V m then E2 in
medium 2 is
(A) (2.0 u x - 1.8 u x + 0.6 u z ) V m
(B) (1.67 u x - 3u y + u z ) V m
(C) (1.2 u x - 3u y + u z ) V m
(D) (1.2 u x - 1.8 u y + 0.6 u z ) V m
*********
2 10 -6 4 u x + 9 u y - 3u z
SOLUTIONS =
4 pe o
(106) 3 / 2
= 65.9 u x + 148.3u y - 49.4 u z
Q1Q2 R12
1. (C) F2 Then at point P, r = 8 2 + 12 2 = 14.4,
4 pe o |R12|3
12
( 4 10 -6 )( -5 10 -6 ) ( 3u x + 4 u y) f = tan -1 = 56.3, and z = 2
= 8
4 pe o 53
Er = Ep u p = 65.9( u x u r) + 148.3 ( u y u r)
= ( 4.32 u x + 5.76 u y) mN
= 65.9 cos 56.3 + 148.3 sin 56.3 = 159.7
Ef = E r u f = 65.9( u x u f) + 148.3 ( u y u f)
2. (D) Arranging the charge in the xy plane at location
= -65.9 sin 56.3 + 148.3 cos 56.3 = 27.4 ,
(4, 4), (-4, 4), (4, -4), (-4, 4), the fifth charge will be on
Ez = -49.4
the z-axis at location z = 4 2. By symmetry, the force on
the fifth charge will be z directed, and will be four 2 10 -8 R1 2R 2
7. (C) Ep = - |R |3 + |R |3
times the z component 4 pe o 1 2
= 1376
. u x mN 8. (A) Let a point on y axis be P(0, y, 0)
20 10 -8 R1 R2
10 -9 41R13 45R 23 Ep = -|R |3 - |R |3
4. (C) E = + 4 pe o
4 pe o |R13|2
|R 23|2 1 2
6 u x - 3u y 6 u x + 3u y
Q 8" " " r oe x y z dxdydz = 8ro EP = 20nC 2 9 10 9 -
0 0 0 36 + 9 36 + 9
2p p 0 .05
= -48u y V m
11. (C) Q = 0.2 r sin q drd qdf
2
0 0 0 .03 rL R xp R yp R zp
17. (B) EP = + + 3
r3
0 .05
2 pe o 3 3
|R xp| |R yp| |R zp|
= 4 p(0.2) = 82.1 pC
3 0 .03 R xp = ( -3, 0, - 1, ) - ( -3, 0, 0, ) = (0, 2, -1)
Similarly R yp = (-3, 0, -1), R zp = (-3, 2, 0)
- p 10
5 e -0 .1 r( p-|f|)
12. (A) Q = z 2 + 10
Ep = 100 10 -9 2 9 10 -9
-p 0 2u y - u z -3u x - u z -3ux + 2u y
E p = 100 10 -9 2 9 10 -9 + +
10 5 10 13
e -0 .1 r
2p
( -0.1 - 1) ( p - f) dz
=5
(0.1) 2
( -0.101)
0
2
- 0 z + 10
2
= -0.96 u x + u y - 0.54 u z kV m
p2 dz rL
Q = 5 26.4 18. (C) At y = 4, E = uy ,
- z + 10
2
2 pe o
1 z dF = dqE = r L dzE
= 5 26.4 p2 tan -1 = 129
. mC
10 10 - 1
r 2L dzu y
F=
0
2 pe o
( 6) = 18.75 u y mN
13. (A)
1 .1 p 25 5
f r s dS R - R
f = 10 ( r - 4)( r - 5) sin q sin 2 r sin q drdqdf 19. (A) E =
2
0 .9p 0 4
4 pe o |R - R|3
r 5 9 r 4 20 r 3 1 1
5
f
25 1 .1 p
where R = 3u x and R = yu y + zu z ,
= 10 - + 2 q - 4 sin 2 q -2 cos 2
5 4 3 4 0 .9p r
2
3u x - yu y - zuz
0 EPA = L dydz
4 pe o - -2 (9 + y 2 + z 2 ) 3 2
= 10 [ -3.39 ][0.0266 ][0.626 ] = 0.57 C
Due to odd function
r Rp rL
2
3u x dydz
14. (D) Ep = L , EPA =
2 pe o |R p|2 4 pe o - -2
(9 + y 2 + z 2 ) 3 2
R p = (1, 2, 3) - (1, -2, 5) = (0, 4, -2) So there is only x component.
|R |
2
p = 20,
20. (D) There will be z component of E only
5 10 -9 4u y - 2u z
Ep = = 18 u y - 9 u z R = zu z , R = ru r , R - R = zu z - ru z
2 pe o 20 2 p 0 .2
rs zrdrdf
Ez , Pa =
4 pe o (z
0 0
2
+ r 2)3 2
15. (C) With z = 0, the general field is 0 .2
2pr s z 1 rz 1 1
r L ( y + 2) u y - 5 u z = 2 = s 2 -
Ez = 0 = 4 pe o z + r eo z
2 pe o ( y + 2) 2 + 25 z + 0.04
2 2
0
dy E y 15 x 2 y 3 y a a a a
22. (A) 29. (C) Q = D n dS = 2 aydydz + -2(0) dydz
dx Ex 5 x3 x S 0 0 0 0
1 4 24 3 1 44244 3
dy 3dx C1 Front Back
$ $ ln y 3 ln x ln C y , a a a a a a a a
y 3 x3 + -xdxdz + x 2 dxdz + -6(0) 3 dxdy + 6a 3dxdy
2
C1 128 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
At P, 2 $ C1 128 $ y
1 4 42443 1 4243 1 442443 1 44244 3
Left Right Botoom Top
43 x3
4 4
a a
= a4 + 0 - + + 0 + 6a5 = a4 + 6a5
23. (A) This point lies in the center of a symmetric 3 3
arrangement of line charges, whose field will all cancel
D y
at that point. Thus D arises from the point charge alone 30. (C) D = = 20 x 4 y 3z 4
y
10 10 9 ( 3u y 4 u z )
D , Center of cube =(3.05 1.05 2.05) and Volume
4
( 32 4 2 )1 .5
V = (0.1) 3 = 0.001
D 19.1u y 25.5 u z pC m 2
f = 20 ( 305
. ) 4 (105
. ) 3 (2.05) 3 (2.05) 4 0.001 =35.4
0 .05 90
10 y 2 + 10 x 2 y
25. (D) Q = 5 e -20 z (0.08) dfdz nC 32. (B) r v = D = + 0 +
z3
=8.96
0 .01 30 z ( -2 , 3, 5)
0 .05
p p 1 -20 z
= - (5)(0.08) - e
2 6 20 1 d 2
0 .01 33. (C) D = ( r 2 r) = 6 ,
r 2 dr
= 9.45 10 -3 nC = 9.45 pC
D dv = 6 (0.4) = 0.38
3
V
26. (A) Out of the 6 surface only 2 will contribute to the
net outward flux. The y component of D will penetrate 34. (C) dW = - qE dL
the surface y = 0 and y = z and net flux will be zero. At ( u x + u y + u z )(2)
= -5( 4 u x - 3u y + 5 u z )
x = 0 plane Dx = 0 and at z = 0 plane Dz = 0. 3
This leaves the 2 remaining surfaces at x = 2 and z = 5. 10
=- ( 4 - 3 + 5) = -34.64 J
The net outward flux become 3
5 3 3 2
f = D x = 2 u x dydz + D x =2
u z dzdy
0 0 0 0
35. (B) The vector in this direction is
3 3 (2, 1, 4) - (7, 2, 3) = (1, -1, 1)
= 5 4(2) ydy + 2 4(5) ydy = 360 C. ux - u y + uz
0 0 u PQ = , dW = - qE dL
3
2p p
( u x - u y + u z )(2 10 -3)
0 .001
2e
-1000 r
27. (D) Q = r 2 sin q drdqdf = -( 60 10 -6 ) 100 u r
3
0 0 0
-r e 2 -1000 r
0 .001
2 e -1000 r ( -1000 r - 1)
0 .001
10 -6
Q = 8 p + = - 12 ( u r u x - u r u y)
1000 0
1000(1000) 2 0 3
2
Q = 4 10 -9nC, At r , f = tan -1 = 63.4
1
Q 4.0 10 -9
Dr = = = 0.32 C m 2 u r u x = cos 63.4 = 0.447,
4 pr 2
4 p (0.001) 2
u r u y = sin 63.4 = 0.894
28. (C) 4 pr Dr = 4 p(2 ) 20 10
2 2 -9 2
Cm , dW = 31
. mJ
80
Dr = nC m 2 36. (A) W = - q E dL
r2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
477
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 8 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Electromagnetics
r = 12 ` + 12 = 2 , z = 3, VB = 198
. kV = -(50 + 150 sin f) u r - (150 cos f) u f ,
D = e o E, r v = D = e o E
r L dz
6 10 -9 dz 1 1
r v = eo (rEr) +
40. (D) Vr = 4 pe
- oR
=
- 4 pe o ( z + 1)
2 32
= 108 V
r r
Ef
r f
(50 + 150 sin f) 150 sin f 50e o
r s dS = e o - + =- C m2
41. (A) Vr = , r r r
4 pe o|R - R| 1 2p 2
50 e o
R = zu z , R = ru r, dS = rdrdf, Q = rdrdfdz = - 2 p(50) e o 2 = -5.56 nC
0 0 0 r
2 p 0 .03
(5 10 -9)r 2 drdf
Vr =
0 0 .01 4 pe o r 2 + z 2
,
Qd cos q 100 cos q
46. (A) V = = ,
0 .03 4 pe o r 2 r2
5 10 -9 r z2
Vp = r 2
+ z 2
- ln (r + r 2 + z 2 )
2 eo V 1 V
2 2 0 .01 E = -V = - ur + uq
r r q
At z = 0.02, Vp = 0.081 V
100
= (2 cos q u r + sin q u q),
r3
42. (C) E = -V
5
6x |E| = 100( 4 cos 2 q + sin 2 q)1 2 = 100 = 158.11 V m
= - 2 y 2 z 2 + 2 2
ux 2
x + 2 y + 3z
2
12 y 2 10 -9
- 4 xyz 3 + 2 2
uy 47. (A) E = [2 cos q u r + sin q u q ],
x + 2 y + 3z
2
4 pe o r 3
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
478
ForElectrostatics
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 8.2
= 40 p log 17 = 356 A
P (R - R)
48. (A) V =
4 pe o|R - R|3 J al J st sac
56. (B) So Eal = Est = = J al = J st
sal sst sst
where R - R = Q - P = (1, 1, 8)
( 3u x - 5 u y + 10 u z ) ( u x + u y + 8 u z ) 10 -9 I = p(2 10 -3) J st + p[( 4 10 -3) 2 - (2 10 -3) 2 ]J al = 80
So VP = Solving J st = 3.2 10 5 A m 2
4 pe o (1 + 1 + 8 2 )1 .5
=1.31 V 4
57. (B) J = u r A m2,
2prl
1 1 1
49. (A) E = -V = 40 2 u x + uy + uz J 4 12.73
x yz xy 2
z xyz 2 E= = = ur V m
s 2 prls rl
eo
E Edv
3 5
We = 12.73 12.73 5 6.51
2 V = - E dL = u r u rdr = ln = V
5 3 r l l 3 l
2 2 2
1 1 1
We = 800 e o x 4 y 2 z 2 + x 2 y 4 z 2 + x 2 y 2 z 4 dxdydz V 6.51 1.63
R= = = W
1 1 1
I 4l r
= 1548 pJ
V 1 V V
1 4 58. (D) E = -V = - ur + uf + u z
50. (A) W = qn Vn r r f z
2 n =1
(r + 1) 2
q 1 1 1 = -z 2 cos f u r + z sin f u f - 2(r + 1) z cos f u z
V1 = V21 + V31 + V41 = + + r
4 pe o 0.04 0.04 0.04 2
E = -1.82 u f + 14.5 u f - 2.67 u z V m
V1 = V2 = V3 = V4 E E
r s = eo E n s = eo
1 2 (1.2 10 -9) 2 1 |E|
W = ( 4) q1 V1 = 2 + 2 = 175
. mJ
2 4 pe o (0.04) r s = e o 1.82 2 + 14.5 2 + 2.67 2 = 1315
. pC m 2
2 1
51. (B) I = J n dS = J u y dxdz p p
y =1 y =1 40 cos sin
S 0 0
59. (C) V = 3 2 = 2.5 V
2 1 23
= 10 cos (2 x) 2 -2 y dxdz = 12307 kA = 12.3 MA
5
So the equation of the surface is
0 0
40 cos q sin f
= 2.5, 16 cos q sin f = r 3
r2
52. (C) I = J n dS
S
2 p 0 .3p 60. (A) E = -V, D = eE = - e oV
800 sin q
= (0 .80) 2
+ 4
(0.80) 2 sin q dqdf =154.8 A
x 200 x
0 0 .1 p = -e o 200 z ux + 2 u z C m2
x ( x 2
+ 4) x + 4
53. (D) F = ma = qE, 200 e o x
D (z= 0 ) = - 2 u z C m2,
qE ( -1.602 10 -19)( -4 106 ) x +4
a= = u z = 7.0 1017 u z m s 2 ,
m 9.11 10 -3 - 200 e o x
r s = D u z z= 0 = C m2,
x2 + 4
v = at = 7.0 10 tu z m s 17
0 2 2
- 200 e o x 1
r V 1 J z
Q= x2 + 4
dxdy = -( 3)(200) e o ln[ x 2 + 4 ]
2
54. (D) = - J = (rJ r) + -3 0 0
t r r z
= - 300 ln 2 = - 1.84 nC
1 -20
= (25) + =0
r r z r 2 + 0.01
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
479
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 8 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Electromagnetics
61. (B) E V , 3 xy 2 z 3 satisfy this equation. Since E is normal to the surface
e 2 1000 400
En 2 = r1 En 1 = ur = 2 ur V m
62. (D) The plane can be replaced by 60 nC at Q (2, 5, er 2 5 r2 r
6).
R (5, 3, 1) (2, 4, 6) (3, 1, 5) 68. (D) D n 1 = D n 2 and Et1 = Et 2 , D = eE
q q q 1 1
VP 69. (A) D = eE = - f ( x)V ,
4 pe o R 4 pe o R% 4 pe o 35 59 !
D = r v = 0 = ( - f ( x)V )
-9 -9 1 1
Vp = 60 10 9 10 35 - 59 = 21 V 0 = ( - f ( x)V )
dF V 2V 2V 2V
=- + f ( x) 2 + f ( x) 2 + f ( x) 2
63. (A) Using method of images dx x x y z
. e o = 2.5 e o En 2
= 2 15 En 2 = 12
. It follow that C1 = 0
In the fig. P8.3.1214 The region 0 z 2 is filled (A) -4.4 u x + 1.3u y + 0.6 u z kV m
with an infinite slab of magnetic material (m r = 2.5). The (B) 4.4 u x - 1.3u y - 0.6 u z kV m
surface of the slab at z = 0 and z = 2, respectively, carry (C) -4.4 u x + 1.3u y + 0.6 u z kV m
surface current 30u x A m and -40u x as shown in fig.
(D) 4.4 u x - 1.3u y - 0.6 u z kV m
z
and -4u z A m at y = -1. Let F be the vector force per (C) 82 u x + 204 u y - 327 u z mT
meter length exerted on a current filament carrying 7 (D) 82 u x + 204 u y - 327 u z mA m
mA in the u L direction.
31. The magnetization M is
24. If the current filament is located at x = 0, y = 0.5 (A) 75 u x + 187.5 u y - 300 u z A m 2
and u L = u z , then F is (B) 75 u x + 187.5 u y - 300 u z A m 2
(A) 35 .2 u y nN m (B) -35 .2 u y nN m (C) 55 u x + 137.5 u y - 220 u z A m 2
(C) 105.6 u y nN m (D) 0 (D) 55 u x + 137.5 u y - 220 u z A m 2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
483
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 8 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Electromagnetics
32. The magnetic energy density is If H increases from 0 to 210 A m, the energy
(A) 19 mJ m 2
(B) 9.5 mJ m 2
stored per unit volume in the alloy is
(C) 16.3 mJ m 2
(D) 32.6 mJ m 2 (A) 6.2 MJ m 3 (B) 1.3 MJ m 3
(C) 2.3 kJ m 3 (D) 2.9 kJ m 3
Statement for Q.3334:
40. If magnetization is given by H = 6a ( - yu x + xu y) in a
For a given material magnetic susceptibility
cube of size a, the magnetization volume current
m = 31
. and within which B = 0.4 yu z T.
density is
33. The magnetic field H is 12 6
(A) uz (B) ( x - y)
a a
(A) 986.8 yu z kA m (B) 151.6 yu z kA m
6 3
(C) 102.7 yu z kA m (D) 77.6 yu z kA m (C) uz (D) ( x - y)
a a
34. The magnetization M is 41. The point P(2, 3, 1) lies on the planner boundary
(A) 241yu z kA m (B) 318.2 yu z kA m separating region 1 from region 2. The unit vector
(C) 163yu z kA m (D) None of the above u N12 = 0.6 u x + 0.48 u y + 0.64 u z is directed from region 1
to region 2. If m r1 = 2, m r2 = 8 and
35. In a material the magnetic field intensity is H1 = 100 u x - 300 u y + 200 u z A m, then H 2 is
H = 1200 A m when B = 2 Wb m 2 . When H is reduced to (A) 40.3u x + 48.3u y - 178.9 u z A m
400 A m, B = 1.4 Wb m 2 . The change in the
(B) 80.2 u x - 315.8 u y + 178.9 u z A m
magnetization M is
(C) 40.3u x - 315.8 u y - 178.9 u z A m
(A) 164 kA m (B) 326 kA m
(D) 80.2 u x + 48.3u y + 178.9 u z A m
(C) 476 kA m (D) 238 kA m
42. The plane separates air ( z > 0, m r = 1) from iron
36. A particular material has 2.7 10 29 atoms m 3 and
( z 0, m r = 20). In air magnetic field intensity is
each atom has a dipole moment of 2.6 10 30 u y A m 2 .
H = 10 u x + 15 u y - 3u z A m. The magnetic flux density
The H in material is ( r = 4.2)
in iron is
(A) 2.94 u y A m (B) 0.22 u y A m
(A) 5.02 u x + 7.5 u y - 0.076 u z mWb m 2
(C) 0.17 u y A m (D) 2.24 u y A m
(B) 12.6 u x + 18.9 u y - 75.4 u z mWb m 2
and the magnetic susceptibility is 0.003. The magnitude (D) 251u x + 377 u y - 1508 u z mWb m 2
of the magnetization is
43. The plane 2 x + 3 y - 4 z = 1 separates two regions.
(A) 47.6 A m (B) 23.4 A m
Let m r1 = 2 in region 1 defined by 2 x + 3 y - 4 z > 1, while
(C) 16.3 A m (D) 8.4 A m
m r 2 = 5 in region 2 where 2 x + 3 y - 4 z < 1. In region
H1 = 50 u x - 30 u y + 20 u z A m. In region 2, H 2 will be
38. A uniform field H = - 600 u y A m exist in free space.
(A) 63.4 u x + 4318
. u y - 19.4 u z A m
The total energy stored in spherical region 1 cm in
radius centered at the origin in free space is (B) 52.9 u x - 25.66 u y + 14.2 u z A m
(A) 0.226 J m 3
(B) 1.452 J m 3 (C) 48.6 u x - 16.4 u y - 46.3u z A m
1
B= H + H 2 mWb m 2
3
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
484
ForMagnetostatics
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 8.3
-(1 + x) u x + 3u y + 2 u z
uR =
SOLUTIONS R
R = (1 + x) + 32 + 2 2 = x 2 + 2 x + 14
2
IdL u R
4 dxu x [ -(1 + x) u x + 3u y + 2 u z ]
1. (C) H = 4 pR 2 H=
-
- 4 p ( x 2 + 2 x + 14) 3 2
I
-u ydy[2 u x + ( 3 - y) u y ]
(12 u z - 8 u y) dx 2(12 u z - 8 u y)
=
4p [2 + ( 3 - y) ]
2 2 32
= = 4 p( x =
0
-
2
+ 2 x + 14) 3/2
4 p13
I 2 u z dy = 0.147 u z - 0.098 u y A m
=
4 p 0 [2 + ( 3 - y) 2 ]3 2
2
I
56 .31
2 u z dq I
a
rIdzu f
H=
4p 2 sec q
=
2 pr
uf -
-a 4 p(r 2 + z 2 ) 3 2
-90
a
I a
rIdzu f rIu f z Iau f
= u z [sin q ] -5690.31 = 145.8 u z mA m - a 4 p(r 2 + z 2 ) 3 2 = 4 p r 2 (r 2 + z 2 ) 3 2 =
4p -a
2 pr(r 2 + z 2 ) 3 2
Iz I a
u A m
2. (A) H = H y + H z , H z = uf = 1-
2pr 2 pr (r + a 2 )
2 f
r = ( -3) 2 + ( 4) 2 = 5 At r = 1, H =
I
- u z ( -3u x + 4 u y)
3u y + 4 u x 2pr
uf = = a 1
5 5 1- =
24 ( 4 u x + 3u y) 1+ a 2 2
Hz = = 0.611u x + 0.458 u y mA m
2 p(5) 5 1
a= = 0.577 m
Iy 3
Hy = u f , r = ( -3) + (5) = 34 2 2
2pr
IdL u R
( -3u x + 5 u z ) 3u z - 5 u x 6. (A) H =
uf = u y = 4 pR 2
34 34 2p
Idfu f ( - ur ) I
Hy =
12 ( -5 u x + 3u z ) =
0
4 pa
=
2a
uz A m
2 p 34 34
I = 3 A, a = 0.5 m, H = 3u z A m
= - 0.281u x + 0.168 u z mA m
H = H y + H z = 0.331u x + 0.458 u y + 0.168 u z mA m K u R dxdy
7. (D) H =
4 pR 2
I
4
Idzu z (ru r - zu z ) 2
4 u x ( - xu x - yu y - 3u z ) dx dy
3. (A) H =
2 pr
uf - 4 p(r 2 + z 2 ) 3 2 =
-4
-2 - 4 p( x 2 + y 2 + 9) 3 2
4
I I rdz 2
4 ( - yu z - 3u y) dx dy
2 pr
uf -
4 p -4 4 p(r + z 2 ) 3 2
2
uf =
-2 - 4 p( x 2 + y 2 + 9) 3 2
I I 8 2
12 u ydx dy
= uf - uf
2 pr 4 p r (r 2 + 16) = 4 p( x
-2 -
2
+ y 2 + 9) 3 2
I 2
4 u 3 2
=
2 pr
1- f
=- uy dy
(r 2 + 16) p -2
y2 + 9
2
At r = - 3, f = 60 , I = 3p, 6 1 y
- u y tan -1 = -0.75 u y A/m
H = 0.1u f A m p 3 3 -2
IdL u R
4. (B) H = , IdL = 4 dxu x
4 pR 2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
485
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 8 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Electromagnetics
IdL u R u x uy uz
8. (D) H =
4 pR 2 1 2 3 10 5 10 -3
-Idzu z ( -zu z + u y)
Idxu x ( - xu x + u y) 3 12 -4
= +
4 p(1 + z ) 2 32
4 p(1 + x )
2 32
0 0
= [ u x ( -8 - 36) - u y( -4 - 9) + u z (12 - 6)] 10 2 V m
Idzu x Idxu z = -4.4 u x + 1.3u y + 0.6 u z kV m
= +
0 4 p(1 + z 2 ) 3 2 0 4 p(1 + x 2 ) 3 2
0
0
18. (D) v(0) B = (2 u x - 3u y - 4 u z )10 5
I zu x xu z
= +
4 p (1 + z 2 )
(1 + x 2 ) ( -3u x + 2 u y - u z )10 -3
= 1100 u x + 1400 u y - 500 u z
I
= ( u x + u z ) = 0.8 ( u x + u z ) mA m F(0) = Q [E + v B]
4p
= 2 10 -16 [1200 u x + 1200 u y - 200 u z ]
1 1 .5
22. (A) This will be the vector sum of the forces on the -5m o u x
four sides. By symmetry, the forces on sides AB and CD
28. (A) F = K BdS =
area
6u
0 0 .5
z
2 py
dy
24. (B) Within the region -1 < y < 1, the magnetic fields 33. (D) m r = c m + 1 = 31
. + 1 = 4.1, m = m om r = 4.1m o
from the two outer sheets (carrying -4u z A m) cancel, B 0.4 yu z
H= = = 77.6 yu z kA m
leaving only the field from the center sheet. Therefore m 4.1 4 p 10 -7
H = -4 u x A m (0 < y < 1) and H = 4 u x A m ( -1 < y < 0).
Outside (y > 1 and y < - 1) the fields from all three sheet 34. (A) M = c m H = ( 31
. )(77.6) yu z = 241 yu z kA m
cancel, leaving H = 0 ( y > 1, y < - 1). So at x = 0, y = 0.5
F B1 2
= Iu z B = (7 10 -3) u z - 4m o u x = -35.2 u y nN m 35. (C) For case 1, m = =
m H 1200
m 1 1
m r1 = = = 1326.3
F m o 600 4 p 10 -7
25. (D) = Iu x ( -4m o u x ) = 0
m
c m = m r - 1 = 1325.3
1 M1 = c m H1 = 1590
. 106 A m
26. (A) F = IdL B
0
B
For case 2, m = 2 =
1.4
H 2 400
1
-100 m o u y
= 100 dzu z = 0.4 u x N m 1.4
0 2 p (5 10 -3) m r1 = = 2785.2
400 4 p 10 -7
27. (B) The field from the current strip at the filament c m = 2784.2 2784.2
location M 2 = c m H 2 = 1114
. 106 A m
1 .5
6m o u x 3m o 15
. DM = (1590
. - 1114
. ) 106 = 476 kA m
B=
0 .5
2 p y
dy =
p
ln u x
.5
0
= 1.32 10 -6 u x Wb m 2 36. (B) M = Nm = (2.7 10 29)(2.6 10 -30 u y)
1
F = IdL B = 0.7 u y A m
0
M 0.7 u y
1 H= = = 0.22 u y A m
= 5 dzu z 1.32 10 -6 u x dz = 6.6 u y mN m m r - 1 4.2 - 1
0
-1
B 1
37. (A) M = + 1
mo cm
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
487
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 8 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Electromagnetics
1
0.02 1 The normal component of H1 is
= 1 = 47.6 A m
4 p 10 7 0.003 H N1 = (H1 u N 21 ) u N 21
H1 u N 21 = (50 u x - 30 u y + 20 u z ) (0.37 u x + 0.56 u y - 0.74u z )
1 1 = 18.5 - 16.8 - 14.8 = -131
.
38. (A) W = H B = m o H 2
2 2 (H1 u N 21 ) u N 21 = ( -131
. )(0.37 u x + 0.56 u y - 0.74 u z )
1 = -4.83u x - 7.24 u y + 9.66 u z A m
= ( 4 p 10 -7)( 600) 2 = 0.226 J m 3
2
Tangential component of H1 at the boundary
Ho Ho
1 HT1 = H1 - H N1
39. (A) W = H. dB = H 3 + 2 H dH
0 0
= (50 u x - 30 u y + 20 u z ) - ( -4.83u x - 7.24 u y + 9.66 u z )
H 2
2H 3 = 54.83u x - 22.76 u y + 10.34 u z A m
= +
o
= 6.2 MJ m 3
o
6 3 H T 2 = H T1
m 2
H N 2 = r1 H N1 = ( -4.83u x - 7.24 u y + 9.66 u z )
12 m r2 5
40. (A) J b = M = uz
a = -193
. u x - 2.90 u y + 3.86 u z A m
H 2 = H T 2 + H N 2 = (54.83u x - 22.76 u y + 10.34 u z )
41. (B) B1 = 200m o u x - 600m o u y + 400m o u z
+ ( -193
. u x - 2.9 u y + 3.86 u z )
Its normal component at the boundary is = 52.9 u x - 25.66 u y + 14.2 u z
B1 N = (B1 u N12 ) u N12
********
= (52.8 u x + 42.24 u y + 56.32 u z ) m o = B2 N
B
H 2 N = 2 N = 6.60 u x + 5.28 u y + 7.04 u z
8m o
B1 N
H1 N = = 26.40 u x + 2112
. u y + 28.16 u z
12m o
H1 T = H1 - H1 N = (100 u x - 300 u y + 200 u z )
-(26.4 u x + 2112
. u y + 28.16 u z )
= 73.6 u x - 32112
. u y + 171.84 u z
H1 T = H 2 T
H 2 = H 2 N + H 2 T = 80.2 u x - 315.8 u y + 178.9 u z A m
42. (C) H N1 = - 3u z , H T1 = 10 u x + 15 u y
H T 2 = H T1 = 10 u x + 15 u y
m 1
H N 2 = 1 H N1 = ( -3u z ) = 0.15 u z
m2 20
H 2 = H N 2 + H T 2 = 10 u x + 15 u y - 0.15 u z
B2 = m 2H 2 = 20 4 p 10 -7(10 u x + 15 u y - 0.15 u z )
= 251u x + 377 u y - 377
. u z mWb m 2
VM v
0.2 cm
I
v
x
b
Fig. P8.4.89.
8. The voltmeter reading at t = 0.5 s is 16 cm
(A) 21.6 V (B) 21.6 V Fig. P8.41214
(C) 6.3 V (D) 6.3 V
12. If 6 resistor is present across the left-end with the
9. The voltmeter reading at x 0.6 m is right end open-circuited, then at t 0.5 sec the current
(A) 1.68 V (B) 1.68 V I is
0.5 cm B 250
The internal dimension of a coaxial capacitor is
a 1.2 cm, b 4 cm and c 40 cm. The homogeneous
x material inside the capacitor has the parameter
Fig. P8.4.1011 10 11 F m,
10 5 H m and 10 5 S m.The electric
7
field intensity is E 10 cos (10 5 t) u p V m.
10. If B 6 cos (120 pt 30 ) u z T, then the value of I ( t)
is
14. The current density J is
(A) 2.26 sin (120 pt 30 ) A 200
(A) sin (10 5 t) u A m 2
(B) 2.26 cos (120 t 30 ) A
(C) 2.26 sin (120 t 30 ) A 400
(B) sin (10 5 t) u A m 2
(D) 2.26 cos (120 t 30 ) A
100
11. If B 2 cos ( ct y) u z
T, where c is the velocity of (C) cos (10 5 t) u A m 2
light, then I ( t) is
(D) None of the above
(A) 1.2(cos ct sin ct)
A
(B) 1.2(cos ct sin ct) mA 15. The quality factor of the capacitor is
(C) 1.2(sin ct sin ct)
A (A) 0.1 (B) 10
(D) 1.2(sin ct sin ct) mA (C) 0.2 (D) 20
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
490
ForMaxwells
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Equations Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 8.4
16. The following fields exist in charge free regions (B) 4 a sin (15
. 108 t ax) u z mA m
(C)
0.9
sin (10 9 t 6 z) u A m 2 intensity is H 4 cos (106 t 0.01z) u y A m.
216 24. The electric field intensity E is
(D) cos (10 9 t 6 z) u A m 2
(A) 4.52 sin (106 t 0.01z) kV m
(B) 4.52 sin (106 t 0.01z) V m
Statement for Q.1921: (C) 4.52 cos (106 t 0.01z) V m
Consider the region defined by |x|,|y| and |z| 1. (D) 4.52 cos (106 t 0.01z) kV m
Let 5 ,
4
, and 0 the displacement current
density J d 20 cos (15
. 108 t ax) u y
A m 2 . Assume 25. The value of
r is
no DC fields are present. (A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 4 (D) 16
19. The electric field intensity E is
. 108 t ax) u y mV m
(A) 6 sin (15 26. The surface 3 and 10 mm, and z 0 and 25 cm
. 10 t ax) u y mV m
(B) 6 cos (15 8 are perfect conductors. The region enclosed by these
. 108 t ax) u y mV m
(C) 3 cos (15 surface has
2.5 10 6 H m, 4 10 11 F m and
0. If H 2 cos 8 z cos
t u A m, then the value of
. 108 t ax) u y mV m
(D) 3 sin (15
is
20. The magnetic field intensity is (A) 2 106 rad s (B) 8 106 rad s
. 108 t ax) u z
A m
(A) 4 a sin (15 (C) 2 108 rad s (D) 8 108 rad s
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
491
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 8 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Electromagnetics
0 0
cos ( 3 108 t y) dx dy
(B) 40 sin (10 9 t 4 y) u y A m
[20
sin ( 3 108 t y)]10
(C) 40 sin(10 3 t 4 y) u x A m
20
[sin ( 3 108 t 1) sin ( 3 108 t)] Wb
(D) 40 sin (10 9 t 4 y) u x A m
d
Emf
31. In a nonmagnetic medium ( r 6.25) the magnetic dt
20 (4 10 7)(3 108 ) [cos (3 108 t 1) cos (3 108 t)]
field of an EM wave is H 6 cos x cos (108 t) u z A m.
The corresponding electric field is 7540[cos ( 3 108 t) cos ( 3 108 t 1)] V
(A) 903 sin (0.83 x) sin (108 t) V m
8
7. (D) In this case [20
(2 ) sin ( 3 108 t y)]20 0
. x) sin (10 t) V m
(B) 903 sin (12
(C) 903 sin (0.83 x) cos (108 t) V m 0 .3 x
8. (A) B dS ddy
2
. x) cos (108 t) V m
(D) 903 sin (12
area 0 0
10. (A) B dS 6(0.5) cos (120 pt 30 ) Wb I d 2 lJ d 2 l(10) sin (10 5 t) 8 sin (10 5 t) A
2
area
Id 8
dF Quality factor 0.1
emf 6(0.5) 2 (120 p) sin (120 pt 30 ) Ic 80
dt
emf 6(0.5) 2 (120 p)
The current is sin (120 pt 30 ) A $Pz
R 250 16. (A) % P 0, % P uy & 0
$x
2.26 sin (120 pt 30 ) A
P is a possible EM field
0 .5 1 $
% Q 0, % Q [10 cos (
t 2)]u z & 0
11. (D) B dS (0.5)(2) cos( py pct) dy
area 0
$
Q is a possible EM field
1 p 1
sin pct sin pct [ cos pct sin pct ] mWb 1 $ sin
p 2 p % R ( 3 2 cot ) & 0, R is not an EM field.
$
dF
emf c [cos pct sin pct ] mV 1 $(sin 2 )
dt % S sin (
t 6 r) & 0
r sin
2
$r
emf 3 108
I ( t) [cos pct sin pct ] mA S is not an EM field. Hence (A) is correct.
R 250
12
. [cos pct sin pct ] A
V dD dV
17. (A) D E Jd
d dt d dt
12. (A) The flux in the left-hand closed loop is
S dV 2 5 10 4
Fl B area = (0.8)(0.2)(2 + 9t) Id J S 10 3 50 cos (10 3 t)
d dt 3 10 3
dF L
emfl (0.16)(9) 1.44 V
dt 148 cos (1010 t) nA
While the bar in motion, the loop resistance is
18. (C)
increasing with time,
$D $E 100
Rl = 6 + 2[2 (2 + 9 t)]W, At t = 0.5, Rl = 32 W Jd [ sin (10 9 t 6 z)] 10 9 u A m 2
$t $t
1.44
Il 45 mA 0.9
32 sin (10 9 t 6 z) u A m 2
13. (C) In this case, there will be contribution to the
20 10 6
current from the right loop, which is now closed. The 19. (D) D J d dt C1 . 108 ax) u y
sin (15
. 108
15
flux in the right loop, whose area decreases with time,
is Fr (0.8)(0.2)(16 2 9 t) 1.33 10 13 sin (15
. 108 t ax) u y C m 3
dF R C1 is set to zero since no DC fields are present.
emfR 1.44 V
dt D 1.33 10 13
E . 108 ax) u y
sin (15
Rr = 6 + 2 (2 (14 9 t)), At 0.5 s, Rr 44 W 5
The contribution to the current from the right loop 3 10 3 sin (15
. 108 t ax) V m
144
Ir = 032.7 mA
44 $E y $B
20. (D) % E uz
The total current 32.7 45 77.7 mA $x $t
$B
a( 3 10 3) cos (15
. 108 t ax) u z
100 $t
14. (C) J E cos (10 5 t) u A m 2
a( 3 10 3)
B . 108 t ax) u z
sin (15
. 108
15
15. (A) Total conduction current B 2 10 11
100 H . 108 t ax) u z A m
sin (15
I C J dS 2lJ 2 l cos (10 5 t) u A m 2
4 4 10 7
4 10 6 a sin (15
. 108 t ax) u z mA m
80 cos (10 5 t) A
$D $E 10 $H z
Jd sin (10 5 t) A m 2 21. (B) % H u y Jd
$t $t $x
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
493
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 8 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Electromagnetics
a 2 ( 4 10 6 ) cos (15
. 108 t ax) J D Jc E
27.(B) At high frequency
Comparing the result J d
E
a 2 4 10 6 20 10 6 , a 5 2.25 2 10 3
4.44 10 4
2 10 9 81
$H z $D
22. (B) % H uy Ic Ic
$x $t 28. (C) J c E E
S S
$D
2 sin (1010 t x) u y $E $I c
$t Jd
$t S $t
2
D cos (1010 t x) u y C m 2 4.6 (10 9)
1010 Jd 2 cos (10 9 t) 10 3
2.5 106 10 10 4
w
1010
1010 3 10 5 12
. 10 10 600
v 'J d ' 32.6 nA m 2
D 120 cos (1010 t x) u y nC m 2
8
29. (B) % J (0 0 3z 2 ) sin (10 4 t)
$t
23. (D) B
H 6 10 5 cos (1010 t x) u z T
3z 2 cos (10 4 t)
v C1
10 4
$H y
24. (A) % H ux At z 0, v 0, C1 0
$z
v 0.3z 2 cos (10 4 t) mC m 3
$E
% H 0.04 cos (10 t 0.01z) u x
6
$t $H z
30. (D) J d % H ux
0.04 sin (106 t 0.01z) u x $y
E
106
40 sin (10 9 t 4 y) u y A m
4.52 sin (10 t 0.01z) u x kV m
6
$H z $E
31. (A) % H uz
$Ex $H $y $t
25. (B) % E uy
128 2
H cos ( 8 z) cos (
t) u
2
**********
This result must be equal to the given H field. Thus
128 2 2 8 8
2
4 10 11
2.5 10 6
8 108 rad s
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
494
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
8.5
ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE PROPAGATION
wave operates at 10 MHz and the electric field leads the (A) 2 (B) 1
33. The region z < 0 is characterized by e r = m r = 1 and Region 2 (0 < z < 6 cm): m 2 = 2 mH m, e 2 = 25 pF m
s = 0. The total electric field here is given Region 3 (z > 6 cm): m 3 = 4 mH m, e 3 = 10 pF m
Es = 150 e - j10 z u x + 50 20 e j10 z u x V m. The intrinsic
impedance of the region z > 0 is 39. The lowest frequency, at which a uniform plane
(A) 692 + j176 W (B) 193 - j 49 W wave incident from region 1 onto the boundary at z = 0
(C) 176 + j 692 W (D) 49 - j193 W will have no reflection, is
(A) 2.96 GHz (B) 4.38 GHz
Statement for Q.3435: (C) 1.18 GHz (D) 590 MHz
Region 1, z < 0 and region 2, z > 0, are both perfect
40. If frequency is 50 MHz, the SWR in region 1 is
dielectrics. A uniform plane wave traveling in the u z
(A) 0.64 (B) 1.27
direction has a frequency of 3 1010 rad s. Its
wavelength in the two region are l1 = 5 cm and l2 = 3 (C) 2.38 (D) 4.16
cm.
41. A uniform plane wave in air is normally incident
34. On the boundary the reflected energy is onto a lossless dielectric plate of thickness l 8 , and of
(A) 6.25% (B) 12.5% intrinsic impedance h = 260 W. The SWR in front of the
plate is
(C) 25% (D) 50%
(A) 1.12 (B) 1.34
35. The SWR is (C) 1.70 (D) 1.93
(A) 1.67 (B) 0.6
42. The E-field of a uniform plane wave propagating in
(C) 2 (D) 1.16
a dielectric medium is given by
36. A uniform plane wave is incident from region 1 z 8 z
E = 2 cos 108 t - u x - sin 10 t - uy V m
(m r = 1, s = 0) to free space. If the amplitude of incident 3 3
wave is one-half that of reflected wave in region, then
The dielectric constant of medium is
the value of e r is
(A) 3 (B) 9
(A) 4 (B) 3
(C) 6 (D) 6
(C) 16 (D) 9
43. An electromagnetic wave from an under water
37. A 150 MHz uniform plane wave is normally incident
source with perpendicular polarization is incident on a
from air onto a material. Measurements yield a SWR of
water-air interface at angle 20 with normal to surface.
3 and the appearance of an electric field minimum at
For water assume e r = 81, m r = 1. The critical angle q c is
0.3l in front of the interface. The impedance of material
(A) 83.62 (B) 6.38
is
(C) 42.6 (D) None of the above
(A) 502 - j 641 W (B) 641 - j502 W
(C) 641 + j502 W (D) 502 + j 641 W ***********
s
8. (B) Loss tangent =x
SOLUTIONS we
me
2
s
1. (A) w = 2 p 10 8
rad s b=w 1+ + 1
2 we
w 2 p 10 2p 8
b= = = rad m
c 3 108
2p
3 10 =
2 p 5 106
3 108
52
2
[ 1+ x 2
+1]
-j x
Es = 6 e 3
u y mV m s
x= = 1823
uE u H = ux , u y u H = ux , u H = uz we
2p 2p
6 -j x -j x
Hs = e 3
uz = 16 e 3
uz m A m
120 p a 1 + x2 - 1
9. (B) =
b 1 + x2 + 1
2. (B) For conducting plane G = -1,
a 1822
j
2p
x =
Er = -6 e 3
u y mV m, b 1824
- j 2 px 2p
-j x a = 10 0.999 = 9.99
E = Ei + Er = 6 e 3 u y - 6 e 3 u y mV m
me
2
2p s
= - j12 sin x u y mV m 10. (D) a = w 1+ - 1
3 2 we
s 0.08
3. (B) The electric field vanish at the surface of the = =8
we 3.6 50 106 2 pe o
conducting plane at x = 0. In air the first null occur at
2 p 50 106 (2.1)( 3.6)
l p 3 a= ( 65 - 1) = 5.41
x =- 1 =- =- m 3 108 2
2 b1 2
me
2
s
b=w 1+ + 1
w 2 p 400 10 6
2 we
4. (C) vp = = = 1.4 108 m s
b 18
2 p 50 106 (2.1)( 3.6)
= ( 65 + 1) = 6.13
5. (C) The wave is propagating in forward x direction. 3 108 2
Therefore u E u H = u x . g = a + jb = 5.41 + j 6.13 per meter.
For u E = u z , u z u H = u x uH = - uy
m 2.1
For u E = u y , u y u H = u x u H = u z 120 p
11. (A) |h| = e = 3.6 = 101.4
1
Hs = ( -2 u y + 3u z ) e - jbx = ( -5.3u y + 8 u z ) e - jbx mA m 1 1
120 p 2
1 + s
4
64 4
we
1
6. (B) Pavg = Re {Es H *s }
2
s
1 12. (C) = tan 2 q n = tan 60 = 1732
.
{(5.3) u x + 3( 8) u x } 10 -3 = 17.3u x mW m 2 we
2
m
7. (D) Since Pointing vector is in the positive x
13. (D) |h| = e
direction, therefore u E u H = u x . 1
2 4
For u E = u y , u y u H = u x u H = uz 1 + s
we
For u E = u z , u z u H = u x u H = -u y ,
12 120p
Hs = ( u z - ju y) e - j 15x
ho er
360 = 1
e r = 0.548
(1 + 1732
. 2 4
)
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
499
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 8 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Electromagnetics
1 1
15. (B) d = = = 5.05 m ho ho
a 0.198 23. (C) h1 = ho , h2 = = =
e er 2
3 108 Er 50 20 e j 20
w= = 0.5 108 rad s. 33.(A) G = = =
12 3 Ei 150 3
h2 - h1
G= , h1 = ho ,
m r ho h2 + h1
26. (D) h1 = ho , h2 = ho = = 0.58ho
er 3
e j 20
h - h1 0.58ho - ho 1 +
1 + G 3 = 692 + j176 W
G= 2 = = -0. 266 h2 = ho = 377
h2 + h1 0.58h o + h o 1-G e j 20
1-
t = 1 + G = 0.734, Eot = tEoi = 7.34 3
Et = 7.34 cos ( wt - z) u y V m 2 2 2
2 pc 2 pc e r1 l2
34. (A) e r1 = , e r 2 = =
27. (B) ETotal = Ei + Er , Eor = GEoi = -2.66 l1 w l2 w e r 2 l1
ETotal = 10 cos ( wt - z) u y - 2.66 cos ( wt + z) u y V m ho ho e r1 l2
- -1 -1
h2 - h1 er 2 e r1 er 2 l
G= = = = 1
28. (B) m o = m 1 = m 2 h2 + h1 ho ho e r1 l2
+ +1 +1
er 2 e r1 er 2 l1
eo 1
sin q t1 = sin q i sin q t1 = sin 45 = 0.333
e1 4.5 l2 - l1 3 - 5 1
G= = =-
q t1 = 19.47 l2 + l1 3 + 5 4
The fraction of the incident energy that is reflected is
e 4.5 1
29. (B) sin q t 2 = 1 sin q t1 = (0.333) = 0.47 G2 = = 6.25%.
e2 2.25 16
q t2 = sin -1 0.47 = 28
1
1 + |G| 1+
35. (A) s = = 4 = 5
30. (A) Since both media are non magnetic 1 - |G| 1 3
1-
e1 2.6 e o 4
tan q B = = = 2.6
e2 eo
h1 h mr h
But cos q t = cos q B = o cos 58.2 = 2.6 cos 58.2 36. (D) h2 = ho , h1 = ho = o
h2 ho er er
2.6
q t = 31.8 Ei 1 h2 - h1
G= = =
Er 2 h2 + h1
mr h ho
31. (A) h1 = ho , h2 = ho = o = 0.447ho ho -
er 5 er 1
= er = 9
h - h1 ho 2
G= 2 = - 0.38, t = 1 + G = 0.62 ho +
h2 + h1 er
Et = tEi = 92.7 cos ( wt - 8 y) u z V m
( f + p)
37. (C) At minimum = 0.3l ,
32. (B) |G| = 0.2 ,
2
G = 0.447 2b
2p
m r2 m r1 m r2 m r1 b= f = 0.2 p
ho - ho - l
h2 - h1 er 2 e r1 m r32 m 3r1 m r1 - m r 2
G= = = = s -1 3 -1 1
h2 + h1 m r2 m r1 m r2 m r1 m r1 + m r 2 |G| = = =
ho + ho + s+1 3+1 2
er 2 e r1 m r32 m r31
h - ho
G = 0.5 e j 0 .2 p = 2
m r 2 1 + 0.447 h2 + ho
= = 0.382, 2.62
m r1 1 0.447
1 + 0.5 e j 0 .2 p
3 h2 = ho = 641 + j502 W
j 0 .2 p
e r1 m r 2 1 - 0.5 e
= = 0.056, 17.9
e r 2 m r1
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
501
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 8 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Electromagnetics
mr ho 3 108 108
38. (A) h1 = ho , h2 = ho = = e r = 3.
er 3.45 er 1 3
ho
- ho
h - h1 3.45 er 2 1
G= 2 = = -0.3 43. (B) q c = sin -1 = sin -1 = 6.38
h2 + h1 ho e r1 81
+ ho
3.45 ********
b2 = w m 2 e2 = 2 p 50 10 6 2 10 -6 25 10 -12 = 2. 2
b2 d = 2.22(0.06) = 0.133
m1 4 10 -6
h1 = = = 632 W
e1 10 -11
h3 = 632 W
m2 2 10 -6
h2 = = = 283 W
e2 25 10 -12
The input impedance at the first interface is
h + jh2 tan (b2 d) 632 + j283(0.134)
hin = h2 3 = 283
h2 + jh3 tan (b2 d) 283 + j 632(0.134)
= 590 - j138
h - h1 590 - j138 - 632
G = in = = 0.12 - 100.5
h in + h1 590 - j138 + 632
1 + |G| 1 + 0.12
s= = = 1.27
1 - |G| 1 - 0.12
2p l p p
41. (C) bd = = , tan =1
l 8 4 4
h2 = 260, h1 = h3 = ho
h + jh2 tan (b2 d) 377 + j260
hin = h2 3 = 260
h
2 + jh 3 tan (b 2 d ) 260 + j 377
= 243 - j92 W
h - ho 243 - j92 - 377
G = in = = 0.26 - 137
hin + ho 243 - j92 + 377
1 + |G| .
126
s= = = 170
.
1 - |G| 0.74
1 c w
42. (A) w = 108 rad s, b = rad m, v = =
3 er b
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
502
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
8.7
WAVEGUIDES
a b
4. In an an-filled rectangular wave guide, the cutoff
frequency of a TE10 mode is 5 GHz where as that of TE01 If the waveguide has cross-sectional dimension
mode is 12 GHz. The dimensions of the guide is a 6 cm and b 3 cm, then the intrinsic impedance of
(A) 3 cm by 1.25 cm (B) 1.25 cm by 3 cm this mode is
(C) 6 cm by 2.5 cm (D) 2.5 cm by 6 cm (A) 373.2 (B) 378.9
guide, the time taken by the pulse to return the input In an air-filled waveguide, a TE mode operating at
end is 6 GHz has
(A) 920 ns (B) 460 ns 2 x y
E y 15 sin
cos
sin ( t 12 z) V m
(C) 230 ns (D) 430 ns a b
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
511
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 8 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Electromagnetics
9. The cutoff frequency is 16. The cross section of a waveguide is shown in fig.
(A) 4.189 GHz (B) 5.973 GHz P8.7.16. It has dielectric discontinuity as shown in fig.
(C) 8.438 GHz (D) 7.946 GHz P8.7.16. If the guide operate at 8 GHz in the dominant
mode, the standing wave ratio is
y
10. The intrinsic impedance is
(A) 35.72 (B) 3978
2.5 cm
(C) 1989 (D) 71.44
, , 2.25
x z
Statement for Q.1112. 5 cm
Fig. P8.7.1719
Statement for Q.1314:
1 c
f
v f
Statement for Q.3536: 2
2 20 10 9 6 3.68
p 1
1009 rad m
A 6 cm 4 cm rectangular wave guide is filled with 3 108 20
dielectric of refractive index 1.25.
2 20 10 9
35. The range of frequencies over which single mode 3. (A) vp 1.24 108 m s
p 1009
operation will occur is
(A) 2.24 GHz f 3.33 GHz v
4. (A) For TE10 mode fc ,
(B) 2 GHz f 3 GHz 2a
v 3 108
(C) 4.48 GHz f 7.70 GHz a 3 cm
2 fc 2 5 10 9
(D) 4 GHz f 6 GHz
v
For TE01 mode fc ,
2b
36. The range of frequencies, over which guide support
v 3 108
both TE10 and TE01 modes and no other, is b 1.25 cm
2 fc 2 12 10 9
(A) 3.35 GHz f GHz
1
f 7.2
(D) 2.5 GHz f 4.02 GHz
2l 2 150
t 430 ns
37. Two identical rectangular waveguide are joined end v 6.975 108
to end where a 2 b. One guide is air filled and other is
2
filled with a lossless dielectric of r . it is found that up 3 108 3
6. (C) 12 10 9 0
b 375
. cm
to a certain frequency single mode operation can be 2 b
simultaneously ensured in both guide. For this 3 108 1 1
2
2
. 10 9
12
a 1.32 cm
frequency range, the maximum allowable value of r is 2 a . 10 2
375
(A) 4 (B) 2
Since a b, the dominant mode is TE01 .
(C) 1 (D) 6
v 3 108
7. (B) fc 01 4 GHz
38. A parallel-plate guide operates in the TEM mode . 10 2
2 b 2 375
only over the frequency range 0 f 3 GHz. The
dielectric between the plates is teflon ( r 2.1). The 8. (C) Ez 0, this must be TM 23 mode ( m 2, n 3)
maximum allowable plate separation b is 2 2
3 108 2 3
(A) 3.4 cm (B) 6.8 cm fc
15.81 GHz
2 10 2 6 3
(C) 4.3 cm (D) 8.6 cm 1012
f 159.2 GHz
************* 2 2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
514
ForWaveguides
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 8.7
2 2 377
f 15.81 1 406.7
TM 377 1 c
377 1
375.1 2 2
f
159.2 f 3
1 c
1
f 8
9. (B) m 2, n 1,
p 12, f 6 GHz In dielectric medium
2 2 c 3 108
f 2 6 10 9 f fc 2 GHz
p 1 c
12 1 c
2 a r 2 0.05 2.25
v f 3 10 8
6
377 251.33
fc 5.973 GHz 251.33 , 2 259.23
r 2.25 2
2
1
377 377 8
10. (B) TE 3978
2 2
f 5.973 2 1 259.23 406.7
1 c
1
0.22
f 6 2 1 259.23 406.7
1 || 1 0.22
s 1564
.
11. (B) m 2, n 3, 1 || 1 0.22
2 2 2 2
c m n 3 108 2 3
fc
v m n p
2 2 2
2 a b 2 10 2 2. 286 1016
. 17. (A) fr
2 a
b c
46.2 GHz
where for TM mode to z
10 1010
f 50 GHz m 1, 2, 3...... ,
2
2 2 n 1, 2, 3...... ,
f 2 50 10 9 46.2
p 1 c
1
p 0, 1, 2 ......
v f 3 108 50
For TE mode to z
400.7 m 1 , j
p j 400.7
m 1, 2, 3.....,
377 377 n 1, 2, 3.....
12. (C) TE 986
f
2
46.2
2
p 1, 2, 3...... ,
1 c
1
f 50 1 1 1
if a b c, then
a b c
13. (A) v c, f 1.2 fc The lowest TM mode is TM110 with
2 2
v 1 1
fr1
v 3 10 8
2 a b
vp 5. 42 108 m s
2 2
f f The lowest TE mode is TE011 with
1 c
1 c
f 1.2 f c 2 2
v 1 1
fr 2
2 2
2 b c
f f
14. (A) v g v 1 c
c 1 c
f
2
16
2
fr1
1 c
1
2 a b
f 24
The lowest TE mode is TE101 with
2 2
16. (C) Since a b, the dominant mode is TE10 . v 1 1
fr 2
2 a c
c 3 108
In free space fc 3 GHz
2 a 2 0.05 fr 2 fr1 Hence the dominant mode is TM110 .
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
515
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 8 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Electromagnetics
mc 2 3 108 c 3 108
22. (A) fc 10 10 9
r 9 vp 4.7 108 m s
2 2
2 b r 2 0.01 r f 2.3
1 c
1
f 3
2
. 3.876
2 15
2
Rs 1
0.0568 1
a f
2.4 9
The maximum allowed m is 3. The propagating mode c
2 2
will be TM1 , TE1 , TM 2 , TE2 , TM 3 , TE3 and TEM f 3.876
b 1 c
. 10 2 233.8 1
15
0.022
mc
24. (B) fcm , fc 2 2 fc1 15 GHz
2 b r d 10 15 10 15
29. (B)
c 3 108 2 9 10 9 2.6 8.85 10 12 1.3
f 20 GHz
0.015
d 1 c 377
2 2 1, hence v , 233.8
f 15 2.6 2.6
vg2 c 1 c
3 108 1
2 10 m s
8
f 20
s 3 108
fc 3.876 GHz
2 2.4 10 2 2.6
2 2
c m n 2
25. (A) fc
, c d 10 15 233.8
2 a
b m
2
n
2 d 1.3 10 13 Np m
2 2
f 3.876
a b 1 c
2 1
f 9
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
516
ForWaveguides
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 8.7
2 2 2 2
30. (D) Dominant mode is TE10 mode m n 2 1.5 1.875
Rs 1
377 0.034 1
f 3 fc1 7.5
f 12.8 GHz
3 cos cos 54.1!
2.25 10 Np m
1 1
e c z z ln 2 308 m c m
2
n
2
2 c 35. (A) fc
2 r a b
31. (B) c 3 108
fc10 2 GHz
2 2 2 2 a2 r 2 125
. 0.06
c m n 3 108 m n
fcmn
2 a b 2 0.01 8 10 c 3 108
fc 01 3 GHz
2 2 b2 r 2 125
. 0.04
m n
15
GHz
8 10 2 GHz f 3 GHz
47.1
0.04 3 10
8
a
c v 3 108
38. (A) f fc f
2 b 2 b 2.1
2 2
c m n
33. (B) fc
3 108
2 a b 3 10 9 b 3.4 cm
2 b 2.1
c 3 108
fc10 1.875 GHz
2 a 2 0.08 *******************
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
517
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
8.8
ANTENNAS
1. A Hertizian dipole at the origin in free space has 5. The time-average poynting vector at 50 km is
dl 10 cm and I = 20 cos (2 p 10 t) A. The | E| at the
7
(A) 6.36u r mW m 2 (B) 4.78u r mW m 2
distant point (100, 0, 0) is (C) 9.55u r mW m 2 (D) 12.73u r mW m 2
(A) 0.252 V m (B) 0.126 V m
(C) 0.04 V m (D) 0.08 V m 6. The maximum electric field at that location is
(A) 24 mV m (B) 85 mV m
Statement for Q.23: (C) 109 mV m (D) 12 mV m
A 25 A source operating at 300 MHz feeds a
7. In free space, an antenna has a far-zone field given
Hertizian dipole of length 4 mm situated at the origin.
Consider the point P(10, 30, 90). by E = 1
r
10 sin 2 q e - jbr u q V m. The radiated power is
(A) 0.23 W (B) 0.89 W
2. The H at point P is (C) 1.68 W (D) 1.23 W
(A) j0.25 mA m (B) 94.25 mA m
(C) j0.5 mA m (D) 188.5 mA m 8. At the far field, an antenna produces
Pave = 1
r2
cos q cos f u r W m , where2
0<q<p and
3. The E at point P is 0 < f < . The directive gain of the antenna is
p
2
(A) j0.25 mV m (B) j0.5 mV m (A) cos q cos f (B) 2 sin q cos f
(C) j94.25 mV m (D) j188.5 mV m (C) 8 cos q sin f (D) 8 sin q cos f
11. The radiation intensity of a antenna is given by 19. Two identical antenna separated by 12 m are
U( q, f) = 8 sin q cos f , where 0 < q < p and 0 < f < p. The
2 2 oriented for maximum directive gain. At a frequency of
5 GHz, the power received by one is 30 dB down from
directive gain is
the transmitted by the other. The gain of antenna is
(A) 6 sin 2 q cos 2 f (B) 3 sin 2 q cos 2 f
(A) 22 dB (B) 16 dB
(C) 3 sin 2 f cos 2 q (D) 6 sin 2 f cos 2 q
(C) 19 dB (D) 13 dB
Statement for Q.1213:
Statement for Q.2021:
At the far field, an antenna radiates a field
An L-band pulse radar has common transmitting
0.4 cos 2 q - jbr and receiving antenna. The antenna having directive
Ef = e kV m
4 pr gain of 36 dB operates at 1.5 GHz and transmits 200
kW. The object is 120 km from the radar and its
12. The total radiated power is scattering cross section is 8 m 2 .
(A) 1.36 W (B) 2.14 W
(C) 0.844 W (D) 3.38 W 20. The magnitude of the incident electric field
intensity of the object is
13. The directive gain at q = p 3 is (A) 1.82 V m (B) 2.46 V m
(A) 0.3125 (B) 0.625 (C) 0.34 V m (D) 0.17 V m
(C) 1.963 (D) 3.927
21. The magnitude of the scattered electric field at the
14. An antenna has directivity of 100 and operates at radar is
150 MHz. The maximum effective aperture is (A) 18 mW (B) 12 mW
(A) 31.8 m 2 (B) 62.4 m 2 (C) 17 mW (D) 126 mW
(C) 26.4 m 2 (D) 13.2 m 2
22. A transmitting antenna with a 300 MHz carrier
15. Two half wave dipole antenna are operated at 100 frequency produces 2 kW of power. If both antennas has
MHz and separated by 1 km. If 100 W is transmitted by unity power gain, the power received by another
one, the power received by the other is (D = 1.68) antenna at a distance of 1 km is
16. The electric field strength impressed on a half wave 23. A bistatic radar system shown in fig. P8.7.23 has
dipole is 6 mV m at 60 MHz. The maximum power following parameters: f = 5 GHz, Gdt = 34 dB, Gdr =
received by the antenna is (D = 1.68) 22 dB. To obtain a return power of 8 pW the minimum
18. The directive gain of an antenna is 36 dB. If the 24. The radiation resistance of an antenna is 63 W and
antenna radiates 15 kW at a distance of 60 km, the loss resistance 7 W. If antenna has power gain of 16,
time average power density at that distance is then directivity is
(A) 9.42 mW m 2 (B) 6.83 mW m 2 (A) 48.26 dB (B) 12.5 dB
(C) 1.32 mW m 2 (D) 10.46 mW m 2 (C) 38.96 dB (D) 24.7 dB
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
519
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 8 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Electromagnetics
p
10
3 0
= sin 3 q cos 2 qdq = 0.89 W
***********
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
520
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 8 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Electromagnetics
4 p(12) 1 2p
Gd 79.48 19 dB 27. (D) bd = l = 2p , a = 0
0.06 10 3 l
bd cos q + a
AF = 2 cos = 2 cos ( p cos q)= 2 cos ( p cos q)
20. (A) Gd 36 dB 3981 2
4 pr 2 Pi Gd Prad |E|2
Gd Pi 28. (B) cos ( p cos q) = 0
Prad 4 pr 2 2h
p 3p
(240 p) Gd Prad p cos q = ,
|E| 2 2
4 pr 2
1
cos q = q = 60 , 120
( 60)( 3981)(200 10 3) 2
(120 10 3) 2
d( AF )
= 1.82 V m 29. (B) Maxima occur when =0
dq
Gdr Gdt l
2 y = bd cos q + a , N = 4
23. (C) Pr = sPrad
4 p 4 pr1 r2
sin 4 x 2 sin 2 x cos 2 x
= = 4 cos x cos 2 x
sin x sin x
Gdt = 34 dB = 2512, Gdr = 22 dB = 158.5 2p l p y p
bd = = , a = 0, = cos q
r1 = 3 km, r2 = 32 + 4 2 = 5 km l 4 2 2 4
3 108 p p
l= = 0.06 m, Pr = 8 pW AF = 4 cos cos q cos cos q .
5 10 9 4 2
2
-12 (2512)(158.5) 0.06
8 10 = (2.4) Prad
4p 4 p( 3k)(5 k) ************
Prad = 1038
. kW
63
24. (B) Efficiency = = 0.9
63 + 7
Gain 16
D= = = 17.78 = 12.5 dB
Efficiency 0.9
f 40 106
25. (B) BW = = = 800 kHz
Q 50
2
dl
26. (C) Radiation resistance Rr = 80 p2
l
2
1
= 80 p2 = 351
. W
15
Rr .
351
Efficiency = = = 74.5 %
Rr + RL 351
. + 12
.
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
522
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
9.1
LINEAR ALGEBRA
11. If A 2 1 2
, then adj. A is equal to
1 i
5 2 5 3
(A) (B)
6. The matrix, A 1
1
2 2
is 3 2
i 1
2 2
(A) Orthogonal (B) Idempotent 5 2
(C)
(D) None of these
(C) Unitary (D) None of these 3 1
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
525
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 9 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Engineering Mathematics
3 1 2
(A) 3 (B) 3
4
2
20. The system of equations 5 x 3 y 7 z 4,
1 1 2
1 1 2
3 x 26 y 2 z 9, 7 x 2 y 10 z 5 has
1 0 0
(A) a unique solution
(C) 10 2 0
(D) None of these
1 1 2
(B) no solution
(C) an infinite number of solutions
2 1 3 (D) none of these
14. If the rank of the matrix, A 4 7
is 2, then
1 4 5
21. If A is an nrow square matrix of rank (n 1), then
(III) adj( AB) (adj. A)(adj. B) (IV) ( AB) ( A)B (C) an infinite number of solution
(D) none of these
(V) AB A
B
2 4 3
24. The eigen values of A 6 7 4
are
(A) 3 (B) 2 2 4 3
27. If 1 , 2 , 3 are the eigen values of a square matrix A cos 2 cos sin
B
p
(D) an even multiple
(A) 1
2
, 1 (B) 2 , 1 2
(C) 2 , 4 (D) 8 , 16 35. If A and B are two matrices such that A B and AB
are both defined, then A and B are
29. If 2 and 4 are the eigen values of A then the
(A) both null matrices
eigenvalues of A T are
(A) 1
, 1
(B) 2, 4 (B) both identity matrices
2 4
(C) 4, 16 (D) None of these (C) both square matrices of the same order
(D) None of these
30. If 1 and 3 are the eigenvalues of a square matrix A
then A 3 is equal to 0 tan 2
36. If A
(A) 0 2 0
(B) 0 1
0
2
3 4
0 0 2
0 0 1
37. If A , then for every positive integer
2
1 1
1 0 0
n, A n is equal to
(C) 0 1 0
(D) None of these
0 0 1
1 2 n 4n 1 2 n 4n
(A) (B)
n 1 2 n
n 1 2 n
8 2 3 1 2 n 4n
32. The sum of the eigenvalues of A 4 9
is
(C) (D) None of these
5
n 1 2 n
2 0 5
equal to cos sin
38. If A , then consider the following
(A) 18 (B) 15 sin cos
sin cos n
n
(A) 8 (B) 10
cos n sin n
(C) 9 (D) None of these IV. ( A ) n
sin n cos n
34. If the product of matrices Which of the above statements are true ?
cos
2
cos sin (A) I and II (B) I and IV
A
and
cos sin sin
2
(C) II and III (D) II and IV
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
527
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 9 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Engineering Mathematics
(A) 3A (B) 9A 1 3 1 0 1
(A)
(B)
equal to
6 3 46. The matrix, that has an inverse is
(A) A (B) A
3 1 5 2
4 2 (A)
(B)
(C) A (D) A 6 2 2 1
6 2 8 2
(C)
(D)
2 x 0 1 0 5 6 0
2 4 0
42. If A and A 1 , then the value
x x
1 2
0 1 3 0 3 3
(C) 1 0 5
(D) 2 0 2
of x is
48. If A
and B 0
, the product of A and B
1 2 1 0 1
1
43. If A 2 1
then A 1 is
is
1 1
1 1 0
1 4 1 2 (A)
(B)
0 0 1
(A) 3 2
(B) 2 1
2 5
1 2
1 1 0
(C)
(D)
2 0 2
2 3
(C) 3 1
(D) Undefined
2 7
A B
49. Matrix D is an orthogonal matrix D . The
C 0
value of B is
2 1
1 2 5 1 1
44. If A 1 0
and B then AB is (A) (B)
3 4 0
2 2
3 4
(C) 1 (D) 0
1 8 10 0 0 10
(A) 1 2 5
(B) 1 2 5
50. If A n n is a triangular matrix then det A is
9 22 15
0 21 15
n n
(A) ( 1) a ii (B) a ii
1 8 10 0 8 10 i 1 i 1
(C) 1 2 5
(D) 1 2 5
n n
9 22 15
9 21 15
(C) ( 1) a
i 1
ii (D) a
i 1
ii
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
528
ForLinear
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Algebra Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 9.1
t 2 cos t dA
51. If A t
e sin t
, then dt will be
SOLUTIONS
t 2 sin t 2t cos t
(A) t
(B) t
1. (B) A is singular if A 0
e sin t e sin t
0 1 2
2t sin t
(C) t (D) Undefined 1 0 3
0
e cos t
2 2
A is Idempotent, if A 2 A
A is Involutory, if A 2 I
Now, A 2 AA ( AB) A A( BA) AB A
and B2 BB (BA)B B( AB) BA B
A 2 A and B2 B,
Thus A & B both are Idempotent.
5 8 0 5 8 0
4. (B) Since, A 3 5
2
0
3 5 0
1 2 1
1 2 1
1 0 0
0 1 0
I, A2 I A is involutory.
0 0 1
AT A , aij aij ,
if i j then aii aii 2 aii 0 aii 0
Thus diagonal elements are zero.
6. (C) A is orthogonal if AA T I
A is unitary if AA Q I , where A Q is the conjugate
transpose of A i.e., A Q ( A) T .
Here,
1
i 1
i
2 2
2 2
1 0
AA Q
I2
i 1
i 1
0 1
2 2
2 2
Thus A is unitary.
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
529
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 9 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Engineering Mathematics
1
9. (D) A is Hermitian then A Q A 13. (A) Since, A 1 adj A
A
Now, ( iA) Q i A Q iA Q iA, ( iA ) Q ( iA )
1 0 0
Thus iA is SkewHermitian. A 5 2 0 4 0,
3 1 2
10. (C) A is SkewHermitian then A Q A
T
Now, ( iA) Q i A Q ( A ) iA then iA is Hermitian. 4 10 10 4 0 0
adj A 0 2
1 10 2 0
1 1 2
obtained by leaving the row and the column
corresponding to aij and then take the determinant of
14. (B) A matrix A ( m n ) is said to be of rank r if
the remaining matrix.
1 2 (i) it has at least one nonzero minor of order r, and
Now, M11 minor of a11 i.e. 1 3
2 1 (ii) all other minors of order greater than r, if any; are
zero. The rank of A is denoted by ( A). Now, given that
Similarly
( A) 2 minor of order greater than 2 i.e., 3 is zero.
2 2
6 ; M13
2 1
M12 6
2 1 2 2 2 1 3
Thus A 4 7 0
2 2
1 2
M 21 6 ; M 22 3 ; 1 4 5
2 1 2 1
2( 35 4 ) 1(20 ) 3(16 7) 0,
1 2 2 2
M 23 6 ; M 31 6 ;
70 8 20 27 0,
2 2 1 2
9 117 13
1 2 1 2
M 32 6 ; M 33 3
2 2 2 1
15. (A) The correct statements are
C11 ( 1)1 1 M11 3; C12 ( 1)1 2 M12 6 ; ( AB) T BT A T , ( AB) 1 B1 A 1 ,
C13 ( 1)1 3
M13 6; C21 ( 1) 21
M 21 6;
adj ( AB) adj (B) adj ( A)
C22 ( 1) 2 2
M 22 3; C23 ( 1) 2 3
M 23 6;
( AB) ( A) (B), AB A
B
C31 ( 1) 3 1 M 31 6; C32 ( 1) 3 2 M 32 6 ;
Thus statements I, II, and IV are wrong.
C33 ( 1) 3 3 M 33 3
T
C11 C12 C13 16. (B) Since
det A C21 C22 C23
A 2( 9 8) 2( 2 3) 2 2 0
6 6 3
2 2 1
( A ) 2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
530
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 9 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Engineering Mathematics
2
1 2
2 1 0
2
( 1) 0 2
1, 1 0 0 1
0 0 2
Thus eigen values are 1 , 1
32. (A) Since the sum of the eigenvalues of an nsquare
24. (C) Characteristic equation is A I 0 matrix is equal to the trace of the matrix (i.e. sum of the
8 6 2 diagonal elements)
6 7 4 0 so, required sum 8 5 5 18
2 4 3
33. (B) Since the product of the eigenvalues is equal to
2 18 2 45 0
the determinant of the matrix so A 1 2 5 10
( 3)( 15) 0 0 , 3 , 15
34. (C)
25. (B) If eigen values of A are 1 , 2 , 3 then the eigen
cos cos cos ( ) cos sin cos ( )
values of kA are k1 , k2 , k3. So the eigen values of 2A AB
A
cos sin cos ( ) sin sin cos ( )
are 2 , 4 and 6
null matrix when cos ( ) 0
26. (B) If 1 , 2 ,........, are the eigen values of a
n This happens when ( ) is an odd multiple of .
2
nonsingular matrix A, then A 1 has the eigen values
1 1 1 1 1
, , ........, . Thus eigen values of A 1 are , , 35. (C) Since A B is defined, A and B are matrices of
1 2 n 2 3
the same type, say m n. Also, AB is defined. So, the
1
. number of columns in A must be equal to the number of
3
rows in B i.e. n m. Hence, A and B are square matrices
27. (B) If 1 , 2 , ......, n are the eigen values of a matrix of the same order.
A, then A has the eigen values 12 , 22 , ........, 2n . So,
2
eigen values of A 2 are 1, 4, 9. 1 tan 2
2 1t
2
36. (A) Let tan t, then, cos
2 t t2
1 tan 2
28. (B) If 1 , 2 ,...., n are the eigen values of A then 2
A A A
the eigen values adj A are , ,......, ; A 0. Thus 2 tan
2t
1 2 n and sin 2
1 t2
4 4 1 tan 2
eigenvalues of adj A are , i.e. 2 and1. 2
2 4
cos sin
(I A )
29. (B) Since, the eigenvalues of A and A are square so T
sin cos
the eigenvalues of A T are 2 and 4.
1 tan
2
cos sin
sin
30. (B) Since 1 and 3 are the eigenvalues of A so the tan cos
1
characteristic equation of A is 2
( 1) ( 3) 0 2 4 3 0 1 t2 2 t
1 t 1 t 2 (1 t 2 )
(1 t ) 1 t 2
2
A 2 4 A 3I 2 0
A 2 4 A 3I 2 1 tan
1 t 2 (I A )
A 3 4 A 2 3A 4( 4 A 3I) 3A
t 1 tan
1
A 3 13A 12I 2 2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
532
ForLinear
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Algebra Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 9.1
3 4 3 4 5 8 1 3
37. (B) A 2 1 2 0
1 1
1 1
2 3
45. (C) AA T
2 1
3 1 4 0 4
1 2 n 4n
, where n 2.
n 1 2 n
(1)(1) (2)(2) (0)(0) (1)( 3) (2)( 1) (0)( 4)
( 3)(1) ( 1)(2) ( 4)(0) ( 3)( 3) ( 1)( 1) ( 4)( 4)
cos sin cos sin
5 1
38. (D) A
A
sin cos
sin cos
1 26
cos ( ) sin ( )
A
sin ( ) cos ( )
46. (B) if A is zero, A 1 does not exist and the matrix A
Also, it is easy to prove by induction that is said to be singular. Only (B) satisfy this condition.
cos n sin n 5 2
(A )n
A (5)(1) (2)(2) 1
sin n cos n 2 1
n 2
39. (A) We know that adj (adj A) A
A. 47. (A) A skew symmetric matrix A n n is a matrix with
Here n 3 and A 3. A T A . The matrix of (A) satisfy this condition.
So, adj (adj A) 3( 3 2 )
A 3A.
1
1 1 0
(1)(1) (1)(0) (0)(1) 1
40. (C) We have adj (adj A) A
( n 1 ) 2 48. (C) AB
0
1 0 1 1
(1)(1) (0)(0) (1)(1) 2
4
Putting n 3, we get adj (adj A) A .
&K A2 A
2
' Hence B 1
2 x 0 1 0 1
0 , So, 2 x 1 x .
2 x
0 1
2 d( t 2 ) d(cos t)
dA dt dt
2 t sin t
51. (C ) t
dt d( e ) d(sin t)
e t cos t
43. (D) Inverse matrix is defined for square matrix only.
dt dt
2 1
1 2 5 52. (A) If det A 0, then A n n is non-singular, but if
44. (C) AB 1 0
3 4 0
3 4
A n n is non-singular, then no row can be expressed as a
(2)(1) ( 1)( 3) (2)( 2) ( 1)( 4) (2)( 5) ( 1)(0) linear combination of any other. Otherwise det A 0
(1)(1) (0)( 3) (1)( 2) (0)( 4) (1)( 5) (0)(0)
9 22 15
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
533
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
9.2
DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
1. If f ( x) x 3 6 x 2 11 x 6 is on [1, 3], then the point 6. A point on the curve y = x - 2 on [2, 3], where the
c ] 1, 3 [ such that f ( c) = 0 is given by tangent is parallel to the chord joining the end points of
1 1 the curve is
(A) c = 2 (B) c = 2
2 3
9 1 7 1
1 (A) , (B) ,
(C) c = 2 (D) None of these 4 2 2 4
2
7 1 9 1
(C) , (D) ,
2. Let f ( x) = sin 2 x, 0 x p
and f ( c) = 0 for c ] 0, 2p [. 4 2 2 4
2
Then, c is equal to
7. Let f ( x) = x( x - 1)( x - 2) be defined in [0, 12 ]. Then, the
p p
(A) (B) value of c of the mean value theorem is
4 3
p (A) 0.16 (B) 0.20
(C) (D) None
6 (C) 0.24 (D) None
x
-
3. Let f ( x) = x( x + 3) e , -3 x 0. Let c ] - 3, 0 [ such
2
8. Let f ( x) = x 2 - 4 be defined in [2, 4]. Then, the value
that f ( c) = 0. Then, the value of c is of c of the mean value theorem is
(A) 3 (B) -3 (A) - 6 (B) 6
1
(C) -2 (D) - (C) 3 (D) 2 3
2
4. If Rolles theorem holds for f ( x) = x 3 - 6 x 2 + kx + 5 on 9. Let f ( x) = e x in [0, 1]. Then, the value of c of the
1
[1, 3] with c = 2 + , the value of k is mean-value theorem is
3
(A) -3 (B) 3 (A) 0.5 (B) ( e - 1)
(C) 7 (D) 11 (C) log ( e - 1) (D) None
7 1 1 1 2 p -3
(C) , (D) - , (C) , (D) None of these
2 4 2 2 3 2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
534
ForDifferential
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Calculus Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 9.2
x y x y (ii) If u = then x 2 + 2 xy + y
1 1
x 2 x y y 2
x4 + y4
1 r
2 2
r
(C) 2 + (D) None of these 1 1
2u 2u 2u
r x y (iii) If u = x 2 + y 2 then x 2 + 2 xy + y2
x 2
x y y 2
2q 2q y u u
25. If x = r cos q, y = r sin q, then the value of + (iv) If u = f then x +y
x 2 y 2 x x y
is
(A) 0 (B) 1 ListII
r r 3 u
(C) (D) (1) - u (2)
x y 16 x
1
(3) 0 (4) - u
26. If u = x m y n , then 4
(A) du = mx m -1 y n + nx m y n -1 (B) du = mdx + ndy Correct match is
du dx dy (I) (II) (III) (IV)
(C) udu = mxdx + nydy (D) =m +n
u x y
(A) 1 2 3 4
2
d y (B) 2 1 4 3
27. If y 3 - 3ax 2 + x 3 = 0, then the value of is equal
dx 2 (C) 2 1 3 4
to
a2 x2 2 a2 x2 (D) 1 2 4 3
(A) - (B)
y5 y5
32. If an error of 1% is made in measuring the major
2 a2 x4 2 a2 x2
(C) - (D) - and minor axes of an ellipse, then the percentage error
y5 y5
in the area is approximately equal to
(A) 1% (B) 2%
y
28. z = tan -1 , then
x (C) p% (D) 4%
(B) Both A and R are true and R is not a correct 41. If a < 0, then f ( x) = e ax + e - ax is decreasing for
explanation of A (A) x > 0 (B) x < 0
(C) A is true but R is false (C) x > 1 (D) x < 1
(D) A is false but R is true
42. f ( x) = x 2 e - x is increasing in the interval
du (A) ] -, [ (B) ] -2, 0 [
34. If u x log xy, where x 3 y 3 3 xy 1, then is
dx (C) ] 2, [ (D) ] 0, 2 [
equal to
x
x2 y
(A) (1 log xy) 43. The least value of a for which f ( x) = x 2 + ax + 1 is
y y 2 x
increasing on ] 1, 2, [ is
y
y x
2
(A) 2 (B) -2
(B) (1 log xy)
x x 2 y (C) 1 (D) -1
x
x y
2
(C) (1 log xy)
y y 2 x 44. The minimum distance from the point (4, 2) to the
parabola y 2 = 8 x, is
y
y2 x
(D) (1 log xy) 2 (A) 2 (B) 2 2
x x y
(C) 2 (D) 3 2
y
z z
35. If z xyf , then x +y is equal to
x x y 45. The co-ordinates of the point on the parabola
(A) z (B) 2z
y = x 2 + 7 x + 2 which is closest to the straight line
(C) xz (D) yz y = 3 x - 3, are
(A) (-2, -8) (B) (2, -8)
36. f ( x) = 2 x 3 - 15 x 2 + 36 x + 1 is increasing in the
(C) (-2, 0) (D) None of these
interval
(A) ] 2, 3 [ (B) ] -, 3 [ 46. The shortest distance of the point (0, c), where
(C) ] -, 2 [ ] 3, (D) None of these 0 c < 5, from the parabola y = x 2 is
4c + 1
x (A) 4c + 1 (B)
37. f ( x) = is increasing in the interval 2
( x 2 + 1)
4c - 1
(A) ] -, - 1 [ ] 1, [ (B) ] -1, 1 [ (C) (D) None of these
2
(C) ] -1, [ (D) None of these
x
1
47. The maximum value of is
38. f ( x) = x 4 - 2 x 2 is decreasing in the interval x
(A) ] -, -1 [ ] 0, 1 [ (B) ] -1, 1 [ -
1
(A) e (B) e e
f ( x)
sin 2 x SOLUTIONS
p
sin x
4 1. (B) A polynomial function is continuous as well as
differentiable. So, the given function is continuous and
on the interval [0, 2p ] is
differentiable.
1
(A) (B) 2
2 f (1) = 0 and f ( 3) = 0. So, f (1) = f ( 3).
By Rolles theorem Ec such that f ( c) = 0.
(C) 1 (D) - 2
Now, f ( x) = 3 x 2 - 12 x + 11
51. If y = a log x + bx 2 + x has its extremum values at f ( c) = 3c 2 - 12 c + 11.
x = -1 and x = 2, then Now, f ( c) = 0 3c 2 - 12 c + 11 = 0
1 1
(A) a = - , b = 2 (B) a = 2, b = -1 c = 2 .
2
3
1
(C) a = 2, b = - (D) None of these
2 2. (A) Since the sine function is continuous at each
p
52. The co-ordinates of the point on the curve x R, so f ( x) = sin 2 x is continuous in 0, .
2
4 x 2 + 5 y 2 = 20 that is farthest from the point (0, -2) are
Also, f ( x) = 2 cos 2 x, which clearly exists for all
(A) ( 5 , 0) (B) ( 6 , 0)
p p
x ]0, [ .So, f ( x) is differentiable in x ]0, [.
(C) (0, 2) (D) None of these 2 2
p
p Also, f (0) = f = 0. By Rolles theorem, there exists
53. For what value of x 0 x , the function 2
2
p
x c ]0, [ such that f ( c) = 0.
y= has a maxima ? 2
(1 + tan x)
p p
(A) tan x (B) 0 2 cos 2 c = 0 2c = c= .
2 4
(C) cot x (D) cos x
3. (C) Since a polynomial function as well as an
exponential function is continuous and the product of
two continuous functions is continuous, so f ( x) is
************* continuous in [-3, 0].
x x x
- 1 -2 2 - x + 6 - x2
f ( x) = (2 x + 3) e 2
- e ( x + 3 x) = e 2
2 2
which clearly exists for all x ] - 3, 0 [.
f ( x) is differentiable in ] -3, 0 [.
Also, f ( -3) = f (0) = 0.
By Rolles theorem c ] -3, 0 [ such that f ( c) = 0.
c
- c + 6 - c2
Now, f ( c) = 0 e 2 =0
2
c + 6 - c 2 = 0 i.e. c 2 - c - 6 = 0
( c + 2) ( 3 - c) = 0 c = -2, c = 3.
Hence, c = -2 ] -3, 0 [ .
4. (D) f ( x) = 3c 2 - 12 x + k
f ( c) = 0 3c 2 - 12 c + k = 0
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
538
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 9 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Engineering Mathematics
p p p u u 1
f = 1, f = 0, f = -1, x sec 2 u + y sec 2 u = tan u
2 2 2 x y 2
p p u u 1 1
f = 0, f = 1, .... x +y = sin u cos u = sin 2 u
2 2 x y 2 4
x y + = +
y
x 2 y 2 r 2 x
21. (C) Given that f ( x, y) = 0, f( y, z) = 0
25. (A) x = r cos q , y = r sin q
These are implicit functions
y y
f f tan q = q = tan -1
dy dz y
x x
= - x , =- q
dx f dy f 1 -y -y
= 2 2
= 2
y z x 1 + ( y x) x x + y 2
f f 2q -2 xy
- - and =
dy dz x y x 2 ( x 2 + y 2 ) 2
=
dx dy f f 2q 2 xy 2q 2q
y z Similarly = 2 and + =0
y 2
(x + y )2 2
x 2 y 2
f f dz f f
or, =
y z dx x y 26. (D) Given that u = x m y n
Taking logarithm of both sides, we get
22. (B) Given that z = x + y 2 2
log u = m log x + n log y
and x + y + 3axy = 5 a ...(i)
3 3 2 Differentiating with respect to x, we get
dz z z dy 1 du 1 1 dy du dx dy
= + ....(ii) = m + n or, =m + n
dx x y dx u dx x y dx u x y
z 1 z 1
from (i), = 2x , = 2y 27. (D) Given that f ( x, y) = y 3 - 3ax 2 + x 3 = 0
x 2 x + y
2 2 y 2 x + y2
2
fx = - 6 ax + 3 x 2 , f y = 3 y 2 , fxx = - 6 a + 6 x ,
dy dy
and 3 x + 3 y
2
+ 3ax 2
+ 3ay.1 = 0 f yy = 6 y , fxy = 0
dx dx
d2 y fxx ( f y) 2 - 2 fx f y fxy + f yy( fx ) 2
dy x 2 + ay =-
= - 2 dx 2
( f y) 3
dx y + ax
z 1 1 x 1 1 1
= = 2 = - 1 u = - u
y 2 2 4
y x x + y
2 2
1+
x y
In (d)u = f It is a homogeneous function of degree
Substituting these in (ii), we get x
dz -y x dy xdy - ydx zero.
= + , dz =
dx x 2 + y 2 x 2 + y 2 dx x2 + y2 u u
x +y = 0. u = 0
x y
x2 + y2 x2 + y2 Hence correct match is
29. (B) u = log , eu = = f (say)
x+ y x+ y
a b c d
f is a homogeneous function of degree one 2 1 3 4
f f e u e u
x +y = f x +y = eu
x y x y 32. (B) Let 2a and 2b be the major and minor axes of the
u u ellipse
or xe u + ye u = eu
x y Area A = pab
u u log A = log p + log a + log b
or, x +y =1
x y (log A) = (log p) + (log a) + (log b)
A a b
y =0 + +
30. (C) Given that u = x n -1 yf . A a b
x 100 100 100
A = a + b
It is a homogeneous function of degree n A a b
u u 100 100
Eulers theorem x +y = nu But it is given that a = 1, and b = 1
x y a b
100
Differentiating partially w.r.t. x, we get A = 1 + 1 = 2
A
2 u u 2u n u
x + + y = Thus percentage error in A =2%
x 2
x y x x
2u 2u u y
x +y = ( n - 1) 33. (A) Given that u = xyf . Since it is a homogeneous
x 2
y x x x
function of degree 2.
x2 y
31. (B) In (a) u = It is a homogeneous function of u u
x+ y By Eulers theorem x +y = nu (where n = 2)
x y
degree 2. u u
Thus x +y = 2u
2u 2u u u x y
x 2 +y = ( n - 1) = (as in question 30)
x x y x x
x1 2 - y1 2 34. (A) Given that u = x log xy....(i)
In (b) u = . It is a homogeneous function of
x1 4 + y1 4
x 3 + y 3 + 3 xy = 1....(ii)
1 1 1 u u u dy
degree - = we know that = + ....(ii)
2 4 4 x x y dx
2u 2u 2u u 1
x2 + 2 xy + y 2 2 = n( n - 1) u From (i) = x y + log xy = 1 + log xy
x 2
x y y x xy
1 1 3 u 1 x
= - 1 u = - u and = x x=
4 4 16 y xy y
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
542
ForDifferential
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Calculus Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 9.2
Clearly, f ( x) > 0 when x < 2 and also when x > 3. 45. (A) Let the required point be P ( x, y). Then,
f ( x) is increasing in ] -, 2 [ ] 3, [. perpendicular distance of P ( x, y) from y - 3 x + 3 = 0 is
y - 3x + 3 x2 + 7 x + 2 - 3 x + 3
( x + 1) - 2 x
2
1- x
2 2
p= =
37. (B) f ( x) = = 2 10 10
( x 2 + 1) 2 ( x + 1) 2
x2 + 4 x + 5 ( x + 2) 2 + 1 ( x + 2) 2 + 1
Clearly, ( x 2 + 1) 2 > 0 for all x. = = or p =
10 10 10
So, f ( x) > 0 (1 - x 2 ) > 0
dp 2 ( x + 2) d p 2 2
(1 - x) (1 + x) > 0 So, = and 2
=
dx 10 dx 10
This happens when -1 < x < 1.
dp d2 p
So, f ( x) is increasing in ] -1, 1 [. =0 x = -2, Also,
2
> 0.
dx dx x = -2
38. (A) f ( x) = 4 x 3 - 4 x = 4 x( x - 1)( x + 1). So, x = -2 is a point of minima.
Clearly, f ( x) < 0 when x < - 1 and also when x > 1. When x = -2, we get y = ( -2) 2 + 7 ( -2) + 2 = -8.
Sol. f ( x) is decreasing in ] -, -1 [ ] 1, [. The required point is ( -2, - 8).
39.(C) f ( x) = 9 x8 + 21 x6 > 0 for all non-zero real values 46. (C) Let A (0, c) be the given point and P ( x, y) be any
of x. point on y = x 2 .
D = x 2 + ( y - c) 2 is shortest when E = x 2 + ( y - c) 2 is
40. (C) f ( x) = 3kx - 18 x + 9 = 3 [ kx - 6 x + 3]
2 2
shortest.
This is positive when k > 0 and 36 - 12 k < 0 or k > 3. Now,
E = x 2 + ( y - c) 2 = y + ( y - c) 2 E = y 2 + y - 2 cy + c2
41. (A) f ( x) = ( e ax + e - ax ) = 2 cosh ax.
dE d2 E
= 2 y + 1 - 2 c and = 2 > 0.
f ( x) = 2 a sinh ax < 0 When x > 0 because a < 0 dy dy 2
dE 1
42. (D) f ( x) = - x 2 e - x + 2 xe - x = e - x x(2 - x). =0 y =c -
dy 2
Clearly, f ( x) > 0 when x > 0 and x < 2. 1
Thus E minimum, when y = c -
2
43. (B) f ( x) = (2 x + a) 2
1 1 1
1 < x <2 2 <2x < 4 2 + a <2x + a < 4 + a Also, D = c - + c - - c . .. x = y = c - 2
2
2 2
(2 + a) < f ( x) < ( 4 + a).
1 4c - 1
For f ( x) increasing, we have f ( x) > 0. = c- =
4 2
\2 + a 0 or a - 2. So, least value of a is -2.
x
1
dy a
47. (B) Let y then, y x x 51. (C) = + 2 bx + 1
x dx x
dy
"
dy
x x (1 log x) dx =0 - a - 2b + 1 = 0 a + 2 b = 1....(i)
dx ( x = -1 )
d2 y 1 dy a
x x (1 log x) 2 x x dx =0 + 4b + 1 = 0
dx 2
x (x = 2 ) 2
dy 1 a + 8 b = -2....(ii)
0 " 1 log x 0 " x
dx e 1
1 Solving (i) and (ii) we get b = - and a = 2.
1 2
#d y &
2
1
e
% dx 2 (
1
e 0.
$ ' x
e x2 y2
52. (C) The given curve is + = 1 which is an
1 5 4
So, x is a point of maxima. Maximum value e1 e .
e ellipse.
Let the required point be ( 5 cos f , 2 sin f). Then,
250
500
48. (A) f ( x) 2 x and f ( x) 2 3 D = ( 5 cos f - 0) 2 + (2 sin f + 2) 2 is maximum
x2 x
250 when z = D 2 is maximum
f ( x) 0 " 2x 0 " x 5.
x2 z = 5 cos 2 f + 4 (1 + sin f) 2
f (5) 6 0. So, x 5 is a point of minima. dz
= -10 cos f sin f + 8(1 + sin f) cos f
250
df
Thus minimum value 25 75.
5 dz
=0 2 cos f ( 4 - sin f) = 0
df
49. (D) f ( x) (2 cos x 1)(cos x 1) and p
cos f = 0 f= .
f ( x) sin x(1 4 cos x). 2
1 dz d 2z
f ( x) 0 " cos x or cos x 1 " x p 3 or = - sin 2 f + 8 cos f = -2 cos 2 f - 8 sin f
2 df df2
x = p. p d 2z
when f = , < 0.
p -3 3 2 df2
f = < 0. So, x = p 3 is a point of maxima.
3 2 p
z is maximum when f = . So, the required point is
p p 3 3 2
Maximum value = sin 1 + cos = . p p
3 3 4
5 cos , sin i.e. (0, 2).
2 2
2 sin x cos x
50. (C) f ( x) = 1 + tan x 1 tan x
sin x + cos x 53. (D) Let z = = +
2 x x x
dz 1 d 2z 2
2 2 2 2 Then, = - 2 + sec 2 x and = + 2sec2 x tan x
= = (say), dx x dx 2 x 3
(sec x + cosec x) z
dz 1
where z = (sec x + cosec x). =0 - 2 + sec 2 x = 0 x = cos x.
dx x
dz cos x
= sec x tan x - cosec x cot x = (tan 3 x - 1). d 2z
dx sin 2 x dx 2 = 2 cos 3 x + 2sec2 x tan x > 0.
x = cos x
dz p p
=0 tan x = 1 x= in 0, . Thus z has a minima and therefore y has a maxima at
dx 4 2
dz x = cos x.
Sign of changes from -ve to +ve when x passes
dx
through the point p 4. So, z is minimum at x = p 4 and
therefore, f ( x) is maximum at x = p 4. ************
2 2
Maximum value = = 1.
[sec( p 4) + cosec ( p 4)]
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
544
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
9.3
INTEGRAL CALCULUS
x dx
1. x 2
+1
dx is equal to 5. 1 3 sin 2
x
is equal to
1 (A) 1
tan 1 (tan x) (B) 2 tan 1 (tan x)
(A) log ( x 2 1) (B) log ( x 2 1) 2
2 (C) 1
tan 1 (2 tan x) (D) 2 tan 1
12 tan x
2
x
(C) tan 1 (D) 2 tan 1 x
2 2 sin x 3 cos x
6. 3 sin x 4 cos x dx is equal to
1 9 1
2. If F ( a) , a 1 and F ( x) a 2 dx K is equal (A) x log( 3 sin x 4 cos x)
log a 25 25
to 18 2
(B) x log( 3 sin x 4 cos x)
1 1 25 25
(A) ( a x a a 1) (B) (ax aa)
log a log a 18 1
(C) x log( 3 sin x 4 cos x)
1 1 25 25
(C) ( a x a a 1) (D) ( a x a a 1)
log a log a (D) None of these
3.
dx
1 sin x is equal to
7. 3 8 x 3 x 2 dx is equal to
3x 4 25 3x 4
(A) 3 8 x 3 x2 sin 1
(A) cot x cosec x c (B) cot x cosec x c 3 3 18 3 5
(B) 3 8 x 3 x2 sin 1
6 18 5
( 3 x 1) 3x 4
4. 2x dx is equal to 25 3x 4
2
2x 3 (C) 3 8 x 3 x2 sin 1
6 3 18 3 5
3 5 2x 1
log (2 x 2 2 x 3) 5 tan 1
8. 2 x 3x 4
2
is equal to
3 5
1 4x 3 1 4x 3
4 2 2x 1
(A) sin 1 (B) sinh 1
(C) log (2 x 2 2 x 3) tan 1
2 23 2 23
3 5 5
1 4x 3
(C) cosh 1 (D) None of these
3 2 2x 1
2 23
(D) log (2 x 2 2 x 3) tan 1
4 5 5
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
545
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 9 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Engineering Mathematics
2x + 3 dx
9. x + x+1
2
dx is equal to 15. 1 x x 2
x3
is equal to
2x 1 1 ( x 1) 2 1
(A) 2 x 2 x 1 2 sinh 1 (A)
2 log x 2 1 tan x
3
2x 1 1 ( x 1) 2
(B) x 2 x 1 2 sinh 1 (B) log 2 tan 1 x
3 4 x2 1
2x 1 1 ( x 1) 2
(C) 2 x 2 x 1 sinh 1 1
3
(C)
2 log x 2 1 2 tan x
2x 1 (D) None of these
(D) 2 x 2 x 1 sinh 1
3
sin x
dx
16. 1 sin x dx is equal to
10. x x2
is equal to
(A) x sec x tan x k (B) x sec x tan x
(A) x x2 c (B) sin 1 (2 x 1) c (C) x sec x tan x (D) x sec x tan x
2
1 2
1 sin x
2 cosh 1 cosh 1
(A) (B)
e 1 cos x dx is
x
18. The value of
1 x 2 1 x
2
1 2
x x
(C) 2 cosh 1 (D) cosh 1 (A) e x tan c (B) e x cot c
2 2
1 x 2 1 x
(C) e x tan x c (D) e x cot x c
dx
12. sin x cos x is equal to x3
19. x 2
1
dx is equal to
1
1 x
1 x
46. The area bounded by the curve r cos and the
(x + y 2 ) dydx is equal to
2
39.
0 x lines 0 and is given by
2
7 3 2
2
4 a cos 2 2 a cos 2
(A) log ( 2 1) (B) log ( 2 1) (A) 4 rdrd (B) 2 rdrd
0 0 0 0
4 4
(C) 4
2 a cos 2 a cos 2
(C)
2
log ( 2 1) (D) None of these 0 0
rdrd (D) 2
0 0 rdrd
41. If A is the region bounded by the parabolas y 2 4 x 48. The area of the region bounded by the curve
and x 4 y, then ydxdy is equal to y ( x 2 2) 3 x and 4 y x 2 is given by
2
A
48 36 1 x2 4 1 x2 4
(A)
5
(B)
5
(A)
0 y 0
dxdy (B)
0 y 0
dydx
32 2 3x ( x 2 2) 1 3x ( x 2 2)
(C)
5
(D) None of these (C)
0 y x 2 4
dydx (D) y 0 y x 2 4
dxdy
42. The area of the region bounded by the curves 49. The volume of the cylinder x 2 y 2 a 2 bounded
x y a and x y a in the first quadrant is given
2 2 2
below by z 0 and bounded above by z h is given by
by
(A) ah (B) a 2 h
a a2 x 2 a a2 x 2
dxdy
1 1 1
(C) (D) None of these
ax 0
50.
0 0 0
e x y z dxdydz is equal to
3
(A) ( e 1) 3 (B) ( e 1)
43. The area bounded by the curves y 2 x , y x, 2
x 1 and x 4 is given by (C) ( e 1) 2 (D) None of these
33
(A) 25 (B) 1 z x z
2 51.
1 0 x z
( x y z) dy dx dz is equal to
47 101
(C) (D)
4 6 (A) 4 (B) 4
(C) 0 (D) None of these
44. The area bounded by the curves y 2 9 x, x y 2 0
is given by
1
(A) 1 (B)
2
3 5
(C) (D) *************
2 4
2 a (1 cos ) 4 a (1 cos )
(C) 2 rdrd (D) 2 rdrd
0 r0 0 r0
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
548
ForIntegral
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
calculus Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 9.3
3x 1
4. (A) Let I dx
SOLUTIONS 2x 2x 3
2
3 5
x Let 3 x 1 p( 4 x 2) q p , q
1. (A) x +1
2
dx 4 2
3 4x 2 5 dx
4 2 x2 2 x 3
I dx 2
Put x 2 1 t 2 xdx dt 2 2x 2x 3
x 1 1
x 2 1 dx 2 t dt
3 5
log (2 x 2 2 x 3)
dx
2
4 4 1
2
5
1 1 x
log t log ( x 2 1) 2 2
2 2
1
x
3 5 1 2
ax log (2 x 2 2 x 3) tan 1
2. (A) F ( x) a x dx K K 4 4 5
5
log a
2 2
aa
F ( a) K
log a
dx
5. (C) Let I
1 aa 1 aa 1 3 sin 2 x
K
log a log a log a
cosec2 x dx cosec2 x dx
cosec 2 x 3 (1 cot2 x) 3
a x
1a 1a
F ( x) [ a x a a 1]
log a log a log a
Put cot x t cosec2 x dx dt
dt 1 t 1 cot x
dx I cot1 cot1
3. (C) 1 sin x 4 t2 2 2 2 2
1
dx tan 1 (2 tan x)
x x
x x
2
sin
2
cos 2 2 sin cos
2 2 2 2
2 sin x 3 cos x
x 6. (C) Let I dx
sec 2 3 sin x 4 cos x
dx 2
2
2
dx Let (2 sin x 3 cos x) p( 3 cos x 4 sin x)
x x
x
2 cos
x x
cos sin
x 7. (B) 3 8 x 3 x 2 dx 3 x dx
3 3
2 ! 2 2 K
x x x x 4
cos sin cos sin 2 2 2 x "
2 2 2 2 1 " 4
5
4
5
1 3
3 x x sin 5
2 cos 2 x x
2 sin cos
x 2 " 3 3 3 3 "
2 2 2 K 3
2 x 2 x
cos sin 3x 4 25 3 3x 4
2 2 3 8 x 3 x2 sin 1
6 18 5
(1 cos x) sin x
k tan x sec x 1 K
cos x
dx 1 dx
tan x sec x c 8. (B) 2 x 3x 4
2
2
2 2
3
23
x
4 4
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
549
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 9 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Engineering Mathematics
3 1 dx 1
1
sinh 1
x+
4 1 sinh 1 4 x 3
2
2
cosec x 4 dx
sin x
2 23
2 23 4
4
1 1
1 x
2
2 t2 1 (1 x)(1 x ) 1 x 1 x 2
2
1 2 1 1
t t t 1 A(1 x 2 ) ( Bx C)(1 x)
1 dt 1 t Comparing the coefficients of x 2 , x and constant terms,
2
2
2
cosh 1
1
1 2
A B 0, B C 0, C A 1
t 2
2 Solving these equations, we get
2
1 1 1
1 A , B , C
cosh 1
2 2 2
2 x 1
1 1 1 x 1
2 1 x
I dx 2 dx
2 x 1
dx
12. (C) sin x cos x
1 1 1
log (1 x) log ( x 2 1) tan 1 x
2 2 2
1 dx
2
1
log
( x 1) 2
2 tan 1
x
sin x cos cos x sin 4 x2 1
4 4
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
550
ForIntegral
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
calculus Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 9.3
tan x sec x x
22. (D) 5 x 3 dx 5 x 3 dx
0 0
5 x 3 dx
35
35 1
5
5 x2
1 cos x
1 1
x
dx e x dx
x
1 2 sin cos
23. (B) e x
e x
e 2x
1
e
x 2 2 dx 0 0
x e
2 cos 2 dt
2 Put e x t e x dx dt t
1
2
1
[tan 1 t ]1e
1 x x
e x sec 2 dx e x tan dx
2 2 2 tan 1 e tan 1 1 tan 1 e
4
1 x x x x
e 2 tan e 2 tan dx e tan dx
x x
2 2 2 2 c c
x(1 x) dx ( x x ) dx
2
24. (D)
x
e tan c
x 0 0
2 c
1 1
1
x 2 x 3 c 2 ( 3 2 c)
x3 x x2 2 3 0 6
19. (C) I dx 2 dx
x 12
x 1 c
1 2
x(1 x) dx 0
6
c ( 3 2 c) 0
x( x 1 1)
2
x 0
dx xdx 2 dx
x 1
2
x 1 3
c
1 2 1 2
x log ( x 2 1) c
2 2
25. (D) Put x 2 x t (2 x 1) dx dt
20. (A) Let I sin 1
x dx sin 1
x 1 dx 1
2x 1
2
dt
x x 2
dx
t
2( t1 2 ) 20 2 2
1 0 0
sin 1 x x x dx
1 x2
x
4
x 26. (A) sin 5 xdx
1
x sin x dx
1 x2
Since, f ( x) ( x) 4 sin 5 ( x) x 4 sin 5 x
In second part put 1 x 2 t 2
f ( x) is odd function thus
xdx tdt x sin 1 x dt
x sin 5 x dx 0
4
x sin 1 x t x sin 1 x 1 x 2 c
2 2
sin x cos x 1
21. 1 sin 2 x
dx 27. (A) cos x dx
2
2
(cos 2 x 1) dx
0 0
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
551
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 9 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Engineering Mathematics
1 1
2
1 1
2 sin (1 t) dt
sin 2 x x
2 2 0 0 2 4
2 sin 4 2 t dt
0
1
1 1
4
2 4 2a
f (2 a x)
2 # I f (2 a x) f ( x) dx....(2)
0
2 0
2
1 Adding (1) and (2), we get
cos x
2
Aliter 2. Use Wallis Rule
0 2 2 4 2a
f ( x) f (2 a x)
2a
2I f ( x) f (2 a x) dx 1 dx [ x ] 2a
2a
0
0 0
a
28. (B) Let I a 2 x 2 dx I a
0
I log tan x dx 1 1
tan 1
tan
0 2 3 3 3 3 6 6
2
2
[0 ( 1)] [1 0 ] 0
log 1 dx 0 I 0
0
100
1
35. (C) $sin x$dx 100 $sin x$dx
t
0 0
30. (D) Let I 2 sin dt ....(i)
0 2 4 [ . .. sin x is periodic with period ]
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
552
ForIntegral
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
calculus Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 9.3
1 x2
1
100 sin x dx 100( cos x) 0 1 x2
0
40. (D)
0 0
dydx [ y ]01
0
dx
1
The curves (i) and (ii) intersect at A (a, 0) and B (0,a)
2 0
I F (sin x) dx a a2 x 2
1 x
2
A dydx [ y ]
2 x
x [2 x x ]dx
Here, I1 e x sec 2 dx 1 x 1 1
0 2 2
32
4 1
101
2 2 8
1 x 1 x 3 3 2
e x 2 tan 0 e 2 tan 2 dx 6
x
2 2 0 2
2
x 44. (B) The equations of the given curves are
e 2 tan 0 e
x
tan dx
4 0
2 y 2 9 x....(i) x y 2 0....(ii)
e I 2 , I1 I 2 e
2 2 The curves (i) and (ii) intersect at
I I1 I 2 e 2 A(1, 3) and B(4, 6)
If a figure is drawn then from fig. the required area is
1 x 1 x
2 1 3 4 3 x 4
x ( x y ) dy dx 0 x y 3 y x dx A dydx [ y ]
2 2
39. (B) 3 x
x 2 dx
0 1 x 2 1
1
1 1 4
1
4
x 5 2 x 3 2 x 3 x 3 dx [ 3 x ( x 2)]dx 2 x 3 2 x 2 2 x
0 3 3
1 2 1
1
2 2 52 1 4 3 1
1
x7 2 x x (16 8 8) 2 2
7 15 3 0 35 2 2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
553
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 9 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Engineering Mathematics
45. (A) The equation of the cardioid is Thus the equation volume is V 4 zdxdy
A
r a (1 cos ) ....(i)
a a2 x 2 a a
If a figure is drawn then from fig. the required area is a2 x 2
a (1 cos )
4 hdydx 4 h [ y ]
0 0 0
0 dx 4 h a 2 x 2 dx
0
Required area A 2
0
rdrd
r0
Let x a sin , dx a cos d,
2
e
x y z
0 50. (A) dxdydz
2 2 0 0 0
1 1
cos 2 d (1 cos 2 )d
2 2
1 1 1 1
2 0 4 0 [ ex ] dydz [ e1
y z 1
0
y z
e y z ]dydz
2 2 0 0 0 0
1 1
d cos 2 d
2 2 1
4 0 4 0 [ e1 y z e y z ]10 dz
0
1 sin 2
2 2 2
1 1 sin 2
2
1
3 2 d
4 3 0 4 2 0 0 2 [( e 2 z e1 z ) ( e1 z e z )]dz
0
2
3 1 1
sin 2 d ( e 2 z 2 e1 z e z ) dz [ e 2 z 2 e1 z e z ]10
96 4 0 0
3 1 cos 2
cos 2
2 2
( e 3 2 e 2 e) ( e 2 2 e 1)
d
96 4 2 0 0 2 e 3 3e 2 3e 1 ( e 1) 3
2
3 1
1 1 z x z
96 4 4
0
8
cos 2 d
0
51. (C) ( x y z) dydxdz
1 0 x z
2
3 11
2
1 z
( x y z) 2
x z
sin 2 1
96 16 8 2 0 16 16
1 0 2 dxdz
x y
1 z (2 x 2 z) 2 2 x
2
47. (A) The curve is r 2 a 2 cos 2 2
1 0
dxdz
2
If a figure is drawn then from fig. the required area is
z
4 a cos 2 4 a cos 2
1 3
1
( x z) 3 x 3
1 2 2 (( x z) 2 x 2 ) dx dz 2 dz
A 4
0
r 0rdrd 4 0 2 r 0 d
1 0 1 3 3 0
1
4
sin 2
4
2
1
2
1
z4
2 a cos 2 d 2 a
2
a22 [(2 z) 3 z 3 z ]dz 6 z dz
3
4 4
2
0 3 1 3 1 1
0
1 1
4 0
48. (C) The equations of given curves are 4 4
y( x 2 2) 3 x....(i) and 4 y x 2 ....(ii)
The curve (i) and (ii) intersect at A (2, 1).
If a figure is drawn then from fig. the required area is
********
2 3x ( x 2 2 )
10. The integration of f ( z) = x 2 + ixy from A(1, 1) to B(2, 17. The value of f ( 3) is
4) along the straight line AB joining the two points is (A) 6 (B) 4i
-29 29
(A) + i11 (B) - i11 (C) 4i (D) 0
3 3
(C)
23
+ i6 (D)
23
- i6 18. The value of f
(1 i) is
5 5
(A) 7 (
i2) (B) 6 (2 i
)
1
2
sin
z 2
1
15. c ( z 2)( z 1) dz = ? where c is the circle z = 3 (B) 1 z z .......
2 4 2 ! 4
1
2
(A) i6
(B) i2
1
(C) 1 z z .......
(C) i4
(D) 0 2 4 2 ! 4
(C) 8 (D) 0
(B) 1 ( n 1)( z 1)
n 1
n 1
3z 2 7 z 1
(C) 1 n( z 1) n
c ( z z0 )
x y 4.
2 2 (D) 1 ( n 1)( z 1)
n 1
n
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
565
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 9 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Engineering Mathematics
z e z dz = ? where c is z = 1
2
(D) ( z 1) 1
( z 1) ( z 1) ( z 1) .........
3 5 33.
c
1 (A) i3
(B) i3
27. The Laurents series of for z 2 is
z( e z 1) i
C) (D) None of the above
1 1 1 1 2 3
(A) 2 + + + 6z + z + ..........
z 2 z 12 720
2
dq
1
(B) 2 -
1
+
1
-
1 2
z + .......... 34. 2 + cos q = ?
z 2 z 12 720 0
1 1 1 1 2 2
2
(C) + + z2 + z + .......... (A) (B)
z 12 634 720 2 3
x2
35. ( 2 + a 2 )( x 2 + b2 ) dx = ?
x SOLUTIONS
ab
( a + b)
(A) (B) x 3(1 + i) - y 3(1 - i)
a+b ab 1. (C) Since, f ( z) = u + iv = ; z 0
x2 + y2
(C) (D)
( a + b) x3 y3 x3 y3
a+b u ; v
x2 y2 x2 y2
dx Cauchy Riemann equations are
36. 1+ x 6
=?
u v u v
0 and
x y y x
(A) (B)
6 2 u y v v
By differentiation the value of , , , at(0, 0)
2
x y x y
(C) (D)
3 3 0
we get , so we apply first principle method.
0
*************** At the origin,
u u(0 h, 0) u(0, 0) h3 h2
lim lim 1
x h !0 h h !0 h
u u(0, 0 k) u(0, 0) k3 k2
lim lim 1
v h !0 k k !0 k
v v(0 h, 0) v(0, 0) h3 h2
lim lim 1
x h !0 h h !0 h
v v(0, 0 k), v(0, 0) k3 k2
lim lim 1
y k !0 k k !0 k
u v u v
Thus, we see that and
x y y x
Hence, Cauchy-Riemann equations are satisfied at
z 0.
f ( z) f (0)
Again, f
(0) lim
z !0 z
( x 3 y 3) i( x 3 y 3) 1
lim
z !0
(x y )
2 2
( x iy)
Now let z ! 0 along y x, then
( x 3 y 3) i( x 3 y 3) 1 2i 1 i
f
(0) lim
z !0
(x y )
2 2
( x iy) 2(1 i) 2
Again let z ! 0 along y 0, then
x 3 i( x 3) 1
f
(0) lim 1 i
x !0
(x )
2
x
So we see that f
(0) is not unique. Hence f
(0) does not
exist.
df "f
2. (A) Since, f
( z) lim
dz "z !0 "z
"u i"v
or f
( z) lim ....(1)
"z !0 "x i"y
Let "z ! 0 along a path parallel to real axis Now let v be the conjugate of u then
Dy = 0 \ Dz 0 Dx 0 v v u u
dv dx dy dx dy
Now equation (1) x y y x
"u + i"v "u "v (by Cauchy-Riemann equation)
f
( z) = lim = lim + i lim
"x !0 "x "x !0 "x "x !0 "x
dv 2 x dx 2(1 y) dy
u v On integrating v x 2 y 2 2 y C
f
( z) = i ....(2)
x x
Again, let "z ! 0 along a path parallel to imaginary 5. (C) Given f ( z) u i v ....(1)
axis, then "x ! 0 and "z ! 0 ! "y ! 0 if ( z) v iu ....(2)
Thus from equation (1) add equation (1) and (2)
"z i"v "u "v u v
$
( z) lim lim i lim (1 i) f ( z) ( u v) i( u v)
"y !0 i"y "y !0 i"y "y !0 i"z i y y
F ( z) U iV
i u v
f
( z) ....(3) where, F ( z) (1 i) f ( z); U ( u v); V u v
y y
Let F ( z) be an analytic function.
Now, for existence of f
( z) R.H.S. of equation (2) and (3)
Now, U u v e x (cos y sin y)
must be same i.e.,
U U
u v v u e x (cos y sin y) and e x ( sin y cos y)
i i x y
x x y y
U U
u v v u Now, dV dx dy....(3)
and y x
x y x y
e x (sin y cos y) dx e x (cos y sin y) dy
u u v v
f
( z) i i d[ e x (sin y cos y)]
x y y x
on integrating V e x (sin y cos y) c1
3. (A) Given f ( z) x 2 iy 2 since, f ( z) u iv F ( z) U iV e x (cos y sin y) ie x (sin y cos y) ic1
Here u x 2 and v y 2 e x (cos y i sin y) ie x (cos y i sin y) ic1
u u F ( z) (1 i) e x iy ic1 (1 i) ez ic1
Now, u x 2 2 x and 0
x y (1 i) f ( z) (1 i) e z ic1
v v i i(1 i) ( i 1)
and v y 2 0 and 2y f ( z) e z c1 e z c1 ez c1
x y 1 i (1 i)(1 i) 2
u u f ( z) e z (1 i) c
we know that f
( z) i ....(1)
x y
v v 6. (C) u sinh x cos y
and f
( z) i ....(2)
y x u
cosh x cos y $( x, y)
Now, equation (1) gives f
( z) 2 x ....(3) x
u
and equation (2) gives f
( z) 2 y ....(4) and sinh x sin y %( x, y)
y
Now, for existence of f
( z) at any point is necessary that
by Milnes Method
the value of f
( z) most be unique at that point, whatever
be the path of reaching at that point f
( z) $( z, 0) i%( z, 0) cosh z i & 0 cosh z
Hence, f
( z) exists for all points lie on the line x y. f ( z) w sinh z ic
(As u does not contain any constant, the constant c is in
u 2u the function x and hence i.e. in w).
4. (B) 2(1 y) ; 0 ....(1)
x x 2
u 2u v v
2 x ; 0 ....(2) 7. (A) 2 y h( x, y), 2 x g( x, y)
y y 2 x y
2u 2u by Milnes Method f
( z) g( z, 0) ih( z, 0) 2 z i 0 2 z
0, Thus u is harmonic.
x 2 y 2 On integrating f ( z) z 2 c
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
568
ForComplex
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Variables Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 9.5
v ( x 2 y 2 ) ( x y)2 y n! f ( z) dz f ( z) dz 2
i n
8. (D)
y
( x2 y2 )2
f
( z o)
2
i (z z )
c o
n 1
or (z z )
c o
n 1
n!
f ( z o)
y x 2 xy
2 2 f ( z) dz
i
( x2 y2 )2
g( x, y) Taking n 3, (z z )
c o
4
3
f
( z o) ....(1)
v ( x 2 y 2 ) ( x y)2 x y 2 x 2 2 xy e 2 z dz e 2 z dz
( z 1) 4 c [ z ( 1)]4
h( x, y) Given fc
x ( x2 y2 )2 ( x2 y2 )2
By Milnes Method Taking f ( z) e 2 z , and z o 1 in (1), we have
1 1 1 e 2 z dz
i
f
( z) g( z, 0) ih( z, 0)
z2
i 2 (1 i) 2
z z
( z 1)
c
4
3
f
( 1)....(2)
On integrating Now, f ( z) e 2 z f
( z) 8 e 2 z
2
1 1
f ( z) (1 i) 2 dz c (1 i) c f
( 1) 8 e
z z equation (2) have
e 2 z dz 8
i 2
9. (A)
u 2 cos 2 x (cosh 2 y cos 2 x) 2 sin 2 2 x
( z 1)
c
4
3
e ....(3)
x (cosh 2 y cos 2 x) 2
If is the circle z 3
2 cos 2 x cosh 2 y 2
$( x, y) Since, f ( z) is analytic within and on z 3
(cosh 2 y cos 2 y) 2
e 2 z dz 8
i z
u
2 sin 2 x sinh 2 y
%( x, y)
|z | 3 ( z 1)
4
3
e
y (cosh 2 y cos 2 x) 2
By Milnes Method
1 2z 1 1 3
f
( z) $( z, 0) i%( z, 0) 12. (D) Since,
z( z 1)( z 2) 2 z z 1 2( z 2)
2 cos 2 z 2 2 1 2z
i(0) cosec2 z 1 3
(1 cos 2 z) 2 1 cos 2 z z( z 1)( z 2) dz
c
2
I1 I 2 I 3....(1)
2
On integrating 1
f ( z) cosec2 z dz ic cot z ic
Since, z 0 is the only singularity for I1 z dz
c
and it
lies inside z 15
. , therefore by Cauchys integral
10. x at b, y ct d Formula
On A, z 1 i and On B, z 2 4 i 1
I1 dz 2
i ....(2)
Let z 1 i corresponds to t 0 c z
and z 2 4 i corresponding to t 1 1f ( z) dz
then, t 0 x b, y d
f ( z o) 2
i
c z zo
[Here f ( z) 1 f ( z o) and z o 0]
b 1, d 1 1
Similarly, for I 2 dz, the singular point z 1 lies
and t 1 x a b, y c d c z 1
2 a 1, 4 c 1 a 1, c 3 inside z 15 . , therefore I 2 2
i....(3)
AB is , y 3t 1 dx dt ; dy 3 dt For I 3
1
dz, the singular point z 2 lies outside
z 2
f ( z) dz ( x ixy)( dx idy)
2
c
c c
the circle z 15
. , so the function f ( z) is analytic
1
everywhere in c i.e. z 15
[( t 1) i( t 1)( 3t 1)][ dt 3i dt ] . , hence by Cauchys integral
2
t 0
theorem
1
1
[( t 2 2 t 1) i( 3t 2 4 t 1)](1 3i) dt I3 dz 0....(4)
0 c z 2
1
t3 29 using equations (2), (3), (4) in (1), we get
(1 3i) t 2 t i( t 3 2 t 2 t) 1 1i
3 0 3 1 2z 1 3
c z( z 1)( z 2) dz 2 (2
i) 2
i 2 (0) 3
i
11. (D) We know by the derivative of an analytic
function that 13. (B) Given contour c is the circle z 1
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
569
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 9 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Engineering Mathematics
z = e iq dz = ieiqdq 3z 2 7 z 1
Now, for upper half of the circle, 0 ' '
c z zo dz 2
i$( zo)
f ( z o) 2
i$( z o) f
( z o) 2
i$
( z o)
( z - z ) dz = (e
iq
2
- e 2 iq) ie iqdq
c q= 0 and f
( z o) 2 i $
( z o)
e 2 i e 3i since, $( z) 3z 2 7 z 1
= i ( e 2 i - e 3i)d = i -
0 2i 3i 0 $
( z) 6 z 7 and $
( z) 6
1 1 1 2 f
(1 i) 2
i[ 6(1 i) 7 ] 2
(5 13i)
i& & ( e 2
i 1) ( e 3
x 1)
i 2 3 3
z 1 2
19. (C) f ( z) 1
z 1 z 1
14. (B) Let f ( z) cos
z then f ( z) is analytic within and
f (0) 1, f (1) 0
on z 3, now by Cauchys integral formula 2
1 f ( z) f ( z) dz f
( z) f
(0) 2;
( z 1) 2
2
i c z z o c z zo 2
if ( zo)
f ( z o) dz
4
f
( z) f
(0) 4;
take f ( z) cos
z, z o 1, we have ( z 1) 3
cos
z 12
z 3 z 1 dz 2
if (1) 2
i cos
2
i f
( z)
( z 1) 4
f
( z 0 )
c ( z 1)( z 2) 2!
sin
z 2 sin
z 2 ( z z0 ) 3
c z 2
dz
c z 1
dz
3!
f
( z 0 ) .....
( z) f
(1)
17. (D) f ( 3) c z 3 dz , since zo 3 is the only ( z 1) 3 4
6 3
3z 2 7 z 1 f
( z) f
( z 0 )
2!
analytic everywhere within c.
( z z0 ) 3
Hence by Cauchys theorem f
( z 0 ) K
3!
3z 2 7 z 1
f ( 3) dz 0 about z 1
c z 3
1 ( z 1) 1 ( z 1) 3
2 3
1
f ( z) ( z 1) K
2 4 2! 4 3! 8
18. (C) The point (1 i) lies within circle z 2 ( . .. the
1 1 1 1
distance of 1 i i.e., (1, 1) from the origin is 2 which is ( z 1) 3 ( z 1) 2 4 ( z 1) 3 ....
2 22 2 2
less than 2, the radius of the circle). 1 1 1 1
or f ( z) 1 ( z 1) 2 ( z 1) 2 3 ( z 1) 3 ....
Let $( z) 3z 2 7 z 1 then by Cauchys integral formula 2 2 2 2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
570
ForComplex
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Variables Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 9.5
1 1 z z2 z3 1 1 1 1
21. (A) f ( z) = sin z f = sin = f ( z) 1 .. 1 2 3 K
4 4 2 2 2 4 9 z z z z
1 1 1 1 1 3
f
( z) = cos z f
= or f ( z) Kz 4 z 2 z 1 z z 2 z K
4 2 2 4 8 18
1
f
( z) = - sin z f
= - 2 1 1 1
4 2 24. (C) 1 1 1
z z 2 z
1
f
( z) = - cos z f
= - and so on. 1 1 1
1
1 1 1 1
4 2 1 1 2 3 K
z 1 z z 2 z z z
Taylor series is given by 1
1 1 2 1 2 4 8
( z - z0 ) 2 and 1 1 2 3 ....
f ( z) = f ( z 0 ) + ( z - z 0 ) f
( z 0 ) + f
( z 0 ) z 2 z z z z z z
2!
Laurents series is given by
( z - z0 ) 3
+ f
( z 0 ) + .... 1 2 4 98 1 1 1 1
3! f ( z) 1 2 3 .. 1 2 3 ..
z z z z z z z z
about z =
4 11 3 7
2 3 K
2 zz z z
z - 1 3 7
1
1 1
+
4 f ( z) K
f ( z) = + z -
2 4 2 2!
2 z2 z3 z4
3
1 1 1 z
1
z - 25. (B) z 1, 1 (1 z) 1
1
+
4 z 2 z 1 2 2
+K
3! 2
1 z z2 z3
1 K (1 z z 2 z 3 ...)
1
2 3
1
1
2 2 4 8
f ( z) = 1 + z - z z ...
2 4 2 ! 4 3! 4 1 3 7 15 3
f ( z) z z 2 z K
1 1 2 4 8 16
22. (D) Let f ( z) z 2
z 2
[1 (1 z)]2
1 1 1 1
26. (D) Since,
f ( z) [1 (1 z)]2 z( z 1)( z 2) 2 z z 1 2( z 2)
Since, 1 z 1, so by expanding R.H.S. by binomial For z 1 1 Let z 1 u
theorem, we get z u 1 and u 1
f ( z) 1 2(1 z) 3(1 z) 2 4(1 z) 3 K 1 1 1 1
( n 1)(1 z) n K z( z 1)( z 2) 2 z z 1 2( z 2)
1 1 1 1 1
or f ( z) z 2 1 ( n 1)( z 1)
n 1
n
(1 u) 1 u1 (1 u) 1
2( u 1) u 2( u 1) 2 2
1 1
[1 u u2 u3 ... ] u1 (1 u u2 u3 ...)
1 1 1 2 2
23. (B) Here f ( z) ....(1)
( z 1)( z 2) z 2 z 1 1
( 2 u 2 u ...) u u u3 u5 K u1
3 1
1 z 2
Since, z 1 1 and z 2 1
z 2 Required Laurents series is
1 f ( z) ( z 1) 1 ( z 1) ( z 1) 3 ( z 1) 5 K
1 1 1 1
1
z 1 1 z z
z 1 1
z 27. (B) Let f ( z)
z( e z 1)
1 1 1 1 1
1 2 3 K
z z z z
z 2
z3 z4
1 z 1 z K 1
1 1 z 1 z z z 2 3
2 ! 3! 4 !
and 1 1 2 4 9 K
z 2 2 2 2
equation (1) gives
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
571
ForComplex
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
Variables Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 9.5
1 1 ie 2 iiRe id
f ( z) dz 2
i ) 6 3
i Now f ( z) dz 2 2 i
a 2 )( R 2 e2 i b2 )
c r 0 (R e
e 3i
-idz
d
34. (B) Let z = e iq dq = ; z ' q ' 2
R
z a 2 b2
0
e 2 i 2 e 2 i 2
1 1 R R
and cos q = z +
2 z
-idz
Now when R ! , b( z) dz 0
r
2
dq
0 2 + cos q = c 1 z 1 ;
c: z =1 x 2
2 + z + (x
2
a )( x b )
2 2
2
dz
ab
2 z
dz
= - 2i 36. (C) Let I
dz
f ( z) dz
c z + 4z + 1
2
1 z6
c c
1
Let f ( z) = c is the contour containing semi circle r of radius R and
z2 + 4z + 1
segment from R to R.
f ( z) has poles at z = - 2 + 3, -2 - 3 out of these only
For poles of f ( z), 1 z6 0
z = -2 + 3 lies inside the circle c : z = 1 z ( 1)
6 e i ( 2 n 1 )
6
f ( z) dz = 2
i(Residue at z = -2 +
c
3) where n 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
3i 3i
Only poles z , i, lie in the contour
Now, residue at z = -2 + 3 2 2
1 1 3i
= lim ( z + 2 - 3) f ( z) = lim = Residue at z
z !2 + 3 z !2 + 3 ( z + 2 + 3) 2 3 2
1
i 1
f ( z) dz 2
i ) 2
c 3
3
( z1 z 2 )( z1 z 3)( z1 z 4 )( z1 z 5)( z1 z6 )
2
dq
i 2
1 1 3i
2 + cos q = -2 i ) =
0 3 3 3i(1 3 i) 12 i
1
Residue at z i is
z2 6i
35. (C) I = 2 dz = f ( z) dz
c z + a
( 2
)( z 2 + b2 ) c 1 3i 1 1 3i
Residue at z is
where c is be semi circle r with segment on real axis 12 i 3i(1 3i) 12 i
from R to R. R
2
i
( a b)
2 i ( a 2 b2 ) ab ********
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
573
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
9.6
PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
1. In a frequency distribution, the mid value of a class is 6. A distribution consists of three components with
15 and the class interval is 4. The lower limit of the frequencies 45, 40 and 15 having their means 2, 2.5 and
class is 2 respectively. The mean of the combined distribution is
(A) 14 (B) 13 (A) 2.1 (B) 2.2
(C) 12 (D) 10 (C) 2.3 (D) 2.4
2. The mid value of a class interval is 42. If the class 7. Consider the table given below
size is 10, then the upper and lower limits of the class
Marks Number of Students
are
0 10 12
(A) 47 and 37 (B) 37 and 47
(C) 37.5 and 47.5 (D) 47.5 and 37.5 10 20 18
20 30 27
3. The following marks were obtained by the students
30 40 20
in a test: 81, 72, 90, 90, 86, 85, 92, 70, 71, 83, 89, 95,
40 50 17
85,79, 62. The range of the marks is
(A) 9 (B) 17 50 60 6
(C) 27 (D) 33
The arithmetic mean of the marks given above, is
distribution is 2.5 and the lower class boundary of the (C) 27 (D) 6
lowest class is 10.6. The upper class boundary of the
8. The following is the data of wages per day: 5, 4, 7, 5,
highest class is
8, 8, 8, 5, 7, 9, 5, 7, 9, 10, 8 The mode of the data is
(A) 35.6 (B) 33.1
(A) 5 (B) 7
(C) 30.6 (D) 28.1 (C) 8 (D) 10
5. In a monthly test, the marks obtained in 9. The mode of the given distribution is
mathematics by 16 students of a class are as follows:
Weight (in kg) 40 43 46 49 52 55
0, 0, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 4, 5, 5, 5, 5, 6, 6, 7, 8
Number of Children 5 8 16 9 7 3
The arithmetic mean of the marks obtained is
(A) 3 (B) 4 (A) 55 (B) 46
(C) 5 (D) 6 (C) 40 (D) None
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
574
ForProbability
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
and Statistics Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 9.6
10. If the geometric mean of x, 16, 50, be 20, then the 16. The mean deviation of the following distribution is
value of x is
x 10 11 12 13 14
(A) 4 (B) 10
(C) 20 (D) 40 f 3 12 18 12 3
Diameter of heart (in mm) Number of persons 19. The probability that an event A occurs in one trial of
120 5 an experiment is 0.4. Three independent trials of
experiment are performed. The probability that A
121 9
occurs at least once is
122 14
(A) 0.936 (B) 0.784
123 8
(C) 0.964 (D) None
124 5
20. Eight coins are tossed simultaneously. The
125 9
probability of getting at least 6 heads is
The median of the above frequency distribution is (A) 7
64
(B) 37
256
1215 23
22. A speaks truth in 75% and B in 80% of the cases. In
what percentage of cases are they likely to contradict
1518 10
each other narrating the same incident ?
1821 12
(A) 5% (B) 45%
2124 3
(C) 35% (D) 15%
(A) 11.5 (B) 11.8
23. The odds against a husband who is 45 years old,
(C) 12 (D) 12.4
living till he is 70 are 7:5 and the odds against his wife
15. The mean-deviation of the data 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, who is 36, living till she is 61 are 5:3. The probability
11, 14 is that at least one of them will be alive 25 years hence, is
61 5
(A) 4 (B) 3.25 (A) 96
(B) 32
13
(C) 2.75 (D) 2.4 (C) 64
(D) None
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
575
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 9 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Engineering Mathematics
24. The probability that a man who is x years old will 30. If 3 is the mean and (3/2) is the standard deviation
die in a year is p. Then amongst n persons of a binomial distribution, then the distribution is
12 12
A1 , A2 , K, An each x years old now, the probability 3 1 1 3
(A) (B)
that A1 will die in one year is 4 4 2 2
1 60 5
(A) (B) 1 (1 p) n 4 1 1 4
n2 (C) (D)
5 5 5 5
1 1
(C) [1 (1 p) n ] (D) [1 (1 p) n ]
n2 n 31. The sum and product of the mean and variance of a
binomial distribution are 24 and 18 respectively. Then,
25. A bag contains 4 white and 2 black balls. Another
the distribution is
bag contains 3 white and 5 black balls. If one ball is 12 16
1 1 1 3
drawn from each bag, the probability that both are (A) (B)
7 8 4 4
white is 24 32
1 5 1 1
1 1 (C) (D)
(A) (B) 6 6 2 2
24 4
5
(C) (D) None 32. A die is thrown 100 times. Getting an even number
24
is considered a success. The variance of the number of
26. A bag contains 5 white and 4 red balls. Another bag successes is
contains 4 white and 2 red balls. If one ball is drawn (A) 50 (B) 25
(C) 10 (D) None
from each bag, the probability that one is white and one
is red, is 33. A die is thrown thrice. Getting 1 or 6 is taken as a
13 5 success. The mean of the number of successes is
(A) (B)
27 27 3 2
(A) (B)
8 2 3
(C) (D) None
27 (C) 1 (D) None
27. An anti-aircraft gun can take a maximum of 4 shots 34. If the sum of mean and variance of a binomial
at an enemy plane moving away from it. The distribution is 4.8 for five trials, the distribution is
probabilities of hitting the plane at the first, second, 1 4
5
1 2
5
(A) (B)
third and fourth shot are 0.4, 0.3, 0.2 and 0.1 5 5 3 3
respectively. The probability that the gun hits the plane 5
2 3
is (C) (D) None of these
5 5
(A) 0.76 (B) 0.4096
(C) 0.6976 (D) None of these 35. A variable has Poission distribution with mean m.
The probability that the variable takes any of the
28. If the probabilities that A and B will die within a values 0 or 2 is
year are p and q respectively, then the probability that m2
(A) e m 1 m (B) e m (1 m) 3 2
only one of them will be alive at the end of the year is 2 !
(A) pq (B) p(1 q) m2
(C) e 3 2 (1 m 2 ) 1 2 (D) e m 1
(C) q(1 p) (D) p 1 2 pq 2 !
29. In a binomial distribution, the mean is 4 and 36. If X is a Poission variate such that
variance is 3. Then, its mode is P (2)
9 P ( 4) 90 P ( 6), then the mean of X is
(A) 5 (B) 6 (A) 1 (B) 2
39. If xi
15, yi
36, xi yi
110 and n
5, then 45. Which one of the following is a true statement.
cov ( x, y) is equal to (A) 1
( bxy byx )
r (B) 1
( bxy byx ) r
2 2
(A) 0.6 (B) 0.5
(C) 1
( bxy byx ) r (D) None of these
(C) 0.4 (D) 0.225 2
40. If cov ( x, y)
16.5, var ( x)
2.89 and var ( y)
100, 46. If byx
1.6 and bxy
0.4 and is the angle between
then the coefficient of correlation r is equal to two regression lines, then tan is equal to
41. The ranks obtained by 10 students in Mathematics 47. The equations of the two lines of regression are :
and Physics in a class test are as follows 4 x 3y 7
0 and 3 x 4 y
8
0. The correlation
coefficient between x and y is
Rank in Maths Rank in Chem.
(A) 1.25 (B) 0.25
1 3
(C) 0.75 (D) 0.92
2 10
3 5 48. If cov( X , Y )
10, var ( X )
6.25 and var( Y )
31.36,
4 1 then ( X , Y ) is
5 4
(A) (B)
5 2 7 5
3
(C) (D) 0.256
6 9 4
7 4 49. If
x
y
15,
x 2
y 2
49,
xy
44 and
8 8 n
5, then bxy
?
9 7 (A) 13 (B) 2
3
10 6 (C) 14 (D) 12
42. If xi
24,
yi
44, xi yi
306,
xi2
164, (A) 22 x 9 y
146 (B) 22 x 9 y
74
yi2
574 and n
4, then the regression coefficient byx (C) 22 x 9 y
146 (D) 22 x 9 y
74
is equal to
(A) 2.1 (B) 1.6
(C) 1.225 (D) 1.75 *********
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
577
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 9 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Engineering Mathematics
( fd) 300
A.M.
A
25
28.
SOLUTION f 100
1. (B) Let the lower limit be x. Then, upper limit is 8. (C) Since 8 occurs most often, mode =8.
x ( x 4)
x 4.
15 x
13.
2 9. (B) Clearly, 46 occurs most often. So, mode =46.
2. (A) Let the lower limit be x. Then, upper limit x 10. 10. (B) ( x 16 50)1 3
20 x 16 50
(20) 3
x ( x 10)
42 x
37. 20 20 20
2 x
10.
16 50
Lower limit
37 and upper limit =47.
a b
( a b) 2 4 ab
44 256
144
12.
5. (B)
Solving a b
20 and a b
12 we get a
16 and
Marks Frequency f f 1
b
4.
0 2 0
2 2 4
12. (D) Observations in ascending order are
3, 3, 1, 0, 2, 2, 2, 5, 5, 5, 5 6, 6, 6
3 3 9
Number of observations is 14, which is even.
4 1 4
1 1
Median
[7 the term +8 the term]
(2 5)
35
. .
5 4 20 2 2
6 2 12
13. (A) The given Table may be presented as
7 1 7
Diameter of heart Number of Cumulative
8 1 8 (in mm) persons frequency
f
16
( f x)
64 120 5 5
( f x) 64 121 9 14
A.M.
4.
f 16
122 14 28
125 9 50
7. (B)
Mid Frequenc Deviation n n
Class f d Here n
50. So,
25 and 1
26.
value x yf d
x A 2 2
010 5 12 20 240 1 122 122
Medium
(25th term +26 th term)
122.
2 2
1020 15 18 10 180
[ . .. Both lie in that column whose c.f. is 28]
2030 25
A 27 0 0
3040 35 20 10 200
14. (B) Maximum frequency is 23. So, modal class is
4050 45 17 20 320 1215.
5060 55 6 30 180 L1
12, L2
15, f
23, f1
21 and f2
10.
f
100 ( f d)
390 f f1
Thus Mode
L1 ( L2 L1 )
2 f f1 f2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
578
ForProbability
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
and Statistics Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 9.6
(23 21) 6
1 1
2
1 1
7
1
8
12 (15 12)
12.4.
8 C6 8 C7 8 C8
( 46 21 10)
2 2 2 2 2
87 1 1 1 37
3 5 6 7 8 10 11 14
8
14 3 42 2 6 100 4 100 5
3 1 4 1
f
48 fx
576 f
36 P ( E)
1
, P( F )
1
4 4 5 5
576 P (A and B contradict each other).
Thus M
12.
48
P[(A speaks truth and B tells a lie) or (A tells a lie and
f 36
So, Mean deviation
0 .75 B speaks the truth)]
n 48
P (E and F ) P (E and F)
7 9 11 13 15 55
P ( E) P ( F ) P ( E) P ( F )
17. (D) m
11.
5 5 3 1 1 4 3 1 7 7
2 2 2 2 2
100 %
35%.
2
7 11 9 11 11 11 13 11 15 11
40 4 5 4 5 20 5 20 20
2 40
8
2 2
2 1.41
2.8.
n 5 23. (A) Let E
event that the husband will be alive 25
years hence and F =event that the wife will be alive 25
6 8 10 12 14 50
18. (C) M
10. years hence.
5 5
5 3
2 2 2
2
6 10 2 8 10 10 10 12 10 14 10
40
2 Then, P ( E)
and P ( F )
12 8
2 40 5 7 3 5
6
Thus P ( E)
1
and P ( F )
1
.
n 5 12 12 8 8
8
2 2
2 1.414
2.83 (app.) Clearly, E and F are independent events.
So, E and F are independent events.
19. (B) Here p
0.4, q
0.6 and n
3. P(at least one of them will be alive 25 years hence)
Required probability
P(A occurring at least once)
1 P(none will be alive 24 years hence)
7 5 61
3C1 (0.4) (0.6) 2 3C2 (0.4) 2 (0.6) 3C3 (0.4) 3
1 P ( E F )
1 P ( E) P ( F )
1
12 8 96
4 36 16 6 64 784
3 3
0.784.
10 100 100 10 1000 1000
24. (D) P(none dies)
(1 p) (1 p)....n times
(1 p) n
1 1
20. (B) p
, q
, n
8. Required probability P(at least one dies)
1 (1 p) n .
2 2
1
P(A1 dies)
{1 (1 p) n }.
P (6 heads or 7 heads or 8 heads) n
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
579
ForProbability
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
and Statistics Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 9.6
xi 15
yi 36 3
39. (C) x
3, y
7.2 47. (C) Given lines are : y
2 x
n 5 n 5 4
x y 110 7 3
cov( x, y)
i i x y
3 7.2
0.4 and x
y
n 5 4 4
3 3
cov ( x, y) 16.5 byx
and bxy
.
40. (D) r
0.97. 4 4
var ( x) var ( y) 2.89 100 3 3 9 3
So, r 2
or r
0.75.
4 4 16 4
41. (B) Di
2, 8, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 0, 2, 4.
[. .. byx and bxy are both negative r is negative]
Di2
( 4 64 4 9 9 9 9 0 4 16)
128.
6( Di2 ) 6 128 37 cov( X , Y ) 10 5
R
1 48. (A) ( X , Y )
n( n 2
1)
1 10 99
165
0.224. var( X ) var( Y ) 6.25 31.36 7
( xi )( yi ) nxy ( x)( y)
xi yi 49. (C) byx
n nx 2 ( x) 2
42. (A) byx
2 ( xi ) 2 5 44 15 15 1
xi n
5 49 15 15 4
24 44
306 nxy ( x)( y)
4
( 306 264)
42
2.1 50. (B) bxy
ny 2 ( y) 2
(24)
2
(164 144) 20
164 4 25 50 125 100 9
2 ( yi ) 2 42 42 Required line is x
x bxy ( y y)
yi n 318 9
6 x
5 ( y 4) 22 x 9 y
74.
22
(199 210) 11
0.46.
( 318 294) 24
y x
44. (C) byx
r and bxy
r
x y
r 2
bxy byx r
bxy byx .
1 1 y x
45. (C) ( bxy byx ) r is true if r r r
2 2 x y
i.e. if 2y x2 2 x y
i.e. if ( y x ) 2 0, which is true.
46. (A) r
1.6 0.4
.64
0.8
y y byx 1.6
byx
r
2
x x r 0.8
1 y 1 5 y
m1
2
, m2
r
0.8 2
1.6.
r x 0.8 2 x
m m2 2.5 1.6 0.9
tan
1
0.18.
1 m1 m2 1 2.5 1.6 5
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
581
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 9.7
x1 x0
x2 x0 f ( x0 )
SOLUTIONS f ( x1 ) f ( x0 )
0.5
35
. ( 0.5441) 37888
.
1. (B) Let f ( x) x 3 4 x 9 0.3979 0.5441
Since f (2) is negative and f ( 3) is positive, a root lies Since f ( 37888
. ) 0.0009 and f ( 4) 0.3979, therefore
between 2 and 3. the root lies between 3.7888 and 4.
First approximation to the root is Taking x0 37888
. , x1 4, we obtain
1 0.2112
x1 (2 3) 2.5. x3 37888
. ( .009) 37893
.
2 0.3988
Then f ( x1 ) 2.5 3 4(2.5) 9 3.375 Hence the required root correct to three places of
i.e. negativeThe root lies between x1 and 3. Thus the decimal is 3.789.
second approximation to the root is
1
x2 ( x1 3) 2.75. 4. (D) Let f ( x) xe x 2, Then f (0) 2, and
2
f (1) e 2 0.7183
Then f ( x2 ) (2.75) 3 4(2.75) 9 0.7969 i.e. positive.
So a root of (i ) lies between 0 and 1. It is nearer to 1.
The root lies between x1 and x2 . Thus the third
Let us take x0 1.
1
approximation to the root is x3 ( x1 x2 ) 2.625. Also f ( x) xe x e x and f (1) e e 5.4366
2
Then f ( x3) (2.625) 3 4(2.625) 9 1.4121 i.e. By Newtons rule, the first approximation x1 is
f ( x0 ) 0.7183
negative. x1 x0 1 0.8679
f ( x0 ) 5.4366
The root lies between x2 and x3 . Thus the fourth
1 f ( x1 ) 0.0672, f ( x1 ) 4.4491.
approximation to the root is x4 ( x2 x3) 2.6875.
2 Thus the second approximation x2 is
Hence the root is 2.6875 approximately. f ( x1 ) 0.0672
x2 x1 0.8679 0.8528
f ( x1 ) 4.4491
2. (B) Let f ( x) x 3 2 x 5
Hence the required root is 0.853 correct to 3 decimal
So that f (2) 1 and f ( 3) 16 places.
i.e. a root lies between 2 and 3.
Taking x0 2, x1 3, f ( x0 ) 1, f ( x1 ) 16, in the 5. (B) Let y x log10 x 3.375
method of false position, we get To obtain a rough estimate of its root, we draw the
x1 x0 1
x2 x0 f ( x0 ) 2 2.0588 graph of (i ) with the help of the following table :
f ( x1 ) f ( x0 ) 17
Now, f ( x2 ) f (2.0588) 0.3908 i.e., that root lies x 1 2 3 4
between 2.0588 and 3.
y -2.375 -1.074 0.102 1.227
Taking x0 2.0588, x1 3, f ( x0 )
0.3908, f ( x1 ) 16 in (i), we get
0.9412 Taking 1 unit along either axis 0.1, The curve crosses
x3 2.0588 ( 0.3908) 2.0813
16.3908 the xaxis at x0 2.9, which we take as the initial
Repeating this process, the successive approxima- tions approximation to the root.
are Now let us apply NewtonRaphson method to
x4 2.0862, x5 2.0915, x6 2.0934, x7 2.0941, f ( x) x log10 x 3.375
x8 2.0943 etc. 1
f ( x) 1 log10 e
Hence the root is 2.094 correct to 3 decimal places. x
f (2.9) 2.9 log10 2.9 3.375 0.0126
3. (C) Let f ( x)2 x log10 x 7 1
f (2.9) 1 log10 e 11497
.
Taking x0 35
. , x1 4, in the method of false position, 2.9
we get The first approximation x1 to the root is given by
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
584
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 9.7
f ( x0 ) 0.0126 dy
x1 x0 2.9 2.9109 at x 0, y 1, 1
f ( x0 ) .
11497 dx
f ( x1 ) 0.0001, f ( x1 ) 11492
. d2 y dy
2
1 2y
dx dx
Thus the second approximation x2 is given by
d2 y
f ( x1 ) 0.0001 at x 0, y 1, 1 2 3
x2 x1 2.9109 2.91099 dx 2
f ( x1 ) .
11492
2
d 3y dy
d2 y
Hence the desired root, correct to four significant 2 2 y
dx 3 dx dx 2
figures, is 2.911
d 3y
at x 0, y 1, 8
6. (B) Let x 28 so that x 2 28 0 dx 3
d4 y dy d 2 y d 3y
Taking f ( x) x 2 28, Newtons iterative method gives 2 3
dx dx 2 y
dx 4 dx 3
f ( xn ) x 2 28 1 28
xn 1 xn xn n xn
f ( xn ) 2 xn 2 xn at x 0, y 1
d4 y
34
dx 4
Now since f (5) 3, f ( 6) 8, a root lies between 5 and
The Taylor series expression gives
6.
dy h2 d 2 y h3 d 3 y h4 d 4 y
Taking x0 5.5, y( x h) y( x) h K
dx 2 ! dx 2 3 ! dx 3 4 ! dx 4
1 28
1 28
(0.1) 2 (0.1) 3 (0.1) 4
x1 x0 5.5 5.29545 y(0.1) 1 0.1( 1) 3 ( 8) 34 ......
2 x0 2 5.5 2! 3! 4!
1 28
1 28
1 0.1 0.015 0.001333 0.0001417 0.9138
x2 x1 5.29545 5.2915
2 x1 2 5.29545
9. (C) Here f ( x, y) x 2 y 2 , x0 0 y0 0
1 28
1 28
x3 x2 5.2915 5.2915
2 x2 2 5.2915 We have, by Picards method
x
Since x2 x3 upto 4 decimal places, so we take y y0 f ( x, y) dx ....(1)
28 5.2915. x0
y ( 2 ) y0 f ( x, y ) dx 0 f x, dx
(1 )
dy d2 y d 3y d4 y 3
1 ; 2 1, 2, 3 and so on x0 0
dx dx dx 3 dx 4
x
x 6
x x 3 7
The Taylor series expression gives : 0 x 2 dx
0 9 3 63
dy h2 d 2 y h3 d 3 y
y( x h) y( x) h
dx 2 ! dx 2 3 ! dx 3 (0.4) 3 (0.4) 7
Now, y (0.4) 0.02135
(0.1) 2 (0.1) 3 3 63
y (0.1) 1 0.1 1 1 2 K
2! 3!
10. (C) Here f ( x, y) y x ; x0 0, y0 2
0.01 0.001
y(0.1) 1 0.1 K
2 3 We have by Picards method
x
1 0.1 0.005 0.000033 ......... 11053
. y y0 x0
f ( x, y) dx
x1 x0 h 0.1,
dy
x y2 y (1 ) y0 f ( x, y0 ) dx 2 f ( x, 2) dx
dx x0 0
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
585
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 9 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Engineering Mathematics
x
x2 Eulers method gives
2 (2 x) dx 2 2x ....(1)
0 2 yn 1 yn h( xn , yn ) ....(1)
The second approximation to y is given by n 0 in (1) gives
x
y1 y0 hf ( x0 , y0 )
y ( 2 ) y0 f ( x, y
(1 )
) dx
x0 Here x0 0, y0 1, h 0.1
x
x2
y1 1 0.1 f (0, 1) 1 0 1
2 f x, 2 2 x
x0 2
dx
n 0 in (1) gives y2 y1 h f ( x1 , y1 )
2
x2 1 0.1 f (0.1 , 1) 1 0.1 (0.1) 1 0.01
2 (2 2 x x) dx
0 2 Thus y2 y( 0 .2 ) 101
.
x x2 3
n 2 in (1) gives
2 2x ....(2)
2 6 y3 y2 hf ( x2 , y2 ) 101
. 0.1 f (0.2 , 101
. )
The third approximation to y is given by y3 y( 0 .3) 101
. 0.0202 10302
.
x
n 3 in (1) gives
y ( 3) y0 f ( x, y
(2 )
) dx
x0 y4 y3 hf ( x3 , y3) 10302
. 0.1 f (0.3 , 10302
. )
x
x x
2 3
10302
. 0.03090
2
x0
f x, 2 2 x 2
dx
6 y4 y( 0 .4 ) 10611
.
x
x x
2 3
Hence y( 0 .4 ) 10611
.
2 2 2 x dx
0 2 6
13. (B) The Eulers modified method gives
x2 x3 x4
2 2x y1 y0 hf ( x0 , y0 ),
2 6 24
h
y1 y0 [ f ( x0 , y0 ) f ( x1 , y1*)]
11. (B) Here f ( x, y) x y 2 , x0 0 y0 0 2
x0 0 2 10202
. 0.0204 10406
.
x
x
x4
x 2 5 h
x dx Next y2 y1 [ f ( x, y) f ( x2 , y2* )]
4 2 50 2
0
0.02
The third approximation is given by y2 10202
. [ f (0.02, 10202
. ) f (0.04, 10406
. )]
x
2
y ( 3) y0 f ( x, y 10202 0.01 [10206 10422 ] 10408
(2 )
) dx . . . .
x0
y2 y( 0 .04 ) 10408
.
x
x2 x5
0 f x, dx
0 2 20 15. (C) y3* y2 hf ( x2 , y2 )
x
x4 x10 2 x7
x2 x5 x8 x11 10416
. 0.02 f (0.04, 10416
. )
x dx
0
4 400 40 2 20 160 4400 10416
. 0.0217 10633
.
h
Next y3 y2 [ f ( x2 , y2 ) f ( x3 , y3*)]
12. (A) x: 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
586
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 9 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Engineering Mathematics
1 1
h k
k3 hf x0 , y0 2
k4 hf ( x0 h, y0 k3) 0.2 f (0.2, 0.2020) 0.20816 2 2
1 0.2 f (0.1, 1131
. ) 0.2758
k [ k1 2 k2 2 k3 k4 ]
6 k4 hf ( x0 h, y0 k3)
1 (0.2) f (0.2, 12758) 0.3655
[0.2 2 (.202) 2 (.20204) 0.20816 ], .
6 1
k [ k1 2 k2 2 k3 2 k4 ]
k 0.2027 6
such that y1 y(0.2) y0 k 0 0.2027 0.2027 1
[0.2 2 (0.262) 2 (0.2758) 0.3655 ] 0.2735
6
21. (C) We now to find y2 y(0.4), k1 hf ( x1 , y1 ) Here y1 y( 0 .2 ) y0 k 1 0.2735
12735
.
(0.2) f (0.2, 0.2027) 0.2 (10410
. ) .2082
1 1
24. (C) Here f ( x, y) x y h 0.2
k2 hf x1 h , y1 k1
2 2 To find y1 y( 0 .2 ) ,
(0.2) f (0.3, 0.3068) 0.2188 k1 hf ( x0 , y0 ) 0.2 f (0, 1) 0.2
1 1
h k
k3 hf x1 h , y1 k2 k2 hf x0 , y0 1 (0.2) f (0.1, 11
. ) 0.24
2 2 2 2
k2 hf x2 h, y2 k1 ***********
2 2
(0.2) f (0.5, 0.5406) 0.2584
1 1
k3 hf x2 h, y2 k2
2 2
0.2 f (0.5, .5520) 0.2609
1
k4 [ k1 2 k2 2 k3 k4 ]
6
1
[0.2357 2(.2584) 2(0.2609) 0.2935 ]
6
1
[0.2357 0.5168 0.5218 0.2935 ] 0.2613
6
y3 y( 0 .6 ) y2 k .4228 0.2613 0.6841
To find y1 y( 0 .2 ) ,
k1 hf ( x0 , y0 ) (0.2) f (0, 1) (0.2) 1 0.2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
588
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
10.5
EC-07
1. If E Denotes expectation, the variance of a random 6. For the function e x , the linear approximation around
variable X is given by x 2 is
(A) E[ X 2 ] E 2 [ X ] (B) E[ X 2 ] E 2 [ X ] (A) ( 3 x) e 2 (B) 1 x
2 2
(C) E[ X ] (D) E [ X ]
(C) [ 3 2 2 1(1 2 x ]e 2 (D) e 2
sin /2
4. lim is 9. The electron and hole concentrations in an intrinsic
0
semiconductor are ni per cm 3 at 300 K. Now, if acceptor
(A) 0.5 (B) 1
impurities are introduced with a concentration of N A
(C) 2 (D) not defined per cm 3(where N A ni ) the electron concentration per
cm 3 at 300 K will be
5. Which of the following functions is strictly bounded ?
1 (A) ni (B) ni N A
(A) (B) e x
x2 ni2
2
(C) N A ni (D)
(C) x 2 (D) e x NA
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
639
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 10 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit,Previous
www.matterhere.com
year Papers
10. In a p n junction diode under reverse biased the 15. If closed-loop transfer function of a control system is
magnitude of electric field is maximum at given as T( s) s5
( s 2 )( s 3)
then It is
(A) the edge of the depletion region on the p side (A) an unstable system
(B) the edge of the depletion region on the n side (B) an uncontrollable system
11. The correct full wave rectifier circuit is 16. If the Laplace transform of a signal y( t) is
Y ( s) 1
s ( s 1 )
, then its final value is
(A) -1 (B) 0
Input
Input
Output
17. If R( ) is the auto correlation function of a real,
wide-sense stationary random process, then which of
the following is NOT true
(A) R( ) R( )
Input
Input
C (D)
(B) R( )
R(0)
Output
Output
(C) R( ) R( )
(D) The mean square value of the process is R(0)
12. In a trans-conductance amplifier, it is desirable to 18. If S f is the power spectral density of a real,
(A) 100111 (B) 0010000 20. If C is close curve enclosing a surface S, then the
D
(A) H . d s j .d l
using only 2-input NAND gates. The minimum number t
s c
of gates required is
D
29. For the circuit shown in the figure, the Thevenin 33. Group I lists four types of p n junction diodes.
voltage and resistance looking into X Y are match each device in Group I with one of the option in
1 Group II to indicate the bias condition of the device in
X
its normal mode of operation.
2A 2
Group-I Group-II
2i 1
(P) Zener Diode (1) Forward bias
(Q) Solar cell (2) Reverse bias
Y
(R) LASER diode
4 2 (S) Avalanche Photodiode
(A) V, 2 (B) 4 V,
3 3 (A) P - 1 Q - 2 R - 1 S - 2
4 2
(C) V, (D) 4 V, 2 (B) P - 2 Q - 1 R - 1 S - 2
3 3
(C) P - 2 Q - 2 R - 1 S - 2
10 k
(A) 7.00 to 7.29 V (B) 7.14 to 7.29 V
(C) 7.14 to 7.43 V (D) 7.29 to 7.43 V
2V 10 V
1 k 41. The Boolean expression
Y AB CD ABCD ABCD ABCD can be
(A) cut-off (B) saturation minimized to
(B) Y A B CD B C D A B C D
38. In the Op-Amp circuit shown, assume that the diode
(C) Y AB C D B C D AB CD
current follows the equation I I s expV/VT . For
Vi 2 V , V0 V01 , and for Vi 4 V , V0 V02 . The (D) Y AB C D B C D A B C D
relationship between V01 and V02 is
D
42. The circuit diagram of a standard TTL NOT gate is
shown in the figure. Vi 2.5 V , the modes of operation of
2 k
vi the transistors will be
vo VCC =5 V
4 k 1.4 k 100
(A) V02 2 V01 (B) V02 e V01
2
Q4
(C) V02 V01 ln 2 (D) V01 V02 VT ln 2
Q1 Q2 D
+
39. In the CMOS inverter circuit shown, if the
+
transconductance parameters of the NMOS and PMOS Q3
Wn Wp
transistors are kn kp m n Cox Ln
m p Cox Lp
40 mA/V 2 1 k
40. For the Zener diode shown in the figure, the Zener 43. In the following circuit, X is given by
voltage at knee is 7V, the knee current is negligible and
0 I0 4-to-1 0 I0 4-to-1
the Zener dynamic resistance is 10. if the input I1
MUX
I1 MUX
1 1
voltage Vi range is from 10 to 16V, the output voltage 1 I2 Y 1 I2 Y X
0 I3 0 I3
V0 ranges from S1 S0 S1 S0
200
+
A B C
vi vo (A) X A B C A B C A BC ABC
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
643
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 10 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit,Previous
www.matterhere.com
year Papers
(C) X AB BC AC 47. (A) The 3-dB bandwidth of the low-pas signal e t u( t),
(D) X A B B C AC where u( t) is the unit step function, is given by
1 1
(A) Hz (B) 2 1 Hz
44. The following binary values were applied to the X 2 2
and Y inputs of NAND latch shown in the figure in the (C) (D) 1 Hz
sequence indicated below
48. A Hilbert transformer is a
X 0, Y 1; X 0, Y 0; X 1, Y 1.
(A) non-linear system (B) non-causal system
X
P (C) time-varying system (D) low-pass system
1 5 10 s 10 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
s 5s 1 s 5s 1 s 11s 11 s s 11
2 2
5 1
(C) (D) 58. In delta modulation, the slope overload distortion
s2 s 1 s2 s 1
can be reduced by
54. The open-loop transfer function of a plant is given (A) decreasing the step size
(B) decreasing the granular noise
as G( s) 1
s 2 1
. If the plant is operated in a unity feedback
(C) decreasing the sampling rate
configuration, then the lead compensator that an (D) increasing the step size
stabilize this control system is
10 s 1 10 s 4 59. The raised cosine pulse p( t) is used for zero ISI in
(A) (B)
s2 s2 digital communications. The expression for p( t) with
10 s 2 2s 2 unity roll-off facto is given by
(C) (D)
s 10 s 10 sin 4 Wt
p( t)
4 Wt(1 16W 2 t 2 )
55. A unity feedback control system has an open-loop
1
transfer function The value of p( t) at t is
4W
K
G( s) . (A) -0.5 (B) 0
s( s 2 7 s 12)
(C) 0.5 (D)
The gain K for which s 1 j1 will lie on the root
locus of this system is 60. In the following scheme, if the spectrum M ( f ) of
(A) 4 (B) 5.5 m( t) is as shown, then the spectrum Y ( f ) of y( t) will be
(C) 6.5 (D) 10
M m(t)
56. The asymptotic Bode plot of a transfer function is as
shown in the figure. The transfer function G( s) '
60 dB -20 dB/dec
40 dB
(A) (B)
-40 dB/dec
20 dB
1 10 20 100
-60 dB/dec 0 0
C (D)
1 1
(A) (B)
( s 1)( s 20) s( s 1)( s 20)
100 100
(C) (D)
s( s 1)( s 20) s( s 1)(1 0.05 s) 0 0
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
645
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 10 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit,Previous
www.matterhere.com
year Papers
62. In a GSM system, 8 channels can co-exist in 200 67. A load of 50 is connected in shunt in a 2-wire
KHz bandwidth using TDMA. A GSM based cellular transmission line of Z 0 50 as shown in the figure.
operator is allocated 5 MHz bandwidth. Assuming a The 2-port scattering parameter matrix (s-matrix) of
1
frequency reuse factor of , i.e. a five-cell repeat pattern,
5
the shunt element is
the maximum number of simultaneous channels that ! 1 1
$ !0 1 $
(A) # 12 2
(B) #
can exist in one cell is " 2 &%
1
2
&
"1 0 %
(A) 200 (B) 40 ! 1 43 $
3$ ! 1
2
5 3 5 5 5
Hx cos( t z) y sin t z (C) j (D)
)0 )0 2 7 7
The time average power flow density in Watts is 0
69. A dipole is kept horizontally at a height of above
)0 100 2 2
(A) (B) a perfectly conducting infinite ground plane. The
100 )0
(A) (B)
66. The E field in a rectangular waveguide of inner
dimensions a ( b is given by
2 z z
2 x
E H 0 sin sin( t z) y
h2 2 a y y
is
(A) TE20 (B) TM11
(C) TM 20 (D) TE10
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
646
ForEC-07
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 10.5
70. A right circularly polarized (RCP) plane wave is Common Data for Questions 74, 75 :
incident at an angle of 60 o to the normal, on an Two 4-ray signal constellations are shown. It is
air-dielectric interface. If the reflected wave is linearly given that -1 and -2 constitute an orthonormal basis for
polarized, the relative dielectric constant +r 2 is the two constellations. Assume that the four symbols in
Linearly both the constellations are equiprobable. Let N0 / 2
RCP Polarized
denote the power spectral density of white Gaussian
air
noise.
Dielectric
(A) 2 (B) 3
0
(C) 2 (D) 3
73. Consider the following statements about the C-V Statement for Linked Answer Questions 76 & 77:
characteristics plot:
Consider the Op-Amp circuit shown in the figure.
S1: The MOS capacitor has an n-type substrate. R1
S2: If positive charges are introduced in the oxide, the
R1
C-V plot will shift to the left.
vi vo
Then which of the following is true?
(A) Both S1 and S2 are true R
C
(B) S1 is true and Se is false
(C) S1 is false and S2 is true
(D) Both S1 and S2 are false
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
647
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 10 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit,Previous
www.matterhere.com
year Papers
76. The transfer function V0 ( s)/Vi ( s) is 80. The eigenvalue and eigenvector pairs ( i Vi ) for the
1 sRC 1 sRC system are
(A) (B)
1 sRC 1 sRC ! 1$ ! 1$
(A) 1, # & and -2, # &
1 1 "1% "-2 %
(C) (D)
1 sRC 1 sRC
! 1$ ! 1$
(B) 1, # & and -2, # &
77. If Vi V1 sin( t) and V0 V2 sin( t -), then the "1% "-2 %
minimum and maximum values of - (in radians) are ! 1$ ! 1$
(C) 1# & and -2, # &
respectively
" % 1 "-2 %
(A) 2 and
(B) 0 and
2 2
! 1$ ! 1$
(C) and 0 (D) 2 and 0 (D) 2, # & and 1, # &
1
" % "-2 %
Statement for Linked Answer Questions 78 & 79.
81. The system matrix A is
An 8085 assembly language program is given
! 0 1$ ! 1 1$
below. (A) # & (B) # &
"1 1% "1 2 %
Line 1: MVI A, B5H
2: MVI B, OEH ! 2 1$ ! 0 1$
(C) # & (D) # &
3: XRI 69H "1 1% "2 3%
4: ADD B
5: ANI 9BH Statement fo Linked Answer Questions 82 & 83:
6: CPI 9FH An input to a 6-level quantizer has the probability
7: STA 3010H density function f ( x) as shown in the figure. Decision
8: HLT boundaries of the quantizer are chosen so as t maximize
the entropy of the quantizer output. It is given that 3
78. The contents of the accumulator just after execution
consecutive decision boundaries are ' 1' , '0 ' and '1'.
of the ADD instruction in line 4 will be f(x)
(A) C3H (B) EAH
a
(C) DCH (D) 69H
b
79. After execution of line 7 of the program, the status
. 1 0 1 5 x
of the CY and Z flags will be
(A) CY = 0, Z = 0 (B) CY = 0, Z = 1
82. The values of a and b are
(C) CY = A, Z = 0 (D) CY = 1, Z = 1
1 1 1 3
(A) a and b = (B) a and b =
6 12 5 40
Statement for Linked Answer Questions 80 & 81.
1 1 1 1
Consider a linear system whose state space (C) a and b = (D) a and b =
4 16 3 24
representation is x( t) Ax( t). If the initial state vector of
! 1$
the system is x(0) # &, then the system response is 83. Assuming that the reconstruction levels of the
"2 %
quantizer are the mid-points of the decision boundaries,
! e 2 x $ the ratio of signal power to quantization noise power is
x( t) # 2 t &
. If the itial state vector of the system
"2 e %
152 64
! 1$ (A) (B)
changes to x(0) # &, then the system response 9 3
"2 %
76
(C) (D) 28
! e t $ 3
becomes x( t) # t &
" e %
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
648
ForEC-07
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 10.5
6. A 7. D 8. C 9. D 10 .C
2R 2R 2R 2R
R 11. C 12. A 13. C 14. B 15. D
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
649
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
10.1
EC-03
Duration : Three Hours Maximum Marks : 150 4. The Laplace transform of i( t) is given by
2
Q.130 carry one mark each I ( s) =
s(1 s)
Fig. Q1 sin t ~ 1F
(A) 3 (B) 4
(C) 6 (D) 7
Fig. Q5
2.. A source of angular frequency 1 rad/sec has a source d 2i di
(A) 2 2 2 i( t) sin t
impedance consisting of 1 resistance in series with 1 dt dt
(A) 1 resistance d 2i di
(C) 2 2
2 i( t) cos t
dt dt
(B) 1 resistance in parallel with 1 H inductance
d 2i di
(C) 1 resistance in series with 1 F capacitor (D) 2 2 2 i( t) sin t
dt 2 dt
(D) 1 resistance in parallel with 1 F capacitor
6. n-type silicon is obtained by doping silicon with
3. A series RLC circuit has a resonance frequency of (A) Germanium (B) Aluminium
1 kHz and a quality factor Q = 100. If each of R, L and C
(C) Boron (D) Phosphorus
is doubled from its original value, the new Q of the
circuit is 7. The bandgap of silicon at 300 K is
(A) 25 (B) 50 (A) 1.36 eV (B) 1.10 eV
(C) 100 (D) 200 (C) 0.80 eV (D) 0.67 eV
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
591
ForEC-03
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 10.1
20. A 0 to 6 counter consists of 3 flip flops and a 25. A PD controller is used to compensate a system.
combination circuit of 2 input gate(s). The combination Compared to the uncompensated system, the
circuit consists of compensated system has
(A) one AND gate (A) a higher type number
(B) one OR gate (B) reduced damping
(C) one AND gate and one OR gate (C) higher noise amplification
(D) two AND gates (D) larger transient overshoot
21. The Fourier series expansion of a real periodic 26. The input to a coherent detector is DSB-SC signal
signal with fundamental frequency f0 is given by plus noise. The noise at the detector output is
g p ( t) =
c
n
n e j 2 f0t . It is given that c3 3 j5. Then c3 is (A) the in-phase component
(A) 5 j 3 (B) 3 j5 (B) the quadrature component
(C) 5 j 3 (D) 3 j5 (C) zero
(D) the envelope
22. Let x( t) be the input to a linear, time-invariant
system. The required output is 4 x( t 2). The transfer 27. The noise at the input to an ideal frequency detector
function of the system should be is white. The detector is operating above threshold. The
j 4 f j8 f
(A) 4 e (B) 2 e power spectral density of the noise at the output is
j 4 f j8 f
(C) 4 e (D) 2 e (A) raised-cosine (B) flat
(C) parabolic (D) Gaussian
23. A sequence x( n) with the z-transform
X ( z) z 4 z 2 2 z 2 3z 4 is applied as an input to a 28. At a given probability of error, binary coherent FSK
linear, time-invariant system with the impulse response is inferior to binary coherent PSK by
h( n) 2 ( n 3) where (A) 6 dB (B) 3 dB
1, n 0 (C) 2 dB (D) 0 dB
( n)
0, otherwise
29. The unit of H is
The output at n 4 is (A) Ampere (B) Ampere/meter
(A) 6 (B) zero 2
(C) Ampere/meter (D) Ampere-meter
(C) 2 (D) 4
30. The depth of penetration of electromagnetic wave in
24. Fig. Q.24 shows the Nyquist plot of the open-loop a medium having conductivity at a frequency of 1
transfer function G( s) H ( s) of a system. If G( s) H ( s) has MHz is 25 cm. The depth of penetration at a frequency
one right-hand pole, the closed-loop system is of 4 MHz will be
(A) 6.25 cm (B) 12.50 cm
Im
GH - plane (C) 50.00 cm (D) 100.00 cm
Re
= (1, 0) Q.3190 carry two marks each.
is positive
31. Twelve 1 resistance are used as edges to form a
Fig. Q24
cube. The resistance between two diagonally opposite
(A) always stable corners of the cube is
(B) unstable with one closed-loop right hand pole 5
(A) (B) 1
6
(C) unstable with two closed-loop right hand poles
6 3
(D) unstable with three closed-loop right hand poles (C) (D)
5 2
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
593
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 10 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit,Previous
www.matterhere.com
Year Papers
Fig. Q33-34 Re
-3 -1
4R
3( s 3) 2( s 3)
(C) (D)
34. I1 ( s) and I 2 ( s) are the Laplace transforms of i1 ( t) and s2 2 s 2 s2 2 s 3
i2 ( t) respectively. The equations for the loop currents
I1 ( s) and I 2 ( s) for the circuit shown in Fig. Q.3334, 37. The impedance parameters Z11 and Z12 of the
after the switch is brought from position 1 to position 2 two-port network in Fig. Q.37 are
at t 0, are 2 2 3
1 2
1 V
R Ls Cs Ls I s
(A) 1
s
1 I 2 s 1 1
Ls R 0
Cs
1 V 1 2
R Ls Cs Ls I s
s Fig. Q37
(B) 1
1 I 2 s
Ls R 0 (A) Z11 2.75 and Z12 0.25
Cs
(B) Z11 3 and Z12 0.5
1 V
R Ls Cs Ls I s
s (C) Z11 3 and Z12 0.25
(C) 1
1 I 2 s
Ls R Ls 0 (D) Z11 2.25 and Z12 0.5
Cs
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
594
ForEC-03
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 10.1
38. An n-type silicon bar 0.1 cm long and 100 m 2 in (A) 2.26 eV (B) 1.98 eV
cross-sectional area has a majority carrier (C) 1.17 eV (D) 0.74 eV
concentration of 5 10 20 / m 3 and the carrier mobility is
0.13 m 2 /V-s at 300 K. If the charge of an electron is 1.5 43..When the gate-to-source voltage ( VGS ) of a MOSFET
10 19 coulomb, then the resistance of the bar is with threshold voltage of 400 mV, working in saturation
(A) 106 Ohm (B) 10 4 Ohm is 900 mV, the drain current is observed to be 1 mA.
1 4
(C) 10 Ohm (D) 10 Ohm Neglecting the channel width modulation effect and
assuming that the MOSFET is operating at saturation,
39. The electron concentration in a sample of uniformly
the drain current for an applied VGS of 1400 mV is
doped n-type silicon at 300 K varies linearly from
(A) 0.5 mA (B) 2.0 mA
1017 cm 3 at x 0 to 6 1016 cm 3 at x 2 m. Assume a
(C) 3.5 mA (D) 4.0 mA
situation that electrons are supplied to keep this
concentration gradient constant with time. If electronic 44. If P is Passivation, Q is n-well implant, R is
charge is 1.6 10 19 coulomb and the diffusion constant
metallization and S is source/drain diffusion, then the
Dn 35 cm 2 s, the current density in the silicon, if no
order in which they are carried out in a standard n-well
electric field is present, is
CMOS fabrication process, is
(A) zero (B) 112 A cm 2
(A) PQRS (B) QSRP
(C) +1120 A cm 2 (D) 1120 A cm 2
(C) RPSQ (D) SRQP
40. Match items in Group 1 with items in Group 2, most
suitably. 45. An amplifier without feedback has a voltage gain of
Group 1 Group 2 50, input resistance of 1 k and output resistance of 2.5
P. LED 1. Heavy doping k. The input resistance of the current-shunt negative
Q. Avalanche photo diode 2. Coherent radiation feedback amplifier using the above amplifier with a
R.Tunnel diode 3.Spontaneous emission feedback factor of 0.2, is
S. LASER 4. Current gain (A) 1/11 k (B) 1/5 k
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(C) 5 k (D) 11 k
P1 P2 P3 P2
Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 46. In the amplifier circuit shown in Fig. Q.46, the
R4 R1 R1 R4 values of R1 and R2 are such that the transistor is
S3 S4 S2 S3 operating at VCE 3 V and I C 15
. mA when its is
150. For a transistor with of 200, the operating point
41. At 300 K, for a diode current of 1 mA, a certain
( VCE , I C ) is
germanium diode requires a forward bias of 0.1435 V,
VCC = 6 V
whereas a certain silicon diode requires a forward bias
R1 R2
of 0.718 V. Under the conditions stated above, the
closest approximation of the ratio of reverse saturation
current in germanium diode to that in silicon diode is
(A) 1 (B) 5
(C) 4 10 3
(D) 8 10 3
Fig. Q46
42. A particular green LED emits light of wavelength (A) (2 V, 2 mA) (B) (3 V, 2 mA)
5490 A. The energy bandgap of the semiconductor
(C) (4 V, 2 mA) (D) (4 V, 1 mA)
material used there is (Planks constant
6.626 10 34 J s)
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
595
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 10 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit,Previous
www.matterhere.com
Year Papers
47. The oscillator circuit shown in Fig. Q.47 has an ideal 51. Three identical amplifiers with each one having a
inverting amplifier. its frequency of oscillation (in Hz) is voltage gain of 50, input resistance of 1 k and output
resistance of 250 , are cascaded. The open circuit
voltage gain of the combined amplifier is
(A) 49 dB (B) 51 dB
C C C
(C) 98 dB (D) 102 dB
R R R
52. An ideal sawtooth voltage waveform of frequency
500 Hz and amplitude 3 V is generated by charging a
Fig. Q47 capacitor of 2 F in every cycle. The charging requires
1 1 (A) constant voltage source of 3 V for 1 ms
(A) (B)
(2 6 RC) (2 RC)
(B) constant voltage source of 3 V for 2 ms
1 6
(C) (D) (C) constant current source of 3 mA for 1 ms
( 6 RC) (2 RC)
(D) constant current source of 3 mA for 2 ms
48. The output voltage of the regulated power supply
53. The circuit shown in Fig. Q.53 has 4 boxes each
shown in Fig. Q.48 is
+ described by inputs, P, Q, R and outputs Y, Z with
1 k Y P Q R, Z RQ PR QP . The circuit acts as
a
15 V DC
Unregulated Q
Power source Vz = 3 V
40 k
P
20 k Regulated
DC Output P Q P Q P Q P Q
Z Y R Z Y R Z Y R Z Y R
Fig. Q48
(A) 3 V (B) 6 V
(C) 9 V (D) 12 V Output
Fig. Q53
49. The action of a JFET in its equivalent circuit can
(A) 4 bit adder giving P Q
best be represented as a
(B) 4 bit substracter giving P Q
(A) Current Controlled Current Source
(B) Current Controlled Voltage Source (C) 4 bit substracter giving Q R
(C) Voltage Controlled Voltage Source
(D) 4 bit adder giving P Q R
(D) Voltage Controlled Current Source
54. If the functions W , X , Y and Z are as follows
50. If the op-amp in Fig. Q.50 is ideal, the output
W R PQ RS
voltage Vout will be equal to
5 k X PQRS P Q R S PQ R S
1 k Y RS PR PQ P Q
2V
1 k Vout
3V
Z R S PQ P Q R PQ S Then
(A) W Z , X Z (B) W Z , X Y
8 k
(C) W Y (D) W Y Z
counter and the synchronous counter be R and S (A) BCD to binary code
respectively, then (B) Binary to excess 3 code
(A) R =10 n, S =40 ns (B) R =40 ns, S =10 ns (C) Excess 3 to Gray code
(D) Gray to Binary code
(C) R =10 ns, S =30 ns (D) R =30 ns, S =10 ns
59. In the circuit shown in Fig. Q.59, A is a parallel-in,
56. The DTL, TTL, ECL and CMOS families of digital
parallel-out 4 bit register, which loads at the rising edge
ICs are compared in the following 4 columns of the clock C. The input lines are connected to a 4 bit
P Q R S bus, W. Its output acts as the input to a 16 4 ROM
whose output is floating when the enable input E is 0. A
Fanout is
DTL DTL TTL CMOS partial table of the contents of the ROM is as follows
minimum
Power MSB
consumption is TTL CMOS ECL DTL
minimum
Propagation delay
CMOS ECL TTL TTL
is minimum
CLK A
The correct column is
(A) P (B) Q
(C) R (D) S
1
57. The circuit shown in Fig. Q.57 is a 4 bit DAC. The
E ROM
input bits 0 and 1 are represented by 0 and 5 V
respectively. The OP AMP is ideal, but all the resistance
and the 5 V inputs have a tolerance of 10%. The
specification (rounded to the nearest multiple of 5%) for
the tolerance of the DAC is
(A) 35% (B) 20%
(C) 10% (D) 5%
R
R CLK
2R t
t1 t2
4R
Fig. Q59
Vout
Address Data
8R
0 0011
R
2 1111
4 0100
Fig. Q57
6 1010
58. The circuit shown in Fig. Q.58 converts
MSB 8 1011
10 1000
12 0010
14 1000
+ + +
The clock to the register is shown, and the
data on the W bus at time t1 is 0110. The data on the
MSB bus at time t2 is
Fig. Q58
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
597
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 10 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit,Previous
www.matterhere.com
Year Papers
(A) 1111 (B) 1011 Data for Q.6566 are given below. Solve the
(C) 1000 (D) 0010 problems and choose the correct answers.
where x( n) is the input and y( n) is the output. The sampled signal in the frequency range 2.5 kHz to
63. Let H ( f ) denote the frequency response of the 68. The signal flow graph of a system is shown in Fig.
C(s )
RC-LPF. Let f1 be the highest frequency such that Q.68. The transfer function R(s )
of the system is
1 1
H ( f1 ) R(s)
0 ! $ f $ ! f1 1 s 6 s
0.95. Then f1 (in Hz) is
H (0) (
* )
1
(A) 327.8 (B) 163.9
C(s)
(C) 52.2 (D) 104.4
Fig. Q68
6 6s
64. Let t g ( f ) be the group delay function of the given (A) 2 (B)
s 29 s 6 s 29 s 6
2
69 The root locus of the system 72. The gain margin and the phase margin of a
K feedback system with
G( s) H ( s) =
s( s 2)( s 3) s
G( s) H ( s) are
( s 100) 3
has the break-away point located at
(A) (0.5, 0) (B) (2.548, 0) (A) - dB, 0 (B) ,
70. The approximate Bode magnitude plot of a 73. The zero-input response of a system given by the
minimum phase system is shown in Fig. Q.70. The state-space equation
transfer function of the system is x& 1 1 0 x1 x1 (0) 1
x& 1 1 x and x (0) 0 is
dB 2 2 2
160 te t e t
(A) (B)
140
t t
e t t
(C) t (D) t
20 te te
Amplitude
1 0.5
Total side band power
Then the quantity is
0.5 Carrier power
1 1
0
0 5 10 15 20 25
0
0 5 10 (A) 2
(B) 4
Time (sec) Time (sec) 1 1
(C) 3
(D) 8
(C) (D)
Step Response Step Response 76. c( t) and m( t) are used to generate an FM signal. If
1.5 1
the peak frequency deviation of the generated FM is
Amplitude
Amplitude
0 0 Bessel coefficients) is
0 2 4 6 0 2 4 6
5
Time (sec) Time (sec) (A) 5 J 4 ( 3) (B) 2
J8 ( 3)
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
599
ForEC-03
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 10.1
86. A uniform plane wave traveling in air is incident on 90. Two identical antennas are placed in the 0 2
the plane boundary between air and another dielectric plane as shown in Fig. Q.90. The elements have equal
medium with - r 4. The reflection coefficient for the amplitude excitation with 180 polarity difference,
normal incidence, is operating at wavelength 1. The correct value of the
(A) zero (B) 0.5 /180 magnitude of the far-zone resultant electric field
strength normalized with that of a single element, both
(C) 0.333 /0 (D) 0.333/180
computed for 2 0, is
s
perfect dielectric medium is given by 2
E( z, t) 10 cos (2 10 t 0.1z)
7
volt/m, then the s
velocity of the traveling wave is
Fig. Q.90
(A) 3.00 108 m/sec (B) 2.00 108 m/sec
3 2 s 6 3 2 s 6
(C) 6.28 10 7 m/sec (D) 2.00 10 7 m/sec (A) 2 cos 5 8 (B) 2 sin 5 8
4 1 7 4 1 7
3 s 6 3 s 6
88. A short-circuited stub is shunt connected to a (C) 2 cos 5 8 (D) 2 sin 5 8
4 17 4 17
transmission line as shown in Fig. Q.88. If Z 0 50 ohm,
**************
the admittance Y seen at the junction of the stub and
the transmission line is
1/8
Z9 Z9 Z L 100
Z9
1/2
Y
Fig. Q.88
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
601
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 10 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit,Previous
www.matterhere.com
Year Papers
ANSWER SHEET
1. (B) 2. (C) 3. (B) 4. (C) 5. (C)
11. (B) 12. (D) 13. (B) 14. (C) 15. (A)
16. (D) 17. (C) 18. (B) 19. (B) 20. (D)
21. (D) 22. (C) 23. (B) 24. (A) 25. (C)
26. (A) 27. (A) 28. (D) 29. (B) 30. (B)
31. (A) 32. (*) 33. (D) 34. (D) 35. (C)
36. (B) 37. (A) 38. (C) 39. (C) 40. (C)
41. (C) 42. (A) 43. (D) 44. (B) 45. (A)
46. (A) 47. (A) 48. (C) 49. (D) 50. (B)
51. (D) 52. (D) 53. (B) 54. (A) 55. (B)
56. (C) 57. (A) 58. (D) 59. (C) 60. (A)
61. (A) 62. (A) 63. (C) 64. (B) 65. (A)
81. (B) 82. (D) 83. (B) 84. (C) 85. (C)
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
602
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 10 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit,Previous
www.matterhere.com
Year Papers
5. For the R-L circuit shown in Fig. Q.5, the input (C) current controlled current source
voltage vi ( t) u( t). The current i( t) is (D) current controlled voltage source
i(t) 1H
10. Voltage series feedback (also called series-shunt
feedback) results in
vi(t) 2W
(A) increase in both input and output impedances
(B) decrease in both input and output impedances
(C) (D)
vo
i(t) i(t) R R
vi
0.5 1
0.31 0.63
C C
t(sec) t(sec)
2
14. The range of signed decimal numbers that can be 19. The impulse response h[ n] of a linear time-invariant
represented by 6-bit 1s complement numbers is system is given by
(A) 31 to +31 (B) 63 to +64 h[ n] = u[ n + 3] + u[ n - 2 ] - 2 u[ n - 7 ]
(C) 64 to +63 (D) 32 to +31
where u[ n] is the unit step sequence. The above
15. A digital system is required to amplify a system is
binary-encoded audio signal. The user should be able to Vout
(A) 8 (B) 6
Vin
(C) 5 (D) 7 0
Fig Q.18
16. Choose the correct one from among the alternatives
(A) stable but not causal
A, B, C, D after matching an item from Group 1 with
(B) stable and causal
the most appropriate item in Group 2.
(C) causal but unstable
Group 1 Group 2 (D) unstable and not causal
R1 R2 R3 R2 Fig Q.20
17. Fig. Q.17 shows the internal schematic of a TTL (A) zero (B) 0.25
AND-OR-Invert (AOI) gate. For the inputs shown in
(C) 0.55 (D) 0.30
Fig. Q.17, the output Y is
A
B 21. The z-transform of a system is
y
Input are
Floating z
H ( z) =
z - 0.2
Fig Q.17
If the ROC is |z |< 0.2, then the impulse response
(A) 0 (B) 1
of the system is
(C) AB (D) AB
(A) (0.2) n u[ n] (B) (0.2) n u[ -n - 1]
18. Fig. Q.18 is the voltage transfer characteristic of
(C) -(0.2) n u[ n] (D) -(0.2) n u[ -n - 1]
(A) an NMOS inverter with enhancement mode
transistor as load
(B) an NMOS inverter with depletion mode transistor 22. The Fourier transform of a conjugate symmetric
as load function is always
(C) a CMOS inverter (A) imaginary (B) conjugate anti-symmetric
(D) a BJT inverter (C) real (D) conjugate symmetric
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
605
ForEC-04
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 10.2
33. Consider the Bode magnitude plot shown in Fig. 37. Consider the following statements S1 and S2.
Q.33. The transfer function H ( s) is S1 : At the resonant frequency the impedance of a
20 log H(jw) series RLC circuit is zero.
S2 : In a parallel GLC circuit, increasing the
0 20 dB/dec
conductance G results in increase in its Q factor.
-20 -20 dB/dec
Which one of the following is correct ?
40 dB/dec
(A) S1 is FALSE and S2 is TRUE
1 10 100 w (B) Both S1 and S2 are TRUE
Fig Q.33 (C) S1 is TRUE and S2 is FALSE
( s + 10) 10( s + 1) (D) Both S1 and S2 are FALSE
(A) (B)
( s + 1)( s + 100) ( s + 10)( s + 100)
10 2 ( s + 1) 10 3( s + 100) 38.. In an abrupt pn junction, the doping
(C) (D)
( s + 10)( s + 100) ( s + 1)( s + 10) concentrations on the p-side and n-side are
N A = 9 10 16
cm 3
respectively. The p-n junction is
V ( s)
34. The transfer function H ( s) = o of an RLC reverse biased and the total depletion width is 3 mm.
Vi ( s)
circuit is given by The depletion width on the p-side is
10 6 (A) 2.7 mm (B) 0.3 mm
H ( s) =
s + 20 s + 106
2
(C) 2.25 mm (D) 0.75 mm
Fig Q35.
(C) 0.25 pF (D) 0.5 pF
42. The drain of an n-channel MOSFET is shorted to 46. A bipolar transistor is operating in the active region
the gate so that VGS = VDS . The threshold voltage ( VT ) of with a collector current of 1 mA. Assuming that the b of
the MOSFET is 1 V. If the drain current ( I D) is 1 mA for the transistor is 100 and the thermal voltage ( VT ) is 25
VGS = 2 V, then for VGS = 3 V, I D is mV, the transconductance ( g m ) and the input resistance
1
(C) 200 A/cm2 (D) 2 A/cm2 (A) mF (B) 2p mF
2p
1 kW 300 kW
R2 R1
iL RL
Fig Q.45
Fig Q.48
(A) I C = 1 mA, VCE = 4.7 V
vs vs
(B) I C = 0.5 mA, VCE = 375
. V (A) - (B)
R2 R2
(C) I C = 1 mA, VCE = 2.5 V
vs vs
(C) - (D)
(D) I C = 0.5 mA, VCE = 39
. V RL R1
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
608
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 10 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit,Previous
www.matterhere.com
Year Papers
57. Consider the sequence of 8085 instructions given 60. A 1 kHz sinusoidal signal is ideally sampled at 1500
below samples /sec and the sampled signal is passed through
LXI H, 9258 an ideal low-pass filter with cut-off frequency 800 Hz.
MOV A, M The output signal has the frequency
(A) zero Hz (B) 0.75 kHz
CMA
(C) 0.5 kHz (D) 0.25 kHz
MOV M , A
Which one of the following is performed by this 61. A rectangular pulse train s( t) as shown in Fig. Q.61
sequence? is convolved with the signal cos 2 ( 4 p 10 3 t). The
(A) Contents of location 9258 are moved to the convolved signal will be a
accumulator s(t)
available, a minimum cost solution for realizing f The conjugate anti-symmetric part of the sequence is
using only 2-input NOR gates and 2-input OR gates (A) [-4 - j2.5 j2 4 - j2.5]
(each having unit cost) would have a total cost of
(B) [- j2.5 1 j2.5]
(A) 1 unit (B) 4 units
(C) [- j2.5 j2 0]
(C) 3 units (D) 2 units
(D) [-4 1 4]
END
64. A causal system having the transfer function
The sequence of instructions to complete the 1
program would be H ( s) =
s+2
(A) JNZ LOOP, ADD B, DCR C
is excited with 10u( t). The time at which the
(B) ADD B, JNZ LOOP, DCR C output reaches 99% of its steady state value is
(C) DCR C, JNZ LOOP, ADD B (A) 2.7 sec (B) 2.5 sec
(D) ADD B, DCR C, JNZ LOOP (C) 2.3 sec (D) 2.1 sec
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
610
ForEC-04
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 10.2
66. Let x( t) and y( t) with Fourier transforms F ( f ) and 70. The open-loop transfer function of a unity feedback
Y ( f ) respectively be related as shown in Fig. Q.66. Then system is
Y ( f ) is K
G( s) =
x(t) y(t) s( s + s + 2)( s + 3)
2
1
The range of K for which the system is stable is
21
t
-2 0 t (A) > K >0 (B) 13 > K > 0
-2 0 2 4
21
-1 (C) <K < (D) -6 < K <
4
Fig Q.66
71. For the polynomial
1 1
(A) - X ( f 2) e - j 2 pf (B) - X ( f 2) e j 2 pf
2 2 P ( s) = s 5 + s 4 + 2 s 3 + 2 s 2 + 3s + 15
(C) - X ( f 2) e j 2 pf (D) - X ( f 2) e - j 2 pf the number of roots which lie in the right half of
the s-plane is
67. A system has poles at 0.01 Hz, 1 Hz and 80 Hz; (A) 4 (B) 2
zeros at 5 Hz, 100 Hz and 200 Hz. The approximate
(C) 3 (D) 1
phase of the system response at 20 Hz is
(A) 90 (B) 0 72. The state variable equations of a system are :
(C) 90 (D) 180 x& 1 = -3 x1 - x2 = u, x& 2 = 2 x1 , y = x1 + u
68. Consider the signal flow graph shown in Fig. Q.68. The system is
x (A) controllable but not observable
The gain 5 is
x1 (B) observable but not controllable
x1 a x2 b x3 c x4 d x5 1
1 - ( be + cf + dg) 1 0
(A) 73. Given A = At
, the state transition matrix e is
abcd 0 1
bedg given by
(B)
1 - ( be + cf + dg)
0 e- t 0 et
(A) - t (B) t
abcd e 0 e 0
(C)
1 - ( be + cf + dg) + bedg
e - t 0 e t 0
1 - ( be + cf + dg) + bedg (C) -t
(D) t
(D) 0 e 0 e
abcd
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
611
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 10 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit,Previous
www.matterhere.com
Year Papers
74. Consider the signal x( t) shown in Fig. Q.74. Let h( t) 78. Consider a binary digital communication system
denote the impulse response of the filter matched to with equally likely 0s and 1s. When binary 0 is
x( t), with h( t) being non-zero only in the interval 0 to 4 transmitted the voltage at the detector input can lie
between the levels -0.25 V and +0.25 V with equal
sec. The slope of h( t) in the interval 3 t 4 sec is
probability; when binary 1 is transmitted, the voltage at
x(t)
1
the detector can have any value between 0 and 1 V with
equal probability. If the detector has a threshold of 0.2V
t(sec) (i.e. if the received signal is greater than 0.2V, the bit is
0 1 2 3 4
taken as 1), the average bit error probability is
(A) 0.15 (B) 0.2
Fig. Q.74 (C) 0.05 (D) 0.5
(A) sec 1 (B) 1 sec 1
79. A random variable X with uniform density in the
(C) 1/2 sec 1 (D) 1 sec 1
interval 0 to 1 is quantized as follows:
75. A 1 mW video signal having a bandwidth of 100 if 0 X 0.3, xq = 0
MHz is transmitted to a receiver through a cable that if 0.3 X 1, xq = 0.7
has 40 dB loss. If the effective one-sided noise spectral
where xq is the quantized value of X. The
density at the receiver is 10 20 Watt/Hz, then the
root-mean square value of the quantization noise is
signal-to-noise ratio at the receiver is
(A) 0.573 (B) 0.198
(A) 50 dB (B) 30 dB
(C) 2.205 (D) 0.266
(C) 40 dB (D) 60 dB
80. Choose the correct one from among the alternatives
76. A 100 MHz carrier of 1V amplitude and a 1 MHz A, B, C, D after matching an item from Group 1 with
modulating signal of 1V amplitude are fed to a balanced the most appropriate item in Group 2.
modulator. The output of the modulator is passed Group 1 Group 2
through an ideal high-pass filter with cut-off frequency
of 100 MHz. The output of the filter is added with 100 1 : FM P : Slope overload
MHz signal of 1V amplitude and 90 phase shift as
2 : DM Q : m-law
shown in Fig. Q.76. The envelope of the resultant signal
3 : PSK R : Envelope detector
is
4 : PCM S : Capture effect
Balanced HPF
1 Mhz, 1 V y(t) T : Hilbert transfer
Modulator 100 Mhz
U : Matched filter
o
100 Mhz, 1 V 100 Mhz, 1 V 90 (A) (B) (C) (D)
Fig Q.76 1T 1S 1S 1U
77. Two sinusoidal signals of same amplitude and 81. Three analog signals, having bandwidth 1200 Hz,
frequencies 10 kHz and 10.1 kHz are added together. 600 Hz and 600 Hz, are sampled at their respective
The combined signal is given to an ideal frequency Nyquist rates, encoded with 12 bit words, and time
detector. The output of the detector is division multiplexed. The bit rate for the multiplexed
(A) 0.1 kHz sinusoid (B) 20.1 kHz sinusoid signal is
(A) 1, 15.2 kbps (B) 28.8 kbps
(C) a linear function of time (D) a constant
(C) 27.6 kbps (D) 38.4 kbps
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
612
ForEC-04
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 10.2
82. Consider a system shown in Fig. Q.82. Let X ( f ) and (C) B1 = 20 kHz, B2 = 10 kHz
Y ( f ) denote the Fourier transforms of x( t) and y( t) (D) B1 = 10 kHz, B2 = 10 kHz
respectively. The ideal HPF has the cutoff frequency 10
kHz. 85. Consider a 300 W, quarter-wave long (at 1 GHz)
X(f ) transmission line as shown in Fig. Q.85. It is connected
to a 10 V, 50W source at one end and is left open
circuited at the other end. The magnitude of the voltage
at the open circuit end of the line is
f (kHz)
-3 -1 1 3
~ ~ l/4
10 kHz 13 kHz
Fig Q.85
Fig Q.82
(A) 10 V (B) 5 V
The positive frequencies where Y ( f ) has spectral
(C) 60 V (D) 60/7 V
peaks are
(A) 1 kHz and 24 kHz (B) 2 kHz and 24 kHz 86. In a microwave test bench, why is the microwave
(C) 1 kHz and 14 kHz (D) 2 kHz and 14 kHz signal amplitude modulated at 1 kHz ?
(A) To increase the sensitivity of measurement
83. A parallel plate air-filled capacitor has plate area of
(B) To transmit the signal to a far-off place
10 4 m 2 and plate separation of 10 3 m. It is connect- ed
(C) To study amplitude modulation
to a 0.5 V, 3.6 GHz source. The magnitude of the
(D) Because crystal detector fails at microwave
displacement current is ( e o = 1 36 p 10 -9 F m)
frequencies
(A) 10 mA (B) 100 mA
r
(C) 10 A (D) 1.59 mA 87. If E = (a$ x + ja$ y) e jkz - jwt and
r
jkz - jwt
H = ( k wm )(a$ y + ja$ x ) e ,the time-averaged Poynting
84. A source produces binary data at the rate of 10 vector is
kbps. The binary symbols are represented as shown in (A) null vector (B) ( k wm )a$ z
Fig.Q.84
(C) (2k wm )a$ z (D) ( k 2wm )a$ z
Binary 1 Binary 1
CHAPTER
10.3
EC-05
Duration : Three Hours Maximum Marks : 5. The function x( t) is shown in the figure. Even and
150 odd parts of a unit step function u( t) are respectively,
x(t)
Question 1- 30 Carry one Mark each.
1
t
1. The following differential equation has 0
1
3
d2 y dy
3 2 + 4 + y +2 x
2
Fig. Q5
dt dt 1 1 1 1
(A) , x( t) (B)
, x( t)
(A) degree = 2, order = 1 2 2 2 2
(B) degree = 3, order = 2 1 1 1 1
(C) ,
x( t) (D)
,
x( t)
(C) degree = 4, order = 3 2 2 2 2
1 1
(C) (D)
3 4
u(t) C y(t)
8. The ABCD parameters of an ideal n:1 transformer (A) abundance of Silicon on the surface of the Earth.
n 0 (B) larger bandgap of Silicon in comparison to
shown in the figure are . The value of x will be
0 X i
Germanium.
i1 2
(C) 10 Hz 4
(D) 2 10 Hz 4
vo
Fig. Q10 16. The first and the last critical frequency of an RC -
driving point impedance function must respectively be
(A) 1 W (B) 10 W
(A) a zero and a pole
(C) 0.25 W (D) 0.5 W (B) a zero and a zero
(C) a pole and a pole
11. The bandgap of Silicon at room temperature is
(A) 1.3 eV (B) 0.7 eV (D) a pole and a zero
(C) 1.1 eV (D) 1.4 eV 17. The cascode amplifier is a multistage configuration
of
12. A Silicon PN junction at a temperature of 20 C has (A) CC - CB (B) CE - CB
a reverse saturation current of 10 pico - Amperes (pA).
(C) CB - CC (D) CE - CC
The reserve saturation current at 40 C for the same
bias is approximately 18. Decimal 43 in Hexadecimal and BCD number
(A) 30 pA (B) 40 pA system is respectively
(A) B2, 0100 011
(C) 50 pA (D) 60 pA
(B) 2B, 0100 0011
13. The primary reason for the widespread use of (C) 2B, 0011 0100
Silicon in semiconductor device technology is (D) B2, 0100 0100
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
616
ForEC-05
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 10.3
19. The Boolean function f implemented in the figure 23. The power in the signal
using two input multiplexes is
s( t) 8 cos 20
4 sin(15 t) is
0 MUX 2
f (A) 40 (B) 41
A 1
(C) 42 (D) 82
(C) (D)
26. Which one of the following polar diagrams
h(t) h(t)
corresponds to a lag network?
(A) (B)
t t Im Im
= 0 =
Re
n
1
21. Let x( n) u( n), y( n) x 2 ( n) and Y ( e j ) be the
2 = 0 =
Re
j0
Fourier transform of y( n) then Y ( e ) is
(C) (D)
1 Im
(A) (B) 2 Im
4
= = 0
Re
4
(C) 4 (D)
3 = 0
Re
=
37. Given an orthogonal matrix (A) 5 V and 2 (B) 7.5 V and 2.5
1 1 1 1 (C) 4 V and 2 (D) 3 V and 2.5
1 1
1
1
A , [ AA T ]
1 is 41. If R1 R2 R3 R and R3 11
. R in the bridge
1
1 0 0
0 0 1
1 circuit shown in the figure, then the reading in the ideal
voltmeter connected between a and b is
14 0 0 0 12 0 0 0
0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0
(A) 4 (B) 2 R1
R4
0 0 1
2
0 0 0 1
2
0
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1
2 2 10 V a V b
1 0 0 0 0 0 01
4
0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 R2 R3
(C) (D) 4
0 0 1 0 0 0 14 0
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1
4 Fig. Q41
38. For the circuit show in the figure, the instantaneous (A) 0.238 V (B) 0.138 V
current ii ( t) is (C)
0.238 V (D) 1 V.
j2
j2
+ +
Fig. Q38 V1 20 V2
10 3 10 3
(A) 90 Amps. (B)
90 Amps. - -
2 2
(C) 5 60 Amps (D) 5
60 Amps Fig. Q42
hole mobility is 3. The ratio of conductivity of the 48. The OP-amp circuit shown in the figure is filter. The
sample A to B is type of filter and its cut. Off frequency are respectively.
1 10 k
(A) 3 (B)
3 10 k
2 3
(C) (D) vo
3 2 vi
1 F
45. A Silicon PN junction diode under reverse bias has 1 k
IC
# V2
V1
VBE RE
VEE
Fig. Q46
Fig. Q49
(A) 30 mA (B) 39 mA
(A) increase both the differential and common - mode
(C) 49 mA (D) 20 mA
gains
47. The voltage eo is indicated in the figure has been (B) increases the common mode gain only
measured by an ideal voltmeter. Which of the following (C) decreases the differential mode gain only
can be calculated ? (D) decreases the common mode gain only.
1 M
50. For an n-channel MOSFET and its transfer curve
shown in the figure, the threshold voltage is
eo
VD=5 V
ID
D
1 M
Transfer
G
VG=1 V
Characteristics
S
Fig. Q47
VGS VS=1 V
1V
(A) Bias current of the inverting input only
Fig. Q50
(B) Bias current of the inverting and non-inverting
inputs only (A) 1 V and the device is in active region
(C) Input offset current only (B) -1 V and the device is in saturation region
(D) Both the bias currents and the input offset (C) 1 V and the device is in saturation region
current.
(D) -1 V and the device is in active region.
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
620
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 10 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit,Previous
www.matterhere.com
Year Papers
57. The given figure shows a ripple counter using 60. Match the following and choose the correct
positive edge triggered flip-flops. If the present state of combination.
the counter is Q2Q1Q0 001 then its next state Q2Q1Q Group 1
will be E. Continuos and periodic signal
1 1 1 F. Continuous and periodic signal
T0 Q0 T1 Q1 T2 Q2 G. Discrete and aperiodic signal
H. Discrete and periodic signal
CLK Q0 Q1 Q2 Group 2
1. Fourier representation is continuous and aperiodic
Fig. Q57
2. Fourier representation is discrete and aperiodic
(A) 010 (D) 100
3. Fourier representation is continuous
(B) 111 (D) 101
4. Fourier representation is discrete and periodic
(A) E-3, F-2, G-4, H-1 (A) E-1, F-3, G-2, H-4
58. What memory address range is NOT represents
by chip # 1 and chip # 2 in the figure A0 to A15 in this (C) E-1, F-2, G-3, H-4 (D) E-2, F-1, G-4, H-3
(A) x e (B) x e 3
Chip #2 2 2 3 3
(C) 3 x( 3t) e
j 4 t (D) x( 3t 2)
(A) 0100 - 02FF. (B) 1500 - 16FF loop transfer function of the system is known to be
stable. The closed loop system is stable for
(C) F900-FAFF (D) F800 - F9FF
Im
y( t) 0.5 x( t
td T) x( t
td ) 0.5 x( t
td T)
2 k
(C) (D)
j j
0.5 k
2 k
( (
Fig. Q65
!V
!V (D) negatively charged ions
(C) (D)
Vo Vo 70. A device with input x( t) and output y( t) is
!V
characterized y( t) x 2 ( t). An FM signal with frequency
5 V
deviation of 90 kHz and modulating signal bandwidth
5 V 5 V Vi
5 V 5 V
Vi of 5 kHz is applied to this device. The bandwidth of the
5 V
output signal is
!V (A) 370 kHz (B) 190 kHz
(C) 380 kHz (C) 95 kHz
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
623
ForEC-05
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 10.3
COMMON DATA QUESTION 78, 79, 80: 81b. If in addition following code exists from 019H
Given, rd 20 k, I DSS 10 mA, Vp
8 V onwards,
20 V ORI 40 H
ADD M
2 k
What will be the result in the accumulator after
the last instruction is executed?
+
2 M + (A) 40 H (B) 20 H
vi vo (C) 60 H (D) 42 H
2V
Statement for Linked Answer Question 82a and
Zi Zo
82b:
Fig. Q78 The dopen loop transfer function of a unity
feedback system is given by
78. Z i and Z O of the circuit are respectively
20
(A) 2 M and 2 k (B) 2 M and k 82a. The gain and phase crossover frequencies in
11
rad/sec are, respectively
20
(C) and 2 k (D) and k (A) 0.632 and 1.26 (B) 0.632 and 0.485
11
(C) 0.485 and 0.632 (D) 1.26 and 0.632
79. I D and VDS under DC conditions are respectively
(A) 5.625 mA and 8.75 V (B) 7.500 mA and 5.00 V 82b. Based on the above results, the gain and phase
margins of the system will be
(C) 4.500 mA and 11.00 V (D) 6.250 mA and 7.50 V
(A)
7.09 dB and 87.5 (B) 7.09 dBand 87.5
80. Transconductance in milli-Siemens (mS) and (C) 7.09 dB and
87.5 (D)
7.09 and
87.5
voltage gain of the amplifier are respectively
(A) 1.875 mS and 3.41 (B) 1.875 mS and
3.41 Statement for linked answer question 83a and 83b
81a. The following program starts at location 0100H. Region 1 Region 2 Region 3
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
625
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 10 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit,Previous
www.matterhere.com
Year Papers
y[n]
Statement of Linked Answer Questions 84a and
2
84b
(C) 1
/2
(A) e
2 j [cos 4 2 cos 2 2 ]
84a. The value of the load resistance is
(B) [cos 2 2 cos 2 ]
(A) 50 (B) 200
(C) e
j [cos 2 2 cos 2 ]
(C) 12.5 (D) 0
(D) e
2 j [cos 2 2 cos 2 ]
84b. The reflection coefficient is given by
(A)
0.6 (B)
1
(C) 0.6 (D) 0
************
n
-6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Fig. Q85
y[n]
2
1
(A)
n
-6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
y[n]
2
1
(B)
n
-6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
626
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
10.4
EC-06
10. The phenomenon known as Early Effect in a 15. The Dirac delta function is defined as
bipolar transistor refers to a reduction of the effective !1 t 0
(A) ( t) "
base-width caused by # 0 otherwise
(A) Electron Hole recombination at the base !1 t 0
(B) ( t) "
(B) The reverse biasing of the base collector # 0 otherwise
junction
!1 t 0
(C) The forward biasing of emitter-base junction
(C) ( t) "
#0 otherwise
and ( t) dt 1
0 d 0 0
1 $ 1 $
(A) sin t (B) sin t
0 0 d 1 2 4 2 4
1 0 0 1 1
(C) e t sin t (D) sin t cos t
2
(A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 4 (D) 5 19. The electric field of an electromagnetic wave
propagation in the positive direction is given by
14. Let x( t) X ( j) be Fourier Transform pair. The
E a$ x sin( t %z) a$ y sin( t %z $ 2)
Fourier Transform of the signal x(5 t 3) in terms of
X ( j) is given as The wave is
j 3 j 3 (A) Linearly polarized in the zdirection
1 j 1 j
(A) e 5
X (B) e 5
X
5 5 5 5 (B) Elliptically polarized
30. A two-port network is represented by ABCD, 34. In the figures shown below, assume that all the
parameters given by capacitors are initially uncharged. If vi ( t) 10 u( t) Volts,
V1 A B V2 vo( t)is given by
I C D I 2 1k
1
31. In the two port network shown in the figure below (C) 8u( t) Volts (D) 8 Volts
z12 and z 21 are respectively
35. Consider two transfer functions
I1 I2
1 s
G1 ( s) And G2 ( s) 2
s 2 as b s as b
%I1 ro
re The 3dB bandwidths of their frequency responses
are, respectively
Fig Q.31 (A) a 2 4 b, a2 4 b (B) a 2 4 b, a2 4 b
+
2
Fig Q.33
5V 5V 1 k- vR
38. The majority carriers in an ntype semiconductor (C) 9.45 Volts (D) 10 Volts
Intrinsic concentration .
10 4 atoms/m 3
:15
(D)
The ratio of conductance of the n-type
semiconductor to that of the intrinsic semiconductor of
same material and ate same temperature is given by
6 V
(A) 0.00005 (B) 2,000
(C) 10,000 (D) 20,000
(C)
41. For the circuit shown in the following figure, the 6 V
capacitor C is initially uncharged. At t 0 the switch S
is closed. In the figures shown the OP AMP is supplied Q. 43 A new Binary Coded Pentary (BCP) number
with and the ground has been shown by the symbol system is proposed in which every digit of a base5
S C1 ,F number is represented by its corresponding 3bit
binary code. For example, the base5 number 24 will be
1 k- VC +
represented by its BCP code 010100. In this numbering
vo
system, the BCP code 10001001101 corresponds of the
following number is base5 system
10 V
(A) 423 (B) 1324
Fig Q.41 (C) 2201 (D) 4231
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
632
ForEC-06
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 10.4
45. For the circuit shown in figures below, two 4 bit Fig Q.47
parallel in serial out shift registers loaded with the The inputs D0 and D1 respectively should be
data shown are used to feed the data to a full adder. connected as,
Initially, all the flip flops are in clear state. After (A) Q1 and Q0 (B) Q0 and Q1
applying two clock pulses, the outputs of the full-adder
(C) Q1Q0 and Q1Q0 (D) Q1 Q0 and Q1Q0
should be
A S
1 0 1 1 D Q 48. Following is the segment of a 8085 assembly
Full Adder
CLK
B language program
Ci CO
LXI SP, EFFF H
0 0 1 1 D Q CALL 3000 H
CLK Q D :
CLK :
:
3000 H LXI H, 3CF4
CLK
Fig Q.45
PUSH PSW
SPHL
(A) S 0 C0 0 (B) S 0 C0 1 POP PSW
(C) S 1 C0 0 (D) S 1 C0 1 RET
On completion of RET execution, the contents of
46. A 4 bit D / A converter is connected to a free
SP is
running 3 big UP counter, as shown in the following
(A) 3CF0 H (B) 3CF8 H
figure. Which of the following waveforms will be
(C) EFFD H (D) EFFF H
observed at VO ?
1 k-
Q2 D3
49. The point P in the following figure is stuck at 1.
D2
vo The output f will be
Q1 D1
Clock A
Q0 D3
B P
f
3 - Bit Counter D/A Converter
1 k-
C
Fig Q.46
Fig Q.49
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
633
ForEC-06
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 10.4
$ $ 1 1
(A) (B) (C) RC (D) RC )
2 3 c c
$ $
(C) (D)
4 6 64. In the following figure the minimum value of the
constant C , which is to be added to y1 ( t) and y2 ( t)
59. A linear system is described by the following state such that y1 ( t) and y2 ( t) and are different, is
equation Q is quantizer with L levels,
stepwise / allowable signal
dynamic range [V, V]
0 1
X& ( t) AX ( t) BU ( t), A
1 0 x(t) with range y1(t)
y2(t)
V , V
2 2
Q Q
The state transition matrix of the system is
cos t sin t cos t sin t C
(A) (B)
cos t t
Fig Q.64
sin t sin t cos
efficient source encoder would have average bit rate as 67. A medium is divide into regions I and II about x 0
(A) 6000 bits/sec (B) 4500 bits/sec plane, as shown in the figure below. An electromagnetic
(C) 3000 bits/sec (D) 1500 bits/sec wave with electric field E1 4 a$ x 3a$ y 5 a$ z is incident
normally on the interface from region I. The electric file
63. The diagonal clipping in Amplitude Demodulation E2 in region II at the interface is
(using envelope detector) can be avoided if RC time Region I Region II
,1=,o ,2=,o
constant of the envelope detector satisfies the following 0r1=4 0r2=4
13=0 12=0
condition, (here W is message bandwidth and c is
E1 E2
carrier frequency both in rad /sec)
x<0 x=0 x>0
1 1 Fig Q.67
(A) RC (B) RC )
W W
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
635
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 10 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit,Previous
www.matterhere.com
Year Papers
70. A mast antenna consisting of a 50 meter long 74. The impulse response of filter matched to the signal
vertical conductor operates over a perfectly conducting s( t) g( t) ( t 2)4 g( t) is given as:
ground plane. It is base-fed at a frequency of 600 kHz. (A) s(1 t) (B) s(1 t)
The radiation resistance of the antenna in Ohms is (C) s( t) (D) s( t)
2 $2 $2
(A) (B)
5 5 75. An Amplitude Modulated signal is given as
The capacitance can be assumed to be infinite. Statement of Linked Answer Question 76 & 77:
12 V
A regulated power supply, shown in figure below,
has an unregulated input (UR) of 15 volts and
1 k-
53 k- generates a regulated output Use the component values
5.3 k- + shown in the figure.
vC
Q1
CC 15 V (UR)
vS
~ 1 k- 10 k-
+
vo
Fig Q.70 12 k-
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
636
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 10 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit,Previous
www.matterhere.com
Year Papers
(A) 1.2 Amps (B) 0.3 Amps 26. C 27. A 28. C 29. A 30. D
(C) 0.6 Amps (D) 0.4 Amps
31. B 32. B 33. A 34. B 35. B
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere
Page Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
638
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
CHAPTER
10.7
EC-09
dr 2 dt 10 min
0
(A) 1 (B) 2
(A) 220 J (B) 12 kJ
(C) 3 (D) 4
(C) 13.2 kJ (D) 14.4 kJ
2. The Fourier series of a real periodic function has only
5. In an n-type silicon crystal at room temperature,
P. Cosine terms if it is even which of the following can have a concentration of
Q. sine terms if it is even
4 1019 cm-3?
R. cosine terms if it is odd
(A) Silicon atoms (B) Holes
S. sine terms if it is odd
(C) Dopant atoms (D) Valence electrons
Which of the above statements are correct?
(A) P and S (B) P and R 6. The full forms of the abbreviations TTL and CMOS in
(C) Q and S (D) Q and R reference to logic families are
(A) Triple Transistor Logic and Chip Metal Oxide
3. A function is given by f ( t) sin t cos 2 t. Which of
2 Semiconductor
the following is true ? (B) Tristate Transistor Logic and Chip Metal Oxide
(A) f has frequency components at 0 and 1 / 2 Hz Semiconductor
(B) f has frequency components at 0 and 1 / Hz (C) Transistor Transistor Logic and Complementary
Metal Oxide Semiconductor
(C) f has frequency components at 1 / 2 and 1 / Hz
(D) Tristate Transistor Logic and Complementary
(D) f has frequency components at 0.1 / 2 and 1 / Hz Metal Oxide Silicon
4. A fully charged mobile phone with a 12 V battery is 7. The ROC of Z-transform of the discrete time sequence
n
good for a 10 minute talk-time. Assume that, during the 1 1
x( n) u( n)
u(
n
1) is
talk-time, the battery delivers a constant current of 2 A 3 2
and its voltage drops linearly from 12 V to 10 V as 1 1 1
(A)
z
(B) z
shown in the figure. How much energy does the battery 3 2 2
1 + f ( z)
f
13. If f ( z) c0 c1 z
1 , then
unit circle z
dz is given by
-10 kHz 10 kHz
(A) 2 c1 (B) 2 (1 c0 )
The power of the output process Y ( t) is given by (C) 2 jc1 (D) 2 j(1 c0 )
(A) 5 10
7 W (B) 1 10
6 W
14. In the interconnection of ideal sources shown in the
(C) 2 10
6 W (D) 1 10
5 W figure, it is known that the 60 V source is absorbing
power.
10. Which of the following statements is true regarding
the fundamental mode of the metallic waveguides Which of the following can be the value of the
shown ? current source I ?
20 V
I 60 V
12 A
R: Rectangular
(D) All three have cut-off frequencies 15. The ratio of the mobility to the diffusion coefficient
in a semiconductor has the units
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
663
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 10 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit,Previous
www.matterhere.com
year Papers
(A) V
1 (B) cm. V -1 20. Two infinitely long wires carrying current are as
(C) V.cm -1
(D) V.s shown in the figure below. One wire is in the y
z plane
and parallel to the y
axis. The other wire is in the x
y
16. In a microprocessor, the service routine for a certain plane and parallel to the x
axis. Which components of
interrupt starts from a fixed location of memory which the resulting magnetic field are non-zero at the origin ?
cannot be externally set, but the interrupt can be
z 1A
delayed or rejected Such an interrupt is
(A) non-maskable and non-vectored
(B) maskable and non-vectored
(C) non-maskable and vectored y
(D) maskable and vectored
21. Consider two independent random variables X and
(A) R/4 (B) R/2 Y with identical distributions. The variables X and Y
1 1 1
take values 0, 1 and 2 with probabilities , and
(C) R (D) 2 R 2 4 4
respectively. What is the conditional probability
dx 1 0 P ( X Y 2 X
Y 0) ?
18. Consider the system Ax Bu with A
dt 0 1 1
(A) 0 (B)
16
p
and B where p and q are arbitrary real numbers. 1
q (C) (D) 1
6
Which of the following statements about the
controllability of the system is true ? sin x
22. The Taylor series expansion of at x is given
x
(A) The system is completely state controllable for by
any nonzero values of p and q ( x
) 2 ( x
) 2
(A) 1 ... (B)
1
...
(B) Only p 0 and q 0 result in controllability 3! 3!
(C) The system is uncontrollable for all values of p ( x
) 2 ( x
) 2
(C) 1
... (D)
1 ...
and q 3! 3!
(D) We cannot conclude about controllability from the
(B) cos(2fc t) (C) V . dl A. dS (D) A. dl V . dS
C
(C) cos[2( fc fm ) t ] SC C SC
dx y 100 V
(A) P
2, Q
3, R
3, S
1
(B) P
1, Q
3, R
2, S
1
(C) P
2, Q
1, R
3, S
3 8
(A) 2.4 (B)
3
(D) P
3, Q
2, R
1, S
2
(C) 4 (D) 6
26. The eigen values of the following matrix are
30. The time domain behavior of an RL circuit is
1 3 5
3
1 6 represented by
di
0 0 3 L Ri V0 (1 Be
Rt / L sin t) u( t).
dt
(A) 3, 3 5 j, 6
j (B)
6 5 j, 3 j, 3
j V
For an initial current of i(0) 0 , the steady state
(C) 3 j, 3
j, 5 j (D) 3,
1 3 j,
1
3 j R
value of the current is given by
V 2 V0
27. An AC source of RMS voltage 20 V with internal (A) i( t) 0 (B) i( t)
R R
impedance Z s (1 2 j) feeds a load of impedance
V0 2 V0
Z L (7 4 j) in the figure below. The reactive power (C) i( t) (1 B) (D) i( t) (1 B)
R R
consumed by the load is
31. In the circuit below, the diode is ideal. The voltage V
is given by
1A
(A) 8 VAR (B) 16 VAR|
(C) 28 VAR (D) 32 VAR
(A) min( Vi ,1) (B) max( Vi 1)
28. The switch in the circuit shown was on position a
(C) min(
Vi ,1) (C) max(
Vi ,1)
for a long time, and is move to position b at time t 0.
The current i( t) for t 0 is given by
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
665
ForEC-09
E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit, www.matterhere.com
Chap 10.7
(A) NAND: first (0,1) then (0,1) NOR: first (1,0) then (
(0,0)
(B) NAND: first (1,0) then (1,0) NOR: first (1,0) then 0
(1,0)
(C) NAND: first (1,0) then (1,0) NOR: first (1,0) then
(0,0)
(D) NAND: first (1,0) then (1,1) NOR: first (0,1) then A) Causal, LP (B) BIBO, LTI
(0,1) (C) BIBO, Causal, LTI (D) LP, LTI
39. What are the counting states (Q1 , Q2 ) for the counter 42. The 4-point Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) of a
shown in the figure below? discrete time sequence {1,0,2,3} is
Q Q (A) [0,-2+2j,2,-2-2j] (B) [2,2+2j,6,2-2j]
Q (C) [6,1-3j,2,1+3j] (D) [6-1+3j,0,-1,-3j]
JK JK
Clock Flip Flop Flip Flop
where h( t) is shown in the graph. 45. The unit step response of an under-damped second
Which of the following four properties are order system has steady state value of -2. Which one of
possessed by the system ? the following transfer functions has these properties ?
BIBO: Bounded input gives a bounded output.
2.24
3.82
(A) 2 (B) 2
s 2.59 s 112
. s 191
. s 191
.
Causal: The system is causal,
2.24
382
LP: The system is low pass. (C) (D)
s
2.59 s 112
2
. s
191
2
. s 191
.
LTI: The system is linear and time-invariant.
www.gatehelp.com
For Updates,Like: www.fb.com/matterhere Nareddula Rajeev Reddy (NRR) Want any? Whatsapp@ +91-7893356131
Page
667
For E-books/Materials/Notes-PDFs|PPTs
UNIT 10 Jobs-Exams-Tests_Papers,
GATE EC BY RK Kanodia etc. More n More-Visit,Previous
www.matterhere.com
year Papers
48. A communication channel with AWGN operating at Permittivity of free space 8.85 10
14 F.cm
1
a signal to noise ratio SNR >> 1 and bandwidth B has Dielectric constant of silicon 12
49. A magnetic field in air is measured to be (D) cannot be estimated from the data given
x y 52. The peak electric field in the device is
B B0 2 y$
2 x$
x y x y
2 2
(A) 0.15 MV . cm
1 , directed from p-region to n-region
The Nyquist plot of a stable transfer function G( s) Consider the CMOS circuit shown, where the gate
is shown in the figure. We are interested in the stability voltage VG of the n-MOSFET is increased from zero,
of the closed loop system in the feedback configuration while the gate voltage of the p-MOSFET is kept
shown. constant at 3 V. Assume that, for both transistors, the
Im magnitude of the threshold voltage is 1 V and the
product of the trans-conductance parameter and the
+ (W/L) ratio, i.e. the quantity Cax (W / L), is 1 mA . V
2 .
+ G(s)
Re -
-1-0.5
-j
55. If the signal to quantization noise ratio required in 58. Estimate the output voltage V0 for VG 15
. V.
uniformly quantizing the signal is 43.5 dB, the step size [Hint : Use the appropriate current-voltage equation for
of the quantization is approximately each MOSFET, based on the anser to Q. 57.]
(A) 0.0333 V (B) 0.05 V
Statement for Linked Answer Questions 59 and
(C) 0.0667 V (D) 0.10 V
60:
56. If the positive values of the signal are uniformly
quantized with a step size of 0.05 V, and the negative Two products are sold from a vending machine,
values are uniformly quantized with a step size of 0.1 V, which has two push buttons P1 and P2 . When a button is
the resulting signal to quantization noise ratio is pressed, the price of the corresponding product is
approximately displayed in a 7-segment display.
(A) 46 dB (B) 43.8 dB
If no buttons are pressed, '0' is displayed,
(C) 42 dB (D) 40 dB signifying 'Rs. 0'.